grepcent / static financial knowledge base

FIFTH THIRD BANCORP (FITB)

CIK: 0000035527. SIC: 6022 State Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-24.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6022 State Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=35527. Latest filing source: 0000035527-26-000124.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue9,903,000,000USD20252026-02-24
Net income2,522,000,000USD20252026-02-24
Assets214,376,000,000USD20252026-02-24

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-24. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000035527.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2008200920122016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue4,193,000,0004,489,000,0005,183,000,0006,254,000,0005,572,000,0005,211,000,0006,587,000,0009,760,000,00010,426,000,0009,903,000,000
Net income1,547,000,0002,180,000,0002,193,000,0002,512,000,0001,427,000,0002,770,000,0002,446,000,0002,349,000,0002,314,000,0002,522,000,000
Diluted EPS1.912.813.063.331.833.733.353.223.143.53
Operating cash flow2,557,000,0001,480,000,0002,856,000,0001,824,000,000371,000,0002,704,000,0006,428,000,0004,509,000,0002,824,000,0004,514,000,000
Capital expenditures186,000,000200,000,000192,000,000243,000,000305,000,000309,000,000348,000,000491,000,000414,000,000584,000,000
Dividends paid687,000,000247,000,000565,000,000753,000,000858,000,000897,000,000927,000,0001,060,000,0001,176,000,0001,163,000,000
Share buybacks661,000,0001,605,000,0001,453,000,0001,763,000,0000.001,393,000,000100,000,000200,000,000625,000,000525,000,000
Assets142,080,000,000142,081,000,000146,069,000,000169,369,000,000204,680,000,000211,116,000,000207,452,000,000214,574,000,000212,927,000,000214,376,000,000
Liabilities125,945,000,000125,861,000,000129,819,000,000148,166,000,000181,569,000,000188,906,000,000190,125,000,000195,402,000,000193,282,000,000192,652,000,000
Stockholders' equity16,205,000,00016,200,000,00016,250,000,00021,203,000,00023,111,000,00022,210,000,00017,327,000,00019,172,000,00019,645,000,00021,724,000,000
Free cash flow1,280,000,0002,664,000,0001,581,000,00066,000,0002,395,000,0006,080,000,0004,018,000,0002,410,000,0003,930,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2008200920122016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin36.89%48.56%42.31%40.17%25.61%53.16%37.13%24.07%22.19%25.47%
Return on equity9.55%13.46%13.50%11.85%6.17%12.47%14.12%12.25%11.78%11.61%
Return on assets1.09%1.53%1.50%1.48%0.70%1.31%1.18%1.09%1.09%1.18%
Liabilities / equity7.777.777.996.997.868.5110.9710.199.848.87

Financial Charts

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-05. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000035527.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-300.76reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-300.91reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-310.78reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-302,370,000,000601,000,0000.82reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-302,529,000,000660,000,0000.91reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-312,647,000,000530,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-312,608,000,000520,000,0000.70reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-302,620,000,000601,000,0000.81reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-302,669,000,000573,000,0000.78reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-312,529,000,000620,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-312,432,000,000515,000,0000.71reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-302,484,000,000628,000,0000.88reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-302,519,000,000649,000,0000.91reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-312,468,000,000731,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-312,972,000,000165,000,0000.15reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0000035527-26-000182.

Extracted from a substantive MD&A body after the formal Item 2 span was a TOC or reference stub. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-05. Report date: 2026-03-31.

OVERVIEW

Fifth Third Bancorp is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio. At March 31, 2026, the Bancorp had $297 billion in assets and operated 1,489 full-service banking centers and 2,643 Fifth Third ATMs in fifteen states throughout its footprint. The Bancorp reports on three business segments: Commercial Banking, Consumer and Small Business Banking and Wealth and Asset Management.

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document as well as the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, refer to the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms in this report for a list of terms included as a tool for the reader of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. The abbreviations and acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net interest income, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts. The FTE basis for presenting net interest income is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income provided 68% and 32% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the U.S. from customers domiciled in the U.S. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section of MD&A, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Noninterest income is derived from wealth and asset management revenue, commercial payments revenue, consumer banking revenue, capital markets fees, commercial banking revenue, mortgage banking net revenue, other noninterest income and net securities gains or losses. Noninterest expense includes compensation and benefits, technology and communications, net occupancy expense, card and processing expense, equipment expense, marketing expense, loan and lease expense and other noninterest expense.

Acquisition of Comerica Incorporated

On February 1, 2026, Fifth Third Bancorp closed the merger with Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”) in an all-stock transaction valued at approximately $12.7 billion. Under the terms of the merger agreement, each outstanding share of Comerica’s common stock was converted into the right to receive 1.8663 shares of Fifth Third Bancorp common stock and each outstanding share of Comerica’s preferred stock was converted into the right to receive one share of a newly created series of preferred stock with comparable terms issued by the Bancorp.

On February 1, 2026, the Bancorp issued 16,000,000 depository shares representing 400,000 shares of 6.875% fixed‑rate reset non‑cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series M, to holders of Comerica’s outstanding Series B preferred stock as of January 30, 2026. Each Series M share carries a $1,000 liquidation preference and pays non‑cumulative quarterly dividends at a 6.875% rate, accruing from January 1, 2026, with the first payment due April 1, 2026. Subject to regulatory approval, the Bancorp may redeem the Series M shares, in whole or in part, on any dividend payment date on or after October 1, 2030, or in whole within 90 days following a regulatory capital event. The Series M preferred stock is perpetual and is not convertible into common stock or any other securities.

Refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

3

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Senior Notes Offerings

On January 29, 2026, the Bancorp issued and sold $1.0 billion of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes which will mature on April 29, 2032. The senior notes will bear interest at a rate of 4.566% per annum to, but excluding, April 29, 2031. From, and including, April 29, 2031, to, but excluding, the maturity date, the senior notes will bear interest at a rate of compounded SOFR plus 0.95%.

On January 29, 2026, the Bancorp issued and sold $1.0 billion of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes which will mature on January 29, 2037. The senior notes will bear interest at a rate of 5.141% per annum to, but excluding, January 29, 2036. From, and including, January 29, 2036 to, but excluding, the maturity date, the senior notes will bear interest at a rate of compounded SOFR plus 1.24%.

Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Proposed Updates to Regulatory Requirements for Capital

On March 19, 2026, the U.S. banking agencies issued notices of proposed rulemaking to revise the U.S. regulatory capital framework to finalize the post-crisis Basel III reforms. Comments are due by June 18, 2026 with final implementation expected to include a multi-year transition. Under the Federal Reserve’s enhanced prudential standards tailoring framework, the Bancorp is currently a Category IV banking organization and expects, as a result of the Comerica acquisition, to become subject to standards applicable to Category III banking organizations by the end of 2026. The Bank, as the Bancorp’s insured depository institution subsidiary, would also be subject to certain requirements applicable to Category III or Category IV banking organizations. As either Category III or Category IV institutions, the Bancorp and the Bank would not be required to adopt the new expanded risk‑based approach under the proposed rules, although the proposed rules would permit an election to adopt the expanded risk‑based approach. However, if implemented as proposed, the rules would impact how the Bancorp and the Bank calculate capital requirements. Effective dates for the proposed rules were not proposed. The Bancorp is in the process of evaluating this proposed rulemaking and assessing its potential impact.

Key Performance Indicators

The Bancorp, as a banking institution, utilizes various key indicators of financial condition and operating results in managing and monitoring the performance of the business. In addition to traditional financial metrics, such as revenue and expense trends, the Bancorp monitors other financial measures that assist in evaluating growth trends, capital and liquidity strength and operational efficiencies. The Bancorp analyzes these key performance indicators against its past performance, its forecasted performance and with the performance of its peer banking institutions. These indicators may change from time to time as the operating environment and businesses change. There have been no material changes made during the first quarter of 2026 to the Bancorp’s key performance indicators. Refer to the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 for more information.

4

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)
TABLE 1: Earnings Summary
For the three months ended March 31,%
($ in millions, except for per share data)20262025Change
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$1,9341,43735
Net interest income (FTE)(a)(b)1,9391,44234
Noninterest income89569429
Total revenue (FTE)(a)(b)2,8342,13633
Provision for credit losses22717430
Noninterest expense2,3951,30484
Net income165515(68)
Dividends on preferred stock3737
Net income available to common shareholders128478(73)
Common Share Data
Earnings per share - basic$0.160.71(77)
Earnings per share - diluted0.150.71(79)
Cash dividends declared per common share0.400.378
Book value per share35.2427.4129
Market value per share46.4639.2019
Financial Ratios
Return on average assets0.25%0.99(75)
Return on average common equity1.810.8(83)
Return on average tangible common equity(b)3.515.2(77)
Dividend payout250.052.1380
Credit Quality
Net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases (annualized)0.37%0.46(20)
ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.661.95(15)
ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.792.07(14)
Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO0.570.81(30)
Regulatory Capital Ratios
CET1 risk-based capital9.89%10.43(5)
Tier 1 risk-based capital10.7911.71(8)
Total risk-based capital12.5013.63(8)
Leverage10.229.2311

(a)Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustments were $5 for both the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025.

(b)This is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Earnings Summary

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $1.9 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2026, increasing $497 million compared to the same period in the prior year. Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2026 reflected the impact of the Comerica acquisition, including $73.0 billion of interest-earning assets acquired as well as $48.2 billion of interest-bearing liabilities and $24.9 billion of noninterest-bearing liabilities assumed on February 1, 2026. Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was positively impacted by higher average balances of interest-earning assets primarily driven by the previously mentioned Comerica acquisition and lower funding costs due to the benefit of lower short-term market rates. Additionally, the increase for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was also driven by a decrease in the average balances of FHLB advances. These positive impacts were partially offset by increases in interest expense primarily due to higher average b

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted from Item 7 to the first post-MD&A boundary after HTML sanitization. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-24. Report date: 2025-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries. The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is referred to as the Bank.

OVERVIEW

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, refer to the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms in this report for a list of terms included as a tool for the reader of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The abbreviations and acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net interest income, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts. The FTE basis for presenting net interest income is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2025, net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income provided 66% and 34% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the U.S. from customers domiciled in the U.S. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section of MD&A, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of loss on its loan and lease portfolio as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by borrower credit events, such as loan defaults and inadequate collateral.

Noninterest income is derived from wealth and asset management revenue, commercial payments revenue, consumer banking revenue, capital markets fees, commercial banking revenue, mortgage banking net revenue, other noninterest income and net securities gains or losses. Noninterest expense includes compensation and benefits, technology and communications, net occupancy expense, equipment expense, loan and lease expense, marketing expense, card and processing expense and other noninterest expense.

Acquisition of Comerica Incorporated

On February 1, 2026, Fifth Third Bancorp closed the merger with Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”) in an all-stock transaction valued at approximately $12.7 billion. Under the terms of the merger agreement, each outstanding share of Comerica’s common stock was converted into the right to receive 1.8663 shares of Fifth Third Bancorp common stock and each outstanding share of Comerica’s preferred stock was converted into the right to receive one share of a newly created series of preferred stock with comparable terms issued by the Bancorp.

Refer to Note 32 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Redemption of Preferred Stock

On September 30, 2025, the Bancorp redeemed all 14,000 outstanding shares of its 4.500% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series L, and the corresponding depositary shares, pursuant to its terms and conditions. Prior to the redemption, the dividend rate on the Series L preferred stock was set to reach its first dividend reset date at which time the dividend would have reset to the five-year U.S. Treasury rate plus 4.215%.

Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

48 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Share Repurchase Activity

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Bancorp repurchased $525 million of common stock in accelerated share repurchase transactions.

On June 13, 2025, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized management to purchase 100 million shares of the Bancorp’s common stock through the open market or in any private party transactions. This authorization superseded the prior authorization from June 2019 and did not include specific targets or an expiration date.

Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on share repurchase activity.

Senior Notes Offerings

On January 28, 2025, the Bank issued and sold, under its bank note program, $700 million of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes due on January 28, 2028. The senior notes will bear interest at a rate of 4.967% per annum to, but excluding, January 28, 2027. From, and including, January 28, 2027, to, but excluding, the maturity date, the senior notes will bear interest at a rate of compounded SOFR plus 0.81%.

On January 28, 2025, the Bank issued and sold, under its bank note program, $300 million of floating-rate senior notes due on January 28, 2028. The senior notes will bear interest at a rate of compounded SOFR plus 0.81%.

Refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Key Performance Indicators

The Bancorp, as a banking institution, utilizes various key indicators of financial condition and operating results in managing and monitoring the performance of the business. In addition to traditional financial metrics, such as revenue and expense trends, the Bancorp monitors other financial measures that assist in evaluating growth trends, capital and liquidity strength and operational efficiencies. The Bancorp analyzes these key performance indicators against its past performance, its forecasted performance and with the performance of its peer banking institutions. These indicators may change from time to time as the operating environment and businesses change.

The following are some of the key indicators used by management to assess the Bancorp’s business performance, including those which are considered in the Bancorp’s compensation programs:

•CET1 risk-based Capital Ratio: CET1 risk-based capital divided by risk-weighted assets as defined by the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets

•Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (non-GAAP): Tangible net income available to common shareholders divided by average tangible common equity

•Return on Average Common Equity, Excluding AOCI (non-GAAP): Net income available to common shareholders divided by total equity, excluding AOCI and preferred stock

•Net Interest Margin (non-GAAP): Net interest income on an FTE basis divided by average interest-earning assets

•Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP): Noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income

•Earnings Per Share, Diluted: Net income allocated to common shareholders divided by average common shares outstanding after the effect of dilutive stock-based awards

•Nonperforming Portfolio Assets Ratio: Nonperforming portfolio assets divided by portfolio loans and leases and OREO

•Net Charge-off Ratio: Net losses charged-off divided by average portfolio loans and leases

•Return on Average Assets: Net income divided by average assets

•Loan-to-Deposit Ratio: Total loans divided by total deposits

•Household Growth: Change in the number of consumer households with retail relationship-based checking accounts

The list of indicators above is intended to summarize some of the most important metrics utilized by management in evaluating the Bancorp’s performance and does not represent an all-inclusive list of all performance measures that may be considered relevant or important to management or investors.

49 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 1: Earnings Summary
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data)202520242023
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,9825,6305,827
Net interest income (FTE)(a)(b)6,0025,6545,852
Noninterest income3,0352,8492,881
Total revenue (FTE)(a)(b)9,0378,5038,733
Provision for credit losses662530515
Noninterest expense5,1445,0335,205
Net income2,5222,3142,349
Net income available to common shareholders2,3762,1552,212
Common Share Data
Earnings per share - basic$3.563.163.23
Earnings per share - diluted3.533.143.22
Cash dividends declared per common share1.541.441.36
Book value per share30.1826.1725.04
Market value per share46.8142.2834.49
Financial Ratios
Return on average assets1.19%1.091.13
Return on average common equity12.612.514.2
Return on average tangible common equity(b)17.417.821.3
Dividend payout43.345.642.1

(a)Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustments were $20, $24 and $25 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(b)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Earnings Summary

The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $2.4 billion, or $3.53 per diluted share, which was net of $146 million of preferred stock dividends. On September 30, 2025, the Bancorp redeemed all outstanding shares of its preferred stock, Series L, resulting in a $4 million reduction to net income available to common shareholders, which was recognized as incremental dividends on preferred stock in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $2.2 billion, or $3.14 per diluted share, which was net of $159 million of preferred stock dividends.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $6.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025, increasing $348 million compared to the prior year. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 was positively impacted by lower funding costs due to both the benefit of lower short-term market rates and a decrease in the average balances of interest-bearing liabilities. Additionally, higher average balances of loans and leases and fixed rate consumer loan yield improvement driven by higher intermediate-term and long-term interest rates drove interest income growth. These positive impacts were partially offset by decreases in the average balances of and lower yields on other short-term investments as well as lower yields on average commercial loans and leases driven by lower short-term market rates. Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 3.11% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 2.90% for the year ended December 31, 2024.

The provision for credit losses was $662 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $530 million in the prior year. Provision expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased primarily driven by the fraud-related impairment of an asset-backed finance commercial loan which included a charge-off of $178 million and a specific allowance of $20 million, as well as increases in specific reserves on individually evaluated commercial loans and higher period-end loan and lease balances. The increase in provision expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 was partially offset by factors that reduced the ACL from December 31, 2024, including the impacts of changes in both the mix and credit quality of the consumer loan portfolio and improvements in probability of default ratings on collectively-evaluated commercial loans. Net losses charged off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases were 0.60% and 0.45% for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. At December 31, 2025, nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO decreased to 0.65% compared to 0.71% at December 31, 2024. For further discussion on credit quality, refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest income increased $186 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in wealth and asset management revenue, commercial payments revenue, consumer banking revenue, mortgage banking net revenue and other noninterest income, partially offset by decreases in commercial banking revenue and capital markets fees.

Noninterest expense increased $111 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in compensation and benefits expense, technology and communications expense and marketing expense, partially offset by a decrease in other noninterest expense.

50 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For more information on net interest income, provision for credit losses, noninterest income and noninterest expense, refer to the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A.

Capital Summary

The Bancorp calculated its regulatory capital ratios under the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets as of December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the Bancorp’s capital ratios, as defined by the U.S. banking agencies, were:

•CET1 risk-based capital ratio: 10.81%;

•Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio: 11.87%;

•Total risk-based capital ratio: 13.78%;

•Leverage ratio: 9.41%

51 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The following are non-GAAP financial measures which provide useful insight to the reader of the Consolidated Financial Statements but should be supplemental to primary U.S. GAAP measures and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for the primary U.S. GAAP measures. The Bancorp encourages readers to consider the Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of net interest income on an FTE basis, interest income on an FTE basis, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 2: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Financial Measures and Ratios on an FTE basis
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,9825,6305,827
Add: FTE adjustment202425
Net interest income on an FTE basis (1)$6,0025,6545,852
Interest income (U.S. GAAP)$9,90310,4269,760
Add: FTE adjustment202425
Interest income on an FTE basis (2)$9,92310,4509,785
Interest expense (3)$3,9214,7963,933
Noninterest income (4)3,0352,8492,881
Noninterest expense (5)5,1445,0335,205
Average interest-earning assets (6)193,288194,800191,743
Average interest-bearing liabilities (7)143,450146,188137,592
Ratios:
Net interest margin on an FTE basis (1) / (6)3.11%2.903.05
Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis ((2) / (6)) - ((3) / (7))2.402.082.24
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis (5) / ((1) + (4))56.959.259.6

The Bancorp believes return on average tangible common equity is an important measure for comparative purposes with other financial institutions, but is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and therefore is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. This measure is useful for evaluating the performance of a business as it calculates the return available to common shareholders without the impact of intangible assets and their related amortization.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measure of return on average tangible common equity to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 3: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Net income available to common shareholders (U.S. GAAP)$2,3762,1552,212
Add: Intangible amortization, net of tax222834
Tangible net income available to common shareholders (1)$2,3982,1832,246
Average Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)$20,85819,39817,704
Less: Average preferred stock2,0282,1162,116
Average goodwill4,9304,9184,918
Average intangible assets79107146
Average tangible common equity (2)$13,82112,25710,524
Return on average tangible common equity (1) / (2)17.4%17.821.3

The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the tangible equity ratio and tangible common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies for both absolute and comparative purposes. As U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures.

52 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table reconciles non-GAAP capital ratios to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 4: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Capital Ratios
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20252024
Total Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity (U.S. GAAP)$21,72419,645
Less: Preferred stock1,7702,116
Goodwill4,9474,918
Intangible assets6990
AOCI(3,110)(4,636)
Tangible common equity, excluding AOCI (1)18,04817,157
Add: Preferred stock1,7702,116
Tangible equity (2)$19,81819,273
Total Assets (U.S. GAAP)$214,376212,927
Less: Goodwill4,9474,918
Intangible assets6990
AOCI, before tax(4,092)(5,868)
Tangible assets, excluding AOCI (3)$213,452213,787
Ratios:
Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets (2) / (3)9.28%9.02
Tangible common equity as a percentage of tangible assets (1) / (3)8.468.03

53 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides a discussion of the significant new accounting standard applicable to the Bancorp during 2025 and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the Bancorp’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp’s critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, valuation of servicing rights, goodwill, legal contingencies and fair value measurements. There have been no material changes to the valuation techniques or models described below during the year ended December 31, 2025.

ALLL

The Bancorp disaggregates its portfolio loans and leases into portfolio segments for purposes of determining the ALLL. The Bancorp’s portfolio segments include commercial, residential mortgage and consumer. The Bancorp further disaggregates its portfolio segments into classes for purposes of monitoring and assessing credit quality based on certain risk characteristics. For an analysis of the Bancorp’s ALLL by portfolio segment and credit quality information by class, refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases. Contractual terms are adjusted for expected prepayments but are not extended for expected extensions, renewals or modifications except in circumstances where extension or renewal options are embedded in the original contract and not unconditionally cancellable by the Bancorp. Accrued interest receivable on loans is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a component of other assets. When accrued interest is deemed to be uncollectible (typically when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status), interest income is reversed. The Bancorp follows established policies for placing loans on nonaccrual status, so uncollectible accrued interest receivable is reversed in a timely manner. As a result, the Bancorp has elected not to measure a reserve for accrued interest receivable as part of its ALLL. However, the Bancorp does record a reserve for the portion of accrued interest receivable that it expects to be uncollectible. For additional information on the Bancorp’s accounting policies related to nonaccrual loans and leases, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the ALLL. The ALLL is maintained at a level the Bancorp considers to be adequate and is based on ongoing quarterly assessments and evaluations of the collectability of loans and leases, including historical credit loss experience, current and forecasted market and economic conditions and consideration of various qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, deserve consideration in estimating expected credit losses. Provisions for credit losses are recorded for the amounts necessary to adjust the ALLL to the Bancorp’s current estimate of expected credit losses on portfolio loans and leases. The Bancorp’s strategy for credit risk management includes a combination of conservative exposure limits significantly below legal lending limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collections standards. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and quarterly management reviews of large credit exposures and loans experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for additional information.

The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL requires significant management judgment and includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated.

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million on nonaccrual status are individually evaluated for an ALLL. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan or lease structure (including modifications, if any) and other factors when determining the amount of the ALLL. Other factors may include the borrower’s susceptibility to risks presented by the forecasted macroeconomic environment, the industry and geographic region of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Significant management judgment is required when evaluating which of these factors are most relevant in individual circumstances, and when estimating the amount of expected credit losses based on those factors. When loans and leases are individually evaluated, allowances are determined based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan or lease given the availability of collateral and other sources of cash flow, as well as an evaluation of legal options available to the Bancorp. Allowances for individually evaluated loans and leases that are collateral-dependent are measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Allowances for individually evaluated loans and leases that are not collateral-dependent are typically measured based on the present value of expected cash flows of the loan or lease, discounted at its effective interest rate. Specific allowances on individually evaluated commercial loans and leases are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

The Bancorp considers loans to be collateral-dependent when it becomes probable that repayment of the loan will be provided through the sale or operation of the collateral instead of from payments made by the borrower. The expected credit losses for these loans are typically estimated based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Specific allowances on individually

54 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

evaluated consumer and residential mortgage loans are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for loans and leases that are not individually evaluated. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers prepayments and, for loans with available credit, expected utilization rates. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models were developed based on historical credit loss experience and observations of migration patterns for various credit risk characteristics (such as internal credit risk ratings, external credit ratings or scores, delinquency status, loan-to-value trends, etc.) over time, with those observations evaluated in the context of concurrent macroeconomic conditions. The Bancorp developed its models from historical observations capturing a full economic cycle when possible.

The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable. Generally, the Bancorp considers its forecasts to be reasonable and supportable for a period of up to three years from the estimation date. For periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period, expected credit losses are estimated by reverting to historical loss information without adjustment for changes in economic conditions. This reversion is phased in over a two-year period. The Bancorp evaluates the length of its reasonable and supportable forecast period, its reversion period and reversion methodology at least annually, or more often if warranted by economic conditions or other circumstances.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL in order to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit loss models but are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These considerations inherently require significant management judgment to determine the appropriate factors to be considered and the extent of their impact on the ALLL estimate. These may include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. These may also include adjustments, when deemed necessary, for specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters and their effects on regional borrowers, changes in product structures or changes in economic conditions that are not reflected in the quantitative credit loss models. Qualitative factor adjustments may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology. When evaluating the adequacy of allowances, consideration is also given to regional geographic concentrations and the closely associated effect that changing economic conditions may have on the Bancorp’s customers. Given the diverse circumstances that necessitate the application of qualitative factors, the specific factors considered and their relative significance to the ALLL vary from period to period.

Overall, the collective evaluation process requires significant management judgment when determining the estimation methodology and inputs into the models, as well as in evaluating the reasonableness of the modeled results and the appropriateness of qualitative adjustments. The Bancorp’s forecasts of market and economic conditions and the internal risk ratings assigned to loans and leases in the commercial portfolio segment are examples of inputs to the expected credit loss models that require significant management judgment. These inputs have the potential to drive significant variability in the resulting ALLL.

Refer to the Allowance for Credit Losses subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the Bancorp’s ALLL sensitivity analysis.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated expected credit losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon expected credit losses over the remaining contractual life of the commitments, taking into consideration the current funded balance and estimated exposure over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. This process takes into consideration the same risk elements that are analyzed in the determination of the adequacy of the Bancorp’s ALLL, as previously discussed. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Valuation of Servicing Rights

When the Bancorp sells loans through either securitizations or individual loan sales in accordance with its investment policies, it often obtains servicing rights. The Bancorp may also purchase servicing rights. The Bancorp has elected to measure all existing classes of its residential mortgage servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value of servicing rights reported in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. Servicing rights are valued using internal OAS models. Significant management judgment is necessary to identify key economic assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the servicing rights including the prepayment speeds of the underlying loans, the weighted-average life, the OAS and the weighted-average coupon rate, as applicable. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the servicing rights resides in the potential volatility in the economic assumptions used, particularly the prepayment speeds. In order to assist in the assessment of the fair value of servicing rights, the Bancorp obtains external valuations of the servicing rights portfolio from

55 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

third parties and participates in peer surveys that provide additional confirmation of the reasonableness of the key assumptions utilized in the internal OAS model. For additional information on servicing rights, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill

Business combinations entered into by the Bancorp typically include the recognition of goodwill. U.S. GAAP requires goodwill to be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. As further discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Bancorp’s annual goodwill impairment test is performed as of October 1 each year, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment.

Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In testing goodwill for impairment, U.S. GAAP permits the Bancorp to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In this qualitative assessment, the Bancorp evaluates events and circumstances which may include, but are not limited to, the general economic environment, banking industry and market conditions, the overall financial performance of the Bancorp, the performance of the Bancorp’s common stock, the key financial performance metrics of the Bancorp’s reporting units and events affecting the reporting units to determine if it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the quantitative impairment test is required or the decision to bypass the qualitative assessment is elected, the Bancorp performs the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. A recognized impairment loss cannot be reversed in future periods even if the fair value of the reporting unit subsequently recovers.

The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As none of the Bancorp’s reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations cannot be directly correlated to the Bancorp’s stock price. The determination of the fair value of a reporting unit is a subjective process that involves the use of estimates and judgments, particularly related to cash flows, the appropriate discount rates and an applicable control premium. The determination of the fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units includes both an income-based approach and a market-based approach. The income-based approach utilizes the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. Significant management judgment is necessary in the preparation of each reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows surrounding expectations for earnings projections, growth and credit loss expectations and actual results may differ from forecasted results. Additionally, the Bancorp determines its market capitalization based on the average of the closing price of the Bancorp’s stock during the month including the measurement date, incorporating an additional control premium, and compares this market-based fair value measurement to the aggregate fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units in order to corroborate the results of the income approach. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s goodwill.

Legal Contingencies

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous claims and lawsuits as well as threatened or potential actions or claims concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities. The outcome of claims or litigation and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict and significant judgment may be required in the determination of both the probability of loss and whether the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. The Bancorp’s estimates are subjective and are based on the status of legal and regulatory proceedings, the merit of the Bancorp’s defenses and consultation with internal and external legal counsel. An accrual for a potential litigation loss is established when information related to the loss contingency indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s legal proceedings.

Fair Value Measurements

The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Bancorp employs various valuation approaches to measure fair value including the market, income and cost approaches. The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves discounting future amounts to a single present amount and is based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset.

U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. For additional information on the fair value hierarchy and fair value measurements, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp’s fair value measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available. Valuation techniques and parameters used for measuring assets and liabilities are reviewed and validated by the Bancorp on a

56 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

quarterly basis. Additionally, the Bancorp monitors the fair values of significant assets and liabilities using a variety of methods including the evaluation of pricing runs and exception reports based on certain analytical criteria, comparison to previous trades and overall review and assessments for reasonableness. The level of management judgment necessary to determine fair value varies based upon the methods used in the determination of fair value. Financial instruments that are measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) require minimal judgment. The valuation of financial instruments when quoted market prices are not available (Levels 2 and 3) may require significant management judgment to assess whether quoted prices for similar instruments exist, the impact of changing market conditions including reducing liquidity in the capital markets and the use of estimates surrounding significant unobservable inputs. Table 5 provides a summary of the fair value of financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis and the amounts of financial instruments valued using Level 3 inputs.

TABLE 5: Fair Value Summary
As of ($ in millions)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
BalanceLevel 3BalanceLevel 3
Assets carried at fair value$41,2251,70945,1531,814
As a percent of total assets19%1211
Liabilities carried at fair value$2,3851283,114175
As a percent of total liabilities1%2

Refer to Note 28 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on fair value measurements including a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant financial instruments.

57 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS

The Bancorp’s Consolidated Statements of Income are presented in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following analysis focuses on a comparison of results for the year ended December 31, 2025 with the year ended December 31, 2024. Refer to the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 for additional information comparing the results for the year ended December 31, 2024 to the year ended December 31, 2023.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on loans and leases (including yield-related fees), securities and other short-term investments less the interest incurred on core deposits and wholesale funding (including CDs over $250,000, federal funds purchased, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt). The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by noninterest-bearing liabilities, or free funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity.

Tables 6 and 7 present the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, as well as the relative impact of changes in the average balance sheet and changes in interest rates on net interest income. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans and leases held for sale have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Average outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses included in average other assets.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $6.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025, increasing $348 million compared to the prior year. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 was positively impacted by lower funding costs due to both the benefit of lower short-term market rates and a decrease in the average balances of interest-bearing liabilities. Additionally, higher average balances of loans and leases and fixed rate consumer loan yield improvement driven by higher intermediate-term and long-term interest rates drove interest income growth. These positive impacts were partially offset by decreases in the average balances of and lower yields on other short-term investments as well as lower yields on average commercial loans and leases driven by lower short-term market rates.

Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 2.40% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 2.08% during the year ended December 31, 2024. Changes in market rates resulted in a decrease on rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities of 55 bps, partially offset by a decrease in yields on average interest-earning assets of 23 bps for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 3.11% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 2.90% for the year ended December 31, 2024. Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2025 was positively impacted by the previously mentioned increase in net interest rate spread and a decrease in the average balances of other short-term investments.

Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from loans and leases decreased $14 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by a decrease in yields on average commercial loans and leases associated with lower short-term market rates, partially offset by an increase in the average balances of loans and leases and higher yields on average consumer loans due to fixed-rate asset repricing. For more information on the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio, refer to the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A. Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from securities and other short-term investments decreased $513 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to a decrease in the average balances of other short-term investments coupled with lower yields on those balances associated with lower short-term market rates as well as a decrease in the average balances of taxable securities.

Interest expense on average core deposits decreased $666 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to a decrease in the cost of average interest-bearing core deposits to 234 bps for the year ended December 31, 2025 from 287 bps for the year ended December 31, 2024. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s deposits.

Interest expense on average wholesale funding decreased $209 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to a decrease in the rates paid on average wholesale funding and decreases in the average balances of long-term debt and CDs over $250,000, partially offset by an increase in the average balances of FHLB advances. Refer to the Borrowings subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s borrowings. During the year ended December 31, 2025, average wholesale funding represented 15% of average interest-bearing liabilities compared to 16% for the year ended December 31, 2024. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, refer to the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A.

58 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 6: Consolidated Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income on an FTE Basis
For the years ended December 31202520242023
($ in millions)Average BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ Rate
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:(a)
Commercial and industrial loans$53,9273,3236.16%$52,2103,6577.00%$57,0053,8876.82%
Commercial mortgage loans12,2327446.0811,5017066.1411,2626725.97
Commercial construction loans5,6393967.025,8354107.025,5823806.80
Commercial leases3,1451494.752,6771194.442,629953.63
Total commercial loans and leases$74,9434,6126.15%$72,2234,8926.77%$76,4785,0346.58%
Residential mortgage loans18,1947274.0017,5376453.6818,0026213.45
Home equity4,4913327.404,0023308.253,9362987.58
Indirect secured consumer loans17,3389745.6215,5838225.2715,9446874.31
Credit card1,66523914.341,71923613.701,80025214.00
Solar energy installation loans4,3333688.483,9603188.042,9581806.09
Other consumer loans2,4352259.262,7002489.193,1642778.74
Total consumer loans$48,4562,8655.91%$45,5012,5995.71%$45,8042,3155.05%
Total loans and leases$123,3997,4776.06%$117,7247,4916.36%$122,2827,3496.01%
Securities:
Taxable53,6131,7513.2755,2271,8033.2656,0661,7333.09
Exempt from income taxes(a)1,361433.171,392463.251,461473.20
Other short-term investments14,9156524.3720,4571,1105.4311,9346565.50
Total interest-earning assets$193,2889,9235.13%$194,80010,4505.36%$191,7439,7855.10%
Cash and due from banks2,5082,6772,772
Other assets18,04017,63716,169
Allowance for loan and lease losses(2,353)(2,308)(2,258)
Total assets$211,483$212,806$208,426
Liabilities and Equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$57,4841,5142.63%$58,7571,9273.28%$52,5361,5552.96%
Savings deposits16,663780.4717,5941190.6820,8721470.71
Money market deposits37,4069002.4136,1651,0502.9030,9436662.15
CDs $250,000 or less10,5653703.5010,5374324.108,2983083.71
Total interest-bearing core deposits$122,1182,8622.34%$123,0533,5282.87%$112,6492,6762.38%
CDs over $250,0002,184904.124,0692085.115,3322534.74
Federal funds purchased20094.26207115.21307154.96
Securities sold under repurchase agreements34551.3236271.8634841.22
FHLB advances4,2991964.562,6021455.564,5962355.11
Derivative collateral and other borrowed money8656.276058.9210088.24
Long-term debt14,2187545.3115,8358925.6314,2607425.20
Total interest-bearing liabilities$143,4503,9212.73%$146,1884,7963.28%$137,5923,9332.86%
Demand deposits40,92640,31446,195
Other liabilities6,2496,9066,935
Total liabilities$190,625$193,408$190,722
Total equity20,85819,39817,704
Total liabilities and equity$211,483$212,806$208,426
Net interest income (FTE)(b)$6,002$5,654$5,852
Net interest margin (FTE)(b)3.11%2.90%3.05%
Net interest rate spread (FTE)(b)2.402.082.24
Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets74.2275.0571.76

(a)The FTE adjustments included in the above table were $20, $24 and $25 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(b)This is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

59 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 7: Changes in Net Interest Income Attributable to Volume and Yield/Rate on an FTE Basis(a)
For the years ended December 312025 Compared to 20242024 Compared to 2023
($ in millions)VolumeYield/RateTotalVolumeYield/RateTotal
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$117(451)(334)(334)104(230)
Commercial mortgage loans45(7)38142034
Commercial construction loans(14)(14)181230
Commercial leases2283022224
Total commercial loans and leases$170(450)(280)(300)158(142)
Residential mortgage loans255782(16)4024
Home equity38(36)252732
Indirect secured consumer loans9656152(16)151135
Credit card(8)113(11)(5)(16)
Solar energy installation loans3119507167138
Other consumer loans(25)2(23)(42)13(29)
Total consumer loans$157109266(9)293284
Total loans and leases$327(341)(14)(309)451142
Securities:
Taxable(53)1(52)(26)9670
Exempt from income taxes(1)(2)(3)(2)1(1)
Other short-term investments(266)(192)(458)462(8)454
Total change in interest income$7(534)(527)125540665
Liabilities:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$(41)(372)(413)195177372
Savings deposits(6)(35)(41)(22)(6)(28)
Money market deposits35(185)(150)125259384
CDs $250,000 or less1(63)(62)8935124
Total interest-bearing core deposits$(11)(655)(666)387465852
CDs over $250,000(83)(35)(118)(63)18(45)
Federal funds purchased(2)(2)(5)1(4)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements(2)(2)33
FHLB advances81(30)51(109)19(90)
Derivative collateral and other borrowed money2(2)(4)1(3)
Long-term debt(88)(50)(138)8664150
Total change in interest expense$(99)(776)(875)292571863
Total change in net interest income$106242348(167)(31)(198)

(a)Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Bancorp provides, as an expense, an amount for expected credit losses within the loan and lease portfolio and the portfolio of unfunded commitments that is based on factors discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section of MD&A.

The provision for credit losses was $662 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $530 million in the prior year. Provision expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased primarily driven by the fraud-related impairment of an asset-backed finance commercial loan which included a charge-off of $178 million and a specific allowance of $20 million, as well as increases in specific reserves on individually evaluated commercial loans and higher period-end loan and lease balances. The increase in provision expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 was partially offset by factors that reduced the ACL from December 31, 2024, including the impacts of changes in both the mix and credit quality of the consumer loan portfolio and improvements in probability of default ratings on collectively-evaluated commercial loans.

The ALLL decreased $99 million from December 31, 2024 to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2025. At December 31, 2025, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases decreased to 1.84%, compared to 1.96% at December 31, 2024. The reserve for unfunded commitments increased $23 million from December 31, 2024 to $157 million at December 31, 2025. At December 31, 2025, the ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases decreased to 1.96%, compared to 2.08% at December 31, 2024.

60 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the provision for credit losses, including an analysis of loan and lease portfolio composition, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and determining the level of the ACL.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased $186 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The following table presents the components of noninterest income:

TABLE 8: Components of Noninterest Income
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Wealth and asset management revenue$704647581
Commercial payments revenue630608564
Consumer banking revenue571555546
Capital markets fees415424422
Commercial banking revenue349377409
Mortgage banking net revenue227211250
Other noninterest income1261291
Securities gains, net131518
Total noninterest income$3,0352,8492,881

Wealth and asset management revenue increased $57 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by increases in personal asset management revenue and brokerage income. The Bancorp’s trust and registered investment advisory businesses had approximately $690 billion and $634 billion in total assets under care as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and managed $80 billion and $69 billion in assets for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Commercial payments revenue increased $22 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by an increase in treasury management fees due to higher average revenue per existing customer, which included the benefit of cross sales to existing customers, and new client acquisition.

Consumer banking revenue increased $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by an increase in deposit fees due to increased overdraft occurrences.

Capital markets fees decreased $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by decreases in institutional brokerage revenue and corporate bond fees.

Commercial banking revenue decreased $28 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by decreases in operating lease income, business lending fees and lease remarketing fees.

Mortgage banking net revenue increased $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.

The following table presents the components of mortgage banking net revenue:

TABLE 9: Components of Mortgage Banking Net Revenue
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Origination fees and gains on loan sales$786779
Net mortgage servicing revenue:
Gross mortgage servicing fees292309319
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs(143)(165)(148)
Net mortgage servicing revenue149144171
Total mortgage banking net revenue$227211250

Origination fees and gains on loan sales increased $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by higher volumes of saleable rate lock mortgage loan originations. Residential mortgage loan originations increased to $7.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $6.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to lower mortgage interest rates, which also drove an increase in correspondent channel volume, and an increase in the average loan size originated.

61 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the components of net valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio and the impact of the Bancorp’s hedging strategy:

TABLE 10: Components of Net Valuation Adjustments on MSRs
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio$26(88)(43)
Changes in fair value:
Due to changes in inputs or assumptions(a)(12)7443
Other changes in fair value(b)(157)(151)(148)
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs$(143)(165)(148)

(a)Primarily reflects changes in prepayment speed and OAS assumptions which are updated based on market interest rates.

(b)Primarily reflects changes due to realized cash flows and the passage of time.

Further detail on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio. Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio. In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. Net gains and losses on these securities were immaterial during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

The Bancorp’s total residential mortgage loans serviced at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $104.8 billion and $110.9 billion, respectively, with $87.8 billion and $94.2 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others.

Other noninterest income increased $114 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to a decrease in the loss on the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares, an increase in equity method investment income and litigation settlements. Refer to Note 28 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the valuation of the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares and Note 26 for more information on other noninterest income.

Net securities gains were $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. For more information, refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense increased $111 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The following table presents the components of noninterest expense:

TABLE 11: Components of Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Compensation and benefits$2,8152,7632,694
Technology and communications516474464
Net occupancy expense349339331
Equipment expense169153148
Loan and lease expense146132133
Marketing expense142115126
Card and processing expense928484
Other noninterest expense9159731,225
Total noninterest expense$5,1445,0335,205
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis(a)56.9%59.259.6

(a)This is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Compensation and benefits expense increased $52 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by increases in base compensation and performance-based compensation. Full-time equivalent employees totaled 18,676 at December 31, 2025 compared to 18,616 at December 31, 2024.

Technology and communications expense increased $42 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by increased investments in strategic initiatives and technology modernization.

Marketing expense increased $27 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to increased spend on customer acquisition activities.

62 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the components of other noninterest expense:

TABLE 12: Components of Other Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
FDIC insurance and other taxes$114181385
Data processing828187
Leasing business expense7392121
Losses and adjustments688691
Dues and subscriptions666161
Travel636056
Donations632830
Securities recordkeeping575550
Professional service fees534953
Postal and courier494846
Other, net227232245
Total other noninterest expense$9159731,225

Other noninterest expense decreased $58 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to decreases in FDIC insurance and other taxes, leasing business expense and losses and adjustments partially offset by an increase in donations.

FDIC insurance and other taxes decreased $67 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to the impact of the Bancorp’s updated estimate of its allocated share of the FDIC’s special assessment. Leasing business expense decreased $19 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by a decrease in depreciation expense associated with operating lease equipment. Losses and adjustments decreased $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to elevated expense levels in the prior year related to remediation items.

Donations increased $35 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to a $50 million contribution to the Fifth Third Foundation in 2025 compared to a $15 million contribution in 2024.

Applicable Income Taxes

The Bancorp’s income before income taxes, applicable income tax expense and effective tax rate are as follows:

TABLE 13: Applicable Income Taxes
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Income before income taxes$3,2112,9162,988
Applicable income tax expense689602639
Effective tax rate21.4%20.621.4

Applicable income tax expense for all periods presented includes the benefits from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments and tax credits (and other related tax benefits), partially offset by the effect of proportional amortization of qualifying investments and certain nondeductible expenses. The tax credits are primarily associated with the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program established under Section 42 of the IRC, the New Markets Tax Credit program established under Section 45D of the IRC, the Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit program established under Section 47 of the IRC and the Research Credit program established under Section 41 of the IRC.

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were primarily impacted by tax credits and other tax benefits from CDC investments, which were partially offset by proportional amortization related to qualifying investments. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were also impacted by state tax expense and tax benefits from tax exempt income. For additional information on income taxes, refer to Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

63 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

The Bancorp has three reportable segments: Commercial Banking, Consumer and Small Business Banking and Wealth and Asset Management. Additional information on each segment is included in Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Results of the Bancorp’s segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices, which are specific to the Bancorp. Therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level. By employing an FTP methodology, the segments are insulated from most benchmark interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through the origination of loans and acceptance of deposits. The FTP methodology assigns charge and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on the estimated amount and timing of the cash flows for each transaction. Assigning the FTP rate based on matching the duration of cash flows allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from future changes in benchmark interest rates. The Bancorp’s FTP methodology also allocates the contribution to net interest income of the asset-generating and deposit-providing businesses on a duration-adjusted basis to better attribute the driver of the performance. As the asset and liability durations are not perfectly matched, the residual impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other. The charge and credit rates are determined using the FTP rate curve, which is based on an estimate of Fifth Third’s marginal borrowing cost in the wholesale funding markets. The FTP curve is constructed using the U.S. swap curve, brokered CD pricing and unsecured debt pricing.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of behavioral assumptions, such as prepayment rates on interest-earning assets and the estimated durations for indeterminate-lived deposits. Key assumptions, including the credit rates provided for deposit accounts, are reviewed annually. Credit rates for deposit products and charge rates for loan products may be reset more frequently in response to changes in market conditions. In general, the charge rates on assets decreased since December 31, 2024 as they were affected by the prevailing level of interest rates and repricing characteristics of the portfolio and to a lesser extent the impact of reduced liquidity premium assumptions throughout 2025. The credit rates for deposit products have also generally decreased since December 31, 2024 due to decreasing short-term interest rates and reduced liquidity premium assumptions.

The Bancorp’s methodology for allocating provision for credit losses to the segments includes charges or benefits associated with changes in criticized commercial loan levels in addition to actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans and leases owned by each segment. Provision for credit losses attributable to loan and lease growth and changes in ALLL factors is captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses, which are included within other noninterest expense. Additionally, the segments form synergies by taking advantage of relationship depth opportunities and funding operations by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

The following table summarizes income (loss) before income taxes on an FTE basis by segment:

TABLE 14: Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes (FTE) by Segment
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Commercial Banking$1,3421,7613,064
Consumer and Small Business Banking2,4452,5373,599
Wealth and Asset Management252227353
General Corporate and Other(a)(808)(1,585)(4,003)
Income before income taxes (FTE)(b)$3,2312,9403,013

(a)General Corporate and Other is not a reportable segment and is presented for reconciliation purposes.

(b)Includes FTE adjustments of $20, $24 and $25 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

64 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers credit intermediation, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment:

TABLE 15: Commercial Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (FTE)(a)$2,3232,5443,693
Provision for credit losses45130412
Noninterest income:
Commercial payments revenue553519464
Capital markets fees412420418
Commercial banking revenue344373406
Other noninterest income545657
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits637643642
Net occupancy and equipment expense676269
Other noninterest expense1,1891,1421,251
Income before income taxes (FTE)(a)$1,3421,7613,064
Average Balance Sheet Data
Commercial loans and leases, including held for sale$68,14866,59671,607
Demand deposits16,47416,86321,680
Interest checking deposits40,01640,30332,414
Savings deposits123143183
Money market deposits4,5504,6114,284
Certificates of deposit314562

(a)Includes FTE adjustments of $11, $15 and $16 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Income before income taxes on an FTE basis was $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in net interest income on an FTE basis and increases in provision for credit losses and noninterest expense.

Net interest income on an FTE basis decreased $221 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by a decrease in FTP credits on deposits and a decrease in yields on average commercial loans and leases. These negative impacts were partially offset by a decrease in FTP charges on commercial loans and leases, a decrease in rates paid on average interest-bearing deposits and an increase in the average balances of commercial loans and leases.

Provision for credit losses increased $147 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by an increase net charge-offs on commercial loans and leases, which included $178 million resulting from the fraud-related impairment of an asset-backed finance commercial loan, partially offset by a decrease in the allocated provision for credit losses related to commercial criticized assets. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases increased to 62 bps for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 33 bps for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Noninterest income decreased $5 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by decreases in commercial banking revenue and capital markets fees, partially offset by an increase in commercial payments revenue. Refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statement of Income Analysis section of MD&A for information on these fluctuations.

Noninterest expense increased $46 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by an increase in other noninterest expense, which increased $47 million compared to the same period in the prior year primarily driven by increases in allocated expenses, card and processing expense, credit valuation adjustments on derivatives associated with customer accommodation contracts and loan and lease expense, partially offset by a decrease in leasing business expense.

Average commercial loans and leases increased $1.6 billion from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by increases in average commercial and industrial loans, average commercial leases and average commercial mortgage loans. Refer to the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on these fluctuations.

65 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Average deposits decreased $771 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to decreases in average demand deposits and average interest checking deposits. Average demand deposits decreased $389 million compared to the same period in the prior year primarily as a result of lower average balances per customer account. Average interest checking deposits decreased $287 million compared to the same period in the prior year primarily as a result of lower average balances per customer account and a decrease in derivative collateral held as a result of lower interest rates.

Consumer and Small Business Banking

Consumer and Small Business Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan products to individuals and small businesses through a network of full-service banking centers and relationships with indirect and correspondent loan originators in addition to providing products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services. Consumer and Small Business Banking includes the Bancorp’s residential mortgage, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards, automobile and other indirect lending, solar energy installation and other consumer lending activities. Residential mortgage activities include the origination, retention and servicing of residential mortgage loans, sales and securitizations of those loans and all associated hedging activities. Indirect lending activities include extending loans to consumers through automobile dealers, motorcycle dealers, powersport dealers, recreational vehicle dealers and marine dealers. Solar energy installation loans and certain other consumer loans are originated through a network of contractors and installers.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer and Small Business Banking segment:

TABLE 16: Consumer and Small Business Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$4,1684,2725,342
Provision for credit losses325322303
Noninterest income:
Consumer banking revenue569551544
Wealth and asset management revenue279247216
Mortgage banking net revenue226210250
Commercial payments revenue878694
Other noninterest income321212
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits935895890
Net occupancy and equipment expense275265254
Marketing expense916870
Loan and lease expense838287
Other noninterest expense1,2071,2091,255
Income before income taxes$2,4452,5373,599
Average Balance Sheet Data
Consumer loans, including held for sale$45,59742,78342,933
Commercial loans, including held for sale5,1094,1683,515
Demand deposits23,18822,42623,380
Interest checking deposits10,84010,94112,389
Savings deposits13,86714,43117,017
Money market deposits32,40131,05626,067
Certificates of deposit11,34111,2418,809

Income before income taxes was $2.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $2.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in noninterest income.

Net interest income decreased $104 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to a decrease in FTP credits on deposits and an increase in FTP charges on loans and leases, partially offset by an increase in the average balances of and yields on loans and leases as well as a decrease in rates paid on average interest-bearing deposits.

Noninterest income increased $87 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by increases in wealth and asset management revenue, other noninterest income, consumer banking revenue and mortgage banking net revenue. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $32 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in brokerage income and personal asset management revenue. Other noninterest income increased $20 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to the benefit from a litigation settlement and gains on the sale of branch-related real estate no longer intended to be used for banking purposes. Refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for information on the fluctuations in consumer banking revenue and mortgage banking net revenue.

66 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Noninterest expense increased $72 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in compensation and benefits expense and marketing expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased $40 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in base compensation and performance-based compensation. Marketing expense increased $23 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to increased spend on customer acquisition activities.

Average consumer loans increased $2.8 billion from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in average indirect secured consumer loans, average residential mortgage loans, average home equity and average solar energy installation loans, partially offset by a decrease in average other consumer loans. Refer to the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for information on these fluctuations. Average commercial loans increased $941 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by loan originations exceeding payoffs.

Average deposits increased $1.5 billion from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by increases in average money market deposits and average demand deposits, partially offset by a decrease in average savings deposits. Average money market deposits increased $1.3 billion from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of higher offering rates from promotional offers leading to higher average balances per customer account as well as growth in the number of customer accounts. Average demand deposits increased $762 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of higher average balances per customer account as well as growth in the number of customer accounts. Average savings deposits decreased $564 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to lower average balances per customer account as well as a decrease in the number of customer accounts, partially driven by the impact of consumer preferences for products with higher offering rates.

Wealth and Asset Management

Wealth and Asset Management provides a full range of wealth management solutions for individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations, including wealth planning, investment management, banking, insurance, trust and estate services. These offerings include retail brokerage services for individual clients, advisory services for institutional clients including middle market businesses, non-profits, states and municipalities, and wealth management strategies and products for high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Wealth and Asset Management segment:

TABLE 17: Wealth and Asset Management
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$213210360
(Benefit from) provision for credit losses(2)1
Noninterest income:
Wealth and asset management revenue422397363
Other noninterest income976
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits226222220
Other noninterest expense168165155
Income before income taxes$252227353
Average Balance Sheet Data
Loans and leases, including held for sale$4,5204,1284,386
Deposits10,05810,68511,122

Income before income taxes was $252 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $227 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in noninterest income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Noninterest income increased $27 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to an increase in wealth and asset management revenue, which increased $25 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of an increase in personal asset management revenue.

Noninterest expense increased $7 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in compensation and benefits expense and other noninterest expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased $4 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to an increase in base compensation. Other noninterest expense increased $3 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by an increase in allocated expenses.

Average loans and leases increased $392 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by increases in average commercial and industrial loans, average other consumer loans and average commercial mortgage loans as loan production exceeded payoffs.

67 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Average deposits decreased $627 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by decreases in average savings deposits and average interest checking deposits as a result of lower average balances per customer account.

General Corporate and Other

General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, unallocated provision for credit losses or a benefit from the reduction of the ACL, the payment of preferred stock dividends and certain support activities and other items not attributed to its segments.

Net interest income on an FTE basis increased $670 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by a decrease in FTP credits on deposits allocated to the segments and a decrease in FTP charges on short-term investments. These positive impacts were partially offset by a decrease in FTP charges on loans and leases allocated to the segments and a decrease in interest income on short-term investments. The decrease in FTP charges allocated to the segments was primarily driven by decreases in market interest rates, primarily affecting the variable-rate asset portfolios. The decrease in FTP credits allocated to the segments was driven by lower FTP credit rates paid on deposits as a result of lower market interest rates and reduced liquidity premium assumptions. Given the daily repricing option on non-maturity deposits, the FTP credits on deposits earned by the segments generally increases or decreases at a faster pace than the amount of allocated FTP charges on loans and leases. Under the Bancorp’s internal reporting methodology, the Bancorp insulates the segments from interest rate risk associated with fixed-rate lending by transferring this risk to General Corporate and Other through the FTP methodology.

The benefit from credit losses was $112 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $96 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in the benefit from credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily driven by the reduction of the ACL captured in General Corporate and Other.

Noninterest income increased $77 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by a decrease in the loss recognized on the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares, partially offset by a decrease in commercial payments revenue.

Noninterest expense decreased $14 million from the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by the expense recognized in 2024 associated with the FDIC special assessment and an increase in corporate overhead allocations from General Corporate and Other to the other segments, partially offset by increases in technology and communications expense, donations expense and compensation and benefits expense.

68 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans and Leases

The Bancorp classifies its commercial loans and leases based upon primary purpose and consumer loans based upon product or collateral. Table 18 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale, and Table 19 summarizes average total loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale.

TABLE 18: Components of Loans and Leases (including loans and leases held for sale)
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20252024
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$52,79552,286
Commercial mortgage loans12,25712,268
Commercial construction loans5,3165,617
Commercial leases3,2693,188
Total commercial loans and leases$73,63773,359
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans18,31018,117
Home equity4,8464,188
Indirect secured consumer loans17,96416,313
Credit card1,7471,734
Solar energy installation loans4,5604,202
Other consumer loans2,3202,518
Total consumer loans$49,74747,072
Total loans and leases$123,384120,431
Total portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$122,651119,791

Total loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale, increased $3.0 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2024 driven by increases in both consumer loans and commercial loans and leases.

Commercial loans and leases increased $278 million from December 31, 2024 primarily due to an increase in commercial and industrial loans, partially offset by a decrease in commercial construction loans. Commercial and industrial loans increased $509 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of loan originations exceeding payoffs. Commercial construction loans decreased $301 million, or 5%, from December 31, 2024 as payoffs exceeded draws on existing commitments and loan originations.

Consumer loans increased $2.7 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in indirect secured consumer loans, home equity and solar energy installation loans. Indirect secured consumer loans increased $1.7 billion, or 10%, from December 31, 2024 primarily driven by higher indirect automobile loan production due to strong industry sales volume. Home equity increased $658 million, or 16%, from December 31, 2024 as loan originations and new advances exceeded payoffs, driven by increased marketing efforts. Solar energy installation loans increased $358 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to loan originations exceeding payoffs.

TABLE 19: Components of Average Loans and Leases (including average loans and leases held for sale)
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20252024
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$53,92752,210
Commercial mortgage loans12,23211,501
Commercial construction loans5,6395,835
Commercial leases3,1452,677
Total commercial loans and leases$74,94372,223
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans18,19417,537
Home equity4,4914,002
Indirect secured consumer loans17,33815,583
Credit card1,6651,719
Solar energy installation loans4,3333,960
Other consumer loans2,4352,700
Total consumer loans$48,45645,501
Total average loans and leases$123,399117,724
Total average portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$122,783117,229

69 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Average loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale, increased $5.7 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2024 driven by increases in both average consumer loans and average commercial loans and leases.

Average commercial loans and leases increased $2.7 billion, or 4%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in average commercial and industrial loans, average commercial mortgage loans and average commercial leases. Average commercial and industrial loans increased $1.7 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of loan originations exceeding payoffs. Average commercial mortgage loans increased $731 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2024 and included the impact of commercial construction loans transitioning to commercial mortgage loans and increased originations. Average commercial leases increased $468 million, or 17%, from December 31, 2024 primarily driven by an increase in lease originations as a result of a shift in business strategy in the fourth quarter of 2024 that continued into 2025.

Average consumer loans increased $3.0 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to increases in average indirect secured consumer loans, average residential mortgage loans, average home equity and average solar energy installation loans, partially offset by a decrease in average other consumer loans. Average indirect secured consumer loans increased $1.8 billion, or 11%, from December 31, 2024 primarily driven by higher indirect automobile loan production during the fourth quarter of 2024 that continued into 2025 due to strong industry sales volume. Average residential mortgage loans increased $657 million, or 4%, from December 31, 2024 primarily driven by an increase in held-for-investment loan originations and loan purchase transactions completed in the second half of 2024. Average home equity increased $489 million, or 12%, from December 31, 2024 as loan originations and new advances exceeded payoffs, driven by increased marketing efforts. Average solar energy installation loans increased $373 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to loan originations exceeding payoffs. Average other consumer loans decreased $265 million, or 10%, from December 31, 2024 primarily driven by paydowns of point-of-sale loans, including loans originated in connection with one third-party point-of-sale company with which the Bancorp discontinued the origination of new loans in 2022.

Investment Securities

The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing collateral for pledging purposes and for liquidity risk management. The carrying value of total investment securities, which consist of available-for-sale debt and other securities, held-to-maturity securities, trading debt securities and equity securities, was $49.0 billion and $52.4 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The taxable available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio had an effective duration of 3.8 at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. The taxable held-to-maturity securities portfolio had an effective duration of 5.1 and 5.5 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Debt securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. Debt securities are classified as trading typically when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. At December 31, 2025, the Bancorp’s investment securities portfolio consisted primarily of U.S. Treasury and other government guaranteed securities. The Bancorp held an immaterial amount of below-investment grade available-for-sale debt securities and held-to-maturity securities at both December 31, 2025 and 2024.

At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bancorp did not recognize an allowance for credit losses for its investment securities. The Bancorp also did not recognize provision for credit losses for investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial amount, $21 million and $5 million, respectively, of impairment losses on its available-for-sale debt and other securities, included in securities gains, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These losses related to certain securities in unrealized loss positions where the Bancorp had determined that it no longer intended to hold the securities until the recovery of their amortized cost bases.

70 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the end of period components of investment securities:

TABLE 20: Components of Investment Securities
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20252024
Available-for-sale debt and other securities (amortized cost basis):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$1,5754,358
Mortgage-backed securities:
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities9,1386,460
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities22,30723,853
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities3,0324,505
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities2,3813,924
Other securities(a)674778
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$39,10743,878
Held-to-maturity securities (amortized cost basis):(b)
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$2,4382,370
Mortgage-backed securities:
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities5,0234,898
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities3,9054,008
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities22
Total held-to-maturity securities$11,36811,278
Trading debt securities (fair value):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$494626
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities63120
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities4910
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities451429
Total trading debt securities$1,0571,185
Total equity securities (fair value)$453341

(a)Other securities consist of FHLB, FRB and DTCC restricted stock holdings that are carried at cost.

(b)Includes a discount of $742 and $865 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, pertaining to the remaining unamortized portion of unrealized losses on securities transferred to HTM.

In January 2024, the Bancorp transferred $12.6 billion (amortized cost basis) of investment securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity to reflect the Bancorp’s change in intent to hold these securities to maturity in order to reduce potential capital volatility associated with investment security market price fluctuations. The transfer included U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities and agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. On the date of the transfer, pre-tax unrealized losses of $994 million were included in AOCI related to these transferred securities. The unrealized losses that existed on the date of transfer will continue to be reported as a component of AOCI and will be amortized into income over the remaining life of the securities as an adjustment to yield, offsetting the amortization of the discount resulting from the transfer recorded at fair value.

The following table presents the estimated future amortization of unrealized losses related to investment securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity. At December 31, 2025, these transferred securities had an estimated weighted-average life of 6.4 years.

TABLE 21: Estimated Amortization of Unrealized Losses on Securities Transferred to Held-to-Maturity
As of December 31, 2025 ($ in millions)
2026$44
202758
202889
202940
203035
Thereafter476
Unamortized portion of unrealized losses$742

On an amortized cost basis, available-for-sale debt and other securities and held-to-maturity securities comprised 26% and 28% of total interest-earning assets at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio was 5.1 years and 5.0 years at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In addition, the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 3.09% and 3.08% at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The held-to-maturity securities portfolio had an estimated weighted-average life of 6.4 years and 6.9 years at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In addition, the held-to-maturity securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 3.50% and 3.41% at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

71 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Information presented in Tables 22 and 23 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using amortized cost balances and reflects the impact of prepayments. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio exclude other securities that have no stated yield or maturity.

The fair values of investment securities are impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of the Bancorp’s investment securities portfolio generally decreases when interest rates increase or when credit spreads widen, and, conversely, increases when interest rates decrease or when credit spreads contract. Total net unrealized losses on the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio were $2.9 billion and $4.3 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

TABLE 22: Characteristics of Available-for-Sale Debt and Other Securities
As of December 31, 2025 ($ in millions)Amortized CostFair ValueWeighted-Average Life (in years)Weighted-Average Yield
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities:
Average life within one year$1,5751,5750.33.78%
Total$1,5751,5750.33.78%
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year18180.82.97
Average life after one year through five years1,6901,6063.73.02
Average life after five years through ten years7,1276,7616.64.38
Average life after ten years30323811.62.81
Total$9,1388,6236.24.07%
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:(a)
Average life within one year9559430.72.65
Average life after one year through five years9,7659,3182.92.66
Average life after five years through ten years9,5318,2317.02.63
Average life after ten years2,0561,69511.62.78
Total$22,30720,1875.42.66%
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year4654590.62.90
Average life after one year through five years9929472.63.00
Average life after five years through ten years1,5751,4275.82.80
Total$3,0322,8334.02.88%
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities:
Average life within one year3803760.53.27
Average life after one year through five years1,5991,5063.22.77
Average life after five years through ten years3883716.14.31
Average life after ten years141416.84.56
Total$2,3812,2673.33.11%
Other securities674674
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$39,10736,1595.13.09%

(a)Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.04%, 0.09% and 0.03% for securities with an average life between 5 and 10 years, average life greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

72 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 23: Characteristics of Held-to-Maturity Securities
As of December 31, 2025 ($ in millions)Amortized Cost(b)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Life (in years)Weighted-Average Yield
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities:
Average life within one year$5945950.32.17%
Average life after one year through five years1,8441,8622.62.49
Total$2,4382,4572.02.41%
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities:
Average life after five years through ten years4,9974,9768.93.66
Average life after ten years262610.13.55
Total$5,0235,0028.93.66%
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:(a)
Average life within one year880.33.49
Average life after one year through five years1,1271,1423.33.84
Average life after five years through ten years2,5952,6156.73.95
Average life after ten years17517811.45.07
Total$3,9053,9435.93.96%
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities:
Average life after five years through ten years229.87.18
Total$229.87.18%
Total held-to-maturity securities$11,36811,4046.43.50%

(a)Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.01%, 0.06%, 0.94% and 0.08% for securities with an average life between 1 and 5 years, average life between 5 and 10 years, average life greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

(b)Includes a discount of $742 at December 31, 2025 pertaining to the unamortized portion of unrealized losses on HTM securities.

Other Short-Term Investments

Other short-term investments have original maturities less than one year and primarily include interest-bearing balances that are funds on deposit at the FRB or other depository institutions. Other short-term investments are used as an extension of the investment securities portfolio to manage liquidity risk. Other short-term investments were $18.9 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $1.8 billion from December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily associated with growth in core deposits and the strategic decision to manage securities cash flow reinvestment, partially offset by an increase in loans and leases and a reduction in total borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Deposits

The Bancorp’s deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp continues to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building full relationships and offering competitive rates and through its strategy of expanding retail presence in high-growth markets, such as in the Southeast. Average core deposits represented 77% of average total assets for both the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The following table presents the end of period components of deposits:

TABLE 24: Components of Deposits
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20252024
Demand$42,64741,038
Interest checking61,15559,306
Savings16,15517,147
Money market39,28536,605
Total transaction deposits159,242154,096
CDs $250,000 or less10,59910,798
Total core deposits169,841164,894
CDs over $250,000(a)1,9782,358
Total deposits$171,819167,252

(a)Includes $777 million and $1.3 billion of retail brokered CDs which are fully covered by FDIC insurance as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Core deposits increased $4.9 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2024 due to an increase in transaction deposits, partially offset by a decrease in CDs $250,000 or less. Transaction deposits increased $5.1 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2024 driven by increases in money market deposits, interest checking deposits and demand deposits, partially offset by a decrease in savings deposits. Money market deposits increased $2.7 billion, or 7%, from December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of higher offering rates from promotional offers leading to higher balances per consumer customer account as well as growth in the number of consumer customer accounts. Interest checking deposits increased $1.8 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of higher balances per commercial customer account, partially offset by a

73 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

decrease in derivative collateral held as a result of lower interest rates. Demand deposits increased $1.6 billion, or 4%, from December 31, 2024 primarily as a result of higher balances per customer account as well as growth in the number of consumer customer accounts. Savings deposits decreased $992 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to lower balances per consumer customer account as well as a decrease in the number of consumer customer accounts, partially driven by the impact of consumer preferences for products with higher offering rates. CDs $250,000 or less decreased $199 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to lower balances per customer account driven by maturities which outpaced new issuances given current market conditions.

CDs over $250,000 decreased $380 million, or 16%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to maturities of retail brokered CDs.

The following table presents the components of average deposits for the years ended December 31:

TABLE 25: Components of Average Deposits
($ in millions)20252024
Demand$40,92640,314
Interest checking57,48458,757
Savings16,66317,594
Money market37,40636,165
Total transaction deposits152,479152,830
CDs $250,000 or less10,56510,537
Total core deposits163,044163,367
CDs over $250,000(a)2,1844,069
Total average deposits$165,228167,436

(a)Includes $1.1 billion and $3.1 billion of retail brokered CDs which are fully covered by FDIC insurance for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

On an average basis, core deposits decreased $323 million from December 31, 2024 primarily due to a decrease in average transaction deposits. Average transaction deposits decreased $351 million from December 31, 2024 driven by decreases in average interest checking deposits and average savings deposits, partially offset by increases in average money market deposits and average demand deposits. Average interest checking deposits decreased $1.3 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to lower average balances per customer account as well as a decrease in the number of consumer customer accounts and a decrease in derivative collateral held as a result of lower interest rates. The fluctuations in the average balances of savings deposits, money market deposits and demand deposits were driven by similar factors to those previously discussed with respect to the end of period balances.

Average CDs over $250,000 decreased $1.9 billion, or 46%, from December 31, 2024 primarily due to maturities of retail brokered CDs.

Contractual maturities

The contractual maturities of CDs as of December 31, 2025 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 26: Contractual Maturities of CDs(a)
($ in millions)
Next 12 months$12,298
13-24 months230
25-36 months19
37-48 months15
49-60 months13
After 60 months2
Total CDs$12,577

(a)Includes CDs $250,000 or less and CDs over $250,000.

Deposit insurance

The FDIC generally provides a standard amount of insurance of $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each account ownership category defined by the FDIC. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, approximately $101.8 billion, or 59%, and $100.6 billion, or 60%, respectively, of the Bancorp’s domestic deposits were estimated to be insured. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, approximately $69.8 billion and $66.5 billion, respectively, of the Bancorp’s domestic deposits were estimated to be uninsured. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, approximately $1.1 billion of time deposits were estimated to be uninsured. Where information is not readily available to determine the amount of insured deposits, the amount of uninsured deposits is estimated, consistent with the methodologies and assumptions utilized in providing information to the Bank’s regulators.

74 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Borrowings

The Bancorp accesses a variety of short-term and long-term funding sources. Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term and include federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings. For further information on the components of short-term borrowings, refer to Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Total average borrowings as a percent of average interest-bearing liabilities was 13% for both the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The following table summarizes the end of period components of borrowings:

TABLE 27: Components of Borrowings
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20252024
Short-term borrowings$9264,654
Long-term debt13,58914,337
Total borrowings$14,51518,991

Total borrowings decreased $4.5 billion, or 24%, from December 31, 2024 due to decreases in both short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Short-term borrowings decreased $3.7 billion from December 31, 2024 primarily due to a decrease in short-term FHLB advances to manage balance sheet liquidity needs. The level of short-term borrowings and mix of total borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and the sources that are used to satisfy those needs. Long-term debt decreased $748 million from December 31, 2024 primarily due to redemptions or maturities of $1.5 billion of notes and $396 million of paydowns associated with loan securitizations. These decreases were partially offset by the issuance of $700 million of senior fixed-rate/floating-rate notes and $300 million of floating-rate notes in January 2025 and $113 million of fair value adjustments associated with hedged long-term debt during the year ended December 31, 2025. For additional information regarding the long-term debt issuances, refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table summarizes the components of average borrowings:

TABLE 28: Components of Average Borrowings
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20252024
Short-term borrowings$4,9303,231
Long-term debt14,21815,835
Total average borrowings$19,14819,066

Total average borrowings increased $82 million due to an increase in average short-term borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in average long-term debt. Average short-term borrowings increased $1.7 billion compared to December 31, 2024 primarily due to an increase in short-term FHLB advances to manage balance sheet liquidity needs. Average long-term debt decreased $1.6 billion compared to December 31, 2024 due to similar factors to those previously discussed with respect to the end of period balances. Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is discussed in the Net Interest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. In addition, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management.

75 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RISK MANAGEMENT – OVERVIEW

Effective risk management is critical to the Bancorp’s ongoing success and ensures that the Bancorp operates in a safe and sound manner, complies with applicable laws and regulations and safeguards the Bancorp’s brand and reputation. Risks are inherent in the Bancorp’s business and are influenced by both internal and external factors. The Bancorp is responsible for managing these risks effectively to deliver through-the-cycle value and performance for the Bancorp’s shareholders, customers, employees and communities.

Fifth Third’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which is approved annually by the Capital Committee, ERMC, RCC and the Board of Directors, includes the following key elements:

•The Bancorp ensures transparency of risk through defined risk policies, governance and a reporting structure that includes the RCC, ERMC and other risk-specific management committees and councils.

•The Bancorp establishes a risk appetite in alignment with its strategic, financial and capital plans at the enterprise level and the line of business level. Risk appetite is defined using quantitative metrics and qualitative measures to ensure prudent risk taking that drives balanced decision making. The Bancorp’s goal is to ensure that aggregate residual risks do not exceed the Bancorp’s risk appetite, and that risks taken are supportive of the Bancorp’s portfolio diversification and profitability objectives. The Board and executive management approve the risk appetite, which is considered in the development of business strategies and forms the basis for enterprise risk management.

•The core principles that define the Bancorp’s risk appetite are as follows:

◦Conduct the Bancorp’s business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and in alignment with internal policies and procedures.

◦Act with integrity in all activities.

◦Understand the risks taken and ensure that they are in alignment with the Bancorp’s business strategies and risk appetite.

◦Avoid risks that cannot be understood, managed or monitored.

◦Provide transparency of risk to the Bancorp’s management and Board by escalating risks and issues as necessary.

◦Ensure Fifth Third’s products and services are designed, delivered and maintained to provide value and benefit to the Bancorp’s customers and to Fifth Third.

◦Only offer products or services that are appropriate or suitable for the Bancorp’s customers.

◦Focus on providing operational excellence by providing reliable, accurate and efficient services to meet customers’ needs.

◦Maintain a strong financial position to ensure the Bancorp meets its strategic objectives through all economic cycles and is able to access the capital markets at all times, even under stressed conditions.

◦Protect the Bancorp’s reputation by thoroughly understanding the consequences of business strategies, products and processes.

•Fifth Third’s culture and values provide the foundation for supporting sound risk management practices by setting expectations for appropriate conduct and accountability across the organization. All employees are expected to conduct themselves in alignment with Fifth Third’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which may be found on www.53.com, while carrying out their responsibilities. Fifth Third’s Management Compliance Committee provides oversight of business conduct policies, programs and strategies, and monitors reporting of potential misconduct, trends or themes across the enterprise. Prudent risk management is a responsibility that is expected from all employees and is a foundational element of Fifth Third’s culture.

•The Bancorp manages eight defined risk types to a prescribed appetite. The risk types are credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, price risk, legal and regulatory compliance risk, operational risk, reputation risk and strategic risk.

•The Bancorp identifies and monitors existing and potential risks that may impact the company’s risk profile, including emerging risks that create uncertainties and/or would have broad implications if materialized (e.g., digital assets, acute weather events, etc.). Enhanced monitoring and action plans are implemented as necessary to proactively mitigate risk.

•Fifth Third’s Risk Management Process provides a consistent and integrated approach for managing risks. The five components of the Risk Management Process are: identify, assess, manage, monitor and report. The Bancorp has also established processes and programs to manage and report concentration risks, to ensure robust talent, performance and compensation management, and to aggregate risks across the enterprise.

Fifth Third drives accountability for managing risk through its Three Lines of Defense structure. The first line of defense is comprised of front-line units (and enterprise-wide functions that support front-line units) that create risk or are involved in risk-taking activities and are accountable for managing risk. These groups are the Bancorp’s primary risk takers and are responsible for implementing effective internal controls and maintaining processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting on the risks associated with their activities consistent with established risk appetite and limits. The second line of defense, or Independent Risk Management, consists of Enterprise and Non-Financial Risk Management, Capital Markets Risk Management, Compliance, Financial Crimes, Model Risk Management, Credit Risk Management (collectively known as Enterprise Risk Management) and other second line of defense groups, such as Credit Risk Review. The second line is responsible for developing enterprise frameworks and policies to govern risk-taking activities, providing challenge and oversight of those activities, advising on controlling risk, assessing risks and issues independent of the first line of defense, and providing input on key risk decisions. Independent Risk Management complements the front line’s management of risk-taking activities through its monitoring and reporting responsibilities, including adherence to the Bancorp Risk Appetite. Additionally, the second line of defense is responsible for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting on aggregate risks enterprise-wide. The third line of defense is Internal Audit, which provides oversight of the first and second lines of defense, and independent assurance to the Board on the effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal controls.

76 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit risk management utilizes a framework that encompasses consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting credit risk. These processes are supported by a credit risk governance structure that includes Board oversight, policies, risk limits and risk committees.

The objective of the Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from the failure of a borrower or counterparty to honor its financial or contractual obligations to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices which are described below. These practices include the use of intentional risk-based limits for single name exposures and counterparty selection criteria designed to reduce or eliminate exposure to borrowers who have higher than average default risk and defined weaknesses in financial performance. The Bancorp carefully designs and monitors underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry, product and customer level as well as ongoing portfolio monitoring and timely management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Credit officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority based on risk and exposure amount, the use of which is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and Credit Risk Management manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function provides independent and objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk ratings and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp’s credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the ACL is based on quarterly assessments of the estimated losses expected in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to maintain an adequate ACL and record any necessary charge-offs. Certain loans and leases with probable or observed credit weaknesses receive enhanced monitoring and undergo a more frequent periodic review. Refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s credit rating categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions. In addition, stress testing is performed on various commercial and consumer portfolios utilizing various models. For certain portfolios, such as real estate and leveraged lending, stress testing is performed at the individual loan level during credit underwriting.

In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk rating systems. These ratings are used by the Bancorp to monitor and manage its credit risk. The first of these risk rating systems is based on and aligns with regulatory guidance for credit risk rating systems. The Bancorp also separately maintains a dual risk rating system for credit approval and pricing, portfolio monitoring and capital allocation that includes a “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy for assessing a borrower’s creditworthiness. This rating philosophy uses a grading scale that assigns ratings based on average default rates through an entire business cycle for borrowers with similar financial performance. The dual risk rating system includes thirteen categories for estimating probabilities of default and an additional eight categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the regulatory risk rating system.

The Bancorp utilizes internally developed models to estimate expected credit losses for portfolio loans and leases. For loans and leases that are collectively evaluated, the Bancorp utilizes these models to forecast expected credit losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the Bancorp’s processes for developing these models, for estimating credit losses for periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period and for estimating credit losses for individually evaluated loans.

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimated probabilities of default are primarily based on the probability of default ratings assigned under the dual risk rating system and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The Bancorp also utilizes various scoring systems, analytical tools and portfolio performance monitoring processes to assess the credit risk of the consumer and residential mortgage portfolios.

The Bancorp is closely monitoring various economic factors and their impacts on borrowers, including, but not limited to, the impact of policy changes on trade, ongoing global tensions, inflation, interest rates, labor and supply chain issues, market volatility and changes in

77 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

consumer discretionary spending patterns, including debt and default levels. The Bancorp maintains focus on disciplined client selection, adherence to underwriting policy and attention to potential concentrations of risk.

Commercial Portfolio

The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy seeks to minimize concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment, geography and credit product type. The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting.

The Bancorp provides loans to a variety of customers ranging from large multinational firms to middle market businesses, small businesses, sole proprietors and high net worth individuals. The origination policies for commercial loans and leases outline the risks and underwriting requirements for individuals and businesses in various industries. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, collateral and leverage requirements, cash flow coverage measures and hold limits. The Bancorp aligns credit and sales teams with specific industry and regional expertise to better monitor and manage different industry and geographic segments of the portfolio.

78 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides detail on commercial loans and leases by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases:

TABLE 29: Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio (excluding loans and leases held for sale)
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposureNonaccrualOutstandingExposureNonaccrual
By Industry:
Real estate$13,92923,228714,37522,4296
Financial services and insurance9,63321,859209,50719,9391
Manufacturing8,56118,998598,85019,23068
Business services6,60011,128905,5969,755113
Healthcare5,8348,616455,6488,19276
Wholesale trade5,37810,566455,31510,30514
Accommodation and food4,5717,076144,3716,73118
Retail trade3,2487,808533,4958,42945
Communication and information3,1916,072533,3046,14074
Construction3,1127,599262,6746,81519
Transportation and warehousing2,3813,89452,3114,1247
Mining2,1035,6772,6765,897
Utilities1,8843,2511,8823,326
Entertainment and recreation1,6663,03241,7493,0915
Other services1,0831,64661,2151,7985
Agribusiness2936062045135
Public administration79497110160
Individuals16241124
Total$73,562141,57742773,293136,898456
By Loan Size:
Less than $1 million6%5155515
$1 million to $5 million75107510
$5 million to $10 million448446
$10 million to $25 million121018131122
$25 million to $50 million232125242233
Greater than $50 million485524475314
Total100%100100100100100
By State:
California11%941086
Ohio81038103
Texas8916891
Illinois876885
Florida775768
New York76187612
Michigan555556
Indiana331342
Georgia34184416
North Carolina331331
Pennsylvania333338
Tennessee333310
South Carolina3232
Other282920282922
Total100%100100100100100

The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner and nonowner-occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable), pro forma analysis requirements and interest rate sensitivity. The Bancorp requires a valuation of real estate collateral, which may include third-party appraisals, be performed at the time of origination and renewal in accordance with regulatory requirements and on an as-needed basis when market conditions justify. The Bancorp maintains an appraisal review department to order and review third-party appraisals in accordance with regulatory requirements. Nonaccrual assets with relationships exceeding $1 million are reviewed quarterly to assess the appropriateness of the value ascribed in the assessment of charge-offs and specific reserves. Additionally, collateral values are also reviewed at least annually for all criticized assets.

79 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Bancorp assesses all real estate and non-real estate collateral securing a loan and considers all cross-collateralized loans in the calculation of the LTV ratio. The following tables provide detail on the most recent LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans greater than $1 million, excluding commercial mortgage loans that are individually evaluated for an ACL and loans which do not have real estate as the primary collateral. The Bancorp does not typically aggregate the LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans less than $1 million.

TABLE 30: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2025 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$4235443,392
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans925,800
Total$4236369,192
TABLE 31: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$531373,753
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans2885,615
Total$534259,368

Generally, loans with an LTV greater than 80% are originated with either a compensating SBA guaranty or other structural credit protections.

The Bancorp views nonowner-occupied commercial real estate as a higher credit risk product compared to some other commercial loan portfolios due to the higher volatility of the industry.

The following tables provide an analysis of nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans, disaggregated by property location (excluding loans held for sale):

TABLE 32: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2025 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposureNonaccrual
By State:
Florida$1,3772,222
Texas1,0101,917
Illinois9791,329
Ohio9181,450
California8621,262
Michigan784990
South Carolina521624
North Carolina409513
Maryland355454
New York3043682
All other states3,2994,9633
Total$10,81816,0925

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

80 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 33: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposureNonaccrual
By State:
Florida$1,5432,526
Texas9051,7142
Illinois1,1231,2752
Ohio8351,2311
California1,0801,714
Michigan775926
South Carolina699763
North Carolina572782
Maryland230236
New York468524
All other states3,0004,535
Total$11,23016,2265

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Net charge-offs on nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans were $6 million and an immaterial amount for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, $1 million and an immaterial amount, respectively, of the Bancorp’s nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans were 90 days past due and still accruing.

Consumer Portfolio

The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of six categories of loans: residential mortgage loans, home equity, indirect secured consumer loans, credit card, solar energy installation loans and other consumer loans. The Bancorp has identified certain credit characteristics within these six categories of loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio. The Bancorp does not update LTVs for the consumer portfolio subsequent to origination except as part of the charge-off process for real estate secured loans. The Bancorp actively manages the consumer portfolio through concentration limits, which mitigate credit risk through limiting the exposure to lower FICO scores, higher LTVs, specific geographic concentration risks and additional risk elements.

The Bancorp continues to ensure that underwriting standards and guidelines adequately account for the broader economic conditions that the consumer portfolio faces in a high-rate environment and as rates begin to fall. Guidelines are designed to ensure that the various consumer products fall within the Bancorp’s risk appetite. These guidelines are monitored and adjusted as deemed appropriate in response to the prevailing economic conditions while remaining within the Bancorp’s risk appetite limits.

The payment structures for certain variable-rate products (such as residential mortgage loans, home equity and credit card) are susceptible to changes in benchmark interest rates. Increases in interest rates cause minimum payments on these products to increase, raising the potential for the environment to be disruptive to some borrowers. Potential future decreases in interest rates may lessen these risks moving forward. The impacts of these rate changes will take time to manifest and their significance will be dependent on the size and number of current and future rate cuts, as well as other economic factors impacting each customer. The Bancorp actively monitors the portion of its consumer portfolio that is susceptible to changes in minimum payments and continues to assess the impact on the overall risk appetite and soundness of the portfolio.

Residential mortgage portfolio

The Bancorp manages credit risk in the residential mortgage portfolio through underwriting guidelines that limit exposure to loan characteristics determined to increase credit risk. Additionally, the portfolio is governed by concentration limits that ensure product and channel diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio.

The Bancorp does not originate residential mortgage loans that permit customers to make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed-rate and ARM loans. Within the ARM portfolio, approximately $470 million of ARM loans will have rate resets during the next twelve months. Underlying characteristics of these borrowers include a weighted-average origination debt-to-income ratio of 34% and weighted-average origination LTV of 72%. Approximately 30% of these loans are expected to experience an increase in rate upon reset. For those borrowers, rates are expected to increase by an average of approximately 2.7%, resulting in an average increase in monthly payment amount of approximately 38%.

Certain residential mortgage products have characteristics that may increase the Bancorp’s credit loss rates in the event of a decline in housing values. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTVs, multiple loans secured by the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% and interest-only loans. The Bancorp has deemed residential mortgage loans with greater than 80% LTVs and no mortgage insurance as loans that represent a higher level of risk. Approximately 72% of these loans consist of loans originated through the Bancorp’s loan program for doctors.

81 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 34: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans by LTV at Origination
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 80%$11,56064.3%$11,83663.5%
LTV 80%, with mortgage insurance(a)3,13395.43,16595.5
LTV 80%, no mortgage insurance2,95991.52,54290.9
Total$17,65274.5%$17,54373.5%

(a)Includes loans with either borrower or lender paid mortgage insurance.

The following tables provide an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by state with a greater than 80% LTV at origination and no mortgage insurance:

TABLE 35: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2025 ($ in millions)Outstanding90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrual
By State:
Illinois$5995
Ohio57618
Florida5474
North Carolina238
Indiana1882
Michigan1872
Kentucky1402
All other states4844
Total$2,959127
TABLE 36: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)Outstanding90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrual
By State:
Illinois$5185
Ohio51817
Florida4572
North Carolina202
Indiana1652
Michigan1672
Kentucky1301
All other states3855
Total$2,542124

Net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans with an LTV greater than 80% at origination and no mortgage insurance were immaterial for both the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Home equity portfolio

The Bancorp’s home equity portfolio of $4.8 billion is primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s newly originated home equity lines of credit have a 10-year interest-only draw period followed by a 20-year amortization period. The home equity line of credit previously offered by the Bancorp was a revolving facility with a 20-year term, minimum payments of interest-only and a balloon payment of principal at maturity. Approximately 13% of the outstanding balances of the Bancorp’s portfolio of home equity lines of credit have a balloon structure at maturity. Peak maturity years for the balloon home equity lines of credit are 2026 to 2028 and approximately $390 million of the balances mature before December 31, 2028.

The home equity portfolio is managed in two primary groups: loans outstanding with a combined LTV greater than 80% and those loans with an LTV of 80% or less based upon appraisals at origination. For additional information on these loans, refer to Tables 38, 39 and 40. Of the total $4.8 billion of outstanding home equity loans:

•71% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana and Kentucky as of December 31, 2025;

•75% of non-delinquent borrowers made at least one payment greater than the minimum payment during the year ended December 31, 2025; and

82 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

•The portfolio had a weighted-average refreshed FICO score of 751 at December 31, 2025.

The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes adjustments in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp does not routinely obtain appraisals on performing loans to update LTVs after origination. However, the Bancorp monitors the local housing markets by reviewing various home price indices and incorporates the impact of the changing market conditions in its ongoing credit monitoring processes.

The following table provides an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon refreshed FICO score:

TABLE 37: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Refreshed FICO Score
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Senior Liens:
FICO ≤ 659$952%$1113%
FICO 660-71915931604
FICO ≥ 7201,099231,01324
Total senior liens$1,35328%$1,28431%
Junior Liens:
FICO ≤ 65927662426
FICO 660-7195791252112
FICO ≥ 7202,638542,14151
Total junior liens$3,49372%$2,90469%
Total$4,846100%$4,188100%

The Bancorp believes that home equity portfolio loans with a greater than 80% LTV (including senior liens, if applicable) present a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the home equity portfolio loans outstanding in a senior and junior lien position by LTV at origination:

TABLE 38: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
Senior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%$1,22848.2%$1,14749.8%
LTV 80%12588.013789.1
Total senior liens$1,35352.0%$1,28454.2%
Junior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%2,62163.32,08564.3
LTV 80%87287.681988.2
Total junior liens$3,49369.5%$2,90471.3%
Total$4,84664.7%$4,18866.0%

The following tables provide an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding by state with an LTV greater than 80% (including senior liens, if applicable) at origination:

TABLE 39: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2025 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposureNonaccrual
By State:
Ohio$2827227
Illinois1413464
Michigan1243202
Indiana1192643
Florida1142332
Kentucky801832
All Other States1373232
Total$9972,39122

83 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 40: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposureNonaccrual
By State:
Ohio$2837617
Illinois1403375
Michigan1313583
Indiana1032513
Florida962142
Kentucky771962
All Other States1263103
Total$9562,42725

The Bancorp has realized net recoveries on home equity loans with an LTV greater than 80% at origination for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 of $1 million and $2 million, respectively.

Indirect secured consumer portfolio

The indirect secured consumer portfolio is comprised of $15.1 billion of automobile loans and $2.9 billion of indirect recreational vehicle, marine, motorcycle and powersport loans as of December 31, 2025. All concentration and guideline changes are monitored monthly to ensure alignment with original credit performance.

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon FICO score at origination:

TABLE 41: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$1721%$1771%
FICO 660-7193,102173,04019
FICO ≥ 72014,6908213,09680
Total$17,964100%$16,313100%

It is a common industry practice to advance on these types of loans an amount in excess of the collateral value due to the inclusion of negative equity trade-in, maintenance/warranty products, taxes, title and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk loans.

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 42: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 100%$12,96180.0%$11,82279.8%
LTV 100%5,003110.14,491110.1
Total$17,96488.4%$16,31388.1%

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, $26 million and $24 million, respectively, of the Bancorp’s nonaccrual indirect secured consumer portfolio loans had an LTV greater than 100% at origination. Net charge-offs on indirect secured consumer loans with an LTV greater than 100% at origination were $34 million and $40 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Credit card portfolio

The credit card portfolio consists of predominantly prime accounts with 98% of balances existing within the Bancorp’s footprint at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, 72% of the outstanding balances were originated through branch-based relationships with the remainder coming from direct mail campaigns and online acquisitions.

Given the variable nature of the credit card portfolio, interest rate increases impact this product and it is regularly monitored to ensure the portfolio remains within the Bancorp’s risk appetite. Recent and expected future decreases in interest rates may lessen these risks moving forward.

84 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of the Bancorp’s outstanding credit card portfolio disaggregated based upon FICO score at origination as of:

TABLE 43: Credit Card Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$835%$785%
FICO 660-7194712747027
FICO ≥ 7201,193681,18668
Total$1,747100%$1,734100%

Solar energy installation loans portfolio

The Bancorp originates point-of-sale solar energy installation loans through a network of approved installers. The Bancorp considers several factors when monitoring its solar energy installation loan portfolio, including concentrations by installer, concentrations by state and FICO distributions at origination. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, loans originated through the Bancorp’s three largest approved installers represented approximately 22% and 23%, respectively, of total balances outstanding in the solar energy installation loan portfolio. As consumer clean energy tax incentives expired as of December 31, 2025, production in this portfolio is expected to decrease in 2026.

The following table provides an analysis of solar energy installation portfolio loans outstanding by state:

TABLE 44: Solar Energy Installation Portfolio Loans Outstanding by State
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingNonaccrualOutstandingNonaccrual
By State:
Florida$646667516
California55215628
Texas52535017
Arizona37023664
Virginia2702291
Oregon219165
Colorado1811581
Nevada1751651
New York144118
Connecticut11311033
All other states1,36591,16023
Total$4,560224,20264

The following table provides an analysis of solar energy installation portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon FICO score at origination:

TABLE 45: Solar Energy Installation Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$4%$5%
FICO 660-7196521462115
FICO ≥ 7203,904863,57685
Total$4,560100%$4,202100%

Other consumer loans portfolio

Other consumer portfolio loans are comprised of secured and unsecured loans originated through the Bancorp’s branch network, point-of-sale home improvement loans originated through a network of contractors and installers, and other point-of-sale loans originated or purchased in connection with third-party companies. Loans originated in connection with one third-party point-of-sale company are impacted by certain credit loss protection coverage provided by that company. The Bancorp discontinued origination of new loans with this third-party company in 2022.

85 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of other consumer portfolio loans outstanding by product type:

TABLE 46: Other Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Product Type
20252024
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Other secured$99944%$91236%
Point-of-sale home improvement5432362325
Unsecured4221843717
Third-party point-of-sale3561554622
Total$2,320100%$2,518100%

86 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Analysis of Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 47. For further information on the Bancorp’s policies related to accounting for delinquent and nonperforming loans and leases, refer to the Nonaccrual Loans and Leases section of Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Nonperforming assets were $867 million at December 31, 2025 compared to $860 million at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, $70 million of nonaccrual loans were held for sale, compared to $7 million at December 31, 2024.

Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO were 0.65% and 0.71% at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Nonaccrual loans and leases secured by real estate were 34% of nonaccrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2025 compared to 35% as of December 31, 2024.

Portfolio commercial nonaccrual loans and leases were $427 million at December 31, 2025, a decrease of $29 million from December 31, 2024. Portfolio residential mortgage and consumer nonaccrual loans were $340 million at December 31, 2025, a decrease of $27 million from December 31, 2024. Refer to Table 48 for a rollforward of portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases.

OREO and other repossessed property was $30 million at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. The Bancorp recognized gains of $8 million and losses of $2 million on the transfer, sale or write-down of OREO properties during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, approximately $79 million and $64 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized if the nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases had been current in accordance with their contractual terms. Although these values help demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest as nonaccrual loans and leases are generally carried below their principal balance.

TABLE 47: Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Delinquent Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20252024
Nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$393374
Commercial mortgage loans3479
Commercial construction loans1
Commercial leases2
Residential mortgage loans149137
Home equity7170
Indirect secured consumer loans6155
Credit card2932
Solar energy installation loans2264
Other consumer loans89
Total nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases(a)$767823
OREO and other repossessed property(c)3030
Total nonperforming portfolio assets$797853
Nonaccrual loans held for sale707
Total nonperforming assets$867860
Total portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing:
Commercial and industrial loans$25
Commercial construction loans1
Commercial leases1
Residential mortgage loans(b)106
Credit card1720
Total portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing$3032
Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO0.65%0.71
Nonperforming portfolio loans and leases as a percent of portfolio loans and leases0.620.69
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio loans and leases314302
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio assets302291

(a)Includes $21 and $18 of nonaccrual government-insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(b)Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. These advances were $195 and $163 as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Bancorp recognized losses of $1 for both the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these insured or guaranteed loans.

(c)Includes $12 of branch-related real estate no longer intended to be used for banking purposes at both December 31, 2025 and 2024.

87 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide a rollforward of portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases, by portfolio segment:

TABLE 48: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2025 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential MortgageConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$456137230823
Transfers to nonaccrual status740643321,136
Transfers to accrual status(5)(16)(97)(118)
Transfers to held for sale(86)(86)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(186)(33)(93)(312)
Transfers to OREO(1)(7)(15)(23)
Charge-offs(507)(168)(675)
Draws/other extensions of credit164222
Balance, end of period$427149191767
TABLE 49: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential MortgageConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$326124199649
Transfers to nonaccrual status591683421,001
Transfers to accrual status(2)(24)(51)(77)
Transfers to held for sale(13)(13)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(180)(29)(67)(276)
Transfers to OREO(6)(17)(23)
Charge-offs(267)(178)(445)
Draws/other extensions of credit1427
Balance, end of period$456137230823

Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs

Net charge-offs were 60 bps and 45 bps of average portfolio loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Table 50 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases outstanding by loan category.

The ratio of commercial loan and lease net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio commercial loans and leases increased to 62 bps during the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 34 bps during 2024, primarily due to an increase in net charge-offs on commercial and industrial loans of $197 million, which included $178 million resulting from the fraud-related impairment of an asset-backed finance commercial loan, and an increase in net charge-offs on commercial mortgage loans of $21 million.

The ratio of consumer loan net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio consumer loans decreased to 58 bps during the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 64 bps during 2024, primarily due to decreases in net charge-offs on other consumer loans and indirect secured consumer loans of $15 million and $8 million, respectively, partially offset by an increase in net charge-offs on solar energy installation loans of $14 million.

88 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 50: Summary of Credit Loss Experience
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
Losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(479)(264)(168)
Commercial mortgage loans(22)(1)(1)
Commercial construction loans(1)
Commercial leases(6)(2)
Residential mortgage loans(1)(2)(4)
Home equity(7)(6)(8)
Indirect secured consumer loans(144)(139)(110)
Credit card(83)(87)(82)
Solar energy installation loans(86)(63)(27)
Other consumer loans(a)(97)(122)(121)
Total losses charged-off$(925)(686)(522)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$402213
Commercial mortgage loans113
Commercial construction loans
Commercial leases41
Residential mortgage loans344
Home equity677
Indirect secured consumer loans624938
Credit card201918
Solar energy installation loans1671
Other consumer loans(a)354549
Total recoveries of losses previously charged-off$187154134
Net losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(439)(242)(155)
Commercial mortgage loans(21)2
Commercial construction loans(1)
Commercial leases(2)(2)1
Residential mortgage loans22
Home equity(1)1(1)
Indirect secured consumer loans(82)(90)(72)
Credit card(63)(68)(64)
Solar energy installation loans(70)(56)(26)
Other consumer loans(62)(77)(72)
Total net losses charged-off$(738)(532)(388)
Net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans0.82%0.460.27
Commercial mortgage loans0.18(0.02)
Commercial construction loans0.02
Commercial leases0.080.07(0.04)
Total commercial loans and leases0.62%0.340.20
Residential mortgage loans(0.01)(0.01)
Home equity0.02(0.01)0.03
Indirect secured consumer loans0.470.570.45
Credit card3.813.983.55
Solar energy installation loans1.621.410.89
Other consumer loans2.492.792.32
Total consumer loans0.58%0.640.52
Total net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases0.60%0.450.32

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Bancorp recorded $18, $28 and $35, respectively, in both losses charged-off and recoveries of losses previously charged-off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

89 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. As described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases (as adjusted for prepayments). The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses quantitative models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL in order to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit losses but are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These may include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. These may also include adjustments, when deemed necessary, for specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters and their effects on regional borrowers, changes in product structures or changes in economic conditions that are not reflected in the quantitative credit loss models. Qualitative factor adjustments may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology. Given the diverse circumstances that necessitate the consideration of qualitative factors, the specific factors which are determined to be relevant and their relative significance to the ALLL vary from period to period.

In addition to the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for the reserve for unfunded commitments is included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimates for probability of default are primarily based on internal ratings assigned to each commercial borrower on a 13-point scale and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions.

At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bancorp used three forward-looking economic scenarios during the reasonable and supportable forecast period in its expected credit loss models to address the inherent imprecision in macroeconomic forecasting. Each of the three scenarios was developed by a third party that is subject to the Bancorp’s Third-Party Risk Management program including oversight by the Bancorp’s independent model risk management group. The scenarios included a most likely outcome (Baseline) and two less probable scenarios with one being more favorable than the Baseline and the other being less favorable. The more favorable alternative scenario (Upside) depicted a stronger growth outlook while the less favorable outlook (Downside) depicted a moderate recession.

The Baseline scenario was developed such that the expectation is that the economy will perform better than the projection 50% of the time and worse than the projection 50% of the time. The Upside scenario was developed such that there is a 10% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 90% probability that it will perform worse. The Downside scenario was developed such that there is a 90% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 10% probability that it will perform worse.

90 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

December 31, 2025 ACL

The ACL as of December 31, 2025 decreased $76 million from December 31, 2024 primarily driven by impacts of changes in both the mix and credit quality of the consumer loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2025, the Bancorp’s macroeconomic scenarios included estimates of the expected impacts of changes in economic conditions caused by forecasted interest rates and higher tariffs.

At December 31, 2025, the Bancorp assigned an 80% probability weighting to the Baseline scenario and 10% to each of the Upside and Downside scenarios. The following table provides a range of key macroeconomic factors utilized in the Baseline, Upside and Downside scenarios as of December 31, 2025:

TABLE 51: Key Macroeconomic Factors
Baseline ScenarioUpside ScenarioDownside Scenario
202620272028202620272028202620272028
Inflation rate3.2%2.62.13.42.62.13.31.61.7
Average annual real GDP growth rate2.11.92.13.32.62.2(1.2)0.22.4
Average unemployment rate4.74.74.43.93.93.87.48.16.7
Average federal funds rate3.32.83.03.32.83.02.91.31.1
10-year U.S. Treasury yield4.24.34.34.34.44.33.63.53.9
Credit spread(a)2.12.42.31.92.32.23.12.92.3
Annualized change in S&P 5004.1(0.7)5.611.5(1.1)5.4(18.3)(9.2)15.9

(a)Represents the difference between Moody’s Baa‑ rated corporate bond yields and U.S. Treasury yields.

The Bancorp’s qualitative adjustments, as an overlay to the quantitative models, resulted in a net increase to the ACL as of December 31, 2025 and these qualitative adjustments decreased from the qualitative factors used in the ACL as of December 31, 2024. These qualitative adjustments primarily reflect the Bancorp’s expectations that additional credit losses may be present in its portfolio loans and leases beyond what is predictable through the use of quantitative models. The qualitative adjustment for the commercial portfolio segment was primarily driven by additional allowances for certain nonowner-occupied commercial loans secured by real estate, particularly loans secured by office buildings, based on current challenges in the commercial real estate market that are not fully reflected in the Bancorp’s quantitative models. These challenges include, but are not limited to, an imbalance between supply and demand in the market for commercial real estate properties and pressures on borrowers and property valuations resulting from elevated interest rates. Specific to office properties, the Bancorp has also observed industry data indicating that the office sector of the commercial real estate market continues to lag behind others in terms of property values, driven in part by lessened demand as a result of the increased prevalence of remote work across many professions. The net decrease in qualitative adjustments reflected modest improvement in both the Bancorp’s and industry data for the office sector.

The Bancorp’s quantitative credit loss models are sensitive to changes in economic forecast assumptions over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. Applying a 100% probability weighting to the Downside scenario rather than using the probability-weighted three scenario approach would result in an increase in the quantitative ACL of approximately $1.2 billion. This sensitivity calculation only reflects the impact of changing the probability weighting of the scenarios in the quantitative credit loss models and excludes any additional considerations associated with the qualitative component of the ACL that might be warranted if probability weights were adjusted.

The following table provides a rollforward of the Bancorp’s ACL:

TABLE 52: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202520242023
ALLL:
Balance, beginning of period$2,3522,3222,194
Losses charged-off(a)(925)(686)(522)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off(a)187154134
Provision for loan and lease losses639562565
Impact of adoption of ASU 2022-02(49)
Balance, end of period$2,2532,3522,322
Reserve for unfunded commitments:
Balance, beginning of period$134166216
Provision for (benefit from) the reserve for unfunded commitments23(32)(50)
Balance, end of period$157134166

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Bancorp recorded $18, $28 and $35, respectively, in both losses charged-off and recoveries of losses previously charged-off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

91 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an attribution of the Bancorp’s ALLL to portfolio loans and leases:

TABLE 53: Attribution of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Portfolio Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20252024
Attributed ALLL:
Commercial and industrial loans$816728
Commercial mortgage loans272351
Commercial construction loans8059
Commercial leases1816
Residential mortgage loans109146
Home equity87106
Indirect secured consumer loans304311
Credit card150165
Solar energy installation loans314351
Other consumer loans103119
Total ALLL$2,2532,352
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$52,74952,271
Commercial mortgage loans12,22812,246
Commercial construction loans5,3165,588
Commercial leases3,2693,188
Residential mortgage loans(a)17,65217,543
Home equity4,8464,188
Indirect secured consumer loans17,96416,313
Credit card1,7471,734
Solar energy installation loans4,5604,202
Other consumer loans2,3202,518
Total portfolio loans and leases$122,651119,791
Attributed ALLL as a percent of respective portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans1.55%1.39
Commercial mortgage loans2.222.87
Commercial construction loans1.501.06
Commercial leases0.550.50
Residential mortgage loans0.620.83
Home equity1.802.53
Indirect secured consumer loans1.691.91
Credit card8.599.52
Solar energy installation loans6.898.35
Other consumer loans4.444.73
Total ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.84%1.96
Total ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.962.08

(a) Includes $106 and $108 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The Bancorp’s ALLL may vary significantly from period to period based on changes in economic conditions, economic forecasts and the composition and credit quality of the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio.

92 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTEREST RATE AND PRICE RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from movement of interest rates. This risk primarily impacts the Bancorp’s income categories through changes in interest income on earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and through fee items that are related to interest-sensitive activities such as mortgage origination and servicing income and through earnings credits earned on commercial deposits that offset commercial deposit fees. Price risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from changes in the value of financial instruments and portfolios due to movements in interest rates, volatilities, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk may occur for any one or more of the following reasons:

•Assets and liabilities mature or reprice at different times;

•Short-term and long-term market interest rates change by different amounts; or

•The expected maturities of various assets or liabilities shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on NII and interest-sensitive fees, interest rates can impact earnings through their effect on loan and deposit demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volumes, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Changes in interest rates and other market factors can impact earnings through changes in the value of portfolios, if not appropriately hedged. Stability of the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk and to a lesser extent price risk.

Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s on- and off-balance sheet composition, earnings flows, and hedging strategies and models interest rate risk and price risk exposures, and possible actions to manage these risks, given numerous possible future interest rate and market factor scenarios. A series of key risk indicators and early warning indicators are employed to ensure that risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk appetite for interest rate risk and price risk.

The Commercial Banking and Wealth and Asset Management lines of business manage price risk for capital markets sales and trading activities related to their respective businesses. The Consumer and Small Business Banking line of business manages price risk for the origination and sale of conforming residential mortgage loans to government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises. The Bancorp’s Treasury department manages interest rate risk and price risk for all other activities. Independent oversight is provided by ERM and Board-approved key risk indicators are used to ensure risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk appetite.

The Bancorp’s Market Risk Management Committee, which includes senior management representatives and reports to the Corporate Credit Committee (accountable to the ERMC), provides oversight and monitors price risk for the capital markets sales and trading activities. The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERMC, provides oversight and monitors interest rate and price risks, including those for Mortgage and Treasury activities.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity

The Bancorp employs a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of NII to changes in interest rates. The model is based on contractual and estimated cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and the attrition and mix shift of certain liabilities. The model also includes senior management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. The NII simulation model does not represent a forecast of the Bancorp’s net interest income but is a tool utilized to assess the risk of the impact of changing market interest rates across a range of market interest rate environments. As a result, actual results will differ from simulated results for multiple reasons, which may include actual balance sheet composition differences, timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, deviations from projected customer behavioral assumptions as well as from changes in market conditions and management strategies.

As of December 31, 2025, the Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is governed by a risk framework that utilizes the change in NII over 12-month and 24-month horizons under parallel and non-parallel increases and decreases in interest rates. Risk appetite thresholds are utilized for scenarios assuming a 200 bps increase and a 200 bps decrease in interest rates over 12-month and 24-month horizons. The Bancorp routinely analyzes various potential and extreme scenarios, including parallel ramps and shocks as well as non-parallel shifts in rates, to assess where risks to net interest income persist or develop as changes in the balance sheet and market rates evolve, and employs key risk indicators and early warning indicators to monitor and manage exposures under these types of scenarios. Additionally, the Bancorp routinely evaluates its exposures to changes in the basis between interest rates.

In order to recognize the risk of noninterest-bearing demand deposit balance migration or attrition in a rising interest rate environment, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes additional attrition of approximately $500 million of demand deposit balances over a period of 24 months for each 100 bps increase in short-term market interest rates. Similarly, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling incorporates approximately $500 million of incremental growth in noninterest-bearing deposit balances over 24 months for each 100 bps decrease in short-term market interest rates. The incremental balance attrition and growth are modeled to flow into and out of funding products that reprice in conjunction with short-term market rate changes.

93 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Another important deposit modeling assumption is the amount by which interest-bearing deposit rates will increase or decrease when market interest rates increase or decrease. This deposit repricing sensitivity is known as the beta, and it represents the expected amount by which the Bancorp’s interest-bearing deposit rates will change for a given change in short-term market rates. The Bancorp utilizes dynamic deposit beta models to adjust assumed repricing sensitivity depending on market rate levels. The dynamic beta models were developed utilizing the Bancorp’s performance during prior interest rate cycles. Using the dynamic beta models, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes weighted-average rising-rate interest-bearing deposit betas at the end of the ramped parallel scenarios of approximately 70%-75% for both a 100 bps and 200 bps increase in rates. In the event of continued rate cuts, this approach assumes a weighted-average falling-rate interest-bearing deposit beta at the end of the ramped parallel scenarios of approximately 60%-65% for both a 100 bps and 200 bps decrease in rates. In falling rate scenarios, deposit rate floors are utilized to ensure modeled deposit rates will not become negative. NII simulation modeling assumes no lag between the timing of changes in market rates and the timing of deposit repricing despite such timing lags having occurred in prior rate cycles. Future actual performance will be dependent on market conditions, the level of competition for deposits and the magnitude of interest rate changes. The Bancorp provides sensitivity analysis in Tables 55 and 56 for key assumptions related to its deposit modeling, including beta and demand deposit balance performance.

The Bancorp continually evaluates the sensitivity of its interest rate risk measures to these important deposit modeling assumptions. The Bancorp also regularly monitors the sensitivity of other important modeling assumptions, such as loan and security prepayments and early withdrawals on fixed-rate customer liabilities.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile and policy limits as of December 31:

TABLE 54: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile and Policy Limits
20252024
% Change in NII (FTE)Policy Limit% Change in NII (FTE)Policy Limit
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(3.09)%(2.28)(6.00)(7.00)(3.57)(4.00)(6.00)(7.00)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(1.40)(0.57)N/AN/A(1.75)(1.84)N/AN/A
-100 Ramp over 12 months0.41(1.81)N/AN/A0.940.24N/AN/A
-200 Ramp over 12 months(0.05)(6.56)(6.00)(7.00)1.57(0.27)(6.00)(7.00)

Table 54 presents the change in estimated net interest income for 12 month and 13-24 month horizons for alternative interest rate scenarios relative to the net interest income projection for a static rate scenario for those same time horizons. As previously mentioned, these numbers do not represent a forecast, but are instead risk measures that are monitored to evaluate the consolidated interest rate risk position of the Bancorp. At December 31, 2025, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity in the rising-rate scenarios is negative in years one and two as interest expense is expected to increase more than interest income due to deposit repricing and balance migration estimates given the high interest rate environment. The Bancorp’s NII simulation projects an increase in NII in year one under the parallel 100 bps ramp decrease driven by an expectation that deposits would reprice faster than earning assets. Meanwhile, projections indicate NII decreases in year one under a 200 bps ramp decrease in interest rates and in year two under falling-rate scenarios, as deposit beta expectations decline, certain deposits reach their floors and assets continue to reprice to lower rates. The changes in the estimated NII sensitivity profile compared to December 31, 2024 were primarily attributable to an improved deposit portfolio composition, reduced deposit beta expectations driven by lower actual interest rates and a reduction in outstanding receive-fixed interest rate swaps partially offset by increases in fixed-rate loans.

Tables 55 and 56 provide the sensitivity of the Bancorp’s estimated NII profile at December 31, 2025 to changes to certain deposit balance and deposit repricing sensitivity (beta) assumptions.

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with an immediate $1 billion decrease and an immediate $1 billion increase in demand deposit balances as of December 31, 2025:

TABLE 55: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2025 with a $1 Billion Change in Demand Deposit Assumption
% Change in NII (FTE)
Immediate $1 Billion Balance DecreaseImmediate $1 Billion Balance Increase
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(3.87)%(3.16)(2.32)(1.40)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(2.09)(1.29)(0.71)0.16
-100 Ramp over 12 months(0.10)(2.22)0.92(1.40)
-200 Ramp over 12 months(0.47)(6.82)0.37(6.31)

94 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with a 10% increase and a 10% decrease to the corresponding deposit beta assumptions as of December 31, 2025:

TABLE 56: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2025 with Deposit Beta Assumptions Changes
% Change in NII (FTE)
Betas 10% Higher(a)Betas 10% Lower(a)
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(4.65)%(5.23)(1.56)0.66
+100 Ramp over 12 months(2.16)(2.00)(0.65)0.86
-100 Ramp over 12 months1.09(0.59)(0.26)(3.05)
-200 Ramp over 12 months1.22(4.40)(1.32)(8.77)

(a)Applies a +/- 10% multiple on assumed betas.

Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity

The Bancorp also uses EVE as a measurement tool to govern and manage its interest rate risk exposure. The exposure is governed by a risk framework that uses risk appetite thresholds for scenarios assuming an instantaneous 200 bps increase and a 200 bps decrease in interest rates. The Bancorp routinely analyzes exposures to other interest rate scenarios and employs key risk indicators to monitor and manage exposures. Whereas the NII sensitivity analysis highlights the impact on forecasted NII on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) over one- and two-year time horizons, EVE is a point-in-time analysis of the economic sensitivity of the current balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions that incorporates all cash flows over their estimated remaining lives. The EVE of the balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of all asset and net derivative cash flows less the discounted value of all liability cash flows. Due to this longer horizon, the sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate any assumptions related to continued production or renewal activities used in the NII sensitivity analysis. As with the NII simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of existing balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving loan and security prepayments and the expected balance attrition and pricing of indeterminate-lived deposits.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated EVE sensitivity profile as of December 31:

TABLE 57: Estimated EVE Sensitivity Profile
20252024
Change in Interest Rates (bps)% Change in EVEPolicy Limit% Change in EVEPolicy Limit
+200 Shock(5.12)%(12.00)(6.57)(12.00)
+100 Shock(2.20)N/A(3.04)N/A
-100 Shock0.69N/A1.79N/A
-200 Shock(1.02)(12.00)2.48(12.00)

The EVE sensitivity is negative in both a +200 bps and +100 bps rising-rate scenario, positive in a -100 bps falling-rate scenario and negative in a -200 bps falling-rate scenario at December 31, 2025. The changes in the estimated EVE sensitivity profile from December 31, 2024 were primarily related to lower market rates and changes in forward interest rate expectations, an increase in core deposit balances, a reduction in notional outstanding of receive-fixed interest rate swaps and the impacts of shorter investment securities portfolio durations, partially offset by the impacts of an increase in fixed-rate loans and reduced wholesale funding.

While an instantaneous shift in spot interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not account for factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate or exacerbate the impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulations and EVE analyses do not necessarily include certain actions that management may undertake to manage risk in response to actual changes in interest rates.

The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to a static balance sheet forecast, basis risks relative to the Prime Rate and various SOFR terms, yield curve twist risks and embedded options risks. In addition, the impacts on NII on an FTE basis and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates are modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment-specific scenarios.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its

95 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, forward starting interest rate swaps, options, swaptions and TBA securities.

Tables 58 and 59 show all swap positions that are utilized as qualifying hedging instruments for purposes of managing the Bancorp’s exposures to the variability of interest rates. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index, to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognized asset attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate or to hedge forecasted transactions for the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate. The volume, maturity and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently as the Bancorp adjusts its broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following tables present additional information about the interest rate swaps used as qualifying hedging instruments in Fifth Third’s asset and liability management activities:

TABLE 58: Summary of Qualifying Hedging Instruments
Weighted-Average
As of December 31, 2025 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining Term (years)Fixed Rate
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$6,85055.63.11%
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed4,00026.13.50
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed4,20514.55.24
Total interest rate swaps$15,0558
TABLE 59: Summary of Qualifying Hedging Instruments
Weighted-Average
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining Term (years)Fixed Rate
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$11,000(2)5.73.05%
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)1,00017.03.20
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)4,00037.13.50
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed4,955(11)4.75.04
Total interest rate swaps$20,955(9)

(a)Forward starting swaps became effective in January and February 2025.

Additionally, as part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its residential mortgage banking activities, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted for as free-standing derivatives to economically hedge IRLCs that are also considered free-standing derivatives. The Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to residential mortgage loans held for sale through the use of forward contracts and mortgage options as well. Refer to the Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk section for the discussion of the use of derivatives to economically hedge this exposure.

The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge market risks assumed in interest rate derivative contracts with commercial customers. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of the counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of interest rate volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk

Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established.

96 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases, excluding interest receivable, disaggregated by scheduled principal repayment, as of December 31, 2025:

TABLE 60: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases
($ in millions)Due in 1 year or lessDue after 1 year through 5 yearsDue after 5 years through 15 yearsDue after 15 yearsTotal
Commercial and industrial loans$12,23537,9192,588752,749
Commercial mortgage loans4,2227,0069267412,228
Commercial construction loans1,9323,26811335,316
Commercial leases7182,100369823,269
Total commercial loans and leases$19,10750,2933,99616673,562
Residential mortgage loans9162,8626,4397,43517,652
Home equity3143913933,7484,846
Indirect secured consumer loans3,47211,0573,06936617,964
Credit card1,7471,747
Solar energy installation loans3225771,8381,8234,560
Other consumer loans1,169701400502,320
Total consumer loans$7,94015,58812,13913,42249,089
Total portfolio loans and leases$27,04765,88116,13513,588122,651

The following table displays a summary of cash flows, excluding interest receivable, occurring after one year for both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate loans and leases as of December 31, 2025:

TABLE 61: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases Occurring After One Year
($ in millions)Fixed- RateFloating/Adjustable-Rate
Commercial and industrial loans$5,42735,087
Commercial mortgage loans1,6956,311
Commercial construction loans713,313
Commercial leases2,551
Total commercial loans and leases$9,74444,711
Residential mortgage loans11,3185,418
Home equity4684,064
Indirect secured consumer loans14,4866
Solar energy installation loans4,238
Other consumer loans958193
Total consumer loans$31,4689,681
Total portfolio loans and leases$41,21254,392

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk

The fair value of the residential MSR portfolio was $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. For further information on the significant drivers and components of the valuation adjustments on MSRs, refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates, which may include the use of investment securities or derivative instruments. The Bancorp may adjust its hedging strategy to reflect its assessment of the composition of its MSR portfolio, the cost of hedging and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedges given the economic environment. Refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on derivative instruments used for this purpose.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Bancorp may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $1.0 billion and $861 million, respectively. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of price risk from interest rate derivative contracts entered into with commercial customers, the Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven foreign exchange activity. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of

97 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

currency volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits performed by independent risk management.

Commodity Risk

The Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure to commodity price fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of foreign exchange and price risk from interest rate derivative contracts, the Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven commodity activity. The Bancorp may also offset this risk with exchange-traded commodity contracts. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of commodity volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management.

98 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The goal of liquidity risk management is to maintain adequate funds to meet changes in the balance sheet, contractual obligations and risk arising from off-balance-sheet exposures. The mitigation of liquidity risk is accomplished primarily through the management of a granular core deposit base and the utilization of stable, long-term funding sources. The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan and liquidity stress testing framework that collectively inform prudent levels of on-balance sheet liquidity in the form of cash and investment securities, along with contingent borrowing capacity at the FHLB and the FRB Discount Window, and outline responses and actions to various liquidity stress events. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity risk is monitored and managed for both Fifth Third Bancorp and its subsidiaries. The Bancorp (parent company) receives substantially all of its liquidity from dividends from its subsidiaries, primarily Fifth Third Bank, National Association. Subsidiary dividends are supplemented with term debt to enable the Bancorp to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet its cash obligations, including debt service and scheduled maturities, common and preferred dividends, unfunded commitments to subsidiaries and other planned capital actions in the form of share repurchases. Liquidity resources are more limited at the Bancorp, making its liquidity position more susceptible to market disruptions. Bancorp liquidity is assessed using a cash coverage horizon, ensuring the entity maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a period of sustained market disruption while meeting its anticipated obligations over an extended stressed horizon.

Liquidity risk is monitored and managed by the Treasury department with independent oversight provided by ERM, and a series of policy limits and key risk indicators are established to ensure risks are managed within the Board-approved risk appetite. The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives, monitors and manages liquidity risk within the Board-approved risk appetite and is accountable to the ERMC.

Sources of Funds

Primary sources of funds include revenue from noninterest income, cash flows from loan and lease payments, payments from securities including sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases, funds generated by core deposits and the use of wholesale borrowings.

Table 60 of the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A presents information about the timing of cash flows from loan and lease repayments. The available-for-sale debt and other securities and held-to-maturity securities portfolios had a fair value of $47.6 billion at December 31, 2025. From these portfolios, $8.0 billion in principal and interest payments are expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $6.9 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the investment securities portfolio, refer to the Investment Securities subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the ability to monetize loans, leases and investment securities through a variety of channels, including repurchase agreements, outright sales, securitizations or pledging to secured borrowing providers. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long-term, fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to FHLMC or FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as certain other residential mortgage loans, certain commercial loans and leases, home equity loans, automobile loans, solar energy installation loans and other consumer loans are also capable of being securitized or sold. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Bancorp sold loans and leases totaling $5.4 billion, compared to $4.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024. For further information, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Core deposits have historically provided a sizable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. Average core deposits and average shareholders’ equity funded 87% and 86% of the Bancorp’s average total assets for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs.

In June of 2023, the Board of Directors authorized $10.0 billion of debt or other securities for issuance, of which $7.0 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance as of December 31, 2025. The Bancorp is authorized to file any necessary registration statements with the SEC to permit ready access to the public securities markets; however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions.

As of December 31, 2025, the Bank’s global bank note program had a borrowing capacity of $25.0 billion, of which $20.2 billion was available for issuance. On January 28, 2025, the Bank issued and sold, under this program, $700 million of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes and $300 million of floating-rate senior notes, as further discussed in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, at December 31, 2025, the Bank had approximately $73.7 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources, including the FRB and the FHLB.

99 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Current Liquidity Position

The Bancorp maintains a strong liquidity profile driven by strong core deposit funding and over $100 billion in readily available liquidity. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for more information regarding the Bancorp’s deposit portfolio characteristics. The Bancorp maintains a liquidity profile focused on core deposit and stable long-term funding sources, while supplementing with a variety of secured and unsecured wholesale funding sources across the maturity spectrum, which allows for the effective management of concentration and rollover risk. The investment securities portfolio remains highly concentrated in liquid and readily marketable instruments and is a significant source of secured borrowing capacity via several monetization channels. As part of its liquidity management activities, the Bancorp maintains collateral at its secured funding providers to ensure immediate availability of funding. Additionally, the Bancorp routinely executes test trades to ensure operational readiness and market depth associated with its secured funding sources.

As of December 31, 2025, the Bancorp (parent company) had sufficient liquidity to meet contractual obligations and all preferred and common dividends without accessing the capital markets or receiving upstream dividends from the Bank subsidiary for 26 months.

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under various types of contracts. In addition to commitments to extend credit and letters of credit (which are further discussed in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements), these include deposits, lease obligations, partnership investment commitments, derivative contracts, borrowings, and pension benefit payments. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A and Notes 9, 12, 14, 16, 17 and 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these contractual obligations.

Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp and Bank are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the credit ratings of the Bancorp or the Bank could affect their ability to access the credit markets and increase borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting their financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.

Credit ratings are summarized in Table 62. The ratings reflect the view of each rating agency on the capacity of the Bancorp and the Bank to meet financial commitments. As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

TABLE 62: Agency Ratings
As of February 24, 2026Moody’sStandard and Poor’sFitchDBRS Morningstar
Fifth Third Bancorp:
Short-term borrowingsNo ratingA-2F1R-1L
Senior debtBaa1BBB+A-A
Subordinated debtBaa1BBBBBB+AL
Fifth Third Bank, National Association:
Short-term borrowingsP-2A-2F1R-1M
Short-term depositP-1No ratingF1No rating
Long-term depositA1No ratingAAH
Senior debtA3A-A-AH
Subordinated debtA3BBB+BBB+A
Rating Agency Outlook for Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association:NegativeStableStablePositive

100 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events that are neither market- nor credit-related. Operational risk is inherent in the Bancorp’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, poor design or delivery of products and services, model limitations or misapplication, cybersecurity or physical security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of third parties to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, reputational damage, litigation and regulatory fines or other damage to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of its businesses, the markets in which it operates and the competitive and regulatory environment to which it is subject.

To control, monitor and govern operational risk, the Bancorp maintains an overall Enterprise Risk Management Framework which comprises governance oversight, risk assessment, capital measurement, monitoring and reporting as well as a formal three lines of defense approach. ERM is responsible for prescribing the framework to the lines of business and corporate functions and providing independent oversight of its implementation (second line of defense). Business Controls groups are in place in each of the lines of business to ensure consistent implementation and execution of managing day-to-day operational risk (first line of defense).

The Bancorp’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework consists of five integrated components, including identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and independent governance reporting of risk. The corporate Operational Risk Management function within Enterprise Risk is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of the Bancorp’s approach to managing operational risk. This includes providing governance, awareness and training, tools, guidance and oversight to support implementation of key risk programs and systems as they relate to operational risk management. These include programs, such as risk and control self-assessments, product delivery risk assessments, scenario analysis, new product/initiative risk reviews, key risk indicators, third-party risk management, cybersecurity risk management, review of operational losses and monitoring of significant organizational or process changes. The function is also responsible for developing reports that support the proactive management of operational risk across the enterprise. The lines of business and corporate functions are responsible for managing the operational risks associated with their areas in accordance with the Enterprise Risk Management Framework. The framework is intended to enable the Bancorp to function with a sound and well-controlled operational environment. These processes support the Bancorp’s goals to minimize future operational losses and strengthen the Bancorp’s performance by maintaining sufficient capital to absorb operational losses that are incurred.

The Bancorp also maintains a robust information security program to support the management of cybersecurity risk within the organization with a focus on prevention, detection and recovery processes. Refer to Part I, Item 1C of this annual report for more information, which is incorporated herein by reference.

External threats remain elevated which may result in increased fraud and cybersecurity risks. The Bancorp’s strategic initiatives also have the potential to increase operational risk as changes to process and technology are implemented. Other factors such as increased reliance on third parties, reliance on data and increased use of cloud-based technologies, as well as the use of emerging technologies such as generative models and artificial intelligence, may introduce additional operational risk considerations. These risks continue to be carefully managed and monitored to ensure effective controls are in place, with appropriate oversight and governance by the second line of defense.

Fifth Third also focuses on the reporting of operational controls, and escalates control issues to senior management and the Board of Directors, as needed. The Operational Risk Committee is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of operational risk across the enterprise. The Technology and Information Security Governance Committee and Model Risk Committee report to the Operational Risk Committee and are responsible for governance of information security and model risks. The Operational Risk Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

101 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LEGAL AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal and regulatory compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss or damage to reputation as a result of noncompliance with (i) applicable laws, regulations, rules and other regulatory requirements (including but not limited to the risk of consumers experiencing economic loss or other legal harm as a result of noncompliance with consumer protection laws, regulations and requirements); (ii) internal policies and procedures, standards of best practice or codes of conduct; and (iii) principles of integrity and fair dealing applicable to Fifth Third’s activities and functions. Legal risks include the risk of actions against the institution that result in unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, legal sanctions, or adverse judgments, which disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of the institution. Failure to effectively manage such risks can elevate the risk level or manifest itself as other types of key risks, including reputational or operational risk. Fifth Third focuses on managing legal and regulatory compliance risk in accordance with the Bancorp’s integrated Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which ensures consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep compliance risk at appropriate levels, consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite.

To mitigate such risks, Compliance Risk Management provides independent oversight to foster consistency and sufficiency in the execution of the program and ensures that lines of business and support functions are adequately identifying, assessing and monitoring legal and regulatory compliance risks and adopting proper mitigation strategies. Moreover, such strategies are modified from time to time to respond to new or emerging risks in the environment. Compliance Risk Management and the Legal Division provide guidance to the lines of business and enterprise functions, which are ultimately responsible for managing such risks associated with their areas. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for formulating and directing the strategy, development, implementation, communication and maintenance of the Compliance Risk Management program, which implements key compliance processes, including but not limited to, executive- and board-level governance and reporting routines, compliance-related policies, risk assessments, key risk indicators, issues tracking, regulatory change management and regulatory compliance testing and monitoring. In partnership with Compliance Risk Management, the Financial Crimes Division conducts and oversees anti-money laundering and economic sanctions processes. Compliance Risk Management also partners with the Corporate Responsibility Office to oversee the Bancorp’s compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act.

Fifth Third also reports and escalates legal and regulatory compliance risks to senior management and the Board of Directors. The Management Compliance Committee, which is chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of compliance risk across the enterprise. The Management Compliance Committee oversees Bancorp-wide compliance issues, industry best practices, legislative developments, regulatory concerns and other leading indicators of legal and regulatory compliance risk. The Management Compliance Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

102 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Management regularly reviews capital levels to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. The Bancorp has established a Capital Committee which is responsible for making capital plan recommendations to management. These recommendations are reviewed by the ERMC and the capital plan is approved by the Board of Directors. The Capital Committee is responsible for execution and oversight of the capital actions of the capital plan.

Regulatory Capital Ratios

The Basel III Final Rule sets minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as defines the measure of well-capitalized for insured depository institutions. For additional information, refer to Note 29 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table presents the actual ratios and amounts for the Bancorp and Bank as of December 31:

TABLE 63: Regulatory Capital
20252024(a)2023(a)
($ in millions)RatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmount
CET1 risk-based capital:
Fifth Third Bancorp10.81%$18,09910.57%$17,33910.29%$16,800
Fifth Third Bank, National Association13.0921,76612.8620,94312.4220,147
Tier 1 risk-based capital:
Fifth Third Bancorp11.8719,86911.8619,45511.5918,916
Fifth Third Bank, National Association13.0921,76612.8620,94312.4220,147
Total risk-based capital:
Fifth Third Bancorp13.7823,06613.8622,74613.7222,400
Fifth Third Bank, National Association14.3323,83314.1923,11613.8522,463
Leverage:
Fifth Third Bancorp9.4119,8699.2219,4558.7318,916
Fifth Third Bank, National Association10.4121,76610.0220,9439.3820,147
Total risk-weighted assets:
Fifth Third Bancorp167,431164,102163,223
Fifth Third Bank, National Association166,265162,895162,166
Quarterly average assets for leverage:(b)
Fifth Third Bancorp211,054210,963216,609
Fifth Third Bank, National Association209,015209,038214,891

(a)Regulatory capital ratios and amounts as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 were calculated pursuant to the five-year transition provision option to phase in the effects of CECL on regulatory capital. This has been fully phased in as of January 1, 2025.

(b)Quarterly average assets are a component of the leverage ratio and, for this purpose, do not include goodwill or any other assets that the U.S. banking agencies determine should be deducted from Tier 1 capital.

The following table presents additional capital ratios of the Bancorp as of December 31:

TABLE 64: Additional Capital Ratios
202520242023
Average total Bancorp shareholders’ equity as a percent of average assets9.86%9.128.49
Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)9.289.028.65
Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)8.468.037.67

(a)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

(b)Excludes AOCI.

Capital Planning

The Bancorp maintains a comprehensive process for managing capital that considers the current and forward-looking macroeconomic and regulatory environments and makes capital distributions that are consistent with FRB requirements and the stress capital buffer requirement. Under the Enhanced Prudential Standards tailoring rules, the Bancorp was subject to Category IV standards as of December 31, 2025, under which the Bancorp is required to develop and maintain a capital plan approved by the Board of Directors on an annual basis. The Bancorp is also subject to supervisory stress tests every two years. The Bancorp was not subject to the 2025 supervisory stress test conducted by the FRB, but submitted the Board-approved capital plan and information contained in Schedule C - Regulatory Capital Instruments, as required, by the April 5, 2025 deadline.

Redemption of Preferred Stock

On September 30, 2025, the Bancorp redeemed all 14,000 outstanding shares of its 4.500% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series L, and the corresponding depositary shares, pursuant to its terms and conditions. Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the redemption of preferred stock.

103 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program

The Bancorp’s common stock dividend policy and stock repurchase program reflect its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory requirements and expectations. The Bancorp declared dividends per common share of $1.54, $1.44 and $1.36 during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

On June 13, 2025, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to 100 million common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions. The authorization did not include specific targets or an expiration date. This share repurchase authorization replaced the Board’s previous authorization pursuant to which approximately 12 million shares remained available for repurchase by the Bancorp. The Bancorp entered into and settled a number of accelerated share repurchase transactions during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. After entering into a definitive merger agreement on October 5, 2025 to acquire Comerica Incorporated, the Bancorp announced that it would pause share repurchase activity until after the acquisition closes. Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the accelerated share repurchase activity.

The following table summarizes shares authorized for repurchase as part of publicly announced plans or programs:

TABLE 65: Share Repurchases
For the years ended December 3120252024
Shares authorized for repurchase at January 117,072,64132,115,811
Additional authorizations88,169,741
Share repurchases(a)(12,171,734)(15,043,170)
Shares authorized for repurchase at December 3193,070,64817,072,641
Average price paid per share(a)$43.4641.87

(a)Excludes 1,723,786 and 1,866,182 shares repurchased during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, in connection with various employee compensation plans. These purchases are not included in the calculation for average price paid per share and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be repurchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization.

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000035527-25-000079.

Extracted from Item 7 to the first post-MD&A boundary after HTML sanitization. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-24. Report date: 2024-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries. The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is referred to as the Bank.

OVERVIEW

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, refer to the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms in this report for a list of terms included as a tool for the reader of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The abbreviations and acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net interest income, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts. The FTE basis for presenting net interest income is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2024, net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income provided 66% and 34% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the U.S. from customers domiciled in the U.S. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section of MD&A, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of loss on its loan and lease portfolio as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by borrower credit events, such as loan defaults and inadequate collateral.

Noninterest income is derived from wealth and asset management revenue, commercial payments revenue, consumer banking revenue, capital markets fees, commercial banking revenue, mortgage banking net revenue, other noninterest income and net securities gains or losses. Noninterest expense includes compensation and benefits, technology and communications, net occupancy expense, equipment expense, loan and lease expense, marketing expense, card and processing expense and other noninterest expense.

FDIC Special Assessment

In response to the bank failures that occurred in the first half of 2023, the FDIC issued a final rule for a special deposit insurance assessment on banking organizations with greater than $5 billion in assets to recover the losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund associated with protecting uninsured depositors. As of December 31, 2024, the Bancorp’s estimate of its allocation of the special assessment was $252 million, based on the most recent information provided by the FDIC. As a result of this special assessment, the Bancorp recorded expense of $28 million and $224 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to this estimate. The Bancorp currently expects to pay the special assessment to the FDIC over a total of ten quarterly assessment periods, which began with the first quarter of 2024. The estimate of the cost associated with protecting the uninsured depositors will continue to be subject to periodic adjustment until the final loss amount is determined by the FDIC.

47 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Bancorp entered into and settled accelerated share repurchase transactions totaling $625 million. Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on share repurchase activity.

Senior Notes Offerings

On January 29, 2024, the Bancorp issued and sold $1.0 billion of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes which will mature on January 29, 2032. The senior notes will bear interest at a rate of 5.631% per annum until January 28, 2031. From January 29, 2031 until maturity, the senior notes will bear interest at a rate of compounded SOFR plus 1.840%.

On September 6, 2024, the Bancorp issued and sold $750 million of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes which will mature on September 6, 2030. The senior notes will bear interest at a rate of 4.895% per annum until September 5, 2029. From September 6, 2029 until maturity, the senior notes will bear interest at a rate of compounded SOFR plus 1.486%.

Refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Transfer of Securities

In January 2024, the Bancorp transferred $12.6 billion (amortized cost basis) of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity to reflect the Bancorp’s change in intent to hold these securities to maturity in order to reduce potential capital volatility associated with investment security market price fluctuations. The transfer included U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities and agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. Refer to the Investment Securities subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for more information.

CFPB Settlements

On July 9, 2024, the Bank and the CFPB agreed to resolve previously outstanding litigation which alleged violations of the Consumer Financial Protection Act, the Truth in Lending Act and Truth in Savings Act. The Bank agreed to the entry of a Stipulated Final Judgment and Order, pursuant to which the Bank, without admitting or denying any of the allegations in the suit except as specified in the order, agreed to pay a civil monetary penalty of $15 million, agreed to maintain existing policies around its consumer sales incentives, agreed to create a compliance plan to ensure its account opening practices comply with law and the order and agreed to provide a redress plan to remediate certain customers with checking, savings, or credit card accounts opened beginning January 1, 2010 and ending December 31, 2016.

Concurrently, the Bank also agreed to entry of a Consent Order related to a since-discontinued program in its auto lending business that placed collateral protection insurance on certain automobile loans. Under this Consent Order, without admitting or denying any of the findings of fact or conclusions of law (except to establish jurisdiction), the Bank agreed to pay a $5 million civil monetary penalty related to those issues, maintain existing policy changes related to its auto servicing practices, agreed to create a compliance plan to ensure its compliance with the order and provide a redress plan to remediate certain customers within a redress period beginning July 21, 2011 and ending December 31, 2020.

Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these settlements.

Key Performance Indicators

The Bancorp, as a banking institution, utilizes various key indicators of financial condition and operating results in managing and monitoring the performance of the business. In addition to traditional financial metrics, such as revenue and expense trends, the Bancorp monitors other financial measures that assist in evaluating growth trends, capital strength and operational efficiencies. The Bancorp analyzes these key performance indicators against its past performance, its forecasted performance and with the performance of its peer banking institutions. These indicators may change from time to time as the operating environment and businesses change.

The following are some of the key indicators used by management to assess the Bancorp’s business performance, including those which are considered in the Bancorp’s compensation programs:

•CET1 Capital Ratio: CET1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets as defined by the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets

•Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (non-GAAP): Tangible net income available to common shareholders divided by average tangible common equity

•Return on Average Common Equity, Excluding AOCI (non-GAAP): Net income available to common shareholders divided by total equity, excluding AOCI and preferred stock

•Net Interest Margin (non-GAAP): Net interest income on an FTE basis divided by average interest-earning assets

•Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP): Noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income

•Earnings Per Share, Diluted: Net income allocated to common shareholders divided by average common shares outstanding after the effect of dilutive stock-based awards

•Nonperforming Portfolio Assets Ratio: Nonperforming portfolio assets divided by portfolio loans and leases and OREO

•Net Charge-off Ratio: Net losses charged-off divided by average portfolio loans and leases

48 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

•Return on Average Assets: Net income divided by average assets

•Loan-to-Deposit Ratio: Total loans divided by total deposits

•Household Growth: Change in the number of consumer households with retail relationship-based checking accounts

The list of indicators above is intended to summarize some of the most important metrics utilized by management in evaluating the Bancorp’s performance and does not represent an all-inclusive list of all performance measures that may be considered relevant or important to management or investors.

TABLE 1: Earnings Summary
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data)202420232022
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,6305,8275,609
Net interest income (FTE)(a)(b)5,6545,8525,625
Noninterest income2,8492,8812,766
Total revenue (FTE)(a)(b)8,5038,7338,391
Provision for credit losses530515563
Noninterest expense5,0335,2054,719
Net income2,3142,3492,446
Net income available to common shareholders2,1552,2122,330
Common Share Data
Earnings per share - basic$3.163.233.38
Earnings per share - diluted3.143.223.35
Cash dividends declared per common share1.441.361.26
Book value per share26.1725.0422.26
Market value per share42.2834.4932.81
Financial Ratios
Return on average assets1.09%1.131.18
Return on average common equity12.514.213.7
Return on average tangible common equity(b)17.821.319.7
Dividend payout45.642.137.3

(a)Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustments were $24, $25 and $16 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(b)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Earnings Summary

The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $2.2 billion, or $3.14 per diluted share, which was net of $159 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $2.2 billion, or $3.22 per diluted share, which was net of $137 million in preferred stock dividends.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $5.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, decreasing $198 million compared to the prior year. Net interest income was negatively impacted by higher funding costs due to increases in market interest rates and deposit balance migration into higher yielding products as well as a decrease in the average balances of commercial and industrial loans for the year ended December 31, 2024. These negative impacts were partially offset by higher yields on average interest-earning assets and an increase in the average balances of other short-term investments. Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 2.90% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 3.05% for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The provision for credit losses was $530 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $515 million in the prior year. Provision expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 was affected by the impacts of deterioration in the macroeconomic forecast for the commercial portfolio, higher period-end loan and lease balances and increases in specific reserves on individually evaluated commercial loans, partially offset by the impacts of changes in consumer loan portfolio mix, improvement in the macroeconomic forecast for the consumer loan portfolio and improvements in probability of default ratings on commercial loans. Net losses charged off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases were 0.45% and 0.32% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. At December 31, 2024, nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO increased to 0.71% compared to 0.59% at December 31, 2023. For further discussion on credit quality, refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest income decreased $32 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to decreases in other noninterest income, mortgage banking net revenue and commercial banking revenue, partially offset by increases in wealth and asset management revenue and commercial payments revenue.

49 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Noninterest expense decreased $172 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to decreases in other noninterest expense and marketing expense, partially offset by increases in compensation and benefits expense, technology and communications expense and net occupancy expense.

For more information on net interest income, provision for credit losses, noninterest income and noninterest expense, refer to the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A.

Capital Summary

The Bancorp calculated its regulatory capital ratios under the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets and pursuant to the five-year transition provision option to phase in the effects of CECL on regulatory capital as of December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2024, the Bancorp’s capital ratios, as defined by the U.S. banking agencies, were:

•CET1 capital ratio: 10.57%;

•Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio: 11.86%;

•Total risk-based capital ratio: 13.86%;

•Leverage ratio: 9.22%

50 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The following are non-GAAP financial measures which provide useful insight to the reader of the Consolidated Financial Statements but should be supplemental to primary U.S. GAAP measures and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for the primary U.S. GAAP measures. The Bancorp encourages readers to consider the Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of net interest income on an FTE basis, interest income on an FTE basis, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 2: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Financial Measures and Ratios on an FTE basis
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,6305,8275,609
Add: FTE adjustment242516
Net interest income on an FTE basis (1)$5,6545,8525,625
Interest income (U.S. GAAP)$10,4269,7606,587
Add: FTE adjustment242516
Interest income on an FTE basis (2)$10,4509,7856,603
Interest expense (3)$4,7963,933978
Noninterest income (4)2,8492,8812,766
Noninterest expense (5)5,0335,2054,719
Average interest-earning assets (6)194,800191,743186,326
Average interest-bearing liabilities (7)146,188137,592119,624
Ratios:
Net interest margin on an FTE basis (1) / (6)2.90%3.053.02
Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis ((2) / (6)) - ((3) / (7))2.082.242.72
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis (5) / ((1) + (4))59.259.656.2

The Bancorp believes return on average tangible common equity is an important measure for comparative purposes with other financial institutions, but is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and therefore is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. This measure is useful for evaluating the performance of a business as it calculates the return available to common shareholders without the impact of intangible assets and their related amortization.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measure of return on average tangible common equity to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 3: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Net income available to common shareholders (U.S. GAAP)$2,1552,2122,330
Add: Intangible amortization, net of tax283437
Tangible net income available to common shareholders (1)$2,1832,2462,367
Average Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)$19,39817,70419,080
Less: Average preferred stock2,1162,1162,116
Average goodwill4,9184,9184,779
Average intangible assets107146168
Average tangible common equity (2)$12,25710,52412,017
Return on average tangible common equity (1) / (2)17.8%21.319.7

The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the tangible equity ratio and tangible common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies for both absolute and comparative purposes. As U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures.

51 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table reconciles non-GAAP capital ratios to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 4: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Capital Ratios
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20242023
Total Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity (U.S. GAAP)$19,64519,172
Less: Preferred stock2,1162,116
Goodwill4,9184,919
Intangible assets90125
AOCI(4,636)(4,487)
Tangible common equity, excluding AOCI (1)17,15716,499
Add: Preferred stock2,1162,116
Tangible equity (2)$19,27318,615
Total Assets (U.S. GAAP)$212,927214,574
Less: Goodwill4,9184,919
Intangible assets90125
AOCI, before tax(5,868)(5,680)
Tangible assets, excluding AOCI (3)$213,787215,210
Ratios:
Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets (2) / (3)9.02%8.65
Tangible common equity as a percentage of tangible assets (1) / (3)8.037.67

52 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides a discussion of the significant new accounting standards applicable to the Bancorp during 2024 and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the Bancorp’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp’s critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, valuation of servicing rights, goodwill, legal contingencies and fair value measurements. There have been no material changes to the valuation techniques or models described below during the year ended December 31, 2024.

ALLL

The Bancorp disaggregates its portfolio loans and leases into portfolio segments for purposes of determining the ALLL. The Bancorp’s portfolio segments include commercial, residential mortgage and consumer. The Bancorp further disaggregates its portfolio segments into classes for purposes of monitoring and assessing credit quality based on certain risk characteristics. For an analysis of the Bancorp’s ALLL by portfolio segment and credit quality information by class, refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases. Contractual terms are adjusted for expected prepayments but are not extended for expected extensions, renewals or modifications except in circumstances where extension or renewal options are embedded in the original contract and not unconditionally cancellable by the Bancorp. Accrued interest receivable on loans is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a component of other assets. When accrued interest is deemed to be uncollectible (typically when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status), interest income is reversed. The Bancorp follows established policies for placing loans on nonaccrual status, so uncollectible accrued interest receivable is reversed in a timely manner. As a result, the Bancorp has elected not to measure a reserve for accrued interest receivable as part of its ALLL. However, the Bancorp does record a reserve for the portion of accrued interest receivable that it expects to be uncollectible. For additional information on the Bancorp’s accounting policies related to nonaccrual loans and leases, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the ALLL. The ALLL is maintained at a level the Bancorp considers to be adequate and is based on ongoing quarterly assessments and evaluations of the collectability of loans and leases, including historical credit loss experience, current and forecasted market and economic conditions and consideration of various qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, deserve consideration in estimating expected credit losses. Provisions for credit losses are recorded for the amounts necessary to adjust the ALLL to the Bancorp’s current estimate of expected credit losses on portfolio loans and leases. The Bancorp’s strategy for credit risk management includes a combination of conservative exposure limits significantly below legal lending limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collections standards. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and quarterly management reviews of large credit exposures and loans experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for additional information.

The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL requires significant management judgment and includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated.

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million on nonaccrual status are individually evaluated for an ALLL. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan or lease structure (including modifications, if any) and other factors when determining the amount of the ALLL. Other factors may include the borrower’s susceptibility to risks presented by the forecasted macroeconomic environment, the industry and geographic region of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Significant management judgment is required when evaluating which of these factors are most relevant in individual circumstances, and when estimating the amount of expected credit losses based on those factors. When loans and leases are individually evaluated, allowances are determined based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan or lease given the availability of collateral and other sources of cash flow, as well as an evaluation of legal options available to the Bancorp. Allowances for individually evaluated loans and leases that are collateral-dependent are measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Allowances for individually evaluated loans and leases that are not collateral-dependent are typically measured based on the present value of expected cash flows of the loan or lease, discounted at its effective interest rate. Specific allowances on individually evaluated commercial loans and leases are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

The Bancorp considers loans to be collateral-dependent when it becomes probable that repayment of the loan will be provided through the sale or operation of the collateral instead of from payments made by the borrower. The expected credit losses for these loans are typically estimated based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Specific allowances on individually

53 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

evaluated consumer and residential mortgage loans are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for loans and leases that are not individually evaluated. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers prepayments and, for loans with available credit, expected utilization rates. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models were developed based on historical credit loss experience and observations of migration patterns for various credit risk characteristics (such as internal credit risk ratings, external credit ratings or scores, delinquency status, loan-to-value trends, etc.) over time, with those observations evaluated in the context of concurrent macroeconomic conditions. The Bancorp developed its models from historical observations capturing a full economic cycle when possible.

The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable. Generally, the Bancorp considers its forecasts to be reasonable and supportable for a period of up to three years from the estimation date. For periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period, expected credit losses are estimated by reverting to historical loss information without adjustment for changes in economic conditions. This reversion is phased in over a two-year period. The Bancorp evaluates the length of its reasonable and supportable forecast period, its reversion period and reversion methodology at least annually, or more often if warranted by economic conditions or other circumstances.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL in order to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit loss models but are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These considerations inherently require significant management judgment to determine the appropriate factors to be considered and the extent of their impact on the ALLL estimate. These may include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. These may also include adjustments, when deemed necessary, for specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters and their effects on regional borrowers, changes in product structures or changes in economic conditions that are not reflected in the quantitative credit loss models. Qualitative factor adjustments may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology. When evaluating the adequacy of allowances, consideration is also given to regional geographic concentrations and the closely associated effect that changing economic conditions may have on the Bancorp’s customers. Given the diverse circumstances that necessitate the application of qualitative factors, the specific factors considered and their relative significance to the ALLL vary from period to period.

Overall, the collective evaluation process requires significant management judgment when determining the estimation methodology and inputs into the models, as well as in evaluating the reasonableness of the modeled results and the appropriateness of qualitative adjustments. The Bancorp’s forecasts of market and economic conditions and the internal risk ratings assigned to loans and leases in the commercial portfolio segment are examples of inputs to the expected credit loss models that require significant management judgment. These inputs have the potential to drive significant variability in the resulting ALLL.

Refer to the Allowance for Credit Losses subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the Bancorp’s ALLL sensitivity analysis.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated expected credit losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon expected credit losses over the remaining contractual life of the commitments, taking into consideration the current funded balance and estimated exposure over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. This process takes into consideration the same risk elements that are analyzed in the determination of the adequacy of the Bancorp’s ALLL, as previously discussed. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Valuation of Servicing Rights

When the Bancorp sells loans through either securitizations or individual loan sales in accordance with its investment policies, it often obtains servicing rights. The Bancorp may also purchase servicing rights. The Bancorp has elected to measure all existing classes of its residential mortgage servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value of servicing rights reported in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. Servicing rights are valued using internal OAS models. Significant management judgment is necessary to identify key economic assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the servicing rights including the prepayment speeds of the underlying loans, the weighted-average life, the OAS and the weighted-average coupon rate, as applicable. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the servicing rights resides in the potential volatility in the economic assumptions used, particularly the prepayment speeds. In order to assist in the assessment of the fair value of servicing rights, the Bancorp obtains external valuations of the servicing rights portfolio from

54 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

third parties and participates in peer surveys that provide additional confirmation of the reasonableness of the key assumptions utilized in the internal OAS model. For additional information on servicing rights, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill

Business combinations entered into by the Bancorp typically include the recognition of goodwill. U.S. GAAP requires goodwill to be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. As further discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Bancorp’s annual goodwill impairment test has historically been performed as of September 30 of each year. However, in 2024, the testing was performed as of September 30 and again as of October 1 to reflect the change in date in which the Bancorp will perform its annual goodwill impairment testing in future periods.

Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In testing goodwill for impairment, U.S. GAAP permits the Bancorp to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In this qualitative assessment, the Bancorp evaluates events and circumstances which may include, but are not limited to, the general economic environment, banking industry and market conditions, the overall financial performance of the Bancorp, the performance of the Bancorp’s common stock, the key financial performance metrics of the Bancorp’s reporting units and events affecting the reporting units to determine if it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the quantitative impairment test is required or the decision to bypass the qualitative assessment is elected, the Bancorp performs the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. A recognized impairment loss cannot be reversed in future periods even if the fair value of the reporting unit subsequently recovers.

The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As none of the Bancorp’s reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations cannot be directly correlated to the Bancorp’s stock price. The determination of the fair value of a reporting unit is a subjective process that involves the use of estimates and judgments, particularly related to cash flows, the appropriate discount rates and an applicable control premium. The determination of the fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units includes both an income-based approach and a market-based approach. The income-based approach utilizes the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. Significant management judgment is necessary in the preparation of each reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows surrounding expectations for earnings projections, growth and credit loss expectations and actual results may differ from forecasted results. Additionally, the Bancorp determines its market capitalization based on the average of the closing price of the Bancorp’s stock during the month including the measurement date, incorporating an additional control premium, and compares this market-based fair value measurement to the aggregate fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units in order to corroborate the results of the income approach. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s goodwill.

Legal Contingencies

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous claims and lawsuits as well as threatened or potential actions or claims concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities. The outcome of claims or litigation and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict and significant judgment may be required in the determination of both the probability of loss and whether the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. The Bancorp’s estimates are subjective and are based on the status of legal and regulatory proceedings, the merit of the Bancorp’s defenses and consultation with internal and external legal counsel. An accrual for a potential litigation loss is established when information related to the loss contingency indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s legal proceedings.

Fair Value Measurements

The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Bancorp employs various valuation approaches to measure fair value including the market, income and cost approaches. The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves discounting future amounts to a single present amount and is based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset.

U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. For additional information on the fair value hierarchy and fair value measurements, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp’s fair value measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available. Valuation techniques and parameters used for measuring assets and liabilities are reviewed and validated by the Bancorp on a

55 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

quarterly basis. Additionally, the Bancorp monitors the fair values of significant assets and liabilities using a variety of methods including the evaluation of pricing runs and exception reports based on certain analytical criteria, comparison to previous trades and overall review and assessments for reasonableness. The level of management judgment necessary to determine fair value varies based upon the methods used in the determination of fair value. Financial instruments that are measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) require minimal judgment. The valuation of financial instruments when quoted market prices are not available (Levels 2 and 3) may require significant management judgment to assess whether quoted prices for similar instruments exist, the impact of changing market conditions including reducing liquidity in the capital markets and the use of estimates surrounding significant unobservable inputs. Table 5 provides a summary of the fair value of financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis and the amounts of financial instruments valued using Level 3 inputs.

TABLE 5: Fair Value Summary
As of ($ in millions)December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
BalanceLevel 3BalanceLevel 3
Assets carried at fair value$45,1531,81456,0731,859
As a percent of total assets21%1261
Liabilities carried at fair value$3,1141753,106174
As a percent of total liabilities2%2

Refer to Note 28 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on fair value measurements including a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant financial instruments.

56 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS

The Bancorp’s Consolidated Statements of Income are presented in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following analysis focuses on a comparison of results for the year ended December 31, 2024 with the year ended December 31, 2023. Refer to the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 for additional information comparing the results for the year ended December 31, 2023 to the year ended December 31, 2022.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on loans and leases (including yield-related fees), securities and other short-term investments less the interest incurred on core deposits and wholesale funding (including CDs over $250,000, federal funds purchased, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt). The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by noninterest-bearing liabilities, or free funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity.

Tables 6 and 7 present the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, as well as the relative impact of changes in the average balance sheet and changes in interest rates on net interest income. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans and leases held for sale have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Average outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses included in average other assets.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $5.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, decreasing $198 million compared to the prior year. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2024 was negatively impacted by lower average loan balances as a result of actions taken in 2023 to reduce lower returning facilities as well as decreased demand. Additionally, funding costs remained elevated as higher average market rates continued to drive deposit balance migration into higher yielding products. These negative impacts were partially offset by higher yields on average interest-earning assets and an increase in the average balances of other short-term investments.

Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 2.08% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2.24% during the year ended December 31, 2023. Rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities increased 42 bps, partially offset by a 26 bps increase in yields on average interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.

Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 2.90% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 3.05% for the year ended December 31, 2023. Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily impacted by the previously mentioned impacts of higher market interest rates, migration of average balances of deposits from demand deposits to interest-bearing deposits and a decrease in the average balances of loans and leases. Net interest income was also negatively impacted by elevated balances of other short-term investments during the year ended December 31, 2024. Net interest margin results are expected to modestly increase over the next several quarters driven by fixed-rate asset repricing and moderating deposit costs. However, net interest margin may be negatively impacted by increased deposit competition or higher levels of cash and other short-term investments.

Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from loans and leases increased $142 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by an increase in yields on loans and leases, partially offset by a decrease in the average balances of commercial and industrial loans. For more information on the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio, refer to the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A. Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from investment securities and other short-term investments increased $523 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to an increase in the average balances of other short-term investments and higher yields on average taxable securities driven by fixed-rate asset repricing.

Interest expense on average core deposits increased $852 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to an increase in the cost of average interest-bearing core deposits to 287 bps for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 238 bps for the year ended December 31, 2023, as a result of a mix shift from non-interest bearing to interest-bearing deposit products, higher short-term interest rates and an increase in the average balances of interest-bearing core deposits. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s deposits.

Interest expense on average wholesale funding increased $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to increases in the average balances of and yields on long-term debt, partially offset by a decrease in the average balances of FHLB advances. Refer to the Borrowings subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s borrowings. During the year ended December 31, 2024, average wholesale funding represented 16% of average interest-bearing liabilities compared to 18% for the year ended December 31, 2023. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, refer to the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A.

57 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 6: Consolidated Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income on an FTE Basis
For the years ended December 31202420232022
($ in millions)Average BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ Rate
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:(a)
Commercial and industrial loans$52,2103,6577.00%$57,0053,8876.82%$55,6182,4014.32%
Commercial mortgage loans11,5017066.1411,2626725.9710,7234153.87
Commercial construction loans5,8354107.025,5823806.805,4582394.38
Commercial leases2,6771194.442,629953.632,828853.02
Total commercial loans and leases$72,2234,8926.77%$76,4785,0346.58%$74,6273,1404.21%
Residential mortgage loans17,5376453.6818,0026213.4519,7316453.27
Home equity4,0023308.253,9362987.583,9711774.46
Indirect secured consumer loans15,5838225.2715,9446874.3116,9145603.31
Credit card1,71923613.701,80025214.001,73722112.73
Solar energy installation loans3,9603188.042,9581806.09574152.69
Other consumer loans2,7002489.193,1642778.743,0072056.82
Total consumer loans$45,5012,5995.71%$45,8042,3155.05%$45,9341,8233.97%
Total loans and leases$117,7247,4916.36%$122,2827,3496.01%$120,5614,9634.12%
Securities:
Taxable55,2271,8033.2656,0661,7333.0952,2181,4932.86
Exempt from income taxes(a)1,392463.251,461473.201,128312.72
Other short-term investments20,4571,1105.4311,9346565.5012,4191160.94
Total interest-earning assets$194,80010,4505.36%$191,7439,7855.10%$186,3266,6033.54%
Cash and due from banks2,6772,7723,093
Other assets17,63716,16919,490
Allowance for loan and lease losses(2,308)(2,258)(1,980)
Total assets$212,806$208,426$206,929
Liabilities and Equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$58,5991,9243.28%$52,3781,5522.96%$45,8352970.65%
Savings deposits17,5941190.6820,8721470.7123,445320.14
Money market deposits36,1651,0502.9030,9436662.1529,326670.23
Foreign office deposits15832.0515831.8217010.74
CDs $250,000 or less10,5374324.108,2983083.712,34290.40
Total interest-bearing core deposits$123,0533,5282.87%$112,6492,6762.38%$101,1184060.40%
CDs over $250,0004,0692085.115,3322534.741,688412.45
Federal funds purchased207115.21307154.9638161.69
Securities sold under repurchase agreements36271.8634841.2248210.17
FHLB advances2,6021455.564,5962355.113,733982.63
Derivative collateral and other borrowed money6058.9210088.2432992.94
Long-term debt15,8358925.6314,2607425.2011,8934173.50
Total interest-bearing liabilities$146,1884,7963.28%$137,5923,9332.86%$119,6249780.82%
Demand deposits40,31446,19560,185
Other liabilities6,9066,9358,040
Total liabilities$193,408$190,722$187,849
Total equity$19,398$17,704$19,080
Total liabilities and equity$212,806$208,426$206,929
Net interest income (FTE)(b)$5,654$5,852$5,625
Net interest margin (FTE)(b)2.90%3.05%3.02%
Net interest rate spread (FTE)(b)2.082.242.72
Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets75.0571.7664.20

(a)The FTE adjustments included in the above table were $24, $25 and $16 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(b)Net interest income (FTE), net interest margin (FTE) and net interest rate spread (FTE) are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

58 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 7: Changes in Net Interest Income Attributable to Volume and Yield/Rate on an FTE Basis(a)
For the years ended December 312024 Compared to 20232023 Compared to 2022
($ in millions)VolumeYield/RateTotalVolumeYield/RateTotal
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$(334)104(230)611,4251,486
Commercial mortgage loans14203422235257
Commercial construction loans1812306135141
Commercial leases22224(6)1610
Total commercial loans and leases$(300)158(142)831,8111,894
Residential mortgage loans(16)4024(58)34(24)
Home equity52732(2)123121
Indirect secured consumer loans(16)151135(34)161127
Credit card(11)(5)(16)82331
Solar energy installation loans716713814619165
Other consumer loans(42)13(29)363672
Total consumer loans$(9)29328496396492
Total loans and leases$(309)4511421792,2072,386
Securities:
Taxable(26)9670114126240
Exempt from income taxes(2)1(1)10616
Other short-term investments462(8)454(5)545540
Total change in interest income$1255406652982,8843,182
Liabilities:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$195177372481,2071,255
Savings deposits(22)(6)(28)(4)119115
Money market deposits1252593844595599
Foreign office deposits22
CDs $250,000 or less893512471228299
Total interest-bearing core deposits$3874658521192,1512,270
CDs over $250,000(63)18(45)14864212
Federal funds purchased(5)1(4)(1)109
Securities sold under repurchase agreements3333
FHLB advances(109)19(90)27110137
Derivative collateral and other borrowed money(4)1(3)(10)9(1)
Long-term debt866415094231325
Total change in interest expense$2925718633772,5782,955
Total change in net interest income$(167)(31)(198)(79)306227

(a)Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Bancorp provides, as an expense, an amount for expected credit losses within the loan and lease portfolio and the portfolio of unfunded commitments that is based on factors discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section of MD&A. The provision is recorded to bring the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments to a level deemed appropriate by the Bancorp to cover losses expected in the portfolios. Actual credit losses on loans and leases are charged against the ALLL. The amount of loans and leases actually removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets are referred to as charge-offs. Net charge-offs include current period charge-offs less recoveries on previously charged-off loans and leases.

The provision for credit losses was $530 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $515 million in the prior year. Provision expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 was affected by the impacts of deterioration in the macroeconomic forecast for the commercial portfolio, higher period-end loan and lease balances and increases in specific reserves on individually evaluated commercial loans, partially offset by the impacts of changes in consumer loan portfolio mix, improvement in the macroeconomic forecast for the consumer loan portfolio and improvements in probability of default ratings on commercial loans.

The ALLL increased $30 million from December 31, 2023 to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2024, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases decreased to 1.96%, compared to 1.98% at December 31, 2023. The reserve for unfunded commitments

59 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

decreased $32 million from December 31, 2023 to $134 million at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2024, the ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases decreased to 2.08%, compared to 2.12% at December 31, 2023.

Refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the provision for credit losses, including an analysis of loan and lease portfolio composition, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and determining the level of the ACL.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income decreased $32 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The following table presents the components of noninterest income:

TABLE 8: Components of Noninterest Income
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)(a)202420232022
Wealth and asset management revenue$647581570
Commercial payments revenue608564568
Consumer banking revenue555546542
Capital markets fees424422387
Commercial banking revenue377409419
Mortgage banking net revenue211250215
Other noninterest income1291149
Securities gains (losses), net1518(84)
Total noninterest income$2,8492,8812,766

(a)During 2024, certain noninterest income line items were reclassified to better align disclosures to business activities. These reclassifications were retrospectively applied to all prior periods presented. Total noninterest income did not change as a result of these reclassifications.

Wealth and asset management revenue increased $66 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by increases in personal asset management revenue and brokerage income. The Bancorp’s trust and registered investment advisory businesses had approximately $634 billion and $574 billion in total assets under care as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and managed $69 billion and $59 billion in assets for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Commercial payments revenue increased $44 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by an increase in treasury management fees due to new client acquisition and higher average revenue per existing customer.

Consumer banking revenue increased $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by an increase in interchange income associated with higher transaction volumes.

Capital markets fees increased $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by increases in corporate bond fees and loan syndication revenue, partially offset by a decrease in revenue from commercial customer derivatives.

Commercial banking revenue decreased $32 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by a decrease in operating lease income.

Mortgage banking net revenue decreased $39 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.

The following table presents the components of mortgage banking net revenue:

TABLE 9: Components of Mortgage Banking Net Revenue
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Origination fees and gains on loan sales$677991
Net mortgage servicing revenue:
Gross mortgage servicing fees309319310
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs(165)(148)(186)
Net mortgage servicing revenue144171124
Total mortgage banking net revenue$211250215

Origination fees and gains on loan sales decreased $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by the impact of gains recognized during the year ended December 31, 2023 from sales of forbearance loans that were repurchased from GNMA and a decline in revenue margins due to the competitive environment. Residential mortgage loan

60 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

originations increased to $6.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $5.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to the focus to increase held for investment residential mortgage loans in 2024.

The following table presents the components of net valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio and the impact of the Bancorp’s hedging strategy:

TABLE 10: Components of Net Valuation Adjustments on MSRs
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio$(88)(43)(363)
Changes in fair value:
Due to changes in inputs or assumptions(a)7443355
Other changes in fair value(b)(151)(148)(178)
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs$(165)(148)(186)

(a)Primarily reflects changes in prepayment speed and OAS assumptions which are updated based on market interest rates.

(b)Primarily reflects changes due to realized cash flows and the passage of time.

For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Bancorp recognized losses of $77 million and $105 million, respectively, in mortgage banking net revenue for valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio. The valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio included increases of $74 million and $43 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, due to changes in market rates and other inputs in the valuation model, including future prepayment speeds and OAS assumptions. Mortgage rates decreased during the year ended December 31, 2024 which caused an increase in prepayment speeds. The fair value of the MSR portfolio also decreased $151 million and $148 million as a result of contractual principal payments and actual prepayment activity for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Further detail on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio. Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio. In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. Net gains and losses on these securities were immaterial during both the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 and were a net loss of $2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022.

The Bancorp’s total residential mortgage loans serviced at December 31, 2024 and 2023 were $110.9 billion and $117.0 billion, respectively, with $94.2 billion and $100.8 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others.

The following table presents the components of other noninterest income:

TABLE 11: Components of Other Noninterest Income
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
BOLI income$666164
Private equity investment income354470
Equity method investment income185222
Income from the TRA associated with Worldpay, Inc.112246
Gains (losses) on sales of businesses7(7)
Loss on swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares(138)(94)(84)
Other, net13638
Total other noninterest income$1291149

Other noninterest income decreased $79 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to an increase in the loss on the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares and a decrease in equity method investment income.

The Bancorp recognized negative valuation adjustments of $138 million related to the Visa total return swap for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $94 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. For additional information on the valuation of the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares, refer to Note 28 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Equity method investment income decreased $34 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to a gain on the partial disposition of an equity method investment during the second quarter of 2023.

Net securities gains were $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. For more information, refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

61 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense decreased $172 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The following table presents the components of noninterest expense:

TABLE 12: Components of Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)(a)202420232022
Compensation and benefits$2,7632,6942,554
Technology and communications474464416
Net occupancy expense339331307
Equipment expense153148145
Loan and lease expense132133167
Marketing expense115126118
Card and processing expense848480
Other noninterest expense9731,225932
Total noninterest expense$5,0335,2054,719
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis(b)59.2%59.656.2

(a)During 2024, certain noninterest expense line items were reclassified to better align disclosures to business activities. These reclassifications were retrospectively applied to all prior periods presented. Total noninterest expense did not change as a result of these reclassifications.

(b)This is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Compensation and benefits expense increased $69 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by increases in performance-based compensation, base compensation and employee benefits expense. Full-time equivalent employees totaled 18,616 at December 31, 2024 compared to 18,724 at December 31, 2023.

Technology and communications expense increased $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by increased investments in strategic initiatives and technology modernization.

Net occupancy expense increased $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by expansion of the Southeast branch network and higher expenses associated with the maintenance and renovation of banking centers.

Marketing expense decreased $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to decreases in advertising costs.

The following table presents the components of other noninterest expense:

TABLE 13: Components of Other Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
FDIC insurance and other taxes$181385132
Leasing business expense92121131
Losses and adjustments869191
Data processing818782
Dues and subscriptions616158
Travel605660
Securities recordkeeping555048
Professional service fees495354
Postal and courier484640
Cash and coin processing474844
Intangible amortization354347
Other, net178184145
Total other noninterest expense$9731,225932

Other noninterest expense decreased $252 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to decreases in FDIC insurance and other taxes and leasing business expense.

FDIC insurance and other taxes decreased $204 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of $28 million of expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $224 million of expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2023 related to the FDIC special assessment, as further discussed in the Overview section of MD&A.

62 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Leasing business expense decreased $29 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by a decrease in depreciation expense associated with operating lease equipment.

Applicable Income Taxes

The Bancorp’s income before income taxes, applicable income tax expense and effective tax rate are as follows:

TABLE 14: Applicable Income Taxes
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Income before income taxes$2,9162,9883,093
Applicable income tax expense602639647
Effective tax rate20.6%21.421.0

Applicable income tax expense for all periods presented includes the benefits from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments and tax credits (and other related tax benefits), partially offset by the effect of proportional amortization of qualifying investments and certain nondeductible expenses. The tax credits are primarily associated with the Research Credit under Section 41 of the IRC, the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program established under Section 42 of the IRC, the New Markets Tax Credit program established under Section 45D of the IRC, the Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit program established under Section 47 of the IRC and the Qualified Zone Academy Bond program established under Section 1397E of the IRC.

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were primarily impacted by $248 million and $230 million, respectively, of tax credits and other tax benefits from CDC investments, which were partially offset by $200 million for both the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 of proportional amortization related to qualifying investments. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were also impacted by $27 million and $25 million, respectively, of tax benefits from tax exempt income. For additional information on income taxes, refer to Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

63 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

The Bancorp has three reportable segments: Commercial Banking, Consumer and Small Business Banking and Wealth and Asset Management. Additional information on each segment is included in Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Results of the Bancorp’s segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices, which are specific to the Bancorp. Therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level. By employing an FTP methodology, the segments are insulated from most benchmark interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through the origination of loans and acceptance of deposits. The FTP methodology assigns charge and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on the estimated amount and timing of the cash flows for each transaction. Assigning the FTP rate based on matching the duration of cash flows allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from future changes in benchmark interest rates. The Bancorp’s FTP methodology also allocates the contribution to net interest income of the asset-generating and deposit-providing businesses on a duration-adjusted basis to better attribute the driver of the performance. As the asset and liability durations are not perfectly matched, the residual impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other. The charge and credit rates are determined using the FTP rate curve, which is based on an estimate of Fifth Third’s marginal borrowing cost in the wholesale funding markets. The FTP curve is constructed using the U.S. swap curve, brokered CD pricing and unsecured debt pricing.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of behavioral assumptions, such as prepayment rates on interest-earning assets and the estimated durations for indeterminate-lived deposits. Key assumptions, including the credit rates provided for deposit accounts, are reviewed annually. Credit rates for deposit products and charge rates for loan products may be reset more frequently in response to changes in market conditions. In general, the charge rates on assets increased since December 31, 2023 as they were affected by the prevailing level of interest rates and repricing characteristics of the portfolio. The credit rates for deposit products decreased modestly since December 31, 2023 due to modified assumptions and decreasing short-term rates. As a result, net interest income for each segment was negatively impacted during the year ended December 31, 2024 as a result of these updates to FTP charge and credit rates.

The Bancorp’s methodology for allocating provision for credit losses to the segments includes charges or benefits associated with changes in criticized commercial loan levels in addition to actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans and leases owned by each segment. Provision for credit losses attributable to loan and lease growth and changes in ALLL factors is captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses, which are included within other noninterest expense. Additionally, the segments form synergies by taking advantage of relationship depth opportunities and funding operations by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

The following table summarizes income (loss) before income taxes on an FTE basis by segment:

TABLE 15: Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes (FTE) by Segment
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Income Statement Data
Commercial Banking$1,8293,1692,036
Consumer and Small Business Banking2,4693,4941,656
Wealth and Asset Management227353251
General Corporate and Other(a)(1,585)(4,003)(834)
Income before income taxes (FTE)$2,9403,0133,109

(a)General Corporate and Other is not a reportable segment and is presented for reconciliation purposes.

64 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers credit intermediation, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment:

TABLE 16: Commercial Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (FTE)(a)$2,6473,8282,552
Provision for credit losses3041233
Noninterest income:
Commercial payments revenue529473468
Capital markets fees421419387
Commercial banking revenue373406417
Other noninterest income575868
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits656654639
Net occupancy and equipment expense647067
Other noninterest expense1,1741,2791,117
Income before income taxes (FTE)$1,8293,1692,036
Average Balance Sheet Data
Commercial loans and leases, including held for sale$67,31072,29370,904
Demand deposits18,20423,17035,147
Interest checking deposits40,21432,31921,341
Savings deposits143183280
Money market deposits5,5405,0635,739
Certificates of deposit4562108
Foreign office deposits158158170

(a)Includes FTE adjustments of $15, $16 and $10 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Income before income taxes on an FTE basis was $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $3.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in net interest income on an FTE basis and an increase in provision for credit losses, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest expense and an increase in noninterest income.

Net interest income on an FTE basis decreased $1.2 billion from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by increases in average balances of and rates paid on interest checking deposits and money market deposits, decreases in FTP credits on deposits and a decrease in the average balances of commercial loans and leases, partially offset by an increase in yields on average commercial loans and leases. Net interest income was also negatively impacted by an increase in FTP charges on loans and leases, which was primarily attributable to higher FTP charge rates, partially offset by the impact of lower average balances.

Provision for credit losses increased $292 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by an increase in the allocated provision for credit losses related to commercial criticized assets as well as an increase in net charge-offs on commercial and industrial loans. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases increased to 32 bps for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 12 bps for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Noninterest income increased $24 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by an increase in commercial payments revenue, partially offset by a decrease in commercial banking revenue. Commercial payments revenue increased $56 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by increases in treasury management fees due to new client acquisition and higher average revenue per existing customer and commercial card and processing revenue. Commercial banking revenue decreased $33 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by a decrease in operating lease income.

Noninterest expense decreased $109 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by a decrease in other noninterest expense. Other noninterest expense decreased $105 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of a decrease in allocated expenses, lower leasing business expense and a decrease in losses and adjustments.

65 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Average commercial loans and leases decreased $5.0 billion from the year ended December 31, 2023 driven by a decrease in average commercial and industrial loans, which was primarily attributable to a planned reduction in balances in the second half of 2023 and lower demand throughout 2024.

Average deposits increased $3.3 billion from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to increases in average interest checking deposits and average money market deposits, partially offset by a decrease in average demand deposits. In response to the higher interest rate environment, deposit balances have generally migrated from noninterest-bearing products or lower interest-bearing products into higher interest-bearing products. This migration contributed to increases in average interest checking deposits and average money market deposits of $7.9 billion and $477 million, respectively, along with a decrease in average demand deposits of $5.0 billion from the year ended December 31, 2023.

Consumer and Small Business Banking

Consumer and Small Business Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan products to individuals and small businesses through a network of full-service banking centers and relationships with indirect and correspondent loan originators in addition to providing products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services. Consumer and Small Business Banking includes the Bancorp’s residential mortgage, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards, automobile and other indirect lending, solar energy installation and other consumer lending activities. Residential mortgage activities include the origination, retention and servicing of residential mortgage loans, sales and securitizations of those loans and all associated hedging activities. Indirect lending activities include extending loans to consumers through automobile dealers, motorcycle dealers, powersport dealers, recreational vehicle dealers and marine dealers. Solar energy installation loans and certain other consumer loans are originated through a network of contractors and installers.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer and Small Business Banking segment:

TABLE 17: Consumer and Small Business Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$4,1695,2073,131
Provision for credit losses322303139
Noninterest income:
Consumer banking revenue551544538
Wealth and asset management revenue247216204
Mortgage banking net revenue210250214
Commercial payments revenue768589
Other noninterest income10108
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits882878828
Net occupancy and equipment expense263253234
Loan and lease expense8086107
Card and processing expense757672
Other noninterest expense1,1721,2221,148
Income before income taxes$2,4693,4941,656
Average Balance Sheet Data
Consumer loans, including held for sale$42,78342,93343,049
Commercial loans3,4542,8291,727
Demand deposits21,08521,89123,600
Interest checking deposits10,87212,32515,191
Savings deposits14,43117,01720,288
Money market deposits30,12725,28822,766
Certificates of deposit11,2418,8092,543

Income before income taxes was $2.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $3.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was driven by a decrease in net interest income, an increase in provision for credit losses and a decrease in noninterest income, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest expense.

Net interest income decreased $1.0 billion from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to a decrease in FTP credits on deposits, increases in rates paid on and average balances of interest-bearing deposits and an increase in FTP charges on loans. These negative impacts were partially offset by an increase in yields on loans.

Provision for credit losses increased $19 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to an increase in the allocated provision for credit losses related to commercial criticized assets as well as increases in net charge-offs on solar energy installation loans and

66 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

indirect secured consumer loans, partially offset by a decrease in net charge-offs on commercial and industrial loans. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases were 68 bps for both the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Noninterest income decreased $11 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by a decrease in mortgage banking net revenue, partially offset by an increase in wealth and asset management revenue. Refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the fluctuations in mortgage banking net revenue. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $31 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to increases in brokerage income and personal asset management revenue.

Noninterest expense decreased $43 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to a decrease in other noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in net occupancy and equipment expense. Other noninterest expense decreased $50 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to a decrease in allocated expenses. Net occupancy and equipment expense increased $10 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by the Bancorp’s expansion into the Southeast markets.

Average consumer loans decreased $150 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by decreases in average residential mortgage loans, average other consumer loans and average indirect secured consumer loans, partially offset by an increase in average solar energy installation loans. Average residential mortgage loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in balances in the second half of 2023 and a decrease in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp sold government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs. Average other consumer loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by paydowns of loans originated in connection with one third-party point-of-sale company with which the Bancorp discontinued the origination of new loans in September 2022. Average indirect secured consumer loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in balances in the second half of 2023, partially offset by increased loan production during 2024. Average solar energy installation loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to increased loan originations. Average commercial loans increased $625 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by loan originations exceeding payoffs.

Average deposits increased $2.4 billion from the year ended December 31, 2023 driven by increases in average money market deposits and average CDs, partially offset by decreases in average savings deposits, average interest checking deposits and average demand deposits. Average money market deposits increased $4.8 billion from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of higher average balances per customer account due to higher offering rates as well as balance migration from demand deposits, interest checking deposits and savings deposits. Average CDs increased $2.4 billion from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to higher offering rates. Average savings deposits decreased $2.6 billion, average interest checking deposits decreased $1.5 billion and average demand deposits decreased $806 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of lower average balances per customer account as well as balance migration into CDs and money market accounts.

Wealth and Asset Management

Wealth and Asset Management provides a full range of wealth management solutions for individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations, including wealth planning, investment management, banking, insurance, trust and estate services. These offerings include retail brokerage services for individual clients, advisory services for institutional clients including middle market businesses, non-profits, states and municipalities, and wealth management strategies and products for high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Wealth and Asset Management segment:

TABLE 18: Wealth and Asset Management
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$210360262
Provision for credit losses1
Noninterest income:
Wealth and asset management revenue397363363
Other noninterest income765
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits222220218
Other noninterest expense165155161
Income before income taxes$227353251
Average Balance Sheet Data
Loans and leases, including held for sale$4,1284,3864,413
Deposits10,68511,12212,725

67 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Income before income taxes was $227 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $353 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in net interest income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest income.

Net interest income decreased $150 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by a decrease in FTP credits on deposits and an increase in rates paid on average deposits.

Noninterest income increased $35 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to an increase in wealth and asset management revenue, which increased $34 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of an increase in personal asset management revenue.

Average loans and leases decreased $258 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by payoffs exceeding loan production.

Average deposits decreased $437 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by decreases in average interest checking deposits, average demand deposits and average money market deposits as a result of lower average balances per customer account, partially offset by increases in average savings deposits and average CDs.

General Corporate and Other

General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, unallocated provision for credit losses or a benefit from the reduction of the ACL, the payment of preferred stock dividends and certain support activities and other items not attributed to its segments.

Net interest income on an FTE basis increased $2.2 billion from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by a decrease in FTP credits on deposits allocated to the segments, an increase in FTP charges on loans and leases allocated to the segments, an increase in interest income on other short-term investments and decreases in interest expense on FHLB advances and retail brokered CDs. These positive impacts were partially offset by an increase in interest expense on long-term debt. The increase in FTP charges allocated to the segments was driven by increases in market interest rates, primarily across the fixed-rate asset portfolios. The decrease in FTP credits allocated to the segments was driven by lower assumed liquidity premiums from deposit portfolios. Under the Bancorp’s internal reporting methodology, the Bancorp insulates the segments from interest rate risk associated with fixed-rate lending by transferring this risk to General Corporate and Other through the FTP methodology. As a result, the amount of FTP credits on deposits earned by the segments generally increases or decreases at a faster pace than the amount of allocated FTP charges on loans and leases.

The benefit from credit losses was $96 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to a provision for credit losses of $199 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The benefit from credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily driven by increases in allocations to the segments.

Noninterest income decreased $80 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by an increase in the loss recognized on the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares, a decrease in equity method investment income and a decrease in net securities gains. The decrease in equity method investment income was primarily due to a gain on the partial disposition of an equity method investment during the second quarter of 2023.

Noninterest expense decreased $32 million from the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily driven by the expense recognized in 2023 associated with the FDIC special assessment, partially offset by a decrease in corporate overhead allocations from General Corporate and Other to the other segments and an increase in performance-based compensation.

68 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans and Leases

The Bancorp classifies its commercial loans and leases based upon primary purpose and consumer loans based upon product or collateral. Table 19 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale, and Table 20 summarizes average total loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale.

TABLE 19: Components of Total Loans and Leases (including loans and leases held for sale)
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20242023
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$52,28653,311
Commercial mortgage loans12,26811,276
Commercial construction loans5,6175,621
Commercial leases3,1882,582
Total commercial loans and leases$73,35972,790
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans18,11717,360
Home equity4,1883,916
Indirect secured consumer loans16,31314,965
Credit card1,7341,865
Solar energy installation loans4,2023,728
Other consumer loans2,5182,988
Total consumer loans$47,07244,822
Total loans and leases$120,431117,612
Total portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$119,791117,234

Total loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale, increased $2.8 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2023 driven by increases in both consumer loans and commercial loans and leases.

Commercial loans and leases increased $569 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2023 primarily due to increases in commercial mortgage loans and commercial leases, partially offset by a decrease in commercial and industrial loans. Commercial mortgage loans increased $992 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2023 and included the impact of commercial construction loans transitioning to commercial mortgage loans and increased originations. Commercial leases increased $606 million, or 23%, from December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of an increase in lease originations as a result of a shift in business strategy in the second half of 2024. Commercial and industrial loans decreased $1.0 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of payoffs exceeding loan originations due to lower demand throughout 2024.

Consumer loans increased $2.3 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2023 due to increases in indirect secured consumer loans, residential mortgage loans, solar energy installation loans and home equity, partially offset by decreases in other consumer loans and credit card. Indirect secured consumer loans increased $1.3 billion, or 9%, from December 31, 2023 primarily driven by loan production exceeding payoffs and as a result of a planned reduction in balances in the second half of 2023. Residential mortgage loans increased $757 million, or 4%, from December 31, 2023 primarily driven by an increase in held-for-investment loan originations and loan purchase transactions completed in the second half of 2024. Solar energy installation loans increased $474 million, or 13%, from December 31, 2023 primarily driven by increased loan originations. Home equity loans increased $272 million, or 7%, as loan originations and new advances exceeded payoffs. Other consumer loans decreased $470 million, or 16%, from December 31, 2023 primarily driven by paydowns of loans originated in connection with one third-party point-of-sale company with which the Bancorp discontinued the origination of new loans in September 2022. Credit card decreased $131 million, or 7%, from December 31, 2023 primarily due to a decline in balance-active accounts.

69 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 20: Components of Average Loans and Leases (including average loans and leases held for sale)
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20242023
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$52,21057,005
Commercial mortgage loans11,50111,262
Commercial construction loans5,8355,582
Commercial leases2,6772,629
Total commercial loans and leases$72,22376,478
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans17,53718,002
Home equity4,0023,936
Indirect secured consumer loans15,58315,944
Credit card1,7191,800
Solar energy installation loans3,9602,958
Other consumer loans2,7003,164
Total consumer loans$45,50145,804
Total average loans and leases$117,724122,282
Total average portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$117,229121,645

Average loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale, decreased $4.6 billion, or 4%, from December 31, 2023 driven by decreases in both average commercial loans and leases and average consumer loans.

Average commercial loans and leases decreased $4.3 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2023 primarily due to a decrease in average commercial and industrial loans. Average commercial and industrial loans decreased $4.8 billion, or 8%, from December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in balances associated with the exit of certain lower returning facilities in the second half of 2023 and lower demand throughout 2024.

Average consumer loans decreased $303 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2023 primarily due to decreases in average residential mortgage loans, average other consumer loans and average indirect secured consumer loans, partially offset by increases in average solar energy installation loans. Average residential mortgage loans decreased $465 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in balances in the second half of 2023 and a decrease in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp sold government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs. Average other consumer loans decreased $464 million, or 15%, from December 31, 2023 driven by paydowns of loans originated in connection with one third-party point-of-sale company with which the Bancorp discontinued the origination of new loans in September 2022. Average indirect secured consumer loans decreased $361 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in balances in the second half of 2023, partially offset by increased loan production during 2024. Average solar energy installation loans increased $1.0 billion, or 34%, from December 31, 2023 primarily due to increased loan originations.

Investment Securities

The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing collateral for pledging purposes and for liquidity risk management. Total investment securities were $52.4 billion and $51.9 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The taxable available-for-sale debt and other investment securities portfolio had an effective duration of 3.8 at December 31, 2024 compared to 4.8 at December 31, 2023. The taxable held-to-maturity securities portfolio had an effective duration of 5.5 at December 31, 2024.

Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. Debt securities are classified as trading typically when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. At December 31, 2024, the Bancorp’s investment securities portfolio consisted primarily of AAA-rated available-for-sale debt and other securities and held-to-maturity securities. The Bancorp held an immaterial amount of below-investment grade available-for-sale debt and other securities and held-to-maturity securities at both December 31, 2024 and 2023.

At both December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Bancorp did not recognize an allowance for credit losses for its investment securities. The Bancorp also did not recognize provision for credit losses for investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.

During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Bancorp recognized $21 million, $5 million and $1 million, respectively, of impairment losses on available-for-sale debt and other securities, included in securities gains (losses), net, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These losses related to certain securities in unrealized loss positions where the Bancorp had determined that it no longer intends to hold the securities until the recovery of their amortized cost bases.

70 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the end of period components of investment securities:

TABLE 21: Components of Investment Securities
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20242023
Available-for-sale debt and other securities (amortized cost basis):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$4,3584,477
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities2
Mortgage-backed securities:
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities6,46011,564
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities23,85328,945
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities4,5054,872
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities3,9245,207
Other securities(a)778722
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$43,87855,789
Held-to-maturity securities (amortized cost basis):(b)
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$2,370
Mortgage-backed securities:
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities4,898
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities4,008
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities22
Total held-to-maturity securities$11,2782
Trading debt securities (fair value):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$626647
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities12039
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities106
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities429207
Total trading debt securities$1,185899
Total equity securities (fair value)$341613

(a)Other securities consist of FHLB, FRB and DTCC restricted stock holdings that are carried at cost.

(b)Includes a discount of $865 at December 31, 2024 pertaining to the remaining unamortized portion of unrealized losses on securities transferred to HTM.

In January 2024, the Bancorp transferred $12.6 billion (amortized cost basis) of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity to reflect the Bancorp’s change in intent to hold these securities to maturity in order to reduce potential capital volatility associated with investment security market price fluctuations. The transfer included U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities and agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. On the date of the transfer, pre-tax unrealized losses of $994 million were included in AOCI related to these transferred securities. The unrealized losses that existed on the date of transfer will continue to be reported as a component of AOCI and will be amortized into income over the remaining life of the securities as an adjustment to yield, offsetting the amortization of the discount resulting from the transfer recorded at fair value.

The following table presents the estimated future amortization of unrealized losses related to securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity. At December 31, 2024, these transferred securities had an estimated weighted-average life of 6.9 years.

TABLE 22: Estimated Amortization of Unrealized Losses on Securities Transferred to Held-to-Maturity
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)
2025$62
202672
202784
2028123
202957
Thereafter467
Unamortized portion of unrealized losses$865

On an amortized cost basis, available-for-sale debt and other securities and held-to-maturity securities comprised 28% of total interest-earning assets at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio was 5.0 years and 6.2 years at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In addition, the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 3.08% and 3.06% at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. At December 31, 2024, the held-to-maturity securities portfolio had an estimated weighted-average life of 6.9 years and a weighted-average yield of 3.41%.

71 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Information presented in Tables 23 and 24 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using amortized cost balances and reflects the impact of prepayments. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio exclude other securities that have no stated yield or maturity.

The fair values of investment securities are impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of the Bancorp’s investment securities portfolio generally decreases when interest rates increase or when credit spreads widen. Total net unrealized losses on the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio were $4.3 billion and $5.4 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

TABLE 23: Characteristics of Available-for-Sale Debt and Other Securities
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)Amortized CostFair ValueWeighted-Average Life (in years)Weighted-Average Yield
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities:
Average life within one year$1,6821,6830.74.52%
Average life after one year through five years2,6762,6771.44.53
Total$4,3584,3601.14.53%
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year320.64.49
Average life after one year through five years1,3681,2573.82.84
Average life after five years through ten years4,3463,8666.53.57
Average life after ten years74355611.02.87
Total$6,4605,6816.43.33%
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:(a)
Average life within one year7066990.53.44
Average life after one year through five years10,2779,5243.22.64
Average life after five years through ten years10,0228,3357.32.64
Average life after ten years2,8482,27411.92.75
Total$23,85320,8325.92.68%
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year1,2921,2820.43.27
Average life after one year through five years1,3471,2832.43.17
Average life after five years through ten years1,8661,6026.72.77
Total$4,5054,1673.63.03%
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities:
Average life within one year6436350.53.07
Average life after one year through five years2,4892,3552.93.53
Average life after five years through ten years7877365.93.93
Average life after ten years5313.55.75
Total$3,9243,7293.23.54%
Other securities778778
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$43,87839,5475.03.08%

(a)Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.01%, 0.18% and 0.03% for securities with an average life between 5 and 10 years, average life greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

72 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 24: Characteristics of Held-to-Maturity Securities
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)Amortized Cost(b)Fair ValueWeighted-Average Life (in years)Weighted-Average Yield
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities:
Average life after one year through five years$2,3702,3443.02.45%
Total$2,3702,3443.02.45%
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities:
Average life after five years through ten years4,8984,7018.93.41
Total$4,8984,7018.93.41%
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:(a)
Average life within one year38380.23.59
Average life after one year through five years8618473.63.84
Average life after five years through ten years2,6502,5857.03.90
Average life after ten years45944811.14.70
Total$4,0083,9186.73.98%
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities:
Average life after ten years2210.88.02
Total$2210.88.02%
Total held-to-maturity securities$11,27810,9656.93.41%

(a)Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.60% and 0.08% for securities with an average life between 1 and 5 years, average life between 5 and 10 years, average life greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

(b)Includes a discount of $865 at December 31, 2024 pertaining to the unamortized portion of unrealized losses on HTM securities.

Other Short-Term Investments

Other short-term investments have original maturities less than one year and primarily include interest-bearing balances that are funds on deposit at the FRB or other depository institutions. The Bancorp uses other short-term investments as part of its liquidity risk management tools. Other short-term investments were $17.1 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $5.0 billion from December 31, 2023. This decrease was primarily associated with an increase in loans and leases, a decrease in retail brokered CDs and a decrease in total borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Deposits

The Bancorp’s deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp continues to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building full relationships and offering competitive rates and through its strategy of expanding retail presence in high-growth markets, such as in the Southeast. Average core deposits represented 77% and 76% of average total assets for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following table presents the end of period components of deposits:

TABLE 25: Components of Deposits
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20242023
Demand$41,03843,146
Interest checking59,15957,257
Savings17,14718,215
Money market36,60534,374
Foreign office147162
Total transaction deposits154,096153,154
CDs $250,000 or less10,79810,552
Total core deposits164,894163,706
CDs over $250,000(a)2,3585,206
Total deposits$167,252168,912

(a)Includes $1.3 billion and $4.4 billion of retail brokered CDs which are fully covered by FDIC insurance as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Core deposits increased $1.2 billion, or 1%, from December 31, 2023 primarily due to increases in transaction deposits and CDs $250,000 or less. Transaction deposits increased $942 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2023 primarily driven by increases in money market deposits and interest checking deposits, partially offset by decreases in demand deposits and savings deposits. In response to the higher interest rate environment, deposit balances have migrated from noninterest-bearing products or lower interest-bearing products into higher interest-bearing products. Money market deposits increased $2.2 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of higher balances per consumer customer account due to higher offering rates and the aforementioned balance migration. Interest checking deposits increased $1.9 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2023 primarily as a result of the aforementioned balance migration as well as commercial balance growth, partially offset by lower balances per consumer customer account. Demand deposits decreased $2.1 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2023

73 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

primarily as a result of the aforementioned balance migration and lower balances per commercial customer account, partially offset by higher balances per consumer customer account. Savings deposits decreased $1.1 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2023 primarily due to lower balances per consumer customer account, driven by increased consumer spending and the impact of consumer preferences for products with higher offering rates. CDs $250,000 or less increased $246 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2023 primarily due to new issuances which outpaced maturities given higher offering rate.

CDs over $250,000 decreased $2.8 billion, or 55% from December 31, 2023 primarily due to maturities of retail brokered CDs.

The following table presents the components of average deposits for the years ended December 31:

TABLE 26: Components of Average Deposits
($ in millions)20242023
Demand$40,31446,195
Interest checking58,59952,378
Savings17,59420,872
Money market36,16530,943
Foreign office158158
Total transaction deposits152,830150,546
CDs $250,000 or less10,5378,298
Total core deposits163,367158,844
CDs over $250,000(a)4,0695,332
Total average deposits$167,436164,176

(a)Includes $3.1 billion and $4.7 billion of retail brokered CDs which are fully covered by FDIC insurance for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

On an average basis, core deposits increased $4.5 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2023 due to increases in average transaction deposits and average CDs $250,000 or less. Average transaction deposits increased $2.3 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2023, primarily driven by increases in average interest checking deposits and average money market deposits, partially offset by decreases in average demand deposits and average savings deposits. Average CDs $250,000 or less increased $2.2 billion, or 27%, from December 31, 2023. Additionally, average CDs over $250,000 decreased $1.3 billion, or 24%, from December 31, 2023. The fluctuations in the average balances of deposits were driven by similar factors to those previously discussed with respect to the end of period balances.

Contractual maturities

The contractual maturities of CDs as of December 31, 2024 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 27: Contractual Maturities of CDs(a)
($ in millions)
Next 12 months$12,490
13-24 months611
25-36 months28
37-48 months9
49-60 months15
After 60 months3
Total CDs$13,156

(a)Includes CDs $250,000 or less and CDs over $250,000.

Deposit insurance

The FDIC generally provides a standard amount of insurance of $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each account ownership category defined by the FDIC. Depositors may qualify for coverage of accounts over $250,000 if they have funds in different ownership categories and all FDIC requirements are met. All deposits that an account owner has in the same ownership category at the same bank are added together and insured up to the standard insurance amount. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, approximately $100.6 billion, or 60%, and $97.6 billion, or 58%, respectively, of the Bancorp’s domestic deposits were estimated to be insured. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, approximately $66.5 billion and $71.1 billion, respectively, of the Bancorp’s domestic deposits were estimated to be uninsured. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, approximately $1.1 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, of time deposits were estimated to be uninsured. Where information is not readily available to determine the amount of insured deposits, the amount of uninsured deposits is estimated, consistent with the methodologies and assumptions utilized in providing information to the Bank’s regulators.

74 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Borrowings

The Bancorp accesses a variety of short-term and long-term funding sources. Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term and include federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings. Total average borrowings as a percent of average interest-bearing liabilities were 13% and 14% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following table summarizes the end of period components of borrowings:

TABLE 28: Components of Borrowings
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20242023
Federal funds purchased$204193
Other short-term borrowings4,4502,861
Long-term debt14,33716,380
Total borrowings$18,99119,434

Total borrowings decreased $443 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2023 primarily due to a decrease in long-term debt partially offset by an increase in other short-term borrowings. Long-term debt decreased $2.0 billion from December 31, 2023 primarily due to redemptions or maturities of $3.3 billion of notes, $496 million of paydowns associated with loan securitizations and $65 million of fair value adjustments associated with hedged long-term debt. These decreases were partially offset by the issuances of senior fixed-rate/floating-rate notes in January and September of 2024 totaling $1.8 billion during the year ended December 31, 2024. For additional information regarding the long-term debt issuances, refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Other short-term borrowings increased $1.6 billion from December 31, 2023 primarily due to increased funding needs resulting from loan growth and a decrease in retail brokered CDs. The level of other short-term borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and the sources that are used to satisfy those needs. For further information on the components of other short-term borrowings, refer to Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table summarizes the components of average borrowings:

TABLE 29: Components of Average Borrowings
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20242023
Federal funds purchased$207307
Other short-term borrowings3,0245,044
Long-term debt15,83514,260
Total average borrowings$19,06619,611

Total average borrowings decreased $545 million, or 3%, compared to December 31, 2023 primarily due to a decrease in average other short-term borrowings, partially offset by an increase in average long-term debt. Average other short-term borrowings decreased $2.0 billion compared to December 31, 2023 primarily due to lower FHLB advances outstanding. Average long-term debt increased $1.6 billion compared to December 31, 2023 primarily due to the issuances of senior fixed-rate/floating-rate notes in January and September of 2024 totaling $1.8 billion and fluctuations within the year in the amount of long-term FHLB advances outstanding. These increases were partially offset by redemptions or maturities of $3.3 billion of notes, $496 million of paydowns associated with loan securitizations and $65 million of fair value adjustments associated with hedged long-term debt during the year ended December 31, 2024. Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is discussed in the Net Interest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. In addition, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management.

75 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RISK MANAGEMENT – OVERVIEW

Effective risk management is critical to the Bancorp’s ongoing success and ensures that the Bancorp operates in a safe and sound manner, complies with applicable laws and regulations and safeguards the Bancorp’s brand and reputation. Risks are inherent in the Bancorp’s business and are influenced by both internal and external factors. The Bancorp is responsible for managing these risks effectively to deliver through-the-cycle value and performance for the Bancorp’s shareholders, customers, employees and communities.

Fifth Third’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which is approved annually by the ERMC, RCC and the Board of Directors, includes the following key elements:

•The Bancorp ensures transparency of risk through defined risk policies, governance and a reporting structure that includes the RCC, ERMC and other risk-specific management committees and councils.

•The Bancorp establishes a risk appetite in alignment with its strategic, financial and capital plans at the enterprise level and the line of business level. Risk appetite is defined using quantitative metrics and qualitative measures to ensure prudent risk taking that drives balanced decision making. The Bancorp’s goal is to ensure that aggregate residual risks do not exceed the Bancorp’s risk appetite, and that risks taken are supportive of the Bancorp’s portfolio diversification and profitability objectives. The Board and executive management approve the risk appetite, which is considered in the development of business strategies and forms the basis for enterprise risk management.

•The core principles that define the Bancorp’s risk appetite are as follows:

◦Conduct the Bancorp’s business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and in alignment with internal policies and procedures.

◦Act with integrity in all activities.

◦Understand the risks taken and ensure that they are in alignment with the Bancorp’s business strategies and risk appetite.

◦Avoid risks that cannot be understood, managed or monitored.

◦Provide transparency of risk to the Bancorp’s management and Board by escalating risks and issues as necessary.

◦Ensure Fifth Third’s products and services are designed, delivered and maintained to provide value and benefit to the Bancorp’s customers and to Fifth Third.

◦Only offer products or services that are appropriate or suitable for the Bancorp’s customers.

◦Focus on providing operational excellence by providing reliable, accurate and efficient services to meet customers’ needs.

◦Maintain a strong financial position to ensure the Bancorp meets its strategic objectives through all economic cycles and is able to access the capital markets at all times, even under stressed conditions.

◦Protect the Bancorp’s reputation by thoroughly understanding the consequences of business strategies, products and processes.

•Fifth Third’s culture and values provide the foundation for supporting sound risk management practices by setting expectations for appropriate conduct and accountability across the organization. All employees are expected to conduct themselves in alignment with Fifth Third’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which may be found on www.53.com, while carrying out their responsibilities. Fifth Third’s Management Compliance Committee provides oversight of business conduct policies, programs and strategies, and monitors reporting of potential misconduct, trends or themes across the enterprise. Prudent risk management is a responsibility that is expected from all employees and is a foundational element of Fifth Third’s culture.

•The Bancorp manages eight defined risk types to a prescribed appetite. The risk types are credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, price risk, legal and regulatory compliance risk, operational risk, reputation risk and strategic risk.

•The Bancorp identifies and monitors existing and potential risks that may impact the company’s risk profile, including emerging risks that create uncertainties and/or would have broad implications if materialized (e.g., contagion risks, climate change, etc.). Enhanced monitoring and action plans are implemented as necessary to proactively mitigate risk.

•Fifth Third’s Risk Management Process provides a consistent and integrated approach for managing risks. The five components of the Risk Management Process are: identify, assess, manage, monitor and report. The Bancorp has also established processes and programs to manage and report concentration risks, to ensure robust talent, performance and compensation management, and to aggregate risks across the enterprise.

Fifth Third drives accountability for managing risk through its Three Lines of Defense structure:

•The first line of defense is comprised of front-line units (and enterprise-wide functions that support front-line units) that create risk or are involved in risk-taking activities and are accountable for managing risk. These groups are the Bancorp’s primary risk takers and are responsible for implementing effective internal controls and maintaining processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting on the risks associated with their activities consistent with established risk appetite and limits.

•The second line of defense, or Independent Risk Management, consists of Enterprise and Non-Financial Risk Management, Capital Markets Risk Management, Compliance, Financial Crimes, Model Risk Management, Credit Risk Management and Credit Risk Review. The second line is responsible for developing enterprise frameworks and policies to govern risk-taking activities, providing challenge and oversight of those activities, advising on controlling risk, assessing risks and issues independent of the first line of defense, and providing input on key risk decisions. Risk Management complements the front line’s management of risk-taking activities through its monitoring and reporting responsibilities, including adherence to the Bancorp Risk Appetite. Additionally, the second line of defense is responsible for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting on aggregate risks enterprise-wide.

•The third line of defense is Internal Audit, which provides oversight of the first and second lines of defense, and independent assurance to the Board on the effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal controls.

76 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit risk management utilizes a framework that encompasses consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting credit risk. These processes are supported by a credit risk governance structure that includes Board oversight, policies, risk limits and risk committees.

The objective of the Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from the failure of a borrower or counterparty to honor its financial or contractual obligations to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices which are described below. These practices include the use of intentional risk-based limits for single name exposures and counterparty selection criteria designed to reduce or eliminate exposure to borrowers who have higher than average default risk and defined weaknesses in financial performance. The Bancorp carefully designs and monitors underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry, product and customer level as well as ongoing portfolio monitoring and timely management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Credit officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority based on risk and exposure amount, the use of which is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and Credit Risk Management manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function provides independent and objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk ratings and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp’s credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the ACL is based on quarterly assessments of the estimated losses expected in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to maintain an adequate ACL and record any necessary charge-offs. Certain loans and leases with probable or observed credit weaknesses receive enhanced monitoring and undergo a periodic review. Refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s credit rating categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions. In addition, stress testing is performed on various commercial and consumer portfolios utilizing various models. For certain portfolios, such as real estate and leveraged lending, stress testing is performed at the individual loan level during credit underwriting.

In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk rating systems. The first of these risk rating systems is based on regulatory guidance for credit risk rating systems. These ratings are used by the Bancorp to monitor and manage its credit risk. The Bancorp also separately maintains a dual risk rating system for credit approval and pricing, portfolio monitoring and capital allocation that includes a “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy for assessing a borrower’s creditworthiness. This “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy uses a grading scale that assigns ratings based on average default rates through an entire business cycle for borrowers with similar financial performance. The dual risk rating system includes thirteen categories for estimating probabilities of default and an additional eleven categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the regulatory risk rating system.

The Bancorp utilizes internally developed models to estimate expected credit losses for portfolio loans and leases. For loans and leases that are collectively evaluated, the Bancorp utilizes these models to forecast expected credit losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the Bancorp’s processes for developing these models, for estimating credit losses for periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period and for estimating credit losses for individually evaluated loans.

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimated probabilities of default are primarily based on the probability of default ratings assigned under the dual risk rating system and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The Bancorp also utilizes various scoring systems, analytical tools and portfolio performance monitoring processes to assess the credit risk of the consumer and residential mortgage portfolios.

77 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Commercial Portfolio

The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy seeks to minimize concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment, geography and credit product type. The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting.

The Bancorp is closely monitoring various economic factors and their impacts on commercial borrowers, including, but not limited to, the level of inflation, labor and supply chain issues, volatility and changes in consumer discretionary spending patterns, including debt and default levels. Additionally, despite recent cuts, borrowers are expected to experience lingering effects from higher-for-longer interest rates. The Bancorp maintains focus on disciplined client selection, adherence to underwriting policy and attention to concentrations.

The Bancorp provides loans to a variety of customers ranging from large multinational firms to middle market businesses, sole proprietors and high net worth individuals. The origination policies for commercial loans and leases outline the risks and underwriting requirements for businesses in various industries. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, collateral and leverage requirements, cash flow coverage measures and hold limits. The Bancorp aligns credit and sales teams with specific industry and regional expertise to better monitor and manage different industry and geographic segments of the portfolio.

78 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides detail on commercial loans and leases by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases:

TABLE 30: Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio (excluding loans and leases held for sale)
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposureNonaccrualOutstandingExposureNonaccrual
By Industry:
Real estate$14,37522,4296$12,55819,6794
Financial services and insurance9,50719,93919,99821,022
Manufacturing8,85019,230689,01019,10154
Healthcare5,6488,192765,4857,83113
Business services5,5969,7551135,91710,33950
Wholesale trade5,31510,305145,25910,4146
Accommodation and food4,3716,731184,3266,94625
Retail trade3,4958,429453,9539,84785
Communication and information3,3046,140743,1916,48260
Mining2,6765,8972,8135,940
Construction2,6746,815192,6566,39110
Transportation and warehousing2,3114,12472,3824,3265
Utilities1,8823,3261,8503,493
Entertainment and recreation1,7493,09151,6872,9648
Other services1,2151,79851,1811,6806
Agribusiness2045135300614
Public administration110160151240
Individuals11242977
Total$73,293136,898456$72,746137,386326
By Loan Size:
Less than $1 million5%5154%419
$1 million to $5 million75107611
$5 million to $10 million446545
$10 million to $25 million131122141123
$25 million to $50 million2422332423
Greater than $50 million475314465242
Total100%100100100100100
By State:
California10%8610%85
Illinois885985
Texas891991
Ohio81038116
Florida7687735
New York761276
Michigan556553
Georgia44164421
Indiana342331
Tennessee3310331
North Carolina331332
South Carolina32221
Other313230303119
Total100%100100100100100

The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner and nonowner-occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable), pro forma analysis requirements and interest rate sensitivity. The Bancorp requires a valuation of real estate collateral, which may include third-party appraisals, be performed at the time of origination and renewal in accordance with regulatory requirements and on an as-needed basis when market conditions justify. The Bancorp maintains an appraisal review department to order and review third-party appraisals in accordance with regulatory requirements. Nonaccrual assets with relationships exceeding $1 million are reviewed quarterly to assess the appropriateness of the value ascribed in the assessment of charge-offs and specific reserves. Additionally, collateral values are also reviewed at least annually for all criticized assets.

79 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Bancorp assesses all real estate and non-real estate collateral securing a loan and considers all cross-collateralized loans in the calculation of the LTV ratio. The following tables provide detail on the most recent LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans greater than $1 million, excluding commercial mortgage loans that are individually evaluated for an ACL and loans which do not have real estate as the primary collateral. The Bancorp does not typically aggregate the LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans less than $1 million.

TABLE 31: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$531373,753
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans2885,615
Total$534259,368
TABLE 32: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$532583,257
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans1295,121
Total$542878,378

The Bancorp views nonowner-occupied commercial real estate as a higher credit risk product compared to some other commercial loan portfolios due to the higher volatility of the industry.

The following tables provide an analysis of nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans, disaggregated by property location (excluding loans held for sale):

TABLE 33: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrual
By State:
Florida$1,5432,526
Illinois1,1231,2752
California1,0801,714
Texas9051,7142
Ohio8351,2311
Michigan775926
South Carolina699763
North Carolina572782
New York468524
Georgia429842
All other states2,8013,929
Total$11,23016,2265

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

80 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 34: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrual
By State:
Florida$1,4492,755
Illinois9121,0372
California1,3542,111
Texas6371,304
Ohio8621,085
Michigan7291,038
South Carolina460572
North Carolina3975751
New York339380
Georgia331627
All other states3,2624,732
Total$10,73216,2163

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Net charge-offs on nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2024 and net recoveries were $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Consumer Portfolio

The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of six categories of loans: residential mortgage loans, home equity, indirect secured consumer loans, credit card, solar energy installation loans and other consumer loans. The Bancorp has identified certain credit characteristics within these six categories of loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio. The Bancorp does not update LTVs for the consumer portfolio subsequent to origination except as part of the charge-off process for real estate secured loans. The Bancorp actively manages the consumer portfolio through concentration limits, which mitigate credit risk through limiting the exposure to lower FICO scores, higher LTVs, specific geographic concentration risks and additional risk elements.

The Bancorp continues to ensure that underwriting standards and guidelines adequately account for the broader economic conditions that the consumer portfolio faces in a high-rate environment and as rates begin to fall. Guidelines are designed to ensure that the various consumer products fall within the Bancorp’s risk appetite. These guidelines are monitored and adjusted as deemed appropriate in response to the prevailing economic conditions while remaining within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance limits.

The payment structures for certain variable rate products (such as residential mortgage loans, home equity and credit card) are susceptible to changes in benchmark interest rates. Previous increases in interest rates have caused minimum payments on these products to increase, raising the potential for the environment to be disruptive to some borrowers. Recent rate cuts and potential future decreases in interest rates may lessen these risks moving forward. The impacts of these rate changes will take time to manifest and their significance will be dependent on the size and number of current and future rate cuts. The Bancorp actively monitors the portion of its consumer portfolio that is susceptible to changes in minimum payments and continues to assess the impact on the overall risk appetite and soundness of the portfolio.

Residential mortgage portfolio

The Bancorp manages credit risk in the residential mortgage portfolio through underwriting guidelines that limit exposure to loan characteristics determined to influence credit risk. Additionally, the portfolio is governed by concentration limits that ensure product and channel diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio.

The Bancorp does not originate residential mortgage loans that permit customers to make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed-rate and ARM loans. Within the ARM portfolio, approximately $458 million of ARM loans will have rate resets during the next twelve months. Underlying characteristics of these borrowers are strong with a weighted-average origination debt-to-income ratio of 34% and weighted-average origination LTV of 72%. Approximately 43% of these loans are expected to experience an increase in rate upon reset. For those borrowers, rates are expected to increase by an average of approximately 1.9%, resulting in an average increase in monthly payment amount of approximately 26%.

Certain residential mortgage products have characteristics that may increase the Bancorp’s credit loss rates in the event of a decline in housing values. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTVs, multiple loans secured by the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% and interest-only loans. The Bancorp has deemed residential mortgage loans with greater than 80% LTVs and no mortgage insurance as loans that represent a higher level of risk. Approximately two-thirds of these loans consist of loans originated through the Bancorp’s loan program for doctors.

81 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 35: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans by LTV at Origination
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 80%$11,83663.5%$11,71862.7%
LTV 80%, with mortgage insurance(a)3,16595.52,99695.1
LTV 80%, no mortgage insurance2,54290.92,31291.1
Total$17,54373.5%$17,02672.4%

(a)Includes loans with either borrower or lender paid mortgage insurance.

The following tables provide an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by state with a greater than 80% LTV at origination and no mortgage insurance:

TABLE 36: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)Outstanding90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrual
By State:
Ohio$51817
Illinois5185
Florida4572
North Carolina202
Michigan1672
Indiana1652
Kentucky1301
All other states3855
Total$2,542124
TABLE 37: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)Outstanding90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrual
By State:
Ohio$5128
Illinois46214
Florida4071
North Carolina1631
Michigan1671
Indiana1662
Kentucky1231
All other states3125
Total$2,312123

Net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans with an LTV greater than 80% at origination and no mortgage insurance were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2024 and there were net recoveries of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Home equity portfolio

The Bancorp’s home equity portfolio of $4.2 billion is primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s newly originated home equity lines of credit have a 10-year interest-only draw period followed by a 20-year amortization period. The home equity line of credit previously offered by the Bancorp was a revolving facility with a 20-year term, minimum payments of interest-only and a balloon payment of principal at maturity. Approximately 21% of the outstanding balances of the Bancorp’s portfolio of home equity lines of credit have a balloon structure at maturity. Peak maturity years for the balloon home equity lines of credit are 2025 to 2028 and approximately $594 million of the balances mature before December 31, 2028.

The home equity portfolio is managed in two primary groups: loans outstanding with a combined LTV greater than 80% and those loans with an LTV of 80% or less based upon appraisals at origination. For additional information on these loans, refer to Table 39, Table 40 and Table 41. Of the total $4.2 billion of outstanding home equity loans:

•74% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana and Kentucky as of December 31, 2024;

82 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

•74% of non-delinquent borrowers made at least one payment greater than the minimum payment during the year ended December 31, 2024; and

•The portfolio had a weighted-average refreshed FICO score of 748 at December 31, 2024.

The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes adjustments in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp does not routinely obtain appraisals on performing loans to update LTVs after origination. However, the Bancorp monitors the local housing markets by reviewing various home price indices and incorporates the impact of the changing market conditions in its ongoing credit monitoring processes.

The following table provides an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon refreshed FICO score:

TABLE 38: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Refreshed FICO Score
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Senior Liens:
FICO ≤ 659$1113%$1092%
FICO 660-71916041875
FICO ≥ 7201,013241,05227
Total senior liens$1,28431%$1,34834%
Junior Liens:
FICO ≤ 65924262186
FICO 660-7195211246012
FICO ≥ 7202,141511,89048
Total junior liens$2,90469%$2,56866%
Total$4,188100%$3,916100%

The Bancorp believes that home equity portfolio loans with a greater than 80% LTV (including senior liens, if applicable) present a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the home equity portfolio loans outstanding in a senior and junior lien position by LTV at origination:

TABLE 39: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
Senior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%$1,14749.8%$1,19450.8%
LTV 80%13789.115488.9
Total senior liens$1,28454.2%$1,34855.4%
Junior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%2,08564.31,76864.9
LTV 80%81988.280088.7
Total junior liens$2,90471.3%$2,56872.7%
Total$4,18866.0%$3,91666.7%

83 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding by state with an LTV greater than 80% (including senior liens, if applicable) at origination:

TABLE 40: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposure90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrual
By State:
Ohio$2837617
Illinois1403375
Michigan1313583
Indiana1032513
Florida962142
Kentucky771962
All other states1263103
Total$9562,42725
TABLE 41: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposure90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrual
By State:
Ohio$2908086
Illinois14534614
Michigan1403942
Indiana962522
Florida862062
Kentucky812111
All other states1163043
Total$9542,521120

Net recoveries on home equity loans with an LTV greater than 80% at origination were $2 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Indirect secured consumer portfolio

The indirect secured consumer portfolio is comprised of $13.3 billion of automobile loans and $3.0 billion of indirect recreational vehicle, marine, motorcycle and powersport loans as of December 31, 2024. All concentration and guideline changes are monitored monthly to ensure alignment with original credit performance and return projections.

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon FICO score at origination:

TABLE 42: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$1771%$1891%
FICO 660-7193,040193,07521
FICO ≥ 72013,0968011,70178
Total$16,313100%$14,965100%

It is a common industry practice to advance on these types of loans an amount in excess of the collateral value due to the inclusion of negative equity trade-in, maintenance/warranty products, taxes, title and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk loans.

84 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 43: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 100%$11,82279.8%$10,97679.6%
LTV 100%4,491110.13,989110.2
Total$16,31388.1%$14,96587.7%

At December 31, 2024 and 2023, $24 million and $18 million, respectively, of the Bancorp’s nonaccrual indirect secured consumer portfolio loans had an LTV greater than 100% at origination. Net charge-offs on indirect secured consumer loans with an LTV greater than 100% at origination were $40 million for both the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Credit card portfolio

The credit card portfolio consists of predominantly prime accounts with 98% of balances existing within the Bancorp’s footprint at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, 72% and 71%, respectively, of the outstanding balances were originated through branch-based relationships with the remainder coming from direct mail campaigns and online acquisitions.

Given the variable nature of the credit card portfolio, interest rate increases impact this product and it is regularly monitored to ensure the portfolio remains within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance. Recent rate cuts and potential future decreases in interest rates may lessen these risks moving forward.

The following table provides an analysis of the Bancorp’s outstanding credit card portfolio disaggregated based upon FICO score at origination:

TABLE 44: Credit Card Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$785%$754%
FICO 660-7194702750327
FICO ≥ 7201,186681,28769
Total$1,734100%$1,865100%

Solar energy installation loans portfolio

The Bancorp originates point-of-sale solar energy installation loans through a network of approved installers. The Bancorp considers several factors when monitoring its solar energy installation loan portfolio, including concentrations by installer, concentrations by state and FICO distributions at origination. At both December 31, 2024 and 2023, loans originated through the Bancorp’s three largest approved installers represented approximately 23% of total balances outstanding in the solar energy installation loan portfolio.

The following table provides an analysis of solar energy installation portfolio loans outstanding by state:

TABLE 45: Solar Energy Installation Loans Outstanding by State
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingNonaccrualOutstandingNonaccrual
By State:
Florida$6751668016
California56285655
Texas50174578
Arizona36643264
Virginia22911901
Nevada1651130
Oregon165109
Colorado15811371
New York11890
Connecticut1033873
All other states1,1602395722
Total$4,202643,72860

85 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of solar energy installation portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon FICO score at origination:

TABLE 46: Solar Energy Installation Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$5%$6%
FICO 660-7196211555715
FICO ≥ 7203,576853,16585
Total$4,202100%$3,728100%

Other consumer loans portfolio

Other consumer portfolio loans are comprised of secured and unsecured loans originated through the Bancorp’s branch network, point-of-sale home improvement loans originated through a network of contractors and installers, and other point-of-sale loans originated or purchased in connection with third-party companies. Loans originated in connection with one third-party point-of-sale company are impacted by certain credit loss protection coverage provided by that company. The Bancorp discontinued origination of new loans with this third-party company in September 2022.

The following table provides an analysis of other consumer portfolio loans outstanding by product type:

TABLE 47: Other Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Product Type
20242023
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Other secured$91236%$89230%
Point-of-sale home improvement6232580927
Third-party point-of-sale5462282528
Unsecured4371746215
Total$2,518100%$2,988100%

86 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Analysis of Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 48. For further information on the Bancorp’s policies related to accounting for delinquent and nonperforming loans and leases, refer to the Nonaccrual Loans and Leases section of Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Nonperforming assets were $860 million at December 31, 2024 compared to $689 million at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024, $7 million of nonaccrual loans were held for sale, compared to $1 million at December 31, 2023.

Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO were 0.71% and 0.59% at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Nonaccrual loans and leases secured by real estate were 35% of nonaccrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2024 compared to 32% as of December 31, 2023.

Portfolio commercial nonaccrual loans and leases were $456 million at December 31, 2024, an increase of $130 million from December 31, 2023. Portfolio residential mortgage and consumer nonaccrual loans were $367 million at December 31, 2024, an increase of $44 million from December 31, 2023. Refer to Table 49 for a rollforward of portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases.

OREO and other repossessed property was $30 million and $39 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Bancorp recognized losses of $2 million and $8 million on the transfer, sale or write-down of OREO properties during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, approximately $64 million and $54 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized if the nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases had been current in accordance with their contractual terms. Although these values help demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest as nonaccrual loans and leases are generally carried below their principal balance.

TABLE 48: Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Delinquent Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20242023
Nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$374304
Commercial mortgage loans7920
Commercial construction loans11
Commercial leases21
Residential mortgage loans137124
Home equity7057
Indirect secured consumer loans5536
Credit card3234
Solar energy installation loans6460
Other consumer loans912
Total nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases(a)823649
OREO and other repossessed property(c)3039
Total nonperforming portfolio assets853688
Nonaccrual loans held for sale71
Total nonperforming assets$860689
Total portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing:
Commercial and industrial loans$58
Commercial leases1
Residential mortgage loans(b)67
Credit card2021
Total portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing$3236
Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO0.71%0.59
Nonperforming portfolio loans and leases as a percent of portfolio loans and leases0.690.55
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio loans and leases302383
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio assets291362

(a)Includes $18 and $19 of nonaccrual government-insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(b)Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. These advances were $163 and $141 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Bancorp recognized losses of $1 and $2 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these insured or guaranteed loans.

(c)Includes $12 and $20 of branch-related real estate no longer intended to be used for banking purposes as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

87 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide a rollforward of portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases, by portfolio segment:

TABLE 49: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential MortgageConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$326124199649
Transfers to nonaccrual status591683421,001
Transfers to accrual status(2)(24)(51)(77)
Transfers to held for sale(13)(13)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(180)(29)(67)(276)
Transfers to OREO(6)(17)(23)
Charge-offs(267)(178)(445)
Draws/other extensions of credit1427
Balance, end of period$456137230823
TABLE 50: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential MortgageConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$263124128515
Transfers to nonaccrual status45268401921
Transfers to accrual status(59)(29)(85)(173)
Transfers to held for sale(10)(10)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(158)(34)(65)(257)
Transfers to OREO(9)(12)(21)
Charge-offs(170)(169)(339)
Draws/other extensions of credit84113
Balance, end of period$326124199649

Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs

Net charge-offs were 45 bps and 32 bps of average portfolio loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Table 51 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases outstanding by loan category.

The ratio of commercial loan and lease net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio commercial loans and leases increased to 34 bps during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 20 bps during 2023, primarily due to an increase in net charge-offs on commercial and industrial loans of $87 million.

The ratio of consumer loan net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio consumer loans increased to 64 bps during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 52 bps during 2023, primarily due to increases in net charge-offs on solar energy installation loans and indirect secured consumer loans of $30 million and $18 million, respectively.

88 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 51: Summary of Credit Loss Experience
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
Losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(264)(168)(121)
Commercial mortgage loans(1)(1)
Commercial construction loans(1)(3)
Commercial leases(2)(7)
Residential mortgage loans(2)(4)(3)
Home equity(6)(8)(9)
Indirect secured consumer loans(139)(110)(68)
Credit card(87)(82)(68)
Solar energy installation loans(63)(27)(2)
Other consumer loans(a)(122)(121)(81)
Total losses charged-off$(686)(522)(362)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$221325
Commercial mortgage loans131
Commercial construction loans1
Commercial leases13
Residential mortgage loans445
Home equity7711
Indirect secured consumer loans493832
Credit card191816
Solar energy installation loans711
Other consumer loans(a)454940
Total recoveries of losses previously charged-off$154134135
Net losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(242)(155)(96)
Commercial mortgage loans21
Commercial construction loans(1)(2)
Commercial leases(2)1(4)
Residential mortgage loans22
Home equity1(1)2
Indirect secured consumer loans(90)(72)(36)
Credit card(68)(64)(52)
Solar energy installation loans(56)(26)(1)
Other consumer loans(77)(72)(41)
Total net losses charged-off$(532)(388)(227)
Net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans0.46%0.270.17
Commercial mortgage loans(0.02)(0.01)
Commercial construction loans0.020.04
Commercial leases0.07(0.04)0.13
Total commercial loans and leases0.34%0.200.13
Residential mortgage loans(0.01)(0.01)
Home equity(0.01)0.03(0.05)
Indirect secured consumer loans0.570.450.21
Credit card3.983.552.98
Solar energy installation loans1.410.890.25
Other consumer loans2.792.321.33
Total consumer loans0.64%0.520.29
Total net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases0.45%0.320.19

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Bancorp recorded $28, $35 and $32, respectively, in both losses charged-off and recoveries of losses previously charged-off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

89 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. As described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases (as adjusted for prepayments). The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses quantitative models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL in order to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit losses but are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These may include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. These may also include adjustments, when deemed necessary, for specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters and their effects on regional borrowers, changes in product structures or changes in economic conditions that are not reflected in the quantitative credit loss models. Qualitative factor adjustments may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology. Given the diverse circumstances that necessitate the consideration of qualitative factors, the specific factors which are determined to be relevant and their relative significance to the ALLL vary from period to period.

In addition to the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for unfunded commitments is included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimates for probability of default are primarily based on internal ratings assigned to each commercial borrower on a 13-point scale and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions.

At both December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Bancorp used three forward-looking economic scenarios during the reasonable and supportable forecast period in its expected credit loss models to address the inherent imprecision in macroeconomic forecasting. Each of the three scenarios was developed by a third party that is subject to the Bancorp’s Third-Party Risk Management program including oversight by the Bancorp’s independent model risk management group. The scenarios included a most likely outcome (Baseline) and two less probable scenarios with one being more favorable than the Baseline and the other being less favorable. The more favorable alternative scenario (Upside) depicted a stronger near-term growth outlook while the less favorable outlook (Downside) depicted a moderate recession.

The Baseline scenario was developed such that the expectation is that the economy will perform better than the projection 50% of the time and worse than the projection 50% of the time. The Upside scenario was developed such that there is a 10% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 90% probability that it will perform worse. The Downside scenario was developed such that there is a 90% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 10% probability that it will perform worse.

December 31, 2024 ACL

The ACL as of December 31, 2024 decreased $2 million from December 31, 2023, as the favorable impacts of improvements in the risk profile of the loan and lease portfolio and changes in consumer loan portfolio mix were partially offset by the impacts of higher period-end loan and lease balances and increases in specific reserves. As of December 31, 2024, the Bancorp’s macroeconomic scenarios included estimates of the expected impacts of the changes in economic conditions caused by expected interest rate cuts and geopolitical risks. At December 31, 2024, the Bancorp assigned an 80% probability weighting to the Baseline scenario and 10% to each of the Upside and Downside scenarios.

90 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

During the fourth quarter of 2024, economic growth remained resilient despite restrictive monetary policy. The FOMC continues to seek a soft landing for the economy while balancing the risks of cutting rates too soon with the risks of maintaining a restrictive policy for too long. Seeing positive momentum in inflation trending toward its long-term target of 2%, the FOMC cut the federal funds rate by 25 bps in both November and December 2024.

The Baseline scenario used in the December 31, 2024 ACL assumed that the normalization of inflation rates will take longer than previously expected when considering recent trends and additional inflationary pressures that may arise from changes in U.S. fiscal, tariff and immigration policies. This scenario assumed a rise in inflation mid-2025, increasing to 2.7% by the end of 2026 and not approaching the 2% target before early 2027. In response to fiscal tightening and high interest rates, this scenario also assumed that real GDP growth would be below trend in the near term but that the unemployment rate will remain steady. The Baseline scenario assumed an average annual real GDP growth rate of 2.2% for 2025, followed by 1.6% in 2026 and 1.8% in 2027. The Baseline scenario also assumed an average unemployment rate of 4.1% for 2025, 2026 and 2027. While the Treasury rate environment is relatively stable with the 10-year yield remaining in a range between 4.24% and 4.33%, credit spreads are projected to expand from 1.5% at the start of the scenario to a peak of 2.60% in early 2027. Lastly, the Baseline scenario assumed additional cuts to the target federal funds rate beyond 2024, with an average federal funds rate of 4.1% in 2025 that decreases to an average of 3.4% and 3.0% in 2026 and 2027, respectively.

The Upside scenario assumed that, on an average annual basis, the change in real GDP is 3.2% in 2025, 2.4% in 2026 and 2.0% in 2027. The Upside scenario also assumed an average unemployment rate of 3.3% in both 2025 and 2026 and 3.5% in 2027. 10-year Treasury yields are fairly stable reaching a peak of 4.43% at the end of 2025, while credit spreads are consistent with the baseline scenario peaking at 2.57% in 2027. In the Upside scenario, the forecast for federal funds rate cuts was generally consistent with the Baseline scenario.

The Downside scenario included significant worsening of economic conditions, causing the U.S. economy to fall into a recession in the first quarter of 2025. The Downside scenario assumed that real GDP declines from the fourth quarter of 2024 through the third quarter of 2025, with a cumulative decline of 2.6%, modestly recovering to an average annualized GDP growth rate of 0.4% for the full year of 2026 and 2.7% for the full year of 2027. The Downside scenario assumed an average unemployment rate of 7.3% in 2025, increasing to an average of 8.0% in 2026 and decreasing to an average of 6.6% in 2027. The 10-year treasury yield increases to 4.51% in mid-2025, then drops to 3.07% by the end of the third quarter of 2025. Credit spreads also expand in this scenario reaching a peak of 3.89% in the third quarter of 2025. In the Downside scenario, the forecast for the federal funds rate included steeper rate cuts than the Baseline scenario, with average target rates of 4.1% in 2025, followed by 1.7% and 1.1% in 2026 and 2027, respectively.

The Bancorp’s qualitative adjustments resulted in a net increase to the ACL as of December 31, 2024, primarily driven by a qualitative increase in the ACL for the commercial portfolio segment. These qualitative adjustments primarily reflect the Bancorp’s expectations that additional credit losses may be present in its portfolio loans and leases beyond what is predictable through the use of quantitative models. The qualitative increase for the commercial portfolio segment was primarily driven by additional allowances for certain nonowner-occupied commercial loans secured by real estate, particularly loans secured by office buildings, based on current challenges in the commercial real estate market that are not fully reflected in the Bancorp’s quantitative models. These challenges include, but are not limited to, an imbalance between supply and demand in the market for commercial real estate properties and pressures on borrowers and property valuations resulting from elevated interest rates. Specific to office properties, the Bancorp has also observed industry data indicating that the office sector of the commercial real estate market continues to lag behind others in terms of property values, driven in part by lessened demand as a result of the increased prevalence of remote work across many professions since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The Bancorp’s quantitative credit loss models are sensitive to changes in economic forecast assumptions over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. Applying a 100% probability weighting to the Downside scenario rather than using the probability-weighted three scenario approach would result in an increase in the quantitative ACL of approximately $2.1 billion. This sensitivity calculation only reflects the impact of changing the probability weighting of the scenarios in the quantitative credit loss models and excludes any additional considerations associated with the qualitative component of the ACL that might be warranted if probability weights were adjusted.

91 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides a rollforward of the Bancorp’s ACL:

TABLE 52: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202420232022
ALLL:
Balance, beginning of period$2,3222,1941,892
Losses charged-off(a)(686)(522)(362)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off(a)154134135
Provision for loan and lease losses562565529
Impact of adoption of ASU 2022-02(49)
Balance, end of period$2,3522,3222,194
Reserve for unfunded commitments:
Balance, beginning of period$166216182
(Benefit from) provision for the reserve for unfunded commitments(32)(50)34
Balance, end of period$134166216

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Bancorp recorded $28, $35 and $32, respectively, in both losses charged-off and recoveries of losses previously charged-off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

92 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an attribution of the Bancorp’s ALLL to portfolio loans and leases:

TABLE 53: Attribution of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Portfolio Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20242023
Attributed ALLL:
Commercial and industrial loans$728767
Commercial mortgage loans351284
Commercial construction loans5966
Commercial leases1613
Residential mortgage loans146145
Home equity106102
Indirect secured consumer loans311271
Credit card165227
Solar energy installation loans351292
Other consumer loans119155
Total ALLL$2,3522,322
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$52,27153,270
Commercial mortgage loans12,24611,276
Commercial construction loans5,5885,621
Commercial leases3,1882,579
Residential mortgage loans(a)17,54317,026
Home equity4,1883,916
Indirect secured consumer loans16,31314,965
Credit card1,7341,865
Solar energy installation loans4,2023,728
Other consumer loans2,5182,988
Total portfolio loans and leases$119,791117,234
Attributed ALLL as a percent of respective portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans1.39%1.44
Commercial mortgage loans2.872.52
Commercial construction loans1.061.17
Commercial leases0.500.50
Residential mortgage loans0.830.85
Home equity2.532.60
Indirect secured consumer loans1.911.81
Credit card9.5212.17
Solar energy installation loans8.357.83
Other consumer loans4.735.19
Total ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.96%1.98
Total ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases2.082.12

(a) Includes $108 and $116 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The Bancorp’s ALLL may vary significantly from period to period based on changes in economic conditions, economic forecasts and the composition and credit quality of the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio. For additional information on the Bancorp’s methodology for measuring the ACL, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

93 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTEREST RATE AND PRICE RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from movement of interest rates. This risk primarily impacts the Bancorp’s income categories through changes in interest income on earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and through fee items that are related to interest-sensitive activities such as mortgage origination and servicing income and through earnings credits earned on commercial deposits that offset commercial deposit fees. Price risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from changes in the value of financial instruments and portfolios due to movements in interest rates, volatilities, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk may occur for any one or more of the following reasons:

•Assets and liabilities mature or reprice at different times;

•Short-term and long-term market interest rates change by different amounts; or

•The expected maturities of various assets or liabilities shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on NII and interest-sensitive fees, interest rates can impact earnings through their effect on loan and deposit demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volumes, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Changes in interest rates and other market factors can impact earnings through changes in the value of portfolios, if not appropriately hedged. Stability of the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk and to a lesser extent price risk.

Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s on- and off-balance sheet composition, earnings flows, and hedging strategies and models interest rate risk and price risk exposures, and possible actions to manage these risks, given numerous possible future interest rate and market factor scenarios. A series of key risk indicators and early warning indicators are employed to ensure that risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance for interest rate risk and price risk.

The Commercial Banking and Wealth and Asset Management lines of business manage price risk for capital markets sales and trading activities related to their respective businesses. The Consumer and Small Business Banking line of business manages price risk for the origination and sale of conforming residential mortgage loans to government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises. The Bancorp’s Treasury department manages interest rate risk and price risk for all other activities. Independent oversight is provided by ERM and Board-approved key risk indicators are used to ensure risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance.

The Bancorp’s Market Risk Management Committee, which includes senior management representatives and reports to the Corporate Credit Committee (accountable to the ERMC), provides oversight and monitors price risk for the capital markets sales and trading activities. The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERMC, provides oversight and monitors interest rate and price risks, including those for Mortgage and Treasury activities.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity

The Bancorp employs a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of NII to changes in interest rates. The model is based on contractual and estimated cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and attrition rates of certain liabilities. The model also includes senior management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. The NII simulation model does not represent a forecast of the Bancorp’s net interest income but is a tool utilized to assess the risk of the impact of changing market interest rates across a range of market interest rate environments. As a result, actual results will differ from simulated results for multiple reasons, which may include actual balance sheet composition differences, timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, deviations from projected customer behavioral assumptions as well as from changes in market conditions and management strategies.

As of December 31, 2024, the Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is governed by a risk framework that utilizes the change in NII over 12-month and 24-month horizons under parallel and non-parallel increases and decreases in interest rates. Risk appetite thresholds are utilized for scenarios assuming a 200 bps increase and a 200 bps decrease in interest rates over 12-month and 24-month horizons. The Bancorp routinely analyzes various potential and extreme scenarios, including parallel ramps and shocks as well as steepening and other non-parallel shifts in rates, to assess where risks to net interest income persist or develop as changes in the balance sheet and market rates evolve, and employs key risk indicators and early warning indicators to monitor and manage exposures under these types of scenarios. Additionally, the Bancorp routinely evaluates its exposures to changes in the basis between interest rates.

In order to recognize the risk of noninterest-bearing demand deposit balance migration or attrition in a rising interest rate environment, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes additional attrition of approximately $470 million of demand deposit balances over a period of 24 months for each 100 bps increase in short-term market interest rates. Similarly, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling incorporates approximately $470 million of incremental growth in noninterest-bearing deposit balances over 24 months for each 100 bps decrease in short-term market interest rates. The incremental balance attrition and growth are modeled to flow into and out of funding products that reprice in conjunction with short-term market rate changes.

94 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Another important deposit modeling assumption is the amount by which interest-bearing deposit rates will increase or decrease when market interest rates increase or decrease. This deposit repricing sensitivity is known as the beta, and it represents the expected amount by which the Bancorp’s interest-bearing deposit rates will change for a given change in short-term market rates. The Bancorp utilizes dynamic deposit beta models to adjust assumed repricing sensitivity depending on market rate levels. The dynamic beta models were developed utilizing the Bancorp’s performance during prior interest rate cycles. Since the beginning of the recent tightening cycle in early 2022 and through December 31, 2024, the Bancorp’s actual cumulative interest-bearing deposit beta was approximately 55%-60%. Using the dynamic beta models, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes weighted-average rising-rate interest-bearing deposit betas at the end of the ramped parallel scenarios of approximately 75%-80% for both a 100 bps and 200 bps increase in rates. In the event of continued rate cuts, this approach assumes a weighted-average falling-rate interest-bearing deposit beta at the end of the ramped parallel scenarios of approximately 65%-70% for both a 100 bps and 200 bps decrease in rates. In falling rate scenarios, deposit rate floors are utilized to ensure modeled deposit rates will not become negative. NII simulation modeling assumes no lag between the timing of changes in market rates and the timing of deposit repricing despite such timing lags having occurred in prior rate cycles. Future actual performance will be dependent on market conditions, the level of competition for deposits and the magnitude of continued interest rate increases. The Bancorp provides sensitivity analysis in Tables 55 and 56 for key assumptions related to its deposit modeling, including beta and demand deposit balance performance.

The Bancorp continually evaluates the sensitivity of its interest rate risk measures to these important deposit modeling assumptions. The Bancorp also regularly monitors the sensitivity of other important modeling assumptions, such as loan and security prepayments and early withdrawals on fixed-rate customer liabilities.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile and policy limits as of December 31:

TABLE 54: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile and Policy Limits
20242023
% Change in NII (FTE)Policy Limit% Change in NII (FTE)Policy Limit
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(3.57)%(4.00)(6.00)(7.00)(2.55)%(4.89)(5.00)(6.00)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(1.75)(1.84)N/AN/A(1.26)(2.30)N/AN/A
-100 Ramp over 12 months0.940.24N/AN/A0.280.32N/AN/A
-200 Ramp over 12 months1.57(0.27)(6.00)(7.00)0.17(0.19)(5.00)(6.00)

Table 54 presents the change in estimated net interest income for 12 month and 13-24 month horizons for alternative interest rate scenarios relative to the net interest income projection for a static rate scenario for those same time horizons. As previously mentioned, these numbers do not represent a forecast, but are instead risk measures that are monitored to evaluate the consolidated interest rate risk position of the Bancorp. At December 31, 2024, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity in the rising-rate scenarios is negative in years one and two as interest expense is expected to increase more than interest income due to deposit repricing and balance migration estimates given the high interest rate environment. The Bancorp’s NII simulation projects an increase in NII in years one and two under the parallel 100 bps ramp decrease in interest rates and in year one in the 200 bps ramp decrease in interest rates, driven by an expectation that deposits would reprice faster than earning assets. However, in year two, some deposits have reached their floors but assets continue to reprice to lower rates, generating less NII. The changes in the estimated NII sensitivity profile compared to December 31, 2023 were primarily attributable to increases in fixed-rate loans and interest-bearing core deposits combined with reduced wholesale funding.

Tables 55 and 56 provide the sensitivity of the Bancorp’s estimated NII profile at December 31, 2024 to changes to certain deposit balance and deposit repricing sensitivity (beta) assumptions.

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with an immediate $1 billion decrease and an immediate $1 billion increase in demand deposit balances as of December 31, 2024:

TABLE 55: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2024 with a $1 Billion Change in Demand Deposit Assumption
% Change in NII (FTE)
Immediate $1 Billion Balance DecreaseImmediate $1 Billion Balance Increase
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(4.46)%(4.97)(2.68)(3.03)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(2.56)(2.66)(0.95)(1.02)
-100 Ramp over 12 months0.32(0.27)1.570.75
-200 Ramp over 12 months1.03(0.63)2.110.10

95 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with a 10% increase and a 10% decrease to the corresponding deposit beta assumptions as of December 31, 2024:

TABLE 56: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2024 with Deposit Beta Assumptions Changes
% Change in NII (FTE)
Betas 10% Higher(a)Betas 10% Lower(a)
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(5.17)%(6.95)(2.06)(1.37)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(2.55)(3.30)(1.00)(0.54)
-100 Ramp over 12 months1.671.520.26(0.90)
-200 Ramp over 12 months2.982.070.23(2.31)

(a)Applies a +/- 10% multiple on assumed betas.

Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity

The Bancorp also uses EVE as a measurement tool to govern and manage its interest rate risk exposure. The exposure is governed by a risk framework that uses risk appetite thresholds for scenarios assuming an instantaneous 200 bps increase and a 200 bps decrease in interest rates. The Bancorp routinely analyzes exposures to other interest rate scenarios and employs key risk indicators to monitor and manage exposures. Whereas the NII sensitivity analysis highlights the impact on forecasted NII on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) over one- and two-year time horizons, EVE is a point-in-time analysis of the economic sensitivity of current balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions that incorporates all cash flows over their estimated remaining lives. The EVE of the balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of all asset and net derivative cash flows less the discounted value of all liability cash flows. Due to this longer horizon, the sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate any assumptions related to continued production or renewal activities used in the NII sensitivity analysis. As with the NII simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of existing balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving loan and security prepayments and the expected balance attrition and pricing of indeterminate-lived deposits.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated EVE sensitivity profile as of December 31:

TABLE 57: Estimated EVE Sensitivity Profile
20242023
Change in Interest Rates (bps)% Change in EVEPolicy Limit% Change in EVEPolicy Limit
+200 Shock(6.57)%(12.00)(3.68)(12.00)
+100 Shock(3.04)N/A(1.49)N/A
-100 Shock1.79N/A0.65N/A
-200 Shock2.48(12.00)(1.67)(12.00)

The EVE sensitivity is negative in both a +200 bps and +100 bps rising-rate scenario and positive in both a -200 bps and -100 bps falling-rate scenario at December 31, 2024. The changes in the estimated EVE sensitivity profile from December 31, 2023 were primarily related to changes in forward interest rate expectations, mix-shift of deposit composition into higher beta products, an increase in fixed-rate loans and reduced wholesale funding, which was partially offset by shortening of the investment portfolio duration.

While an instantaneous shift in spot interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not account for factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate or exacerbate the impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulations and EVE analyses do not necessarily include certain actions that management may undertake to manage risk in response to actual changes in interest rates.

The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to a static balance sheet forecast, basis risks relative to the Prime Rate and various SOFR terms, yield curve twist risks and embedded options risks. In addition, the impacts on NII on an FTE basis and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates are modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment-specific scenarios.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its

96 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, forward starting interest rate swaps, options, swaptions and TBA securities.

Tables 58 and 59 show all swap and floor positions that are utilized for purposes of managing the Bancorp’s exposures to the variability of interest rates. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index, to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognized asset attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate or to hedge forecasted transactions for the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate. The volume, maturity and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently as the Bancorp adjusts its broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following tables present additional information about the interest rate swaps and floors used in Fifth Third’s asset and liability management activities:

TABLE 58: Summary of Qualifying Hedging Instruments
Weighted-Average
As of December 31, 2024 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining (years)Fixed RateIndex
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$11,000(2)5.73.05%SOFR
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)1,00017.03.20SOFR
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)4,00037.13.50SOFR
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed4,955(11)4.75.04SOFR
Total interest rate swaps$20,955(9)

(a)Forward starting swaps will become effective in January and February 2025.

TABLE 59: Summary of Qualifying Hedging Instruments
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining (years)Fixed RateIndex
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$8,000(9)4.43.02%SOFR
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)6,00057.83.11SOFR
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)4,0008.13.50SOFR
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed5,955(32)4.95.18SOFR
Total interest rate swaps$23,955(36)
Interest rate floors related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$3,00011.02.25SOFR

(a)Forward starting swaps will become effective on various dates between June 2024 and February 2025.

Additionally, as part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its residential mortgage banking activities, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted for as free-standing derivatives to economically hedge IRLCs that are also considered free-standing derivatives. The Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to residential mortgage loans held for sale through the use of forward contracts and mortgage options as well. Refer to the Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk section for the discussion of the use of derivatives to economically hedge this exposure.

The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge market risks assumed in interest rate derivative contracts with commercial customers. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of the counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of interest rate volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

97 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk

Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established.

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases, excluding interest receivable, disaggregated by scheduled principal repayment, as of December 31, 2024:

TABLE 60: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases
($ in millions)Due in 1 year or lessDue after 1 year through 5 yearsDue after 5 years through 15 yearsDue after 15 yearsTotal
Commercial and industrial loans$11,58138,5822,0882052,271
Commercial mortgage loans3,7637,1471,23210412,246
Commercial construction loans2,1883,21917475,588
Commercial leases7632,090254813,188
Total commercial loans and leases18,29551,0383,74821273,293
Residential mortgage loans9362,9146,4797,21417,543
Home equity2795773792,9534,188
Indirect secured consumer loans3,3129,6382,90046316,313
Credit card1,7341,734
Solar energy installation loans1945501,7561,7024,202
Other consumer loans1,026887556492,518
Total consumer loans7,48114,56612,07012,38146,498
Total portfolio loans and leases$25,77665,60415,81812,593119,791

The following table displays a summary of cash flows, excluding interest receivable, occurring after one year for both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate loans and leases as of December 31, 2024:

TABLE 61: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases Occurring After One Year
Interest Rate
($ in millions)FixedFloating or Adjustable
Commercial and industrial loans$4,33836,352
Commercial mortgage loans1,9566,527
Commercial construction loans1233,277
Commercial leases2,425
Total commercial loans and leases8,84246,156
Residential mortgage loans12,4104,197
Home equity3543,555
Indirect secured consumer loans12,9947
Solar energy installation loans4,008
Other consumer loans1,252240
Total consumer loans31,0187,999
Total portfolio loans and leases$39,86054,155

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk

The fair value of the residential MSR portfolio was $1.7 billion at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. For further information on the significant drivers and components of the valuation adjustments on MSRs, refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates. The Bancorp may adjust its hedging strategy to reflect its assessment of the composition of its MSR portfolio, the cost of hedging and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedges given the economic environment. Refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on servicing rights and the instruments used to hedge price risk on MSRs.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Bancorp may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $861 million and $1.0 billion, respectively. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure

98 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

to foreign currency fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of price risk from interest rate derivative contracts entered into with commercial customers, the Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven foreign exchange activity. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of currency volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits performed by independent risk management.

Commodity Risk

The Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure to commodity price fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of foreign exchange and price risk from interest rate derivative contracts, the Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven commodity activity. The Bancorp may also offset this risk with exchange-traded commodity contracts. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of commodity volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management.

99 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals and other contractual obligations. Mitigating liquidity risk is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of cash and investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the debt markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp’s Treasury department manages funding and liquidity based on point-in-time metrics as well as forward-looking projections, which incorporate different sources and uses of funds under base and stress scenarios. Liquidity risk is monitored and managed by the Treasury department with independent oversight provided by ERM, and a series of Policy Limits and Key Risk Indicators are established to ensure risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance. The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan that provides for liquidity stress testing, which assesses the liquidity needs under varying market conditions, time horizons, asset growth rates and other events. The contingency plan provides for ongoing monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. The contingency plan also outlines the Bancorp’s response to various levels of liquidity stress and actions that should be taken during various scenarios.

Liquidity risk is monitored and managed for both Fifth Third Bancorp and its subsidiaries. The Bancorp (parent company) receives substantially all of its liquidity from dividends from its subsidiaries, primarily Fifth Third Bank, National Association. Subsidiary dividends are supplemented with term debt to enable the Bancorp to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet its cash obligations, including debt service and scheduled maturities, common and preferred dividends, unfunded commitments to subsidiaries and other planned capital actions in the form of share repurchases. Liquidity resources are more limited at the Bancorp, making its liquidity position more susceptible to market disruptions. Bancorp liquidity is assessed using a cash coverage horizon, ensuring the entity maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a period of sustained market disruption while meeting its anticipated obligations over an extended stressed horizon.

The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERMC, monitors and manages liquidity and funding risk within Board-approved policy limits. In addition to the risk management activities of ALCO, the Bancorp has a liquidity risk management function as part of ERM that provides independent oversight of liquidity risk management.

Sources of Funds

The Bancorp’s primary sources of funds include revenue from noninterest income as well as cash flows from loan and lease repayments, payments from securities related to sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases and funds generated by core deposits, in addition to the use of borrowings.

Table 60 of the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A presents information about the timing of cash flows from loan and lease repayments. The Bancorp’s available-for-sale debt and other securities and held-to-maturity securities portfolios had a fair value of $50.5 billion at December 31, 2024. From these portfolios, $8.2 billion in principal and interest payments are expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $8.6 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the Bancorp’s securities portfolio, refer to the Investment Securities subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the Bancorp’s ability to monetize loans, leases and investment securities through a variety of channels, including repurchase agreements, outright sales, securitizations or pledging to secured borrowing sources. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long-term, fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to FHLMC or FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as certain other residential mortgage loans, certain commercial loans and leases, home equity loans, automobile loans, solar energy installation loans and other consumer loans are also capable of being securitized or sold. The Bancorp sold or securitized loans and leases totaling $4.4 billion during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $7.1 billion during the year ended December 31, 2023. For further information, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Core deposits have historically provided the Bancorp with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. The Bancorp’s average core deposits and average shareholders’ equity funded 86% and 85% of its average total assets for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs.

In June of 2023, the Board of Directors authorized $10.0 billion of debt or other securities for issuance, of which $7.0 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance as of December 31, 2024. The Bancorp is authorized to file any necessary registration statements with the SEC to permit ready access to the public securities markets; however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions. The Bancorp issued and sold fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes of $1.0 billion in January 2024 and $750 million in September 2024, as further discussed in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

100 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

As of December 31, 2024, the Bank’s global bank note program had a borrowing capacity of $25.0 billion, of which $20.4 billion was available for issuance. Additionally, at December 31, 2024, the Bank had approximately $67.6 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources, including the FRB and the FHLB. For further information on a subsequent event related to long-term debt, refer to Note 32.

Current Liquidity Position

The Bancorp maintains a strong liquidity profile driven by strong core deposit funding and over $100 billion in current available liquidity. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for more information regarding the Bancorp’s deposit portfolio characteristics. The Bancorp maintains a liquidity profile focused on core deposit and stable long-term funding sources, while supplementing with a variety of secured and unsecured wholesale funding sources across the maturity spectrum, which allows for the effective management of concentration and rollover risk. The Bancorp’s investment portfolio remains highly concentrated in liquid and readily marketable instruments and is a significant source of secured borrowing capacity via several monetization channels. As part of its liquidity management activities, the Bancorp maintains collateral at its secured funding providers to ensure immediate availability of funding. Additionally, the Bancorp executes periodic test trades to assess the operational processes and market depth associated with its secured funding sources.

As of December 31, 2024, the Bancorp (parent company) had sufficient liquidity to meet contractual obligations and all preferred and common dividends without accessing the capital markets or receiving upstream dividends from the Bank subsidiary for 33 months.

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under various types of contracts. In addition to commitments to extend credit and letters of credit (which are further discussed in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements), these include deposits, lease obligations, partnership investment commitments, derivative contracts, borrowings, and pension benefit payments. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A and Notes 9, 12, 14, 16, 17 and 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these contractual obligations.

Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp and Bank are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the Bancorp’s or Bank’s credit ratings could affect its ability to access the credit markets and increase its borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting the Bancorp’s or Bank’s financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s and Bank’s credit ratings are summarized in Table 62. The ratings reflect the ratings agency’s view on the Bancorp’s and Bank’s capacity to meet financial commitments.*

*As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

TABLE 62: Agency Ratings
As of February 24, 2025Moody’sStandard and Poor’sFitchDBRS Morningstar
Fifth Third Bancorp:
Short-term borrowingsNo ratingA-2F1R-1L
Senior debtBaa1BBB+A-A
Subordinated debtBaa1BBBBBB+AL
Fifth Third Bank, National Association:
Short-term borrowingsP-2A-2F1R-1M
Short-term depositP-1No ratingF1No rating
Long-term depositA1No ratingAAH
Senior debtA3A-A-AH
Subordinated debtA3BBB+BBB+A
Rating Agency Outlook for Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association:StableStableStableStable

101 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events that are neither market- nor credit-related. Operational risk is inherent in the Bancorp’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, poor design or delivery of products and services, cybersecurity or physical security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of third parties to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, reputational damage, litigation and regulatory fines or other damage to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of its businesses, the markets in which it operates and the competitive and regulatory environment to which it is subject.

To control, monitor and govern operational risk, the Bancorp maintains an overall Enterprise Risk Management Framework which comprises governance oversight, risk assessment, capital measurement, monitoring and reporting as well as a formal three lines of defense approach. ERM is responsible for prescribing the framework to the lines of business and corporate functions and providing independent oversight of its implementation (second line of defense). Business Controls groups are in place in each of the lines of business to ensure consistent implementation and execution of managing day-to-day operational risk (first line of defense).

The Bancorp’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework consists of five integrated components, including identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and independent governance reporting of risk. The corporate Operational Risk Management function within Enterprise Risk is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of the Bancorp’s approach to managing operational risk. This includes providing governance, awareness and training, tools, guidance and oversight to support implementation of key risk programs and systems as they relate to operational risk management. These include programs, such as risk and control self-assessments, product delivery risk assessments, scenario analysis, new product/initiative risk reviews, key risk indicators, Third-Party Risk Management, cybersecurity risk management, review of operational losses and monitoring of significant organizational or process changes. The function is also responsible for developing reports that support the proactive management of operational risk across the enterprise. The lines of business and corporate functions are responsible for managing the operational risks associated with their areas in accordance with the Enterprise Risk Management Framework. The framework is intended to enable the Bancorp to function with a sound and well-controlled operational environment. These processes support the Bancorp’s goals to minimize future operational losses and strengthen the Bancorp’s performance by maintaining sufficient capital to absorb operational losses that are incurred.

The Bancorp also maintains a robust information security program to support the management of cybersecurity risk within the organization with a focus on prevention, detection and recovery processes. Refer to Part I, Item 1C of this report for more information, which is incorporated herein by reference.

External threats remain elevated which may result in increased fraud and cybersecurity risks. The Bancorp’s strategic initiatives also have the potential to increase operational risk as changes to process and technology are implemented. Other factors such as increased reliance on third parties, reliance on data and increased use of cloud-based technologies as well as the use of emerging technologies such as generative models and artificial intelligence may introduce additional operational risk considerations. These risks continue to be carefully managed and monitored to ensure effective controls are in place, with appropriate oversight and governance by the second line of defense.

Fifth Third also focuses on the reporting and escalation of operational control issues to senior management and the Board of Directors. The Operational Risk Committee is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of operational risk across the enterprise. The Information Security Governance Committee and Model Risk Committee report to the Operational Risk Committee and are responsible for governance of information security and model risks. The Operational Risk Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

The Bancorp is aware of and actively monitoring climate-related risks. Climate-related risks could impact the Bancorp in the form of physical risks due to acute or chronic weather-related events that could disrupt the operations of the Bancorp or could impair the ability of clients to meet financial obligations. The Bancorp also faces transition risk resulting from economic transition towards a lower-carbon future which may negatively impact some clients or present credit, strategic or reputational risks to the Bancorp.

Climate risk is a priority for management and accordingly the Board oversees both the RCC and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The RCC is responsible for overseeing the development and implementation of Fifth Third’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework including climate risks. In the course of business, the Bancorp’s Environmental Risk Group works with partners to manage or mitigate environmental risks including climate-related risks. As part of its larger environmental, social and governance responsibilities the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing climate strategy and climate-related issues in the context of stakeholder concerns.

102 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LEGAL AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal and regulatory compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss or damage to reputation as a result of noncompliance with (i) applicable laws, regulations, rules and other regulatory requirements (including but not limited to the risk of consumers experiencing economic loss or other legal harm as a result of noncompliance with consumer protection laws, regulations and requirements); (ii) internal policies and procedures, standards of best practice or codes of conduct; and (iii) principles of integrity and fair dealing applicable to Fifth Third’s activities and functions. Legal risks include the risk of actions against the institution that result in unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, legal sanctions, or adverse judgments, which disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of the institution. Failure to effectively manage such risks can elevate the risk level or manifest itself as other types of key risks, including reputational or operational risk. Fifth Third focuses on managing legal and regulatory compliance risk in accordance with the Bancorp’s integrated Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which ensures consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep compliance risk at appropriate levels, consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite.

To mitigate such risks, Compliance Risk Management provides independent oversight to foster consistency and sufficiency in the execution of the program and ensures that lines of business and support functions are adequately identifying, assessing and monitoring legal and regulatory compliance risks and adopting proper mitigation strategies. Moreover, such strategies are modified from time to time to respond to new or emerging risks in the environment. Compliance Risk Management and the Legal Division provide guidance to the lines of business and enterprise functions, which are ultimately responsible for managing such risks associated with their areas. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for formulating and directing the strategy, development, implementation, communication and maintenance of the Compliance Risk Management program, which implements key compliance processes, including but not limited to, executive- and board-level governance and reporting routines, compliance-related policies, risk assessments, key risk indicators, issues tracking, regulatory change management and regulatory compliance testing and monitoring. In partnership with Compliance Risk Management, the Financial Crimes Division conducts and oversees anti-money laundering and economic sanctions processes. Compliance Risk Management also partners with the Corporate Responsibility Office to oversee the Bancorp’s compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act.

Fifth Third also reports and escalates legal and regulatory compliance risks to senior management and the Board of Directors. The Management Compliance Committee, which is chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of compliance risk across the enterprise. The Management Compliance Committee oversees Bancorp-wide compliance issues, industry best practices, legislative developments, regulatory concerns and other leading indicators of legal and regulatory compliance risk. The Management Compliance Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

103 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Management regularly reviews the Bancorp’s capital levels to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. The Bancorp has established a Capital Committee which is responsible for making capital plan recommendations to management. These recommendations are reviewed by the ERMC and the annual capital plan is approved by the Board of Directors. The Capital Committee is responsible for execution and oversight of the capital actions of the capital plan.

Regulatory Capital Ratios

The Basel III Final Rule sets minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as defines the measure of “well-capitalized” for insured depository institutions. For additional information regarding the prescribed capital ratios, refer to Note 29 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp is subject to the stress capital buffer requirement and must maintain capital ratios above its buffered minimum (regulatory minimum plus stress capital buffer) in order to avoid certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The FRB uses the supervisory stress test to determine the Bancorp’s stress capital buffer, subject to a floor of 2.5%. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Bancorp’s stress capital buffer requirement was 3.2% and 2.5%, respectively. The Bancorp’s capital ratios have exceeded the stress capital buffer requirement for all periods presented.

The Bancorp adopted ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020 and elected the five-year transition phase-in option for the impact of CECL on regulatory capital with its regulatory filings as of March 31, 2020. The Bancorp’s modified CECL transition amount began phasing out on January 1, 2022, and will be fully phased-out by January 1, 2025. The impact of the modified CECL transition amount on the Bancorp’s regulatory capital at December 31, 2024 was an increase in capital of approximately $124 million. On a fully phased-in basis, the Bancorp’s CET1 capital ratio would be reduced by 7 bps as of December 31, 2024.

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s capital ratios as of December 31:

TABLE 63: Capital Ratios
($ in millions)202420232022
Average total Bancorp shareholders’ equity as a percent of average assets9.12%8.499.22
Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)9.028.658.31
Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)8.037.677.30
Regulatory capital:(c)
CET1 capital$17,33916,80015,670
Tier 1 capital19,45518,91617,786
Total regulatory capital22,74622,40021,606
Risk-weighted assets164,102163,223168,909
Regulatory capital ratios:(c)
CET1 capital10.57%10.299.28
Tier 1 risk-based capital11.8611.5910.53
Total risk-based capital13.8613.7212.79
Leverage9.228.738.56

(a)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

(b)Excludes AOCI.

(c)Regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 are calculated pursuant to the five-year transition provision option to phase in the effects of CECL on regulatory capital.

Capital Planning

The Bancorp maintains a comprehensive process for managing capital that considers the current and forward-looking macroeconomic and regulatory environments and makes capital distributions that are consistent with FRB requirements and the Bancorp’s stress capital buffer requirement. Under the Enhanced Prudential Standards tailoring rules, the Bancorp is subject to Category IV standards, under which the Bancorp is required to develop and maintain a capital plan approved by the Board of Directors on an annual basis. The Bancorp is also subject to the FRB’s supervisory stress tests every two years. The Bancorp was subject to the 2024 supervisory stress test conducted by the FRB and submitted its Board-approved capital plan and information contained in Schedule C - Regulatory Capital Instruments, as required, by the April 5, 2024 deadline.

Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program

The Bancorp’s Capital Management and Dividend Policy reflects its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory requirements and expectations. The Bancorp declared dividends per common share of $1.44, $1.36 and $1.26 during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

104 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In June of 2019, the Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions. Under this authorization, the Bancorp entered into and settled a number of accelerated share repurchase transactions during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Refer to Note 24 and Note 32 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the accelerated share repurchase activity.

The following table summarizes shares authorized for repurchase as part of publicly announced plans or programs:

TABLE 64: Share Repurchases
For the years ended December 3120242023
Shares authorized for repurchase at January 132,115,81137,705,807
Additional authorizations
Share repurchases(a)(15,043,170)(5,589,996)
Shares authorized for repurchase at December 3117,072,64132,115,811
Average price paid per share(a)$41.8735.78

(a)Excludes 1,866,182 and 1,649,542 shares repurchased during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, in connection with various employee compensation plans. These purchases are not included in the calculation for average price paid per share and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be repurchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization.

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000035527-24-000088.

Extracted from Item 7 to the first post-MD&A boundary after HTML sanitization. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-27. Report date: 2023-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries. The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is referred to as the Bank.

OVERVIEW

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, refer to the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms in this report for a list of terms included as a tool for the reader of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The abbreviations and acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net interest income, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts. The FTE basis for presenting net interest income is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2023, net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income provided 67% and 33% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the U.S. from customers domiciled in the U.S. Revenue from foreign countries and external customers domiciled in foreign countries was immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2023. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section of MD&A, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of loss on its loan and lease portfolio as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by borrower credit events, such as loan defaults and inadequate collateral.

Noninterest income is derived from commercial banking revenue, wealth and asset management revenue, service charges on deposits, card and processing revenue, mortgage banking net revenue, leasing business revenue, other noninterest income and net securities gains or losses. Noninterest expense includes compensation and benefits, technology and communications, net occupancy expense, equipment expense, marketing expense, leasing business expense, card and processing expense and other noninterest expense.

Current Economic Conditions

Economic growth was resilient in 2023 but managing inflation remained a top priority for FRB officials. In response to inflationary pressures, FRB officials raised benchmark interest rates aggressively during 2022 and 2023 and have signaled that they will continue to monitor the cumulative economic effects of their policy actions, including tighter credit conditions for households and businesses, when determining future monetary actions. Amidst the rapid pace of interest rate increases, several financial markets have experienced heightened volatility. While interest rates may remain elevated for a sustained period of time, the FRB moved to a more balanced monetary policy stance in the later months of 2023 in response to easing inflationary pressures.

Changes in interest rates can affect numerous aspects of the Bancorp’s business and may impact the Bancorp’s future performance. If financial markets remain volatile, this may impact the future performance of various segments of the Bancorp’s business, in addition to the value of the Bancorp’s investment securities portfolio. The Bancorp continues to closely monitor the pace of inflation and the impacts of inflation on the broader market.

The bank failures that have occurred since March 2023 generated significant market volatility and increased regulatory and market focus on the liquidity, asset-liability management and unrealized securities losses of banks. In response to these failures, the U.S. banking agencies

50 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

have proposed a number of regulatory amendments to improve the stability of U.S. banking institutions. Among these amendments, in November 2023, the FDIC issued a final rule for a special deposit insurance assessment on banking organizations with greater than $5 billion in assets to recover the costs associated with protecting uninsured depositors following these closures. The Bancorp’s estimate of its allocated share of the special assessment under the provisions of the final rule was $224 million, which was recognized in earnings upon issuance of the final rule in November 2023 and will be paid to the FDIC over an anticipated total of eight quarterly assessment periods beginning with the first quarter of 2024. The estimate of the cost associated with protecting the uninsured depositors will continue to be subject to periodic adjustment until the final loss is determined upon the termination of the receiverships by the FDIC.

For more information on current economic conditions, refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A. Additionally, refer to the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management and Liquidity Risk Management subsections of the Risk Management section of MD&A for additional information about the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management and liquidity risk management activities.

Proposed Updates to Regulatory Requirements for Capital and Long-Term Debt

On July 27, 2023, the U.S. banking agencies released a notice of proposed rulemaking to revise the Basel III Capital Rules, which would modify its existing risk-based capital framework for large banks and introduce a new framework that implements international capital standards. The proposed rulemaking would increase capital requirements applicable to banking organizations with total assets of $100 billion or more, including Fifth Third, and would align the calculation of regulatory capital and the calculation of risk-weighted assets across large banking organizations. As proposed, the rules would be effective for the Bancorp on July 1, 2025 and phased in over a three-year transition period. The Bancorp is in the process of evaluating this proposed rulemaking and assessing its potential impact.

On August 29, 2023, the U.S. banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to require that certain banking organizations with $100 billion or more in consolidated assets, including Fifth Third, comply with certain long-term debt requirements at the holding company and insured depository institution levels. These proposed requirements are intended to absorb losses and recapitalize the insured depository institution in the event of the failure of a banking organization. As proposed, the rules would be phased in over a three-year period after their effective date. The Bancorp is in the process of evaluating this proposed rulemaking and assessing its potential impact.

LIBOR Transition

In July 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that the FCA would stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021.

In the United States, SOFR was identified as the preferred alternative rate. SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on directly observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions. As a secured borrowing rate, SOFR may not exhibit similar behavior in response to market and economic volatility as LIBOR, which was an unsecured rate.

As of December 31, 2023, substantially all contracts have transitioned to alternative reference rates. Refer to Note 17 and Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about certain exposures which were transitioned to an alternative reference rate.

Senior Notes Offering

On July 27, 2023, the Bancorp issued and sold $1.25 billion of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes which will mature on July 27, 2029. The senior notes bear interest at a rate of 6.339% per annum to, but excluding, July 27, 2028. From, and including, July 27, 2028 until, but excluding, July 27, 2029, the senior notes will bear interest at a rate of compounded SOFR plus 2.340%. The senior notes are redeemable in whole at par plus accrued and unpaid interest one year prior to their maturity date, or may be wholly or partially redeemed on or after 30 days prior to maturity. Additionally, the senior notes are redeemable at the Bancorp’s option, in whole or in part, beginning 180 days after the issue date and prior to July 27, 2028, at the greater of: (a) the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes being redeemed, or (b) the discounted present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest that would be due if the senior notes being redeemed matured on July 27, 2028. Refer to Note 32 of the Notes to Consolidated Statements for information on a subsequent event related to long-term debt.

Automobile Loan Securitization

In a securitization transaction that occurred in August of 2023, the Bancorp transferred $1.74 billion in aggregate automobile loans to a bankruptcy remote trust which subsequently issued approximately $1.58 billion of asset-backed notes, of which approximately $79 million were retained by the Bancorp, resulting in approximately $1.5 billion of outstanding notes included in long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As discussed in Note 12, the bankruptcy remote trust was deemed to be a VIE and the Bancorp, as the primary beneficiary, consolidated the VIE. The third-party holders of the asset-backed notes do not have recourse to the general assets of the Bancorp.

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction

During the first quarter of 2023, the Bancorp entered into and settled an accelerated share repurchase transaction. As part of the transaction, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares delivered at settlement was based generally on a discount to

51 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the repurchase agreement. Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on share repurchase activity.

Key Performance Indicators

The Bancorp, as a banking institution, utilizes various key indicators of financial condition and operating results in managing and monitoring the performance of the business. In addition to traditional financial metrics, such as revenue and expense trends, the Bancorp monitors other financial measures that assist in evaluating growth trends, capital strength and operational efficiencies. The Bancorp analyzes these key performance indicators against its past performance, its forecasted performance and with the performance of its peer banking institutions. These indicators may change from time to time as the operating environment and businesses change.

The following are some of the key indicators used by management to assess the Bancorp’s business performance, including those which are considered in the Bancorp’s compensation programs:

•CET1 Capital Ratio: CET1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets as defined by the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets

•Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (non-GAAP): Tangible net income available to common shareholders divided by average tangible common equity

•Return on Average Common Equity, Excluding AOCI (non-GAAP): Net income available to common shareholders divided by total equity, excluding AOCI and preferred stock

•Net Interest Margin (non-GAAP): Net interest income on an FTE basis divided by average interest-earning assets

•Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP): Noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income

•Earnings Per Share, Diluted: Net income allocated to common shareholders divided by average common shares outstanding after the effect of dilutive stock-based awards

•Nonperforming Portfolio Assets Ratio: Nonperforming portfolio assets divided by portfolio loans and leases and OREO

•Net Charge-off Ratio: Net losses charged-off divided by average portfolio loans and leases

•Return on Average Assets: Net income divided by average assets

•Loan-to-Deposit Ratio: Total loans divided by total deposits

•Household Growth: Change in the number of consumer households with retail relationship-based checking accounts

The list of indicators above is intended to summarize some of the most important metrics utilized by management in evaluating the Bancorp’s performance and does not represent an all-inclusive list of all performance measures that may be considered relevant or important to management or investors.

TABLE 1: Earnings Summary
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data)202320222021
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,8275,6094,770
Net interest income (FTE)(a)(b)5,8525,6254,782
Noninterest income2,8812,7663,118
Total revenue (FTE)(a)(b)8,7338,3917,900
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses515563(377)
Noninterest expense5,2054,7194,748
Net income2,3492,4462,770
Net income available to common shareholders2,2122,3302,659
Common Share Data
Earnings per share - basic$3.233.383.78
Earnings per share - diluted3.223.353.73
Cash dividends declared per common share1.361.261.14
Book value per share25.0422.2629.43
Market value per share34.4932.8143.55
Financial Ratios
Return on average assets1.13%1.181.34
Return on average common equity14.213.712.8
Return on average tangible common equity(b)21.319.716.6
Dividend payout42.137.330.2

(a)Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustments were $25, $16 and $12 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

52 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Earnings Summary

The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $2.2 billion, or $3.22 per diluted share, which was net of $137 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $2.3 billion, or $3.35 per diluted share, which was net of $116 million in preferred stock dividends.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $5.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, an increase of $227 million compared to the prior year. Net interest income benefited from increases in market interest rates, resulting in increases in yields on average loans and leases, average other short-term investments and average taxable securities for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. Net interest income also benefited from increases in average other consumer loans and average taxable securities for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. These positive impacts were partially offset by increases in rates paid on average interest-bearing core deposits, average long-term debt and average FHLB advances for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. Net interest income was also negatively impacted by deposit balance migration into higher yielding products, resulting in a decrease in the average balances of demand deposits and an increase in the average balances of interest-bearing core deposits for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. Additionally, net interest income was negatively impacted by increases in the average balances of CDs over $250,000 and long-term debt for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 3.05% for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 3.02% for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The provision for credit losses was $515 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $563 million in the prior year. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by factors which resulted in an increase to the ACL during the year, including changes in product mix, the impacts of qualitative factors and increases in reserves for individually evaluated loans, partially offset by the impact of a decrease in the end-of-period loan and lease balances. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily driven by factors which resulted in an increase to the ACL during the year, including growth in loan and lease balances and deterioration in the macroeconomic forecast, partially offset by the impacts of qualitative factors. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2022 also included the initial recognition of provision for credit losses on loans acquired as part of a business acquisition completed in the second quarter of 2022. Net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases were 0.32% and 0.19% for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. At December 31, 2023, nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO increased to 0.59% compared to 0.44% at December 31, 2022. For further discussion on credit quality, refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest income increased $115 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to the recognition of net securities gains in the current year compared to net securities losses in the prior year, as well as increases in commercial banking revenue and mortgage banking net revenue, partially offset by decreases in other noninterest income and leasing business revenue.

Noninterest expense increased $486 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in other noninterest expense, compensation and benefits expense, technology and communications expense, net occupancy expense and marketing expense, partially offset by a decrease in leasing business expense.

For more information on net interest income, provision for credit losses, noninterest income and noninterest expense, refer to the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A.

Capital Summary

The Bancorp calculated its regulatory capital ratios under the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets and pursuant to the five-year transition provision option to phase in the effects of CECL on regulatory capital as of December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, the Bancorp’s capital ratios, as defined by the U.S. banking agencies, were:

•CET1 capital ratio: 10.29%;

•Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio: 11.59%;

•Total risk-based capital ratio: 13.72%;

•Leverage ratio: 8.73%

53 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The following are non-GAAP financial measures which provide useful insight to the reader of the Consolidated Financial Statements but should be supplemental to primary U.S. GAAP measures and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for the primary U.S. GAAP measures. The Bancorp encourages readers to consider its Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of net interest income on an FTE basis, interest income on an FTE basis, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 2: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Financial Measures and Ratios on an FTE basis
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,8275,6094,770
Add: FTE adjustment251612
Net interest income on an FTE basis (1)$5,8525,6254,782
Interest income (U.S. GAAP)$9,7606,5875,211
Add: FTE adjustment251612
Interest income on an FTE basis (2)$9,7856,6035,223
Interest expense (3)$3,933978441
Noninterest income (4)2,8812,7663,118
Noninterest expense (5)5,2054,7194,748
Average interest-earning assets (6)191,743186,326184,378
Average interest-bearing liabilities (7)137,592119,624115,469
Ratios:
Net interest margin on an FTE basis (1) / (6)3.05%3.022.59
Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis ((2) / (6)) - ((3) / (7))2.242.722.45
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis (5) / ((1) + (4))59.656.260.1

The Bancorp believes return on average tangible common equity is an important measure for comparative purposes with other financial institutions, but is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and therefore is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. This measure is useful for evaluating the performance of a business as it calculates the return available to common shareholders without the impact of intangible assets and their related amortization.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measure of return on average tangible common equity to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 3: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Net income available to common shareholders (U.S. GAAP)$2,2122,3302,659
Add: Intangible amortization, net of tax343734
Tangible net income available to common shareholders (1)$2,2462,3672,693
Average Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)$17,70419,08022,812
Less: Average preferred stock2,1162,1162,116
Average goodwill4,9184,7794,366
Average intangible assets146168142
Average tangible common equity (2)$10,52412,01716,188
Return on average tangible common equity (1) / (2)21.3%19.716.6

The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the tangible equity ratio and tangible common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies for both absolute and comparative purposes. As U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio

54 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures.

The following table reconciles non-GAAP capital ratios to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 4: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Capital Ratios
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20232022
Total Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity (U.S. GAAP)$19,17217,327
Less: Preferred stock2,1162,116
Goodwill4,9194,915
Intangible assets125169
AOCI(4,487)(5,110)
Tangible common equity, excluding AOCI (1)16,49915,237
Add: Preferred stock2,1162,116
Tangible equity (2)$18,61517,353
Total Assets (U.S. GAAP)$214,574207,452
Less: Goodwill4,9194,915
Intangible assets125169
AOCI, before tax(5,680)(6,468)
Tangible assets, excluding AOCI (3)$215,210208,836
Ratios:
Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets (2) / (3)8.65%8.31
Tangible common equity as a percentage of tangible assets (1) / (3)7.677.30

55 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides a discussion of the significant new accounting standards applicable to the Bancorp during 2023 and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the Bancorp’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp’s critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, valuation of servicing rights, fair value measurements, goodwill and legal contingencies.

As further discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, on January 1, 2023, the Bancorp adopted ASU 2022-02 (“Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures”). In conjunction with the adoption of this amended guidance, the Bancorp has revised its Critical Accounting Policies for the ALLL as described below. The accounting policy for the ALLL for periods prior to January 1, 2023 is provided in the Critical Accounting Policies Applicable Prior to January 1, 2023 section below. There have been no other material changes to the valuation techniques or models described below during the year ended December 31, 2023.

ALLL

The Bancorp disaggregates its portfolio loans and leases into portfolio segments for purposes of determining the ALLL. The Bancorp’s portfolio segments include commercial, residential mortgage and consumer. The Bancorp further disaggregates its portfolio segments into classes for purposes of monitoring and assessing credit quality based on certain risk characteristics. For an analysis of the Bancorp’s ALLL by portfolio segment and credit quality information by class, refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases. Contractual terms are adjusted for expected prepayments but are not extended for expected extensions, renewals or modifications except in circumstances where extension or renewal options are embedded in the original contract and not unconditionally cancellable by the Bancorp. Accrued interest receivable on loans is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a component of other assets. When accrued interest is deemed to be uncollectible (typically when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status), interest income is reversed. The Bancorp follows established policies for placing loans on nonaccrual status, so uncollectible accrued interest receivable is reversed in a timely manner. As a result, the Bancorp has elected not to measure a reserve for accrued interest receivable as part of its ALLL. However, the Bancorp does record a reserve for the portion of accrued interest receivable that it expects to be uncollectible. For additional information on the Bancorp’s accounting policies related to nonaccrual loans and leases, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the ALLL. The ALLL is maintained at a level the Bancorp considers to be adequate and is based on ongoing quarterly assessments and evaluations of the collectability of loans and leases, including historical credit loss experience, current and forecasted market and economic conditions and consideration of various qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, deserve consideration in estimating expected credit losses. Provisions for credit losses are recorded for the amounts necessary to adjust the ALLL to the Bancorp’s current estimate of expected credit losses on portfolio loans and leases. The Bancorp’s strategy for credit risk management includes a combination of conservative exposure limits significantly below legal lending limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collections standards. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and quarterly management reviews of large credit exposures and loans experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for additional information.

The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL requires significant management judgment and includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated.

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million on nonaccrual status are individually evaluated for an ALLL. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan or lease structure (including modifications, if any) and other factors when determining the amount of the ALLL. Other factors may include the borrower’s susceptibility to risks presented by the forecasted macroeconomic environment, the industry and geographic region of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Significant management judgment is required when evaluating which of these factors are most relevant in individual circumstances, and when estimating the amount of expected credit losses based on those factors. When loans and leases are individually evaluated, allowances are determined based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan or lease given the availability of collateral and other sources of cash flow, as well as an evaluation of legal options available to the Bancorp. Allowances for individually evaluated loans and leases that are collateral-dependent are measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Allowances for individually evaluated loans and leases that are not collateral-dependent are typically measured based on the present value of expected cash flows of the loan or lease, discounted at its

56 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

effective interest rate. Specific allowances on individually evaluated commercial loans and leases are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

The Bancorp considers loans to be collateral-dependent when it becomes probable that repayment of the loan will be provided through the sale or operation of the collateral instead of from payments made by the borrower. The expected credit losses for these loans are typically estimated based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Specific allowances on individually evaluated consumer and residential mortgage loans are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for loans and leases that are not individually evaluated. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers prepayments and, for loans with available credit, expected utilization rates. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models were developed based on historical credit loss experience and observations of migration patterns for various credit risk characteristics (such as internal credit risk ratings, external credit ratings or scores, delinquency status, loan-to-value trends, etc.) over time, with those observations evaluated in the context of concurrent macroeconomic conditions. The Bancorp developed its models from historical observations capturing a full economic cycle when possible.

The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable. Generally, the Bancorp considers its forecasts to be reasonable and supportable for a period of up to three years from the estimation date. For periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period, expected credit losses are estimated by reverting to historical loss information without adjustment for changes in economic conditions. This reversion is phased in over a two-year period. The Bancorp evaluates the length of its reasonable and supportable forecast period, its reversion period and reversion methodology at least annually, or more often if warranted by economic conditions or other circumstances.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL. These considerations inherently require significant management judgment to determine the appropriate factors to be considered and the extent of their impact on the ALLL estimate. Qualitative factors are used to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit losses but that are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. These may also include adjustments, when deemed necessary, for specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters and their effects on regional borrowers and changes in product structures. Qualitative factors may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology. When evaluating the adequacy of allowances, consideration is also given to regional geographic concentrations and the closely associated effect that changing economic conditions may have on the Bancorp’s customers.

Overall, the collective evaluation process requires significant management judgment when determining the estimation methodology and inputs into the models, as well as in evaluating the reasonableness of the modeled results and the appropriateness of qualitative adjustments. The Bancorp’s forecasts of market and economic conditions and the internal risk ratings assigned to loans and leases in the commercial portfolio segment are examples of inputs to the expected credit loss models that require significant management judgment. These inputs have the potential to drive significant variability in the resulting ALLL.

Refer to the Allowance for Credit Losses subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the Bancorp’s ALLL sensitivity analysis.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated expected credit losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon expected credit losses over the remaining contractual life of the commitments, taking into consideration the current funded balance and estimated exposure over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. This process takes into consideration the same risk elements that are analyzed in the determination of the adequacy of the Bancorp’s ALLL, as previously discussed. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Valuation of Servicing Rights

When the Bancorp sells loans through either securitizations or individual loan sales in accordance with its investment policies, it often obtains servicing rights. The Bancorp may also purchase servicing rights. The Bancorp has elected to measure all existing classes of its residential mortgage servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value of servicing rights reported in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. Servicing rights are valued using internal OAS models. Significant management judgment is necessary to identify key economic assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the servicing rights including the prepayment speeds of the underlying

57 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

loans, the weighted-average life, the OAS and the weighted-average coupon rate, as applicable. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the servicing rights resides in the potential volatility in the economic assumptions used, particularly the prepayment speeds. In order to assist in the assessment of the fair value of servicing rights, the Bancorp obtains external valuations of the servicing rights portfolio from third parties and participates in peer surveys that provide additional confirmation of the reasonableness of the key assumptions utilized in the internal OAS model. For additional information on servicing rights, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Bancorp employs various valuation approaches to measure fair value including the market, income and cost approaches. The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves discounting future amounts to a single present amount and is based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset.

U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. For additional information on the fair value hierarchy and fair value measurements, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp’s fair value measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available. Valuation techniques and parameters used for measuring assets and liabilities are reviewed and validated by the Bancorp on a quarterly basis. Additionally, the Bancorp monitors the fair values of significant assets and liabilities using a variety of methods including the evaluation of pricing runs and exception reports based on certain analytical criteria, comparison to previous trades and overall review and assessments for reasonableness. The level of management judgment necessary to determine fair value varies based upon the methods used in the determination of fair value. Financial instruments that are measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) require minimal judgment. The valuation of financial instruments when quoted market prices are not available (Levels 2 and 3) may require significant management judgment to assess whether quoted prices for similar instruments exist, the impact of changing market conditions including reducing liquidity in the capital markets and the use of estimates surrounding significant unobservable inputs. Table 5 provides a summary of the fair value of financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis and the amounts of financial instruments valued using Level 3 inputs.

TABLE 5: Fair Value Summary
As of ($ in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
BalanceLevel 3BalanceLevel 3
Assets carried at fair value$56,0731,85957,0021,876
As a percent of total assets26%1271
Liabilities carried at fair value$3,1061744,130203
As a percent of total liabilities2%2

Refer to Note 28 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on fair value measurements including a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant financial instruments.

Goodwill

Business combinations entered into by the Bancorp typically include the recognition of goodwill. U.S. GAAP requires goodwill to be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, which the Bancorp performs as of September 30 each year, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment.

Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In testing goodwill for impairment, U.S. GAAP permits the Bancorp to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In this qualitative assessment, the Bancorp evaluates events and circumstances which may include, but are not limited to, the general economic environment, banking industry and market conditions, the overall financial performance of the Bancorp, the performance of the Bancorp’s common stock, the key financial performance metrics of the Bancorp’s reporting units and events affecting the reporting units to determine if it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the quantitative impairment test is required or the decision to bypass the qualitative assessment is elected, the Bancorp performs the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. A recognized impairment loss cannot be reversed in future periods even if the fair value of the reporting unit subsequently recovers.

58 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As none of the Bancorp’s reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations cannot be directly correlated to the Bancorp’s stock price. The determination of the fair value of a reporting unit is a subjective process that involves the use of estimates and judgments, particularly related to cash flows, the appropriate discount rates and an applicable control premium. The determination of the fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units includes both an income-based approach and a market-based approach. The income-based approach utilizes the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. Significant management judgment is necessary in the preparation of each reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows surrounding expectations for earnings projections, growth and credit loss expectations and actual results may differ from forecasted results. Additionally, the Bancorp determines its market capitalization based on the average of the closing price of the Bancorp’s stock during the month including the measurement date, incorporating an additional control premium, and compares this market-based fair value measurement to the aggregate fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units in order to corroborate the results of the income approach. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s goodwill.

Legal Contingencies

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous claims and lawsuits as well as threatened or potential actions or claims concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities. The outcome of claims or litigation and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict and significant judgment may be required in the determination of both the probability of loss and whether the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. The Bancorp’s estimates are subjective and are based on the status of legal and regulatory proceedings, the merit of the Bancorp’s defenses and consultation with internal and external legal counsel. An accrual for a potential litigation loss is established when information related to the loss contingency indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s legal proceedings.

Critical Accounting Policies Applicable Prior to January 1, 2023

The following paragraphs describe the portions of the Bancorp’s critical accounting policies that were applicable prior to January 1, 2023 but were updated in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2022-02 on January 1, 2023. The following paragraphs do not include the portions of the respective policies that were not affected by the adoption of this new accounting standard. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

ALLL

The Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases. Contractual terms are adjusted for expected prepayments but are not extended for expected extensions, renewals or modifications except in circumstances where the Bancorp reasonably expects to execute a TDR with the borrower or where certain extension or renewal options are embedded in the original contract and not unconditionally cancellable by the Bancorp. Accrued interest receivable on loans is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a component of other assets. When accrued interest is deemed to be uncollectible (typically when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status), interest income is reversed. The Bancorp follows established policies for placing loans on nonaccrual status, so uncollectible accrued interest receivable is reversed in a timely manner. As a result, the Bancorp has elected not to measure a reserve for accrued interest receivable as part of its ALLL. However, the Bancorp does record a reserve for the portion of accrued interest receivable that it expects to be uncollectible.

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, as well as loans that have been modified in a TDR, are individually evaluated for an ALLL. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan or lease structure and other factors when determining the amount of the ALLL. Other factors may include the borrower’s susceptibility to risks presented by the forecasted macroeconomic environment, the industry and geographic region of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Significant management judgment is required when evaluating which of these factors are most relevant in individual circumstances, and when estimating the amount of expected credit losses based on those factors. When loans and leases are individually evaluated, allowances are determined based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan or lease given the availability of collateral and other sources of cash flow, as well as an evaluation of legal options available to the Bancorp. Allowances for individually evaluated loans and leases that are collateral-dependent are measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Individually evaluated loans and leases that are not collateral-dependent are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. The Bancorp evaluates the collectability of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. Specific allowances on individually evaluated commercial loans and leases, including TDRs, are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

Consumer and residential mortgage loans that have been modified in a TDR are individually evaluated for an ALLL. Allowances for individually evaluated loans that are collateral-dependent are typically measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Individually evaluated loans that are not collateral-dependent are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate and a modeled expected credit loss amount. The Bancorp

59 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

evaluates the collectability of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. Specific allowances on individually evaluated consumer and residential mortgage loans are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for loans and leases that are not individually evaluated. These include commercial loans and leases that do not meet the criteria for individual evaluation as well as homogeneous loans in the residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers prepayments and, for loans with available credit, expected utilization rates. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models were developed based on historical credit loss experience and observations of migration patterns for various credit risk characteristics (such as internal credit risk grades, external credit ratings or scores, delinquency status, loan-to-value trends, etc.) over time, with those observations evaluated in the context of concurrent macroeconomic conditions. The Bancorp developed its models from historical observations capturing a full economic cycle when possible.

Overall, the collective evaluation process requires significant management judgment when determining the estimation methodology and inputs into the models, as well as in evaluating the reasonableness of the modeled results and the appropriateness of qualitative adjustments. The Bancorp’s forecasts of market and economic conditions and the internal risk grades assigned to loans and leases in the commercial portfolio segment are examples of inputs to the expected credit loss models that require significant management judgment. These inputs have the potential to drive significant variability in the resulting ALLL.

60 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on loans and leases (including yield-related fees), securities and other short-term investments less the interest incurred on core deposits and wholesale funding (including CDs over $250,000, federal funds purchased, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt). The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by noninterest-bearing liabilities, or free funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity.

Tables 6 and 7 present the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, as well as the relative impact of changes in the average balance sheet and changes in interest rates on net interest income. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans and leases held for sale have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Average outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses included in average other assets.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $5.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, an increase of $227 million compared to the prior year. Net interest income benefited from increases in market interest rates, resulting in increases in yields of 189 bps on average loans and leases, 456 bps on average other short-term investments and 23 bps on average taxable securities for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. Net interest income also benefited from increases in average other consumer loans and average taxable securities of $2.5 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. These positive impacts were partially offset by increases in rates paid on average interest-bearing core deposits of 198 bps, average long-term debt of 170 bps and average FHLB advances of 248 bps for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. Net interest income was also negatively impacted by deposit balance migration into higher yielding products, resulting in a decrease in the average balances of demand deposits of $14.0 billion and an increase in the average balances of interest-bearing core deposits of $11.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. Additionally, net interest income was negatively impacted by increases in the average balances of CDs over $250,000 of $3.6 billion and long-term debt of $2.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. Interest income recognized from PPP loans decreased to $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $43 million for the prior year.

Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 2.24% during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 2.72% during the year ended December 31, 2022. Rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities increased 204 bps, partially offset by a 156 bps increase in yields on average interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022.

Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 3.05% for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 3.02% for the year ended December 31, 2022. Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2023 was positively impacted by the benefit of higher market interest rates on interest-earning assets, growth in average balances of loans and leases and average investment portfolio balances, partially offset by the migration of average balances of deposits from demand deposits to interest-bearing deposits and increases in rates paid on and balances of average wholesale funding. Net interest margin results are expected to modestly decrease over the next quarter driven by increasing levels of cash and continued liability repricing, partially offset by the impact of rising rates on the repricing of the Bancorp’s asset portfolios.

Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from loans and leases increased $2.4 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by the previously mentioned increases in market interest rates and average balances of other consumer loans. For more information on the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio, refer to the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A. Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from investment securities and other short-term investments increased $796 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to the previously mentioned increases in yields on average other short-term investments and average taxable securities as well as an increase in the average balances of taxable securities.

Interest expense on average core deposits increased $2.3 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to the previously mentioned increase in the cost of average interest-bearing core deposits to 238 bps for the year ended December 31, 2023 from 40 bps for the year ended December 31, 2022, as a result of increasing short-term interest rates. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s deposits.

Interest expense on average wholesale funding increased $685 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to the previously mentioned increases in rates paid on average long-term debt and FHLB advances as well as increases in the average balances of CDs over $250,000 and long-term debt. Refer to the Borrowings subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s borrowings. During the year ended December 31, 2023, average wholesale funding represented 18% of average interest-bearing liabilities compared to 15% for the year ended December 31, 2022. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, refer to the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A.

61 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 6: Consolidated Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income on an FTE Basis
For the years ended December 31202320222021
($ in millions)Average BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ Rate
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:(a)
Commercial and industrial loans$57,0053,8876.82%$55,6182,4014.32%$48,9661,7353.54%
Commercial mortgage loans11,2626725.9710,7234153.8710,3963133.01
Commercial construction loans5,5823806.805,4582394.385,7831813.13
Commercial leases2,629953.632,828853.023,130922.94
Total commercial loans and leases76,4785,0346.5874,6273,1404.2168,2752,3213.40
Residential mortgage loans18,0026213.4519,7316453.2721,3596953.26
Home equity3,9362987.583,9711774.464,5651643.59
Indirect secured consumer loans15,9446874.3116,9145603.3115,1565083.35
Credit card1,80025214.001,73722112.731,78321912.28
Other consumer loans6,1224577.463,5812206.162,9791806.03
Total consumer loans45,8042,3155.0545,9341,8233.9745,8421,7663.85
Total loans and leases$122,2827,3496.01%$120,5614,9634.12%$114,1174,0873.58%
Securities:
Taxable$56,0661,7333.09%$52,2181,4932.86%$36,1641,0742.97%
Exempt from income taxes(a)1,461473.201,128312.72854202.33
Other short-term investments11,9346565.5012,4191160.9433,243420.13
Total interest-earning assets$191,7439,7855.10%$186,3266,6033.54%$184,3785,2232.83%
Cash and due from banks2,7723,0933,055
Other assets16,16919,49021,050
Allowance for loan and lease losses(2,258)(1,980)(2,159)
Total assets$208,426$206,929$206,324
Liabilities and Equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$52,3781,5522.96%$45,8352970.65%$45,850260.06%
Savings deposits20,8721470.7123,445320.1420,53140.02
Money market deposits30,9436662.1529,326670.2330,631120.04
Foreign office deposits15831.8217010.741640.04
CDs $250,000 or less8,2983083.712,34290.403,214100.31
Total interest-bearing core deposits112,6492,6762.38101,1184060.40100,390520.05
CDs over $250,0005,3322534.741,688412.4553071.30
Federal funds purchased307154.9638161.693330.12
Securities sold under repurchase agreements34841.2248210.175940.02
FHLB advances4,5962355.113,733982.63
Derivative collateral and other borrowed money10088.2432992.9451320.30
Long-term debt14,2607425.2011,8934173.5013,1093802.89
Total interest-bearing liabilities$137,5923,9332.86%$119,6249780.82%$115,4694410.38%
Demand deposits46,19560,18562,028
Other liabilities6,9358,0406,015
Total liabilities$190,722$187,849$183,512
Total equity$17,704$19,080$22,812
Total liabilities and equity$208,426$206,929$206,324
Net interest income (FTE)(b)$5,852$5,625$4,782
Net interest margin (FTE)(b)3.05%3.02%2.59%
Net interest rate spread (FTE)(b)2.242.722.45
Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets71.7664.2062.63

(a)The FTE adjustments included in the above table were $25, $16 and $12 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Net interest income (FTE), net interest margin (FTE) and net interest rate spread (FTE) are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

62 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 7: Changes in Net Interest Income Attributable to Volume and Yield/Rate on an FTE Basis(a)
For the years ended December 312023 Compared to 20222022 Compared to 2021
($ in millions)VolumeYield/RateTotalVolumeYield/RateTotal
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$611,4251,486255411666
Commercial mortgage loans222352571092102
Commercial construction loans6135141(11)6958
Commercial leases(6)1610(9)2(7)
Total commercial loans and leases831,8111,894245574819
Residential mortgage loans(58)34(24)(53)3(50)
Home equity(2)123121(23)3613
Indirect secured consumer loans(34)16112758(6)52
Credit card82331(6)82
Other consumer loans1825523737340
Total consumer loans96396492134457
Total loans and leases$1792,2072,386258618876
Securities:
Taxable$114126240461(42)419
Exempt from income taxes106167411
Other short-term investments(5)545540(42)11674
Total change in interest income$2982,8843,1826846961,380
Liabilities:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$481,2071,255271271
Savings deposits(4)11911512728
Money market deposits4595599(1)5655
Foreign office deposits2211
CDs $250,000 or less71228299(3)2(1)
Total interest-bearing core deposits1192,1512,270(3)357354
CDs over $250,00014864212241034
Federal funds purchased(1)10966
Securities sold under repurchase agreements3311
FHLB advances271101379898
Derivative collateral and other borrowed money(10)9(1)(1)87
Long-term debt94231325(37)7437
Total change in interest expense$3772,5782,95581456537
Total change in net interest income$(79)306227603240843

(a)Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Bancorp provides, as an expense, an amount for expected credit losses within the loan and lease portfolio and the portfolio of unfunded commitments and letters of credit that is based on factors previously discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section of MD&A. The provision is recorded to bring the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments to a level deemed appropriate by the Bancorp to cover losses expected in the portfolios. Actual credit losses on loans and leases are charged against the ALLL. The amount of loans and leases actually removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets are referred to as charge-offs. Net charge-offs include current period charge-offs less recoveries on previously charged-off loans and leases.

The provision for credit losses was $515 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $563 million in the prior year. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by factors which resulted in an increase to the ACL during the year, including changes in product mix, the impacts of qualitative factors and increases in reserves for individually evaluated loans, partially offset by the impact of a decrease in end-of-period loan and lease balances. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily driven by factors which resulted in an increase to the ACL during the year, including growth in loan and lease balances and deterioration in the macroeconomic forecast, partially offset by the impacts of qualitative factors. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2022 also included the initial recognition of provision for credit losses on loans acquired as part of a business acquisition completed in the second quarter of 2022.

63 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The ALLL increased $128 million from December 31, 2022 to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2023 inclusive of a $49 million reduction from the impact of the adoption of ASU 2022-02 on January 1, 2023, as further discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. At December 31, 2023, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases increased to 1.98%, compared to 1.81% at December 31, 2022. The reserve for unfunded commitments decreased $50 million from December 31, 2022 to $166 million at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2023, the ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases increased to 2.12%, compared to 1.98% at December 31, 2022.

Refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the provision for credit losses, including an analysis of loan and lease portfolio composition, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and determining the level of the ACL.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased $115 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The following table presents the components of noninterest income:

TABLE 8: Components of Noninterest Income
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Commercial banking revenue$624565637
Wealth and asset management revenue581570586
Service charges on deposits577589600
Card and processing revenue416409402
Mortgage banking net revenue250215270
Leasing business revenue208237300
Other noninterest income207265332
Securities gains (losses), net18(82)(7)
Securities losses, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights(2)(2)
Total noninterest income$2,8812,7663,118

Commercial banking revenue

Commercial banking revenue increased $59 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by increases in loan syndication fees, institutional brokerage revenue and foreign exchange fees, partially offset by decreases in revenue from commercial customer interest rate derivatives and merger and acquisition fees.

Wealth and asset management revenue

Wealth and asset management revenue increased $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in broker income and private client service fees. The Bancorp’s trust and registered investment advisory businesses had approximately $574 billion and $510 billion in total assets under care as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and managed $59 billion and $55 billion in assets for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Service charges on deposits

Service charges on deposits decreased $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 due to a decrease in service charges on both commercial and consumer deposits. Service charges on commercial deposits were $424 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, a decrease of $10 million from the prior year primarily due to higher treasury management earnings credits driven by market interest rates, partially offset by an increase in commercial treasury management fees. Service charges on consumer deposits were $153 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, a decrease of $2 million from the prior year primarily due to a decrease in consumer checking fees driven by the elimination of non-sufficient funds fees during the third quarter of 2022.

Card and processing revenue

Card and processing revenue increased $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in credit and debit card interchange and electronic funds transfer income, partially offset by increased reward costs.

Mortgage banking net revenue

Mortgage banking net revenue increased $35 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022.

64 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the components of mortgage banking net revenue:

TABLE 9: Components of Mortgage Banking Net Revenue
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Origination fees and gains on loan sales$7991285
Net mortgage servicing revenue:
Gross mortgage servicing fees319310247
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs(148)(186)(262)
Net mortgage servicing revenue171124(15)
Total mortgage banking net revenue$250215270

Origination fees and gains on loan sales decreased $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by lower volumes of residential mortgage loan originations as well as a decrease in gains from sales of government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs. Residential mortgage loan originations decreased to $5.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $14.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to the impact of higher market interest rates on originations.

The following table presents the components of net valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio and the impact of the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy.

TABLE 10: Components of Net Valuation Adjustments on MSRs
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio$(43)(363)(123)
Changes in fair value:
Due to changes in inputs or assumptions(a)43355142
Other changes in fair value(b)(148)(178)(281)
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs$(148)(186)(262)

(a)Primarily reflects changes in prepayment speed and OAS assumptions which are updated based on market interest rates.

(b)Primarily reflects changes due to realized cash flows and the passage of time.

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Bancorp recognized losses of $105 million and income of $177 million, respectively, in mortgage banking net revenue for valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio. The valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio included increases of $43 million and $355 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, due to changes in market rates and other inputs in the valuation model, including future prepayment speeds and OAS assumptions. Mortgage rates increased slightly during the year ended December 31, 2023, which caused a decrease in prepayment speeds. The fair value of the MSR portfolio also decreased $148 million and $178 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, as a result of contractual principal payments and actual prepayment activity.

Further detail on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio. Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio.

In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. Gains and losses on these securities are recorded in securities losses, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Bancorp’s total residential mortgage loans serviced at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were $117.0 billion and $120.2 billion, respectively, with $100.8 billion and $103.2 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others.

65 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Leasing business revenue

Leasing business revenue decreased $29 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by decreases in operating lease income, lease remarketing fees and leasing business solutions revenue. The decrease in leasing business solutions revenue was related to the disposition of LaSalle Solutions during the second quarter of 2022.

Other noninterest income

The following table presents the components of other noninterest income:

TABLE 11: Components of Other Noninterest Income
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
BOLI income$616461
Cardholder fees565450
Equity method investment income522230
Private equity investment income447081
Banking center income252423
Income from the TRA associated with Worldpay, Inc.224646
Consumer loan fees201917
Gains on contract sales2362
Loss on swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares(94)(84)(86)
Other, net194748
Total other noninterest income$207265332

Other noninterest income decreased $58 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to decreases in private equity investment income and income from the TRA associated with Worldpay, Inc., partially offset by an increase in equity method investment income.

Private equity investment income decreased $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year primarily driven by gains realized on certain private equity investments during the prior year. Income from the TRA associated with Worldpay, Inc. was $22 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $46 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. For more information, refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Equity method investment income increased $30 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year primarily due to a gain on the partial disposition of an equity method investment during the second quarter of 2023.

Securities gains (losses), net

Net securities gains were $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared with losses of $82 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. For more information, refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense increased $486 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The following table presents the components of noninterest expense:

TABLE 12: Components of Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Compensation and benefits$2,6942,5542,626
Technology and communications464416388
Net occupancy expense331307312
Equipment expense148145138
Marketing expense126118107
Leasing business expense121131137
Card and processing expense848089
Other noninterest expense1,237968951
Total noninterest expense$5,2054,7194,748
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis(a)59.6%56.260.1

(a)This is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Compensation and benefits expense increased $140 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by an increase in base compensation, which includes the impact of merit increases, the additional personnel costs of an acquired business, the impact of raising the Bancorp’s minimum wage in the third quarter of 2022 and an increase in severance expense. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 also included an increase in non-qualified

66 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

deferred compensation expense. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in performance-based compensation. Full-time equivalent employees totaled 18,724 at December 31, 2023 compared to 19,319 at December 31, 2022.

Technology and communications expense increased $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by increased investments in strategic initiatives and technology modernization.

Net occupancy expense increased $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by fluctuations in energy prices, higher expenses associated with the maintenance and renovation of banking centers and the impacts of exiting mortgage warehouse lending.

Marketing expense increased $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to an increase in deposit campaigns.

Leasing business expense decreased $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by a decrease in depreciation expense associated with operating lease equipment.

The following table presents the components of other noninterest expense:

TABLE 13: Components of Other Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
FDIC insurance and other taxes$385132114
Loan and lease133167217
Losses and adjustments919169
Data processing878279
Dues and subscriptions615855
Travel566034
Professional service fees535463
Securities recordkeeping504852
Cash and coin processing484439
Postal and courier464037
Intangible amortization434744
Other, net184145148
Total other noninterest expense$1,237968951

Other noninterest expense increased $269 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to an increase in FDIC insurance and other taxes, partially offset by a decrease in loan and lease expense.

FDIC insurance and other taxes increased $253 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of a $224 million FDIC special assessment, as further discussed in the Overview section of MD&A, as well as an increase in the FDIC insurance initial base deposit insurance assessment rate.

Loan and lease expense decreased $34 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by a decrease in loan servicing expenses related to the Bancorp’s sales of certain government-guaranteed residential mortgage loans that were previously in forbearance programs and serviced by a third party. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 also included a decrease in loan closing expense related to lower origination volumes for residential mortgage loans.

67 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Applicable Income Taxes

Applicable income tax expense for all periods presented includes the benefits from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments and tax credits (and other related tax benefits), partially offset by the effect of proportional amortization of qualifying LIHTC investments and certain nondeductible expenses. The tax credits are primarily associated with the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program established under Section 42 of the IRC, the New Markets Tax Credit program established under Section 45D of the IRC, the Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit program established under Section 47 of the IRC, the Credit for Increasing Research Activities program established under Section 41 of the IRC and the Qualified Zone Academy Bond program established under Section 1397E of the IRC.

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were primarily impacted by $230 million and $219 million, respectively, of low-income housing tax credits and other tax benefits and $25 million and $26 million, respectively, of tax benefits from tax-exempt income, which were partially offset by $200 million and $189 million, respectively, of proportional amortization related to qualifying LIHTC investments.

The Bancorp’s income before income taxes, applicable income tax expense and effective tax rate are as follows:

TABLE 14: Applicable Income Taxes
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Income before income taxes$2,9883,0933,517
Applicable income tax expense639647747
Effective tax rate21.4%21.021.2

68 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

The Bancorp reports on three business segments: Commercial Banking, Consumer and Small Business Banking and Wealth and Asset Management. Additional information on each business segment is included in Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level. By employing an FTP methodology, the business segments are insulated from most benchmark interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through the origination of loans and acceptance of deposits. The FTP methodology assigns charge and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on the estimated amount and timing of cash flows for each transaction. Assigning the FTP rate based on matching the duration of cash flows allocates interest income and interest expense to each business segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from future changes in benchmark interest rates. The Bancorp’s FTP methodology also allocates the contribution to net interest income of the asset-generating and deposit-providing businesses on a duration-adjusted basis to better attribute the driver of the performance. As the asset and liability durations are not perfectly matched, the residual impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other. The charge and credit rates are determined using the FTP rate curve, which is based on an estimate of Fifth Third’s marginal borrowing cost in the wholesale funding markets. The FTP curve is constructed using the U.S. swap curve, brokered CD pricing and unsecured debt pricing. The Bancorp’s FTP methodology was not adjusted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of behavioral assumptions, such as prepayment rates on interest-earning assets and the estimated durations for indeterminate-lived deposits. Key assumptions, including the credit rates provided for deposit accounts, are reviewed annually. Credit rates for deposit products and charge rates for loan products may be reset more frequently in response to changes in market conditions. In general, the charge rates on assets increased since December 31, 2022 as they were affected by the prevailing level of interest rates and by the duration and repricing characteristics of the portfolio. The credit rates for deposit products also increased since December 31, 2022 due to higher interest rates and modified assumptions. Thus, net interest income for asset-generating business segments was negatively impacted by the rates charged on assets while deposit-providing business segments were positively impacted during the year ended December 31, 2023.

The Bancorp’s methodology for allocating provision for credit losses to the business segments includes charges or benefits associated with changes in criticized commercial loan levels in addition to actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans and leases owned by each business segment. Provision for credit losses attributable to loan and lease growth and changes in ALLL factors is captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of relationship depth opportunities and funding operations by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

The following table summarizes net income (loss) by business segment:

TABLE 15: Net Income (Loss) by Business Segment
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Income Statement Data
Commercial Banking$2,5591,6491,554
Consumer and Small Business Banking2,7611,309220
Wealth and Asset Management27919894
General Corporate and Other(3,250)(710)902
Net income$2,3492,4462,770

69 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers credit intermediation, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment:

TABLE 16: Commercial Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (FTE)(a)$3,8282,5521,604
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses1233(597)
Noninterest income:
Commercial banking revenue619563633
Service charges on deposits371372385
Leasing business revenue208237300
Other noninterest income158168179
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits654639644
Leasing business expense121131137
Other noninterest expense1,2281,053992
Income before income taxes (FTE)3,1692,0361,925
Applicable income tax expense(a)(b)610387371
Net income$2,5591,6491,554
Average Balance Sheet Data
Commercial loans and leases, including held for sale$72,29370,90462,571
Demand deposits23,17035,14738,220
Interest checking deposits32,31921,34122,452
Savings and money market deposits5,2466,0197,825
Certificates of deposit62108117
Foreign office deposits158170164

(a)Includes FTE adjustments of $16, $10 and $8 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the tax benefit from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments and tax credits partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. Refer to the Applicable Income Taxes subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for additional information.

Net income was $2.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in net income was primarily driven by an increase in net interest income on an FTE basis, a decrease in provision for credit losses and an increase in noninterest income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Net interest income on an FTE basis increased $1.3 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by increases in yields on average commercial loans and leases as well as increases in FTP credit rates on deposits. These positive impacts were partially offset by increases in FTP charge rates on commercial loans and leases as well as increases in rates paid on and average balances of interest checking deposits and increases in rates paid on average savings and money market deposits.

Provision for credit losses decreased $21 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by an increase in the allocated benefit from credit losses related to commercial criticized assets as well as a decrease in net charge-offs related to commercial leases. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases were 12 bps for both the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Noninterest income increased $16 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 driven by an increase in commercial banking revenue, partially offset by decreases in leasing business revenue and other noninterest income. Commercial banking revenue increased $56 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by increases in loan syndication fees, institutional brokerage revenue and foreign exchange fees, partially offset by decreases in contract revenue from commercial customer derivatives and merger and acquisition fees. Leasing business revenue decreased $29 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by decreases in operating lease income, lease remarketing fees and leasing business solutions revenue. The decrease in leasing business solutions revenue was related to the disposition of LaSalle Solutions during the second quarter of 2022. Other noninterest income decreased $10 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to a decrease in private equity investment income, partially offset by a decrease in net securities losses.

Noninterest expense increased $180 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 driven by increases in other noninterest expense and compensation and benefits, partially offset by a decrease in leasing business expense. Other noninterest expense increased $175 million from

70 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by increases in allocated expenses and FDIC insurance and other taxes. The increase in allocated expenses was primarily related to cash management services and information technology support services. Compensation and benefits increased $15 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by an increase in base compensation, partially offset by a decrease in performance-based compensation. Leasing business expense decreased $10 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by a decrease in depreciation expense associated with operating lease equipment.

Average commercial loans and leases increased $1.4 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in average commercial and industrial loans, average commercial mortgage loans and average commercial construction loans, partially offset by a decrease in average commercial leases. Average commercial and industrial loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of higher loan balances in the first half of 2023 driven by production exceeding paydowns, partially offset by a planned reduction in balances in the second half of 2023. Average commercial mortgage loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2022 as loan originations exceeded payoffs. Average commercial construction loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2022 as loan originations exceeded payoffs. Average commercial leases decreased from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in indirect non-relationship-based lease originations.

Average deposits decreased $1.8 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to decreases in average demand deposits and average savings and money market deposits, partially offset by an increase in average interest checking deposits. Average demand deposits decreased $12.0 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of balance migration into interest checking deposits and lower average balances per customer account. Average savings and money market deposits decreased $773 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to lower average balances per customer account and balance migration into interest checking deposits. Average interest checking deposits increased $11.0 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of balance migration from demand deposits and savings and money market deposits as well as average balance growth.

71 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Consumer and Small Business Banking

Consumer and Small Business Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan products to individuals and small businesses through a network of full-service banking centers and relationships with indirect and correspondent loan originators in addition to providing products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services. Consumer and Small Business Banking includes the Bancorp’s residential mortgage, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards, automobile and other indirect lending and other consumer lending activities. Residential mortgage activities include the origination, retention and servicing of residential mortgage loans, sales and securitizations of those loans and all associated hedging activities. Indirect lending activities include extending loans to consumers through automobile dealers, motorcycle dealers, powersport dealers, recreational vehicle dealers and marine dealers. Other consumer lending activities include home improvement and solar energy installation loans originated through a network of contractors and installers.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer and Small Business Banking segment:

TABLE 17: Consumer and Small Business Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$5,2073,1311,685
Provision for credit losses303139120
Noninterest income:
Card and processing revenue312308312
Mortgage banking net revenue250214267
Wealth and asset management revenue216204206
Service charges on deposits208216214
Other noninterest income119111108
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits878828833
Net occupancy and equipment expense253234235
Card and processing expense767285
Other noninterest expense1,3081,2551,242
Income before income taxes3,4941,656277
Applicable income tax expense73334757
Net income$2,7611,309220
Average Balance Sheet Data
Consumer loans, including held for sale$42,93343,04943,072
Commercial loans2,8291,727928
Demand deposits21,89123,60022,932
Interest checking deposits12,32515,19114,633
Savings and money market deposits42,30543,05440,647
Certificates of deposit8,8092,5433,292

Net income was $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by increases in net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by increases in provision for credit losses and noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased $2.1 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in FTP credit rates on deposits as well as increases in yields on and average balances of loans. These positive impacts were partially offset by increases in rates paid on deposits as well as FTP charge rates on loans.

Provision for credit losses increased $164 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in net charge-offs on other consumer loans, commercial and industrial loans, indirect secured consumer loans and credit card. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases increased to 68 bps for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 33 bps for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Noninterest income increased $52 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by increases in mortgage banking net revenue and wealth and asset management revenue. Refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the fluctuation in mortgage banking net revenue. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $12 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by an increase in broker income.

72 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Noninterest expense increased $126 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in other noninterest expense, compensation and benefits and net occupancy and equipment expense. Other noninterest expense increased $53 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in allocated expenses, FDIC insurance and other taxes and marketing expense. The increase in allocated expenses was primarily related to information technology support services. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in loan servicing expenses related to the Bancorp’s sales of certain government-guaranteed residential mortgage loans that were previously in forbearance programs and serviced by a third party. Compensation and benefits increased $50 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by an increase in base compensation, which includes the incremental impact of a business acquired in the second quarter of 2022 and the impact of raising the Bancorp’s minimum wage in the third quarter of 2022. Net occupancy and equipment expense increased $19 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to an increase in allocated occupancy costs.

Average consumer loans decreased $116 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by decreases in average residential mortgage loans and average indirect secured consumer loans, partially offset by increases in average other consumer loans and average credit card. Average residential mortgage loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to decreases in average residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp sold government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs and also had lower origination volumes. Average indirect secured consumer loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by paydowns exceeding loan originations and a planned reduction in balances. Average other consumer loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by originations of point-of-sale solar energy installation loans. Average credit card increased from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in balance-active customers and average balances per balance-active account. Average commercial loans increased $1.1 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by increases in average commercial and industrial loans and average commercial mortgage loans as loan originations exceeded payoffs.

Average deposits increased $942 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by an increase in average certificates of deposit, partially offset by decreases in average interest checking deposits, average demand deposits and average savings and money market deposits. Average certificates of deposit increased $6.3 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to higher offering rates. Average interest checking deposits decreased $2.9 billion, average demand deposits decreased $1.7 billion and average savings and money market deposits decreased $749 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of lower average balances per customer account due to increased consumer spending and balance migration into certificates of deposit. In response to the higher interest rate environment, deposit balances have migrated from noninterest-bearing products to higher interest-bearing products.

Wealth and Asset Management

Wealth and Asset Management provides a full range of wealth management solutions for individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations, including wealth planning, investment management, banking, insurance, trust and estate services. These offerings include retail brokerage services for individual clients, advisory services for institutional clients including middle market businesses, non-profits, states and municipalities, and wealth management strategies and products for high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Wealth and Asset Management segment:

TABLE 18: Wealth and Asset Management
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$36026288
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses1(1)
Noninterest income:
Wealth and asset management revenue549540558
Other noninterest income6512
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits220218205
Other noninterest expense341338335
Income before income taxes353251119
Applicable income tax expense745325
Net income$27919894
Average Balance Sheet Data
Loans and leases, including held for sale$4,3864,4133,852
Deposits11,12212,72511,480

Net income was $279 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $198 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in net income was primarily driven by increases in net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

73 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net interest income increased $98 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by an increase in FTP credit rates on deposits as well as increases in yields on average loans and leases. These positive impacts were partially offset by increases in rates paid on average deposits as well as an increase in FTP charge rates on loans and leases for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $10 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to an increase in wealth and asset management revenue driven by increases in broker income and private client service fees.

Noninterest expense increased $5 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 due to increases in other noninterest expense and compensation and benefits. Other noninterest expense increased $3 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of an increase in allocated expenses related to operational support and settlement services. Compensation and benefits increased $2 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of an increase in base compensation.

Average loans and leases decreased $27 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by decreases in average commercial and industrial loans and average home equity loans as payoffs exceeded loan production, partially offset by an increase in average commercial mortgage loans as a result of higher loan production.

Average deposits decreased $1.6 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by decreases in average interest checking deposits and average demand deposits as a result of lower average balances per customer account, partially offset by an increase in average savings and money market deposits.

General Corporate and Other

General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, unallocated provision for credit losses or a benefit from the reduction of the ACL, the payment of preferred stock dividends and certain support activities and other items not attributed to the business segments.

Net interest income on an FTE basis decreased $3.2 billion from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by increases in FTP credits on deposits allocated to the business segments, increases in interest expense on long-term debt and deposits and decreases in interest income on loans and leases. These negative impacts were partially offset by increases in FTP charges to the business segments on loans and leases as well as increases in interest income on investment securities and other short-term investments. The increases in both FTP credits and FTP charges allocated to the business segments were driven by increases in market interest rates. Under the Bancorp’s internal reporting methodology, the Bancorp insulates the business segments from interest rate risk associated with fixed-rate lending by transferring this risk to General Corporate and Other through the FTP methodology. As a result, the amount of FTP credits on deposits earned by the business segments has increased at a faster pace than the amount of allocated FTP charges on loans and leases. If market interest rates remain at current levels, the FTP charges to the business segments for loans and leases will increase over time as fixed-rate loans mature and are replaced with new originations.

Provision for credit losses decreased $192 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by the impact of allocations to the business segments.

Noninterest income increased $46 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by the recognition of net securities gains compared to net securities losses during the prior year, partially offset by a decrease in income from the TRA associated with Worldpay, Inc.

Noninterest expense increased $184 million from the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by increases in FDIC insurance and other taxes due to the FDIC special assessment, compensation and benefits due to higher non-qualified deferred compensation expense and severance expense and an increase in technology and communications expense, partially offset by the impact of increases in corporate overhead allocations from General Corporate and Other to the other business segments. Refer to the Overview section of MD&A for additional information on the special deposit insurance assessment.

74 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans and Leases

The Bancorp classifies its commercial loans and leases based upon primary purpose and consumer loans based upon product or collateral. Table 19 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale, and Table 20 summarizes average total loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale.

TABLE 19: Components of Total Loans and Leases (including loans and leases held for sale)
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20232022
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$53,31157,305
Commercial mortgage loans11,27611,020
Commercial construction loans5,6215,433
Commercial leases2,5822,704
Total commercial loans and leases$72,79076,462
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans17,36018,562
Home equity3,9164,039
Indirect secured consumer loans14,96516,552
Credit card1,8651,874
Other consumer loans6,7164,998
Total consumer loans$44,82246,025
Total loans and leases$117,612122,487
Total portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$117,234121,480

Total loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale, decreased $4.9 billion, or 4%, from December 31, 2022 driven by decreases in both commercial loans and leases and consumer loans.

Commercial loans and leases decreased $3.7 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2022 due to decreases in commercial and industrial loans and commercial leases, partially offset by increases in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans. Commercial and industrial loans decreased $4.0 billion, or 7%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of payoffs, decreased revolving line of credit utilization and a planned reduction in balances in the second half of 2023. Commercial leases decreased $122 million, or 5%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in indirect non-relationship-based lease originations. Commercial mortgage loans increased $256 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2022 as loan originations exceeded payoffs. Commercial construction loans increased $188 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2022 as draws on existing commitments and loan originations exceeded payoffs.

Consumer loans decreased $1.2 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2022 primarily due to decreases in indirect secured consumer loans, residential mortgage loans and home equity, partially offset by an increase in other consumer loans. Indirect secured consumer loans decreased $1.6 billion, or 10%, from December 31, 2022 primarily driven by paydowns exceeding loan originations and a planned reduction in balances. Residential mortgage loans decreased $1.2 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2022 primarily due to decreases in residential mortgage loans related to lower origination volumes as well as a decrease in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp sold government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs. Home equity decreased $123 million, or 3%, as payoffs exceeded loan originations and new advances. Other consumer loans increased $1.7 billion, or 34%, from December 31, 2022 primarily driven by originations of point-of-sale solar energy installation loans.

75 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 20: Components of Average Loans and Leases (including average loans and leases held for sale)
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20232022
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$57,00555,618
Commercial mortgage loans11,26210,723
Commercial construction loans5,5825,458
Commercial leases2,6292,828
Total commercial loans and leases$76,47874,627
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans18,00219,731
Home equity3,9363,971
Indirect secured consumer loans15,94416,914
Credit card1,8001,737
Other consumer loans6,1223,581
Total consumer loans$45,80445,934
Total average loans and leases$122,282120,561
Total average portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$121,645118,069

Average loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale, increased $1.7 billion, or 1%, from December 31, 2022 driven by an increase in average commercial loans and leases, partially offset by a decrease in average consumer loans.

Average commercial loans and leases increased $1.9 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2022 due to increases in average commercial and industrial loans, average commercial mortgage loans and average commercial construction loans, partially offset by a decrease in average commercial leases. Average commercial and industrial loans increased $1.4 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of higher loan balances in the first half of 2023 driven by production exceeding paydowns, partially offset by a planned reduction in balances in the second half of 2023. Average commercial mortgage loans increased $539 million, or 5%, from December 31, 2022 as loan originations exceeded payoffs. Average commercial construction loans increased $124 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2022 as loan originations exceeded payoffs. Average commercial leases decreased $199 million, or 7%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in indirect non-relationship-based lease originations.

Average consumer loans decreased $130 million from December 31, 2022 primarily due to decreases in average residential mortgage loans and average indirect secured consumer loans, partially offset by increases in average other consumer loans and average credit card. Average residential mortgage loans decreased $1.7 billion, or 9%, from December 31, 2022 primarily due to a decrease in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp sold government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs and also had lower origination volumes. Average indirect secured consumer loans decreased $970 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2022 primarily driven by paydowns exceeding loan originations and a planned reduction in balances. Average other consumer loans increased $2.5 billion, or 71%, from December 31, 2022 primarily driven by originations of point-of-sale solar energy installation loans. Average credit card increased $63 million, or 4%, from December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in balance-active customers and average balances per balance-active account.

Investment Securities

The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing collateral for pledging purposes and for liquidity risk management. Total investment securities were $51.9 billion and $52.2 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The taxable available-for-sale debt and other investment securities portfolio had an effective duration of 4.8 at December 31, 2023 compared to 5.4 at December 31, 2022.

Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. Debt securities are classified as trading typically when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. At December 31, 2023, the Bancorp’s investment portfolio consisted primarily of AAA-rated available-for-sale debt and other securities. The Bancorp held an immaterial amount of below-investment grade available-for-sale debt and other securities at both December 31, 2023 and 2022.

During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Bancorp recognized $5 million, $1 million and $19 million, respectively, of impairment losses on available-for-sale debt and other securities, included in securities gains (losses), net, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These losses related to certain securities in unrealized loss positions where the Bancorp has determined that it no longer intends to hold the securities until the recovery of their amortized cost bases.

76 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

At both December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Bancorp completed its evaluation of the available-for-sale debt and other securities in an unrealized loss position and did not recognize an allowance for credit losses. The Bancorp did not recognize provision expense during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 related to available-for-sale debt and other securities in an unrealized loss position.

The following table summarizes the end of period components of investment securities:

TABLE 21: Components of Investment Securities
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20232022
Available-for-sale debt and other securities (amortized cost basis):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$4,4772,683
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities218
Mortgage-backed securities:
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities11,56412,604
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities28,94529,824
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities4,8725,235
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities5,2076,292
Other securities(a)722874
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$55,78957,530
Held-to-maturity securities (amortized cost basis):
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities$3
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities22
Total held-to-maturity securities$25
Trading debt securities (fair value):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$64745
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities3914
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities68
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities207347
Total trading debt securities$899414
Total equity securities (fair value)$613317

(a)Other securities consist of FHLB, FRB and DTCC restricted stock holdings that are carried at cost.

In January 2024, the Bancorp transferred $12.6 billion (amortized cost basis) of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity to reflect the Bancorp’s change in intent to hold these securities to maturity in order to reduce potential capital volatility associated with investment security market price fluctuations. AOCI included pretax unrealized losses of $994 million on these securities at the date of transfer. The unrealized losses that existed on the date of transfer will continue to be reported as a component of AOCI and will be amortized into income over the remaining life of the securities as an adjustment to yield, offsetting the amortization of the discount resulting from the transfer recorded at fair value.

On an amortized cost basis, available-for-sale debt and other securities decreased $1.7 billion from December 31, 2022 primarily due to decreases in asset-backed securities and other debt securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities and agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by increases in U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities. Trading debt securities increased $485 million from December 31, 2022 primarily due to purchases of U.S. Treasury securities during the year ended December 31, 2023 related to the Bancorp’s management of collateral posted for derivative exposures.

On an amortized cost basis, available-for-sale debt and other securities were 28% and 30% of total interest-earning assets at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio was 6.2 years and 6.8 years at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In addition, at December 31, 2023 and 2022, the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 3.06% and 2.97%, respectively.

Information presented in Table 22 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using amortized cost balances and reflects the impact of prepayments. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio exclude other securities that have no stated yield or maturity. Total net unrealized losses on the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio were $5.4 billion and $6.0 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The fair values of investment securities are impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of the Bancorp’s investment securities portfolio generally decreases when interest rates increase or when credit spreads widen.

77 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 22: Characteristics of Available-for-Sale Debt and Other Securities
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)Amortized CostFair ValueWeighted-Average Life (in years)Weighted-Average Yield
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities:
Average life within one year$3503500.85.46%
Average life after one year through five years3,9013,7632.93.62
Average life after five years through ten years2262235.23.60
Total$4,4774,3362.93.76%
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities:
Average life within one year220.7
Total$220.7%
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year550.62.29
Average life after one year through five years8818153.52.84
Average life after five years through ten years9,6828,6728.03.00
Average life after ten years99679011.32.93
Total$11,56410,2828.02.98%
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:(a)
Average life within one year59570.82.98
Average life after one year through five years10,2059,5083.62.71
Average life after five years through ten years13,94512,2347.42.88
Average life after ten years4,7363,92112.02.93
Total$28,94525,7206.82.83%
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year3403320.83.30
Average life after one year through five years2,4422,3232.23.24
Average life after five years through ten years2,0901,7907.52.81
Total$4,8724,4454.33.06%
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities:
Average life within one year6346180.73.95
Average life after one year through five years3,4883,2793.13.74
Average life after five years through ten years1,0489796.14.42
Average life after ten years373613.55.23
Total$5,2074,9123.53.91%
Other securities722722
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$55,78950,4196.23.06%

(a)Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.01%, 0.19% and 0.03% for securities with an average life between 5 and 10 years, average life greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

Other Short-Term Investments

Other short-term investments have original maturities less than one year and primarily include interest-bearing balances that are funds on deposit at other depository institutions or the FRB. The Bancorp uses other short-term investments as part of its liquidity risk management tools. Other short-term investments were $22.1 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of $13.7 billion from December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily attributable to the Bancorp’s decision to increase its liquidity position in response to conditions in the operating environment as of December 31, 2023.

Deposits

The Bancorp’s deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp continues to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building full relationships and offering competitive rates. Average core deposits represented 76% and 78% of average total assets for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

78 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the end of period components of deposits:

TABLE 23: Components of Deposits
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20232022
Demand$43,14653,125
Interest checking57,25751,653
Savings18,21523,469
Money market34,37428,220
Foreign office162182
Total transaction deposits153,154156,649
CDs $250,000 or less10,5523,809
Total core deposits163,706160,458
CDs over $250,000(a)5,2063,232
Total deposits$168,912163,690

(a)Includes $4.4 billion and $3.1 billion of retail brokered certificates of deposit which are fully covered by FDIC insurance as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Core deposits increased $3.2 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2022 due to an increase in CDs $250,000 or less, partially offset by a decrease in transaction deposits. In response to the higher interest rate environment, deposit balances have migrated from noninterest-bearing products such as demand deposits into higher interest-bearing products such as CDs, money market accounts and interest checking accounts. CDs $250,000 or less increased $6.7 billion from December 31, 2022 primarily due to higher offering rates. Transaction deposits decreased $3.5 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2022 as decreases in demand deposits and savings deposits were partially offset by increases in money market deposits and interest checking deposits. Demand deposits decreased $10.0 billion, or 19%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of the aforementioned balance migration and lower balances per customer account. Savings deposits decreased $5.3 billion, or 22%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of balance migration into CDs and lower balances per consumer customer account due to increased consumer spending. Money market deposits increased $6.2 billion, or 22%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of higher balances per consumer customer account due to higher offering rates. Interest checking deposits increased $5.6 billion, or 11%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of balance migration from demand deposits and commercial balance growth, partially offset by lower balances per consumer customer account.

CDs over $250,000 increased $2.0 billion, or 61%, from December 31, 2022 primarily due to an increase in retail brokered CDs issued, which are utilized as a short-term funding source.

The following table presents the components of average deposits for the years ended December 31:

TABLE 24: Components of Average Deposits
($ in millions)20232022
Demand$46,19560,185
Interest checking52,37845,835
Savings20,87223,445
Money market30,94329,326
Foreign office158170
Total transaction deposits150,546158,961
CDs $250,000 or less8,2982,342
Total core deposits158,844161,303
CDs over $250,000(a)5,3321,688
Total average deposits$164,176162,991

(a)Includes $4.7 billion and $1.5 billion of retail brokered certificates of deposit which are fully covered by FDIC insurance for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

On an average basis, core deposits decreased $2.5 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2022 due to a decrease in average transaction deposits, partially offset by an increase in average CDs $250,000 or less. In response to the higher interest rate environment, average deposit balances have migrated from noninterest-bearing products such as demand deposits into higher interest-bearing products such as interest checking accounts, CDs and money market accounts. Average transaction deposits decreased $8.4 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2022, primarily driven by decreases in average demand deposits and average savings deposits, partially offset by increases in average interest checking deposits and average money market deposits. Average demand deposits decreased $14.0 billion, or 23%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of the aforementioned balance migration and lower average balances per customer account. Average savings deposits decreased $2.6 billion, or 11%, from December 31, 2022 primarily due to balance migration into CDs and lower average balances per consumer customer account due to increased consumer spending. Average interest checking deposits increased $6.5 billion, or 14%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of balance migration from demand deposits and money market deposits as well as average commercial balance

79 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

growth, partially offset by lower average balances per consumer customer account. Average money market deposits increased $1.6 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2022 primarily as a result of higher average balances per consumer customer account due to higher offering rates, partially offset by balance migration into interest checking deposits. Average CDs $250,000 or less increased $6.0 billion from December 31, 2022 primarily due to higher offering rates.

Average CDs over $250,000 increased $3.6 billion from December 31, 2022 primarily due to an increase in retail brokered CDs issued.

Contractual maturities

The contractual maturities of CDs as of December 31, 2023 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 25: Contractual Maturities of CDs(a)
($ in millions)
Next 12 months$15,541
13-24 months150
25-36 months49
37-48 months8
49-60 months7
After 60 months3
Total CDs$15,758

(a)Includes CDs $250,000 or less and CDs over $250,000.

Deposit insurance

The FDIC generally provides a standard amount of insurance of $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each account ownership category defined by the FDIC. Depositors may qualify for coverage of accounts over $250,000 if they have funds in different ownership categories and all FDIC requirements are met. All deposits that an account owner has in the same ownership category at the same bank are added together and insured up to the standard insurance amount. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, approximately $97.6 billion, or 58%, and $94.1 billion, or 58%, respectively, of the Bancorp’s domestic deposits were estimated to be insured. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, approximately $71.1 billion and $69.4 billion, respectively, of the Bancorp’s domestic deposits were estimated to be uninsured. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, approximately $3.4 billion and $727 million, respectively, of the Bancorp’s time deposits were estimated to be not fully insured. The estimated uninsured portions of those time deposits were $1.9 billion and $306 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Where information is not readily available to determine the amount of insured deposits, the amount of uninsured deposits is estimated, consistent with the methodologies and assumptions utilized in providing information to the Bank’s regulators.

Borrowings

The Bancorp accesses a variety of short-term and long-term funding sources. Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term and include federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings. Total average borrowings as a percent of average interest-bearing liabilities were 14% at both December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The following table summarizes the end of period components of borrowings:

TABLE 26: Components of Borrowings
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20232022
Federal funds purchased$193180
Other short-term borrowings2,8614,838
Long-term debt16,38013,714
Total borrowings$19,43418,732

Total borrowings increased $702 million, or 4%, from December 31, 2022 primarily due to an increase in long-term debt partially offset by a decrease in other short-term borrowings. Long-term debt increased $2.7 billion from December 31, 2022 primarily driven by the issuance of senior fixed-rate/floating-rate notes in July of 2023 totaling $1.25 billion and the issuance of asset-backed securities in August of 2023 totaling $1.5 billion related to an automobile loan securitization. Additionally, in September of 2023 the Bancorp obtained $1.5 billion in new FHLB advances that will mature in 2024, utilizing its existing borrowing capacity. These increases were partially offset by the redemptions or maturities of $1.3 billion of notes and $272 million of paydowns associated with loan securitizations during the year ended December 31, 2023. For additional information regarding the long-term debt issuances, refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Other short-term borrowings decreased $2.0 billion from December 31, 2022 primarily due to core deposit growth, including seasonal inflows during the fourth quarter of 2023, and increased long-term debt which reduced the need for short-term funding at period-end. The level of other short-term borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and the sources that are used to satisfy those needs. For further information on the components of other short-term borrowings, refer to Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

80 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the components of average borrowings:

TABLE 27: Components of Average Borrowings
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20232022
Federal funds purchased$307381
Other short-term borrowings5,0444,544
Long-term debt14,26011,893
Total average borrowings$19,61116,818

Total average borrowings increased $2.8 billion, or 17%, compared to December 31, 2022 primarily due to increases in average long-term debt and average other short-term borrowings. Average long-term debt increased $2.4 billion compared to December 31, 2022 primarily driven by the aforementioned issuances in 2023 totaling $2.75 billion and the aforementioned $1.5 billion in new FHLB advances the Bancorp obtained in 2023. These increases were partially offset by redemptions or maturities of $1.3 billion of notes and $272 million of paydowns associated with loan securitizations during the year ended December 31, 2023. Average other short-term borrowings increased $500 million compared to December 31, 2022 primarily due to maintaining higher levels of liquidity in response to the conditions in the current operating environment, including regulatory uncertainty. Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is discussed in the Net Interest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. In addition, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management.

81 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RISK MANAGEMENT – OVERVIEW

Effective risk management is critical to the Bancorp’s ongoing success and ensures that the Bancorp operates in a safe and sound manner, complies with applicable laws and regulations and safeguards the Bancorp’s brand and reputation. Risks are inherent in the Bancorp’s business and are influenced by both internal and external factors. The Bancorp is responsible for managing these risks effectively to deliver through-the-cycle value and performance for the Bancorp’s shareholders, customers, employees and communities.

Fifth Third’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which is approved annually by the Capital Committee, ERMC, RCC and the Board of Directors, includes the following key elements:

•The Bancorp ensures transparency of risk through defined risk policies, governance and a reporting structure that includes the RCC, ERMC and other risk-specific management committees and councils.

•The Bancorp establishes a risk appetite in alignment with its strategic, financial and capital plans at the enterprise level and the line of business level. Risk appetite is defined using quantitative metrics and qualitative measures to ensure prudent risk taking, driving balanced decision making. The Bancorp’s goal is to ensure that aggregate residual risks do not exceed the Bancorp’s risk appetite, and that risks taken are supportive of the Bancorp’s portfolio diversification and profitability objectives. The Board and executive management approve the risk appetite, which is considered in the development of business strategies and forms the basis for enterprise risk management.

•The core principles that define the Bancorp’s risk appetite are as follows:

◦Act with integrity in all activities.

◦Understand the risks taken and ensure that they are in alignment with the Bancorp’s business strategies and risk appetite.

◦Avoid risks that cannot be understood, managed or monitored.

◦Provide transparency of risk to the Bancorp’s management and Board by escalating risks and issues as necessary.

◦Ensure Fifth Third’s products and services are aligned to the Bancorp’s core customer base and are designed, delivered and maintained to provide value and benefit to the Bancorp’s customers and to Fifth Third.

◦Only offer products or services that are appropriate or suitable for the Bancorp’s customers.

◦Focus on providing operational excellence by providing reliable, accurate and efficient services to meet customers’ needs.

◦Maintain a strong financial position to ensure the Bancorp meets its strategic objectives through all economic cycles and is able to access the capital markets at all times, even under stressed conditions.

◦Protect the Bancorp’s reputation by thoroughly understanding the consequences of business strategies, products and processes.

◦Conduct the Bancorp’s business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and in alignment with internal policies and procedures.

•Fifth Third’s core values and culture provide the foundation for supporting sound risk management practices by setting expectations for appropriate conduct and accountability across the organization. All employees are expected to conduct themselves in alignment with Fifth Third’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which may be found on www.53.com, while carrying out their responsibilities. Fifth Third’s Management Compliance Committee provides oversight of business conduct policies, programs and strategies, and monitors reporting of potential misconduct, trends or themes across the enterprise. Prudent risk management is a responsibility that is expected from all employees and is a foundational element of Fifth Third’s culture.

•The Bancorp manages eight defined risk types to a prescribed appetite. The risk types are credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, price risk, legal and regulatory compliance risk, operational risk, reputation risk and strategic risk.

•The Bancorp identifies and monitors existing and potential risks that may impact the company’s risk profile, including emerging risks that create uncertainties and/or would have broad implications if materialized (e.g., global pandemics, climate change, etc.). Enhanced monitoring and action plans are implemented as necessary to proactively mitigate risk.

•Fifth Third’s Risk Management Process provides a consistent and integrated approach for managing risks. The five components of the Risk Management Process are: identify, assess, manage, monitor and report. The Bancorp has also established processes and programs to manage and report concentration risks, to ensure robust talent, performance and compensation management, and to aggregate risks across the enterprise.

Fifth Third drives accountability for managing risk through its Three Lines of Defense structure:

•The first line of defense is comprised of front-line units (and enterprise-wide functions that support front-line units) that create risk or are involved in risk-taking activities and are accountable for managing risk. These groups are the Bancorp’s primary risk takers and are responsible for implementing effective internal controls and maintaining processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting on the risks associated with their activities consistent with established risk appetite and limits.

•The second line of defense, or Independent Risk Management, consists of Enterprise and Non-Financial Risk Management, Capital Markets Risk Management, Compliance, Financial Crimes, Model Risk Management, Credit Risk Management and Credit Risk Review. The second line is responsible for developing enterprise frameworks and policies to govern risk-taking activities, providing challenge and oversight of those activities, advising on controlling risk, assessing risks and issues independent of the first line of defense, and providing input on key risk decisions. Risk Management complements the front line’s management of risk-taking activities through its monitoring and reporting responsibilities, including adherence to the Bancorp Risk Appetite. Additionally, the second line of defense is responsible for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting on aggregate risks enterprise-wide.

•The third line of defense is Internal Audit, which provides oversight of the first and second lines of defense, and independent assurance to the Board on the effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal controls.

82 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit risk management utilizes a framework that encompasses consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting credit risk. These processes are supported by a credit risk governance structure that includes Board oversight, policies, risk limits and risk committees.

The objective of the Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from the failure of a borrower or counterparty to honor its financial or contractual obligations to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices which are described below. These practices include the use of intentional risk-based limits for single name exposures and counterparty selection criteria designed to reduce or eliminate exposure to borrowers who have higher than average default risk and defined weaknesses in financial performance. The Bancorp carefully designs and monitors underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry, product and customer level as well as ongoing portfolio monitoring and timely management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Credit officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority based on risk and exposure amount, the use of which is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and Credit Risk Management manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function provides independent and objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk ratings and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp’s credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the ACL is based on quarterly assessments of the estimated losses expected in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to maintain an adequate ACL and record any necessary charge-offs. Certain loans and leases with probable or observed credit weaknesses receive enhanced monitoring and undergo a periodic review. Refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s credit rating categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions. In addition, stress testing is performed on various commercial and consumer portfolios utilizing various models. For certain portfolios, such as real estate and leveraged lending, stress testing is performed at the individual loan level during credit underwriting.

In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk rating systems. The first of these risk rating systems is based on regulatory guidance for credit risk rating systems. These ratings are used by the Bancorp to monitor and manage its credit risk. The Bancorp also separately maintains a dual risk rating system for credit approval and pricing, portfolio monitoring and capital allocation that includes a “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy for assessing a borrower’s creditworthiness. This “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy uses a grading scale that assigns ratings based on average default rates through an entire business cycle for borrowers with similar financial performance. The dual risk rating system includes thirteen categories for estimating probabilities of default and an additional eleven categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the regulatory risk rating system.

The Bancorp utilizes internally developed models to estimate expected credit losses for portfolio loans and leases. For loans and leases that are collectively evaluated, the Bancorp utilizes these models to forecast expected credit losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the Bancorp’s processes for developing these models, for estimating credit losses for periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period and for estimating credit losses for individually evaluated loans.

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimated probabilities of default are primarily based on the probability of default ratings assigned under the dual risk rating system and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The Bancorp also utilizes various scoring systems, analytical tools and portfolio performance monitoring processes to assess the credit risk of the consumer and residential mortgage portfolios.

83 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

During 2023, economic growth remained resilient as fiscal deficit spending, solid job growth and gains in household wealth supported demand while tighter monetary policy and lower commodity prices led to an easing of inflation. The path to a “soft landing” continued to improve as the easing of inflationary pressures allowed the FOMC to pivot to a more balanced stance where both the inflation and unemployment mandates are equally important. As inflation gradually moves down towards its 2% target, the FOMC focus has shifted to balancing the risk associated with keeping rates too high for too long as it seeks a soft landing for the economy.

It remains to be seen whether inflation can return sustainably to 2% without a period of below-potential growth and a softer labor market. The recent easing in financial conditions has supported growth and employment and the risk remains that inflation is more persistent than expected by the FOMC and financial markets. Heightened geopolitical tensions may also lead to increased economic uncertainty and volatility as well as higher commodity prices, potentially reversing some of the easing seen recently in headline inflation. Against this backdrop, tighter liquidity in the banking sector is limiting the supply of credit in the economy. Over time, these factors may adversely impact business investment, job growth and consumer spending which could lead to a recession.

Loan Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty

On January 1, 2023, the Bancorp adopted ASU 2022-02, which eliminated the accounting guidance on TDRs for creditors for all loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty occurring on or after January 1, 2023. For further information on the Bancorp’s adoption of ASU 2022-02, refer to Note 1 and Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial Portfolio

The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy seeks to minimize concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment, geography and credit product type. The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting.

The Bancorp is closely monitoring various economic factors and their impacts on commercial borrowers, including, but not limited to, the level of inflation, higher-for-longer interest rates, labor and supply chain issues, volatility and changes in consumer discretionary spending patterns, including debt and default levels. The Bancorp maintains focus on disciplined client selection, adherence to underwriting policy and attention to concentrations.

The Bancorp provides loans to a variety of customers ranging from large multinational firms to middle market businesses, sole proprietors and high net worth individuals. The origination policies for commercial and industrial loans outline the risks and underwriting requirements for loans to businesses in various industries. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, collateral and leverage requirements, cash flow coverage measures and hold limits. The Bancorp aligns credit and sales teams with specific industry and regional expertise to better monitor and manage different industry and geographic segments of the portfolio.

84 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides detail on commercial loans and leases by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases:

TABLE 28: Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio (excluding loans and leases held for sale)
20232022
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposureNonaccrualOutstandingExposureNonaccrual
By Industry:
Real estate$12,55819,679411,27517,93825
Financial services and insurance9,99821,0229,92720,674
Manufacturing9,01019,1015411,02421,17488
Business services5,91710,339505,97110,2404
Healthcare5,4857,831135,5767,83828
Wholesale trade5,25910,41465,53810,6204
Accommodation and food4,3266,946254,3407,02810
Retail trade3,9539,847854,49510,5709
Communication and information3,1916,482603,4286,944
Mining2,8135,9403,6346,811
Construction2,6566,391102,9456,26515
Transportation and warehousing2,3824,32652,6214,6642
Utilities1,8503,4931,8624,172
Entertainment and recreation1,6872,96481,7293,05367
Other services1,1811,68061,0881,4849
Agribusiness300614456651
Public administration1512403434511
Individuals297776117
Other61621
Total$72,746137,38632676,389140,756263
By Loan Size:
Less than $1 million4%4194317
$1 million to $5 million76117612
$5 million to $10 million5455417
$10 million to $25 million141123141228
$25 million to $50 million2423232226
Greater than $50 million4652424753
Total100%100100100100100
By State:
California10%85983
Illinois9859930
Texas991999
Ohio81169118
Florida7735776
New York7666
Michigan553555
Georgia4421441
Indiana33133
Tennessee331332
North Carolina332322
South Carolina22122
Other303119313134
Total100%100100100100100

The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner and nonowner-occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable), pro forma analysis requirements and interest rate sensitivity. The Bancorp requires a valuation of real estate collateral, which may include third-party appraisals, be performed at the time of origination and renewal in accordance with regulatory requirements and on an as-needed basis when market conditions justify. The Bancorp maintains an appraisal review department to order and review third-party appraisals in accordance with regulatory requirements. Nonaccrual assets with relationships exceeding $1 million are reviewed quarterly to assess the appropriateness of the value ascribed in the assessment of charge-offs and specific reserves. Additionally, collateral values are also reviewed at least annually for all criticized assets.

85 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Bancorp assesses all real estate and non-real estate collateral securing a loan and considers all cross-collateralized loans in the calculation of the LTV ratio. The following tables provide detail on the most recent LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans greater than $1 million, excluding commercial mortgage loans that are individually evaluated for an ACL. The Bancorp does not typically aggregate the LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans less than $1 million.

TABLE 29: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$532583,257
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans1295,121
Total$542878,378
TABLE 30: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$635333,566
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans4654,510
Total$675988,076

The Bancorp views nonowner-occupied commercial real estate as a higher credit risk product compared to some other commercial loan portfolios due to the higher volatility of the industry.

The following tables provide an analysis of nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans by state (excluding loans held for sale):

TABLE 31: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2023
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Illinois$1,5241,8082
Florida1,2422,160(2)
Ohio9721,377
South Carolina9271,135
Michigan7781,100
California7301,189
Texas6961,375
New York490545
Georgia441809
All other states2,9324,7181(1)
Total$10,73216,2163(3)

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

86 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 32: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2022
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet Charge-offs
By State:
Illinois$1,4011,69522
Florida1,1271,864
Ohio1,0611,462
South Carolina739996
Michigan8371,1451
California608953
Texas7881,356
New York381550
Georgia382920
All other states2,9724,80813
Total$10,29615,749243

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Consumer Portfolio

The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of five categories of loans: residential mortgage loans, home equity, indirect secured consumer loans, credit card and other consumer loans. The Bancorp has identified certain credit characteristics within these five categories of loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio. The Bancorp does not update LTVs for the consumer portfolio subsequent to origination except as part of the charge-off process for real estate secured loans. The Bancorp actively manages the consumer portfolio through concentration limits, which mitigate credit risk through limiting the exposure to lower FICO scores, higher LTVs, specific geographic concentration risks and additional risk elements.

The Bancorp continues to ensure that underwriting standards and guidelines adequately account for the broader economic conditions that the consumer portfolio faces in a rising-rate environment. Guidelines are designed to ensure that the various consumer products fall within the Bancorp’s risk appetite. These guidelines are monitored and adjusted as deemed appropriate in response to the prevailing economic conditions while remaining within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance limits.

The payment structures for certain variable rate products (such as residential mortgage loans, home equity and credit card) are susceptible to changes in benchmark interest rates. With increases in interest rates, minimum payments on these products also increase, raising the potential for the environment to be disruptive to some borrowers. The Bancorp actively monitors the portion of its consumer portfolio that is susceptible to increases in minimum payments and continues to assess the impact on the overall risk appetite and soundness of the portfolio.

Residential mortgage portfolio

The Bancorp manages credit risk in the residential mortgage portfolio through underwriting guidelines that limit exposure to loan characteristics determined to influence credit risk. Additionally, the portfolio is governed by concentration limits that ensure geographic, product and channel diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio.

The Bancorp does not originate residential mortgage loans that permit customers to make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed-rate and ARM loans. Within the ARM portfolio, approximately $545 million of ARM loans will have rate resets during the next twelve months. Of these resets, 90% are expected to experience an increase in rate, with an average increase of approximately 1.65%. Underlying characteristics of these borrowers are relatively strong with a weighted-average origination DTI of 35% and weighted-average origination LTV of 72%.

Certain residential mortgage products have characteristics that may increase the Bancorp’s credit loss rates in the event of a decline in housing values. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTVs, multiple loans secured by the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% and interest-only loans. The Bancorp has deemed residential mortgage loans with greater than 80% LTVs and no mortgage insurance as loans that represent a higher level of risk.

87 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination as of:

TABLE 33: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans by LTV at Origination
20232022
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 80%$11,71862.7%$12,39561.9%
LTV 80%, with mortgage insurance(a)2,99695.13,09294.7
LTV 80%, no mortgage insurance2,31291.12,14190.5
Total$17,02672.4%$17,62871.3%

(a)Includes loans with either borrower or lender paid mortgage insurance.

The following tables provide an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by state with a greater than 80% LTV at origination and no mortgage insurance:

TABLE 34: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2023
Outstanding90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$5128
Illinois46214
Florida4071(1)
Michigan1671
Indiana1662
North Carolina1631
Kentucky1231
All other states3125
Total$2,312123(1)
TABLE 35: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2022
Outstanding90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrualNet Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$50019
Illinois4305
Florida3473
Michigan1632
Indiana1572
North Carolina147
Kentucky1121
All other states2857
Total$2,141129

Home equity portfolio

The Bancorp’s home equity portfolio is primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s newly originated home equity lines of credit have a 10-year interest-only draw period followed by a 20-year amortization period. The home equity line of credit previously offered by the Bancorp was a revolving facility with a 20-year term, minimum payments of interest-only and a balloon payment of principal at maturity. Approximately 28% of the outstanding balances of the Bancorp’s portfolio of home equity lines of credit have a balloon structure at maturity. Peak maturity years for the balloon home equity lines of credit are 2025 to 2028 and approximately 8% of the balances mature before 2025.

The ACL provides coverage for expected losses in the home equity portfolio. The allowance attributable to the portion of the home equity portfolio that is collectively evaluated is determined on a pooled basis using a probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default model framework to generate expected losses. The expected losses for the home equity portfolio are dependent upon loan delinquency, FICO scores, LTV, loan age and their historical correlation with macroeconomic variables including unemployment and the home price index. The expected losses generated from models are adjusted by certain qualitative adjustment factors to reflect risks associated

88 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

with current conditions and trends. The qualitative factors include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, economic conditions, portfolio mix, lending and risk management personnel, results of internal audit and quality control reviews, collateral values and geographic concentrations.

The home equity portfolio is managed in two primary groups: loans outstanding with a combined LTV greater than 80% and those loans with an LTV of 80% or less based upon appraisals at origination. For additional information on these loans, refer to Table 37 and Table 38. Of the total $3.9 billion of outstanding home equity loans:

•76% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana and Kentucky as of December 31, 2023;

•34% are in senior lien positions and 66% are in junior lien positions at December 31, 2023;

•75% of non-delinquent borrowers made at least one payment greater than the minimum payment during the year ended December 31, 2023; and

•The portfolio had a weighted-average refreshed FICO score of 748 at December 31, 2023.

The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes adjustments in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp does not routinely obtain appraisals on performing loans to update LTVs after origination. However, the Bancorp monitors the local housing markets by reviewing various home price indices and incorporates the impact of the changing market conditions in its ongoing credit monitoring processes. For junior lien home equity loans which become 60 days or more past due, the Bancorp tracks the performance of the senior lien loans in which the Bancorp is the servicer and utilizes consumer credit bureau attributes to monitor the status of the senior lien loans that the Bancorp does not service. If the senior lien loan is found to be 120 days or more past due, the junior lien home equity loan is placed on nonaccrual status unless both loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, if the junior lien home equity loan becomes 120 days or more past due and the senior lien loan is also 120 days or more past due, the junior lien home equity loan is assessed for charge-off. Refer to the Analysis of Nonperforming Assets subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A and Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

The following table provides an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon refreshed FICO score:

TABLE 36: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Refreshed FICO Score
20232022
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Senior Liens:
FICO ≤ 659$1092%$1223%
FICO 660-71918752055
FICO ≥ 7201,052271,26231
Total senior liens$1,34834%$1,58939%
Junior Liens:
FICO ≤ 65921862115
FICO 660-7194601243311
FICO ≥ 7201,890481,80645
Total junior liens$2,56866%$2,45061%
Total$3,916100%$4,039100%

The Bancorp believes that home equity portfolio loans with a greater than 80% LTV (including senior liens, if applicable) present a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the home equity portfolio loans outstanding in a senior and junior lien position by LTV at origination:

TABLE 37: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20232022
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
Senior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%$1,19450.8%$1,39552.1%
LTV 80%15488.919488.8
Total senior liens$1,34855.4%$1,58956.8%
Junior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%1,76864.91,62865.6
LTV 80%80088.782289.2
Total junior liens$2,56872.7%$2,45074.1%
Total$3,91666.7%$4,03967.2%

89 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding by state with a LTV greater than 80% (including senior liens, if applicable) at origination:

TABLE 38: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2023
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$2908086
Illinois14534614(1)
Michigan1403942
Indiana962522
Florida862062
Kentucky812111
All other states1163043
Total$9542,521120(1)
TABLE 39: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2022
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$3158598(1)
Illinois16536714(1)
Michigan1604323(1)
Indiana992602
Florida771912
Kentucky842191
All other states1162953(1)
Total$1,0162,623123(4)

Indirect secured consumer portfolio

The indirect secured consumer portfolio is comprised of $11.9 billion of automobile loans and $3.1 billion of indirect motorcycle, powersport, recreational vehicle and marine loans as of December 31, 2023. All concentration and guideline changes are monitored monthly to ensure alignment with original credit performance and return projections.

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon FICO score at

origination:

TABLE 40: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20232022
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$1891%$2481%
FICO 660-7193,075213,56422
FICO ≥ 72011,7017812,74077
Total$14,965100%$16,552100%

It is a common industry practice to advance on these types of loans an amount in excess of the collateral value due to the inclusion of negative equity trade-in, maintenance/warranty products, taxes, title and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk loans.

90 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 41: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20232022
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 100%$10,97679.6%$12,08779.6%
LTV 100%3,989110.24,465110.5
Total$14,96587.7%$16,55287.9%

The following table provides an analysis of the Bancorp’s indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding with an LTV greater than 100% at origination as of and for the years ended:

TABLE 42: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 100% at Origination
($ in millions)Outstanding90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrualNet Charge-offs
December 31, 2023$3,9891840
December 31, 20224,4651623

Credit card portfolio

The credit card portfolio consists of predominantly prime accounts with 98% of balances existing within the Bancorp’s footprint at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, 71% and 72%, respectively, of the outstanding balances were originated through branch-based relationships with the remainder coming from direct mail campaigns and online acquisitions.

Given the variable nature of the credit card portfolio, interest rate increases impact this product and it is regularly monitored to ensure the portfolio remains within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance.

The following table provides an analysis of the Bancorp’s outstanding credit card portfolio disaggregated based upon FICO score at origination:

TABLE 43: Credit Card Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20232022
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$754%$804%
FICO 660-7195032752828
FICO ≥ 7201,287691,26668
Total$1,865100%$1,874100%

Other consumer portfolio loans

Other consumer portfolio loans are comprised of secured and unsecured loans originated through the Bancorp’s branch network, point-of-sale solar energy installation and home improvement loans originated through a network of contractors and installers, and other point-of-sale loans originated or purchased in connection with third-party companies. Loans originated in connection with one third-party point-of-sale company are impacted by certain credit loss protection coverage provided by that company. The Bancorp discontinued origination of new loans with this third-party company in September 2022.

The following table provides an analysis of other consumer portfolio loans outstanding by product type:

TABLE 44: Other Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Product Type
20232022
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Point-of-sale, primarily solar energy installation$4,53768%$2,29746%
Third-party point-of-sale825121,26225
Other secured8921390918
Unsecured462753011
Total$6,716100%$4,998100%

91 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Analysis of Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 45. For further information on the Bancorp’s policies related to accounting for delinquent and nonperforming loans and leases, refer to the Nonaccrual Loans and Leases section of Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Nonperforming assets were $689 million at December 31, 2023 compared to $539 million at December 31, 2022. Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO were 0.59% and 0.44% at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Nonaccrual loans and leases secured by real estate were 32% of nonaccrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2023 compared to 42% as of December 31, 2022.

Portfolio commercial nonaccrual loans and leases were $326 million at December 31, 2023, an increase of $63 million from December 31, 2022. Portfolio consumer nonaccrual loans were $323 million at December 31, 2023, an increase of $71 million from December 31, 2022. Refer to Table 46 for a rollforward of portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases.

OREO and other repossessed property was $39 million and $24 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Bancorp recognized $8 million and an immaterial amount in losses on the transfer, sale or write-down of OREO properties during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, approximately $54 million and $34 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized if the nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases had been current in accordance with their contractual terms. Although these values help demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest as nonaccrual loans and leases are generally carried below their principal balance.

TABLE 45: Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Delinquent Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20232022
Nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$304215
Commercial mortgage loans2040
Commercial construction loans18
Commercial leases1
Residential mortgage loans124124
Home equity5767
Indirect secured consumer loans3629
Credit card3427
Other consumer loans725
Total nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases(a)649515
OREO and other repossessed property(c)3924
Total nonperforming portfolio loans and leases and OREO688539
Nonaccrual loans held for sale1
Total nonperforming assets$689539
Total portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing:
Commercial and industrial loans$811
Commercial leases2
Residential mortgage loans(b)77
Home equity1
Credit card2118
Other consumer loans1
Total portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing$3640
Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO0.59%0.44
Nonperforming portfolio loans and leases as a percent of portfolio loans and leases0.550.42
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio loans and leases383468
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio assets362447

(a)Includes $19 and $15 of nonaccrual government-insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(b)Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. These advances were $141 and $212 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Bancorp recognized losses of $2 for both the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these insured or guaranteed loans.

(c)Includes $20 and $10 of branch-related real estate no longer intended to be used for banking purposes as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

92 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide a rollforward of portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases, by portfolio segment:

TABLE 46: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential MortgageConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$263124128515
Transfers to nonaccrual status45268401921
Transfers to accrual status(59)(29)(85)(173)
Transfers to held for sale(10)(10)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(158)(34)(65)(257)
Transfers to OREO(9)(12)(21)
Charge-offs(170)(169)(339)
Draws/other extensions of credit84113
Balance, end of period$326124199649
TABLE 47: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential MortgageConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$33733128498
Transfers to nonaccrual status262146154562
Transfers to accrual status(7)(28)(65)(100)
Transfers to held for sale(23)(23)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(180)(23)(52)(255)
Transfers to OREO(6)(6)
Charge-offs(131)(1)(37)(169)
Draws/other extensions of credit538
Balance, end of period$263124128515

Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs

Net charge-offs were 32 bps and 19 bps of average portfolio loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Table 48 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percentage of average portfolio loans and leases outstanding by loan category.

The ratio of commercial loan and lease net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio commercial loans and leases increased to 20 bps during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 13 bps during 2022 primarily due to an increase in net charge-offs on commercial and industrial loans of $59 million.

The ratio of consumer loan net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio consumer loans increased to 52 bps during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 29 bps during 2022 primarily due to increases in net charge-offs on other consumer loans, indirect secured consumer loans and credit card of $56 million, $36 million and $12 million, respectively.

93 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 48: Summary of Credit Loss Experience
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
Losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(168)(121)(103)
Commercial mortgage loans(1)(13)
Commercial construction loans(1)(3)
Commercial leases(7)(3)
Residential mortgage loans(4)(3)(3)
Home equity(8)(9)(7)
Indirect secured consumer loans(110)(68)(51)
Credit card(82)(68)(91)
Other consumer loans(a)(148)(83)(73)
Total losses charged-off$(522)(362)(344)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$132543
Commercial mortgage loans315
Commercial construction loans1
Commercial leases134
Residential mortgage loans457
Home equity71111
Indirect secured consumer loans383237
Credit card181621
Other consumer loans(a)504142
Total recoveries of losses previously charged-off$134135170
Net losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(155)(96)(60)
Commercial mortgage loans21(8)
Commercial construction loans(1)(2)
Commercial leases1(4)1
Residential mortgage loans24
Home equity(1)24
Indirect secured consumer loans(72)(36)(14)
Credit card(64)(52)(70)
Other consumer loans(98)(42)(31)
Total net losses charged-off$(388)(227)(174)
Net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans0.27%0.170.12
Commercial mortgage loans(0.02)(0.01)0.08
Commercial construction loans0.020.04
Commercial leases(0.04)0.13(0.02)
Total commercial loans and leases0.20%0.130.10
Residential mortgage loans(0.01)(0.03)
Home equity0.03(0.05)(0.09)
Indirect secured consumer loans0.450.210.09
Credit card3.552.983.93
Other consumer loans1.631.151.06
Total consumer loans0.52%0.290.26
Total net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases0.32%0.190.16

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Bancorp recorded $35, $32 and $33, respectively, in both losses charged-off and recoveries of losses previously charged-off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. As described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases (as adjusted for prepayments). The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses quantitative models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected

94 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL. Qualitative adjustments are used to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit losses which are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These factors include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. In addition, the qualitative adjustment framework can be utilized to address specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters or changes in current economic conditions that are not reflected in the quantitative credit loss models, and their effects on regional borrowers and changes in product structures. Qualitative factors may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology.

In addition to the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for unfunded commitments is included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimates for probability of default are primarily based on internal ratings assigned to each commercial borrower on a 13-point scale and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions.

At both December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Bancorp used three forward-looking economic scenarios during the reasonable and supportable forecast period in its expected credit loss models to address the inherent imprecision in macroeconomic forecasting. Each of the three scenarios was developed by a third party that is subject to the Bancorp’s Third-Party Risk Management program including oversight by the Bancorp’s independent model risk management group. The scenarios included a most likely outcome (Baseline) and two less probable scenarios with one being more favorable than the Baseline and the other being less favorable. The more favorable alternative scenario (Upside) depicted a stronger near-term growth outlook while the less favorable outlook (Downside) depicted a moderate recession.

The Baseline scenario was developed such that the expectation is that the economy will perform better than the projection 50% of the time and worse than the projection 50% of the time. The Upside scenario was developed such that there is a 10% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 90% probability that it will perform worse. The Downside scenario was developed such that there is a 90% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 10% probability that it will perform worse.

December 31, 2023 ACL

The ACL as of December 31, 2023 was impacted by lower portfolio loan and lease balances, primarily concentrated in the commercial portfolio segment, and a shift in product mix from lower rate products to higher rate products compared to December 31, 2022. As a result of these factors, the Bancorp incorporated a combination of quantitative model-based estimates and qualitative adjustments. As of December 31, 2023, the Bancorp’s economic scenarios included estimates of the expected impacts of the changes in economic conditions caused by high interest rate pressures and the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict. At December 31, 2023, the Bancorp assigned an 80% probability weighting to the Baseline scenario and 10% to each of the Upside and Downside scenarios.

The Baseline scenario assumed average annualized real GDP growth of 1.7% in both 2024 and 2025 and increasing to an average of 2.2% in 2026. The Baseline scenario also assumed an average unemployment rate of 4.0% in the forecast for 2024, 4.1% in 2025 and 4.0% in 2026. Relative to the target federal funds rate, the Baseline scenario assumed that it has reached its terminal range with cuts beginning in 2024. The average federal funds rate assumed was 5.1% in 2024 then decreasing to 4.2% and 3.2% in 2025 and 2026, respectively. Lastly, the Baseline scenario included a moderately cautious outlook for corporate profits with the average percentage year-over-year change increasing to 1.6% in 2024, followed by some contraction at (1.4%) in 2025 and a subsequent recovery to 2.9% in 2026. The Upside scenario assumed that, on an average annual basis, the change in real GDP would be 3.2% in 2024, decreasing to an average of 2.7% and 2.4% in 2025 and 2026, respectively. The Upside scenario assumed a slightly better unemployment rate forecast at an annual average of 3.1%, 3.3% and 3.4% in

95 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2024, 2025 and 2026, respectively. In the Upside scenario, the forecast for the federal funds rate was generally consistent with the Baseline scenario. The Upside scenario assumed a notable improvement in corporate profits for 2024 at an average percentage change from 2023 of 4.6%, contracting to an average of 1.9% in 2025 and recovering to an average of 2.7% in 2026. The Downside scenario assumed that the U.S. economy falls into a recession in the first quarter of 2024. The Downside scenario assumed average annualized real GDP growth for 2024 at (0.9%), improving to an average of 0.3% in 2025 and further recovering to an average of 2.8% in 2026. The Downside scenario unemployment rate peaks at an average of 7.7% in the first quarter of 2025 and decreases to an average of 6.1% in 2026. In the Downside scenario, the forecast for the federal funds rate included more favorable assumptions than the Baseline at an average target rate of 4.4% in 2024, rapidly decreasing to an average target rate of 1.8% and 1.3% in 2025 and 2026, respectively. Lastly, the Downside scenario assumed a significant decrease in corporate profits at an average percentage change from a year ago of (20.0%) for 2024, followed by another contraction at a rate of (2.7%) in 2025 and recovering to an average of 9.5% in 2026.

The Bancorp’s quantitative credit loss models are sensitive to changes in economic forecast assumptions over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. Applying a 100% probability weighting to the Downside scenario rather than using the probability-weighted three scenario approach would result in an increase in the quantitative ACL of approximately $2.1 billion. This sensitivity calculation only reflects the impact of changing the probability weighting of the scenarios in the quantitative credit loss models and excludes any additional considerations associated with the qualitative component of the ACL that might be warranted if probability weights were adjusted.

The following table provides a rollforward of the Bancorp’s ACL:

TABLE 49: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202320222021
ALLL:
Balance, beginning of period$2,1941,8922,453
Impact of adoption of ASU 2022-02(b)(49)
Losses charged-off(a)(522)(362)(344)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off(a)134135170
Provision for (benefit from) loan and lease losses565529(387)
Balance, end of period$2,3222,1941,892
Reserve for unfunded commitments:
Balance, beginning of period$216182172
(Benefit from) provision for the reserve for unfunded commitments(50)3410
Balance, end of period$166216182

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Bancorp recorded $35, $32 and $33, respectively, in both losses charged-off and recoveries of losses previously charged-off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

(b)Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

96 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an attribution of the Bancorp’s ALLL to portfolio loans and leases:

TABLE 50: Attribution of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Portfolio Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20232022
Attributed ALLL:
Commercial and industrial loans$767776
Commercial mortgage loans284246
Commercial construction loans6690
Commercial leases1315
Residential mortgage loans145245
Home equity102133
Indirect secured consumer loans271187
Credit card227254
Other consumer loans447248
Total ALLL$2,3222,194
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$53,27057,232
Commercial mortgage loans11,27611,020
Commercial construction loans5,6215,433
Commercial leases2,5792,704
Residential mortgage loans(a)17,02617,628
Home equity3,9164,039
Indirect secured consumer loans14,96516,552
Credit card1,8651,874
Other consumer loans6,7164,998
Total portfolio loans and leases$117,234121,480
Attributed ALLL as a percent of respective portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans1.44%1.36
Commercial mortgage loans2.522.23
Commercial construction loans1.171.66
Commercial leases0.500.55
Residential mortgage loans0.851.39
Home equity2.603.29
Indirect secured consumer loans1.811.13
Credit card12.1713.55
Other consumer loans6.664.96
Total ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.98%1.81
Total ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases2.121.98

(a) Includes $116 and $123 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The Bancorp’s ALLL may vary significantly from period to period based on changes in economic conditions, economic forecasts and the composition and credit quality of the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio. For additional information on the Bancorp’s methodology for measuring the ACL, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

97 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTEREST RATE AND PRICE RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from movement of interest rates. This risk primarily impacts the Bancorp’s income categories through changes in interest income on earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and through fee items that are related to interest-sensitive activities such as mortgage origination and servicing income and through earnings credits earned on commercial deposits that offset commercial deposit fees. Price risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from changes in the value of financial instruments and portfolios due to movements in interest rates, volatilities, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk may occur for any one or more of the following reasons:

•Assets and liabilities mature or reprice at different times;

•Short-term and long-term market interest rates change by different amounts; or

•The expected maturities of various assets or liabilities shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on NII and interest-sensitive fees, interest rates can impact earnings through their effect on loan and deposit demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volumes, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Changes in interest rates and other market factors can impact earnings through changes in the value of portfolios, if not appropriately hedged. Stability of the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk and to a lesser extent price risk. Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s on- and off-balance sheet composition, earnings flows, and hedging strategies and models interest rate risk and price risk exposures, and possible actions to manage these risks, given numerous possible future interest rate and market factor scenarios. A series of policy limits and key risk indicators are employed to ensure that risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance for interest rate risk and price risk.

The Commercial Banking and Wealth and Asset Management lines of business manage price risk for capital markets sales and trading activities related to their respective businesses. The Consumer and Small Business Banking line of business manages price risk for the origination and sale of conforming residential mortgage loans to government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises. The Bancorp’s Treasury department manages interest rate risk and price risk for all other activities. Independent oversight is provided by ERM, and key risk indicators and Board-approved policy limits are used to ensure risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance.

The Bancorp’s Market Risk Management Committee, which includes senior management representatives and reports to the Corporate Credit Committee (accountable to the ERMC), provides oversight and monitors price risk for the capital markets sales and trading activities. The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERMC, provides oversight and monitors interest rate and price risks for Mortgage and Treasury activities.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity

The Bancorp employs a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of NII to changes in interest rates. The model is based on contractual and estimated cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and attrition rates of certain liabilities. The model also includes senior management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. The NII simulation model does not represent a forecast of the Bancorp’s net interest income but is a tool utilized to assess the risk of the impact of changing market interest rates across a range of market interest rate environments. As a result, actual results will differ from simulated results for multiple reasons, which may include actual balance sheet composition differences, timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, deviations from projected customer behavioral assumptions as well as from changes in market conditions and management strategies.

As of December 31, 2023, the Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is governed by a risk framework that utilizes the change in NII over 12-month and 24-month horizons under parallel ramped increases and decreases in interest rates. Policy limits are utilized for scenarios assuming a 200 bps increase and a 200 bps decrease in interest rates over twelve months. The Bancorp routinely analyzes various potential and extreme scenarios, including parallel ramps and shocks as well as steepening and other non-parallel shifts in rates, to assess where risks to net interest income persist or develop as changes in the balance sheet and market rates evolve, and employs policy limits and/or key risk indicators to monitor and manage exposures under these types of scenarios. Additionally, the Bancorp routinely evaluates its exposures to changes in the bases between interest rates.

In order to recognize the risk of noninterest-bearing demand deposit balance migration or attrition in a rising interest rate environment, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes additional attrition of approximately $800 million of demand deposit balances over a period of 24 months for each 100 bps increase in short-term market interest rates. Similarly, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling incorporates approximately $800 million of incremental growth in noninterest-bearing deposit balances over 24 months for each 100 bps decrease in short-term market interest rates. The incremental balance attrition and growth are modeled to flow into and out of funding products that reprice in conjunction with short-term market rate changes.

98 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Another important deposit modeling assumption is the amount by which interest-bearing deposit rates will increase or decrease when market interest rates increase or decrease. This deposit repricing sensitivity is known as the beta, and it represents the expected amount by which the Bancorp’s interest-bearing deposit rates will change for a given change in short-term market rates. The Bancorp utilizes dynamic deposit beta models to adjust assumed repricing sensitivity depending on market rate levels. The dynamic beta models were developed utilizing the Bancorp’s performance during prior interest rate cycles. Since the beginning of the current tightening cycle, the Bancorp’s actual cumulative interest-bearing deposit beta through December 31, 2023 was slightly above 50% as repricing has been similar to what was experienced in prior interest rate cycles. Using the dynamic beta models, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes weighted-average rising-rate interest-bearing deposit betas at the end of the ramped parallel scenarios of 78% for both a 100 bps and 200 bps increase in rates. In the event of rate cuts, this approach assumes a weighted-average falling-rate interest-bearing deposit beta at the end of the ramped parallel scenarios of 68% and 67% for a 100 bps and 200 bps decrease in rates, respectively. In falling-rate scenarios, deposit rate floors are utilized to ensure modeled deposit rates will not become negative. NII simulation modeling assumes no lag between the timing of changes in market rates and the timing of deposit repricing despite such timing lags having occurred in prior rate cycles. In addition, modeled and forecasted deposit migration from low-beta deposit products to more rate-sensitive deposit products results in an additional beta of 5%-15% in the rising-rate scenarios, and a reduction in beta of 5%-10% in the falling-rate scenarios in the Bancorp’s baseline NII sensitivity profile. Future actual performance will be dependent on market conditions, the level of competition for deposits and the magnitude of continued interest rate increases. The Bancorp provides sensitivity analysis in Tables 52 and 53 for key assumptions related to its deposit modeling, including beta and demand deposit balance performance.

The Bancorp continually evaluates the sensitivity of its interest rate risk measures to these important deposit modeling assumptions. The Bancorp also regularly monitors the sensitivity of other important modeling assumptions, such as loan and security prepayments and early withdrawals on fixed-rate customer liabilities.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile and ALCO policy limits as of December 31:

TABLE 51: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile and ALCO Policy Limits
20232022
% Change in NII (FTE)ALCO Policy Limit% Change in NII (FTE)ALCO Policy Limit
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(2.55)%(4.89)(5.00)(6.00)(2.93)%(3.17)(4.00)(6.00)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(1.26)(2.30)N/AN/A(1.31)(1.14)N/AN/A
-100 Ramp over 12 months0.280.32N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
-200 Ramp over 12 months0.17(0.19)(5.00)(6.00)(0.68)(4.69)(8.00)(12.00)

Table 51 presents the change in estimated net interest income for 12 month and 13-24 month horizons for alternative interest rate scenarios relative to the net interest income projection for a static rate scenario for those same time horizons. As previously mentioned, these numbers do not represent a forecast, but are instead risk measures that are monitored to evaluate the consolidated interest rate risk position of the Bancorp. At December 31, 2023, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity in the rising-rate scenarios is negative in years one and two as interest expense is expected to increase more than interest income due to deposit repricing and balance migration estimates given the high interest rate environment. The Bancorp’s NII simulation projects an increase in NII in year one and a decrease in NII in year two under the parallel 200 bps ramp decrease in interest rates. The NII increase in year one is driven by deposits repricing faster than earning assets. However, in year two, some deposits have reached their floors but assets continue to reprice down generating less NII. The changes in the estimated NII sensitivity profile compared to December 31, 2022 were primarily attributable to higher market interest rates driving higher expected betas combined with a shift in deposit mix to higher-beta products.

Tables 52 and 53 provide the sensitivity of the Bancorp’s estimated NII profile at December 31, 2023 to changes to certain deposit balance and deposit repricing sensitivity (beta) assumptions.

99 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with an immediate $1 billion decrease and an immediate $1 billion increase in demand deposit balances as of December 31, 2023:

TABLE 52: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2023 with a $1 Billion Change in Demand Deposit Assumption
% Change in NII (FTE)
Immediate $1 Billion Balance DecreaseImmediate $1 Billion Balance Increase
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(3.64)%(6.02)(1.45)(3.77)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(2.26)(3.28)(0.26)(1.33)
-100 Ramp over 12 months(0.53)(0.36)1.100.99
-200 Ramp over 12 months(0.56)(0.71)0.900.33

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with a 10% increase and a 10% decrease to the corresponding deposit beta assumptions as of December 31, 2023:

TABLE 53: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2023 with Deposit Beta Assumptions Changes
% Change in NII (FTE)
Betas 10% Higher(a)Betas 10% Lower(a)
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(4.14)%(7.77)(0.96)(2.02)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(2.05)(3.73)(0.47)(0.88)
-100 Ramp over 12 months0.971.52(0.40)(0.89)
-200 Ramp over 12 months1.522.17(1.18)(2.55)

(a)Applies a +/- 10% multiple on assumed betas.

Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity

The Bancorp also uses EVE as a measurement tool to govern and manage its interest rate risk exposure. The exposure is governed by a risk framework that uses policy limits for scenarios assuming an instantaneous 200 bps increase and a 200 bps decrease in interest rates. The Bancorp routinely analyzes exposures to other interest rate scenarios and employs policy limits and/or key risk indicators to monitor and manage exposures. Whereas the NII sensitivity analysis highlights the impact on forecasted NII on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) over one- and two-year time horizons, EVE is a point-in-time analysis of the economic sensitivity of current balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions that incorporates all cash flows over their estimated remaining lives. The EVE of the balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of all asset and net derivative cash flows less the discounted value of all liability cash flows. Due to this longer horizon, the sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate any assumptions related to continued production or renewal activities used in the NII sensitivity analysis. As with the NII simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of existing balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving loan and security prepayments and the expected balance attrition and pricing of indeterminate-lived deposits.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated EVE sensitivity profile as of December 31:

TABLE 54: Estimated EVE Sensitivity Profile
20232022
Change in Interest Rates (bps)% Change in EVEALCO Policy Limit% Change in EVEALCO Policy Limit
+200 Shock(3.68)%(12.00)(7.53)(12.00)
+100 Shock(1.49)N/A(2.72)N/A
-100 Shock0.65N/AN/AN/A
-200 Shock(1.67)(12.00)1.24(12.00)

The EVE sensitivity is negative in both a +200 bps rising-rate scenario and a -200 bps falling-rate scenario at December 31, 2023. The changes in the estimated EVE sensitivity profile from December 31, 2022 were primarily related to higher modeled dynamic betas in both rising and falling rate scenarios, which was largely offset by the shortening of the investment portfolio duration and increased levels of cash and other short-term investments.

While an instantaneous shift in spot interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter

100 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not account for factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate or exacerbate the impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulations and EVE analyses do not necessarily include certain actions that management may undertake to manage risk in response to actual changes in interest rates.

The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to a static balance sheet forecast, basis risks relative to the Prime Rate and various SOFR terms, yield curve twist risks and embedded options risks. In addition, the impacts on NII on an FTE basis and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates are modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment-specific scenarios.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, forward starting interest rate swaps, options, swaptions and TBA securities.

Tables 55 and 56 show all swap and floor positions that are utilized for purposes of managing the Bancorp’s exposures to the variability of interest rates. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index, to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognized asset attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate or to hedge forecasted transactions for the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate. The volume, maturity and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently as the Bancorp adjusts its broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following tables present additional information about the interest rate swaps and floors used in Fifth Third’s asset and liability management activities:

TABLE 55: Weighted-Average Maturity, Receive Rate and Pay Rate on Qualifying Hedging Instruments
As of December 31, 2023 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining (years)Fixed RateIndex
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$8,000(9)4.43.02%SOFR
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)6,00057.83.11SOFR
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)4,0008.13.50SOFR
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed5,955(32)4.95.18SOFR
Total interest rate swaps$23,955(36)
Interest rate floors related to C&I loans– cash flow – receive-fixed$3,00011.02.25SOFR

(a)Forward starting swaps will become effective on various dates between June 2024 and February 2025.

TABLE 56: Weighted-Average Maturity, Receive Rate and Pay Rate on Qualifying Hedging Instruments
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining (years)Fixed RateIndex
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$8,000(76)1.03.02%1 ML
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)11,000228.33.051 ML
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed4,000(25)2.10.991 ML
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)4,00059.13.501 ML
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed5,955(69)5.95.181 ML / 3 ML / SOFR
Total interest rate swaps$32,955(143)
Interest rate floors related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$3,00042.02.251 ML

(a)Forward starting swaps will become effective on various dates between February 2023 and February 2025.

Additionally, as part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its residential mortgage banking activities, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted for as free-standing derivatives to economically hedge IRLCs that are also considered free-standing derivatives. The Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to residential mortgage loans held for sale through the use of forward contracts and mortgage options as well. Refer to the Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk section for the discussion of the use of derivatives to economically hedge this exposure.

101 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge market risks assumed in interest rate derivative contracts with commercial customers. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of the counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of interest rate volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk

Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established.

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases, excluding interest receivable, disaggregated by scheduled principal repayment, as of December 31, 2023:

TABLE 57: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases
($ in millions)Due in 1 year or lessDue after 1 year through 5 yearsDue after 5 years through 15 yearsDue after 15 yearsTotal
Commercial and industrial loans$11,49239,1422,634253,270
Commercial mortgage loans3,1856,8051,2117511,276
Commercial construction loans1,7913,507308155,621
Commercial leases6101,611279792,579
Total commercial loans and leases17,07851,0654,43217172,746
Residential mortgage loans7562,9926,6716,60717,026
Home equity1407864022,5883,916
Indirect secured consumer loans3,1608,9332,33853414,965
Credit card1,8651,865
Other consumer loans1,5042,7842,1063226,716
Total consumer loans7,42515,49511,51710,05144,488
Total portfolio loans and leases$24,50366,56015,94910,222117,234

The following table displays a summary of cash flows, excluding interest receivable, occurring after one year for both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate loans and leases as of December 31, 2023:

TABLE 58: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases Occurring After One Year
Interest Rate
($ in millions)FixedFloating or Adjustable
Commercial and industrial loans$5,10536,673
Commercial mortgage loans1,8046,287
Commercial construction loans1483,682
Commercial leases1,969
Total commercial loans and leases9,02646,642
Residential mortgage loans13,1023,168
Home equity2423,534
Indirect secured consumer loans11,79510
Other consumer loans4,937275
Total consumer loans30,0766,987
Total portfolio loans and leases$39,10253,629

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk

The fair value of the residential MSR portfolio was $1.7 billion at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. For further information on the significant drivers and components of the valuation adjustments on MSRs, refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates. The Bancorp may adjust its hedging strategy to reflect its assessment of the composition of its MSR portfolio, the cost

102 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

of hedging and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedges given the economic environment. Refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on servicing rights and the instruments used to hedge price risk on MSRs.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Bancorp may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at both December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $1.0 billion. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of price risk from interest rate derivative contracts entered into with commercial customers, the Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven foreign exchange activity. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of currency volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits performed by independent risk management.

Commodity Risk

The Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure to commodity price fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of foreign exchange and price risk from interest rate derivative contracts, the Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven commodity activity. The Bancorp may also offset this risk with exchange-traded commodity contracts. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of commodity volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management.

103 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals and other contractual obligations. Mitigating liquidity risk is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of cash and investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the debt markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp’s Treasury department manages funding and liquidity based on point-in-time metrics as well as forward-looking projections, which incorporate different sources and uses of funds under base and stress scenarios. Liquidity risk is monitored and managed by the Treasury department with independent oversight provided by ERM, and a series of Policy Limits and Key Risk Indicators are established to ensure risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance. The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan that provides for liquidity stress testing, which assesses the liquidity needs under varying market conditions, time horizons, asset growth rates and other events. The contingency plan provides for ongoing monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. The contingency plan also outlines the Bancorp’s response to various levels of liquidity stress and actions that should be taken during various scenarios.

Liquidity risk is monitored and managed for both Fifth Third Bancorp and its subsidiaries. The Bancorp (parent company) receives substantially all of its liquidity from dividends from its subsidiaries, primarily Fifth Third Bank, National Association. Subsidiary dividends are supplemented with term debt to enable the Bancorp to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet its cash obligations, including debt service and scheduled maturities, common and preferred dividends, unfunded commitments to subsidiaries and other planned capital actions in the form of share repurchases. Liquidity resources are more limited at the Bancorp, making its liquidity position more susceptible to market disruptions. Bancorp liquidity is assessed using a cash coverage horizon, ensuring the entity maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a period of sustained market disruption while meeting its anticipated obligations over an extended stressed horizon.

The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERMC, monitors and manages liquidity and funding risk within Board-approved policy limits. In addition to the risk management activities of ALCO, the Bancorp has a liquidity risk management function as part of ERM that provides independent oversight of liquidity risk management.

Sources of Funds

The Bancorp’s primary sources of funds include revenue from noninterest income as well as cash flows from loan and lease repayments, payments from securities related to sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases and funds generated by core deposits, in addition to the use of public and private debt offerings.

Table 57 of the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A presents information about the timing of cash flows from loan and lease repayments. Of the $50.4 billion of securities in the Bancorp’s available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio at December 31, 2023, $4.9 billion in principal and interest is expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $7.7 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the Bancorp’s securities portfolio, refer to the Investment Securities subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the Bancorp’s ability to pledge, sell or securitize loans and leases. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long-term, fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to FHLMC or FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as certain other residential mortgage loans, certain commercial loans and leases, home equity loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans (including point-of-sale solar energy installation loans) are also capable of being securitized or sold. The Bancorp sold or securitized loans and leases totaling $7.1 billion during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $13.5 billion during the year ended December 31, 2022. For further information, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Core deposits have historically provided the Bancorp with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. The Bancorp’s average core deposits and average shareholders’ equity funded 85% and 87% of its average total assets for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs.

In June of 2023, the Board of Directors authorized $10.0 billion of debt or other securities for issuance, of which $8.75 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance as of December 31, 2023. The Bancorp is authorized to file any necessary registration statements with the SEC to permit ready access to the public securities markets; however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions. The Bancorp issued and sold fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes of $1.25 billion in July of 2023 as further discussed in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

104 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

As of December 31, 2023, the Bank’s global bank note program had a borrowing capacity of $25.0 billion, of which $20.9 billion was available for issuance. Additionally, at December 31, 2023, the Bank had approximately $60.2 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources, including the FRB and the FHLB.

In a securitization transaction that occurred in August of 2023, the Bancorp transferred $1.74 billion in aggregate automobile loans to a bankruptcy remote trust which subsequently issued approximately $1.58 billion of asset-backed notes, of which approximately $79 million were retained by the Bancorp, resulting in approximately $1.5 billion of outstanding notes included in long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The third-party holders of the asset-backed notes do not have recourse to the general assets of the Bancorp. Refer to Note 12 and Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Current Liquidity Position

The Bancorp maintains a strong liquidity profile driven by strong core deposit funding and over $100 billion in current available liquidity. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for more information regarding the Bancorp’s deposit portfolio characteristics. The Bancorp is managing liquidity prudently in the current environment and maintains a liquidity profile focused on core deposit and stable long-term funding sources, while supplementing with a variety of secured and unsecured wholesale funding sources across the maturity spectrum, which allows for the effective management of concentration and rollover risk. The Bancorp’s investment portfolio remains highly concentrated in liquid and readily marketable instruments and is a significant source of secured borrowing capacity. As part of its liquidity management activities, the Bancorp maintains collateral at its secured funding providers to ensure immediate availability of funding. Additionally, the Bancorp executes periodic test trades to assess the operational processes associated with its secured funding sources.

As of December 31, 2023, the Bancorp (parent company) has sufficient liquidity to meet contractual obligations and all preferred and common dividends without accessing the capital markets or receiving upstream dividends from the Bank subsidiary for 33 months.

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under various types of contracts. In addition to commitments to extend credit and letters of credit (which are further discussed in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements), these include deposits, lease obligations, partnership investment commitments, derivative contracts, borrowings, and pension benefit payments. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A and Notes 9, 12, 14, 16, 17 and 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these contractual obligations.

Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp and Bank are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the Bancorp’s or Bank’s credit ratings could affect its ability to access the credit markets and increase its borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting the Bancorp’s or Bank’s financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s and Bank’s credit ratings are summarized in Table 59. The ratings reflect the ratings agency’s view on the Bancorp’s and Bank’s capacity to meet financial commitments.*

*As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

TABLE 59: Agency Ratings
As of February 27, 2024Moody’sStandard and Poor’sFitchDBRS Morningstar
Fifth Third Bancorp:
Short-term borrowingsNo ratingA-2F1R-1L
Senior debtBaa1BBB+A-A
Subordinated debtBaa1BBBBBB+AL
Fifth Third Bank, National Association:
Short-term borrowingsP-2A-2F1R-1M
Short-term depositP-1No ratingF1No rating
Long-term depositA1No ratingAAH
Senior debtA3A-A-AH
Subordinated debtA3BBB+BBB+A
Rating Agency Outlook for Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association:NegativeStableStableStable

105 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events that are neither market- nor credit-related. Operational risk is inherent in the Bancorp’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, poor design or delivery of products and services, cybersecurity or physical security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of third parties to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, reputational damage, litigation and regulatory fines or other damage to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of its businesses, the markets in which it operates and the competitive and regulatory environment to which it is subject.

To control, monitor and govern operational risk, the Bancorp maintains an overall Enterprise Risk Management Framework which comprises governance oversight, risk assessment, capital measurement, monitoring and reporting as well as a formal three lines of defense approach. ERM is responsible for prescribing the framework to the lines of business and corporate functions and providing independent oversight of its implementation (second line of defense). Business Controls groups are in place in each of the lines of business to ensure consistent implementation and execution of managing day-to-day operational risk (first line of defense).

The Bancorp’s enterprise risk management framework consists of five integrated components, including identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and independent governance reporting of risk. The corporate Operational Risk Management function within Enterprise Risk is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of the Bancorp’s approach to managing operational risk. This includes providing governance, awareness and training, tools, guidance and oversight to support implementation of key risk programs and systems as they relate to operational risk management. These include programs, such as risk and control self-assessments, product delivery risk assessments, scenario analysis, new product/initiative risk reviews, key risk indicators, Third-Party Risk Management, cybersecurity risk management, review of operational losses and monitoring of significant organizational or process changes. The function is also responsible for developing reports that support the proactive management of operational risk across the enterprise. The lines of business and corporate functions are responsible for managing the operational risks associated with their areas in accordance with the enterprise risk management framework. The framework is intended to enable the Bancorp to function with a sound and well-controlled operational environment. These processes support the Bancorp’s goals to minimize future operational losses and strengthen the Bancorp’s performance by maintaining sufficient capital to absorb operational losses that are incurred.

The Bancorp also maintains a robust information security program to support the management of cybersecurity risk within the organization with a focus on prevention, detection and recovery processes. Refer to Part I, Item 1C of this report for more information, which is incorporated herein by reference.

External threats remain elevated which may result in increased fraud and cybersecurity risks. The Bancorp’s strategic initiatives also have the potential to increase operational risk as changes to process and technology are implemented. Other factors such as increased reliance on third parties and increased use of cloud-based technologies as well as the use of emerging technologies such as generative models and artificial intelligence may introduce additional operational risk considerations. These risks continue to be carefully managed and monitored to ensure effective controls are in place, with appropriate oversight and governance by the second line of defense.

Fifth Third also focuses on the reporting and escalation of operational control issues to senior management and the Board of Directors. The Operational Risk Committee is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of operational risk across the enterprise. The Information Security Governance Committee and Model Risk Committee report to the Operational Risk Committee and are responsible for governance of information security and model risks. The Operational Risk Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

The Bancorp is aware of and actively monitoring climate-related risks. Climate-related risks could impact the Bancorp in the form of physical risks due to acute or chronic weather-related events that could disrupt the operations of the Bancorp or could impair the ability of clients to meet financial obligations. The Bancorp also faces transition risk resulting from economic transition towards a lower-carbon future which may negatively impact some clients or present credit, strategic or reputational risks to the Bancorp.

Climate risk is a priority for management and accordingly the Board oversees both the RCC and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The RCC is responsible for overseeing the development and implementation of Fifth Third’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework including climate risks. In the course of business, the Bancorp’s Environmental Risk Group works with partners to manage or mitigate environmental risks including climate-related risks. As part of its larger environmental, social and governance responsibilities the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing climate strategy and climate-related issues in the context of stakeholder concerns.

106 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LEGAL AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal and regulatory compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss or damage to reputation as a result of noncompliance with (i) applicable laws, regulations, rules and other regulatory requirements (including but not limited to the risk of consumers experiencing economic loss or other legal harm as a result of noncompliance with consumer protection laws, regulations and requirements); (ii) internal policies and procedures, standards of best practice or codes of conduct; and (iii) principles of integrity and fair dealing applicable to Fifth Third’s activities and functions. Legal risks include the risk of actions against the institution that result in unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, legal sanctions, or adverse judgments, which disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of the institution. Failure to effectively manage such risks can elevate the risk level or manifest itself as other types of key risks, including reputational or operational risk. Fifth Third focuses on managing legal and regulatory compliance risk in accordance with the Bancorp’s integrated enterprise risk management framework, which ensures consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep compliance risk at appropriate levels, consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite.

To mitigate such risks, Compliance Risk Management provides independent oversight to foster consistency and sufficiency in the execution of the program, and ensures that lines of business and support functions are adequately identifying, assessing and monitoring legal and regulatory compliance risks and adopting proper mitigation strategies. Moreover, such strategies are modified from time to time to respond to new or emerging risks in the environment. Compliance Risk Management and the Legal Division provide guidance to the lines of business and enterprise functions, which are ultimately responsible for managing such risks associated with their areas. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for formulating and directing the strategy, development, implementation, communication and maintenance of the Compliance Risk Management program, which implements key compliance processes, including but not limited to, executive- and board-level governance and reporting routines, compliance-related policies, risk assessments, key risk indicators, issues tracking, regulatory change management and regulatory compliance testing and monitoring. In partnership with Compliance Risk Management, the Financial Crimes Division conducts and oversees anti-money laundering and economic sanctions processes. Compliance Risk Management also partners with the Community and Economic Development team to oversee the Bancorp’s compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act.

Fifth Third also reports and escalates legal and regulatory compliance risks to senior management and the Board of Directors. The Management Compliance Committee, which is chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of compliance risk across the enterprise. The Management Compliance Committee oversees Bancorp-wide compliance issues, industry best practices, legislative developments, regulatory concerns and other leading indicators of legal and regulatory compliance risk. The Management Compliance Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

107 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Management regularly reviews the Bancorp’s capital levels to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. The Bancorp has established a Capital Committee which is responsible for making capital plan recommendations to management. These recommendations are reviewed by the ERMC and the annual capital plan is approved by the Board of Directors. The Capital Committee is responsible for execution and oversight of the capital actions of the capital plan.

Regulatory Capital Ratios

The Basel III Final Rule sets minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as defines the measure of “well-capitalized” for insured depository institutions. For additional information regarding the prescribed capital ratios, refer to Note 29 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp is subject to the stress capital buffer requirement and must maintain capital ratios above its buffered minimum (regulatory minimum plus stress capital buffer) in order to avoid certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The FRB uses the supervisory stress test to determine the Bancorp’s stress capital buffer, subject to a floor of 2.5%. The Bancorp’s stress capital buffer requirement has been 2.5% since the introduction of this framework and was most recently affirmed as part of Fifth Third’s 2023 Capital Plan submission with an effective date of October 1, 2023. The Bancorp’s capital ratios have exceeded the stress capital buffer requirement for all periods presented.

The Bancorp adopted ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020 and elected the five-year transition phase-in option for the impact of CECL on regulatory capital with its regulatory filings as of March 31, 2020. The Bancorp’s modified CECL transition amount began phasing out on January 1, 2022, and will be fully phased out by January 1, 2025. The impact of the modified CECL transition amount on the Bancorp’s regulatory capital at December 31, 2023 was an increase in capital of approximately $249 million. On a fully phased-in basis, the Bancorp’s CET1 capital ratio would be reduced by 13 bps as of December 31, 2023.

On July 27, 2023, the U.S. banking agencies released a notice of proposed rulemaking to revise the Basel III Capital Rules, which would modify its existing risk-based capital framework for large banks and introduce a new framework that implements international capital standards. The proposed rulemaking would increase capital requirements applicable to banking organizations with total assets of $100 billion or more, including Fifth Third, and would align the calculation of regulatory capital and the calculation of risk-weighted assets across large banking organizations. As proposed, the rules would be effective for the Bancorp on July 1, 2025 and phased in over a three-year transition period. The Bancorp is in the process of evaluating this proposed rulemaking and assessing its potential impact.

On August 29, 2023, the U.S. banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to require that certain banking organizations with $100 billion or more in consolidated assets, including Fifth Third, comply with certain long-term debt requirements at the holding company and insured depository institution levels. These proposed requirements are intended to absorb losses and recapitalize the insured depository institution in the event of the failure of a banking organization. As proposed, the rules would be phased in over a three-year period after their effective date. The Bancorp is in the process of evaluating this proposed rulemaking and assessing its potential impact, which is dependent on the finalization of the aforementioned proposed capital rule.

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s capital ratios as of December 31:

TABLE 60: Capital Ratios
($ in millions)202320222021
Average total Bancorp shareholders’ equity as a percent of average assets8.49%9.2211.06
Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)8.658.317.97
Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)7.677.306.94
Regulatory capital:(c)
CET1 capital$16,80015,67014,781
Tier 1 capital18,91617,78616,897
Total regulatory capital22,40021,60620,789
Risk-weighted assets163,223168,909154,860
Regulatory capital ratios:(c)
CET1 capital10.29%9.289.54
Tier 1 risk-based capital11.5910.5310.91
Total risk-based capital13.7212.7913.42
Leverage8.738.568.27

(a)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

(b)Excludes AOCI.

(c)Regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 are calculated pursuant to the five-year transition provision option to phase in the effects of CECL on regulatory capital.

108 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Capital Planning

In 2011, the FRB adopted the capital plan rule, which requires BHCs with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more to submit annual capital plans to the FRB for review. Under the rule, these capital plans must include detailed descriptions of the following: the BHC’s internal processes for assessing capital adequacy; the policies governing capital actions such as common stock issuances, dividends and share repurchases; and all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon. Furthermore, each BHC must report to the FRB the results of stress tests conducted by the BHC under a number of scenarios that assess the sources and uses of capital under baseline and stressed economic conditions.

Under the Enhanced Prudential Standards tailoring rules, the Bancorp is subject to Category IV standards, under which the Bancorp is no longer required to file semi-annual, company-run stress tests with the FRB and publicly disclose the results. However, the Bancorp is required to develop and maintain a capital plan approved by the Board of Directors on an annual basis. As an institution subject to Category IV standards, the Bancorp is subject to the FRB’s supervisory stress tests every two years, the Board capital plan rule and certain FR Y-14 reporting requirements. The supervisory stress tests are forward-looking quantitative evaluations of the impact of stressful economic and financial market conditions on the Bancorp’s capital. The Bancorp became subject to Category IV standards on December 31, 2019, and the requirements outlined above apply to the stress test cycle that started on January 1, 2020. The Bancorp was not subject to the 2023 supervisory stress test conducted by the FRB, but submitted the Board-approved capital plan and information contained in Schedule C - Regulatory Capital Instruments as required by the April 5, 2023 deadline.

The Bancorp maintains a comprehensive process for managing capital that considers the current and forward-looking macroeconomic and regulatory environments and makes capital distributions that are consistent with the requirements in the FRB’s capital plan rule, inclusive of the Bancorp’s stress capital buffer requirement.

Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program

The Bancorp’s common stock dividend policy and stock repurchase program reflect its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory requirements and expectations. The Bancorp declared dividends per common share of $1.36 and $1.26 during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

In June of 2019, the Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions. Under this authorization, the Bancorp entered into and settled accelerated share repurchase transactions during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the accelerated share repurchase activity.

The following table summarizes shares authorized for repurchase as part of publicly announced plans or programs:

TABLE 61: Share Repurchases
For the years ended December 3120232022
Shares authorized for repurchase at January 137,705,80740,785,269
Additional authorizations
Share repurchases(a)(5,589,996)(3,079,462)
Shares authorized for repurchase at December 3132,115,81137,705,807
Average price paid per share(a)$35.7832.47

(a)Excludes 1,649,542 and 1,891,160 shares repurchased during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, in connection with various employee compensation plans. These purchases are not included in the calculation for average price paid per share and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be repurchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization.

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000035527-23-000122.

Extracted from Item 7 to the first post-MD&A boundary after HTML sanitization. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-24. Report date: 2022-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries. The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is referred to as the Bank.

OVERVIEW

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, refer to the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms in this report for a list of terms included as a tool for the reader of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The abbreviations and acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net interest income, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts. The FTE basis for presenting net interest income is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2022, net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income provided 67% and 33% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the U.S. from customers domiciled in the U.S. Revenue from foreign countries and external customers domiciled in foreign countries was immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2022. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section of MD&A, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of loss on its loan and lease portfolio as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by borrower credit events, such as loan defaults and inadequate collateral.

Noninterest income is derived from service charges on deposits, wealth and asset management revenue, commercial banking revenue, card and processing revenue, leasing business revenue, mortgage banking net revenue, other noninterest income and net securities gains or losses. Noninterest expense includes compensation and benefits, technology and communications, net occupancy expense, equipment expense, leasing business expense, marketing expense, card and processing expense and other noninterest expense.

Current Economic Conditions

Robust demand, labor shortages and supply chain constraints have led to persistent inflationary pressures throughout the economy. In response to these inflationary pressures, the FRB raised benchmark interest rates and may continue to raise interest rates in response to economic conditions, particularly a continued high rate of inflation. Amidst these uncertainties, some financial markets continued to experience volatility.

Changes in interest rates can affect numerous aspects of the Bancorp’s business and may impact the Bancorp’s future performance. If financial markets remain volatile, this may impact the future performance of various segments of the Bancorp’s business, including the value of the Bancorp’s investment securities portfolio. The Bancorp continues to closely monitor the pace of inflation and the impacts of inflation on the larger market, including labor and supply chain impacts.

For further discussion on current economic conditions, refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A. Additionally, refer to the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for additional information about the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management activities.

54 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transactions

The Bancorp entered into and settled a number of accelerated share repurchase transactions during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. As part of these transactions, the Bancorp entered into forward contracts in which the final number of shares delivered at settlement was based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of these repurchase agreements. Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on share repurchase activity. For further information on a subsequent event related to capital actions, refer to Note 32 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Senior Notes Offerings

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Bancorp (including both the parent company and its banking subsidiary) issued and sold fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes in a number of debt offerings. These transactions included:

•A Bancorp issuance on April 25, 2022 of $1 billion of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes which included $400 million of notes maturing on April 25, 2028 and $600 million of notes maturing on April 25, 2033.

•A Bancorp issuance on July 28, 2022 of $1 billion of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes maturing on July 28, 2030.

•A Bancorp issuance on October 27, 2022 of $1 billion of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes maturing on October 27, 2028.

•A Bank issuance on October 27, 2022 of $1 billion of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes maturing on October 27, 2025.

In each of these transactions, the parent company and banking subsidiary entered into interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges to convert the fixed-rate period of the notes to a floating rate of interest. For more information, refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business Combination

During the second quarter of 2022, the Bancorp completed the acquisition of a national point-of-sale consumer lender specializing in home improvement and solar energy installation loans originated through a network of contractors and installers. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting which generally requires assets acquired and liabilities assumed to be recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition date. These fair value estimates are considered preliminary as of December 31, 2022 and are subject to change for up to one year after the acquisition date as additional information becomes available. For more information on the acquisition, refer to Notes 10 and 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

LIBOR Transition

In July 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that the FCA would stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. Since then, central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned working groups of market participants and official sector representatives with the goal of finding suitable replacements for LIBOR.

On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, Limited announced that the publication of the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR maturities and non-USD LIBOR maturities would cease immediately after December 31, 2021, with the remaining USD LIBOR maturities ceasing immediately after June 30, 2023. In the United States, the Alternative Rates Reference Committee (the “ARRC”), a group of market participants convened in 2014 to help ensure a successful transition away from USD LIBOR, identified SOFR as its preferred alternative rate. SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on directly observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions. The composition and characteristics of SOFR are not the same as those of LIBOR, and SOFR is fundamentally different from LIBOR for two key reasons: (1) SOFR is a secured rate, while LIBOR is an unsecured rate, and (2) SOFR is an overnight rate, while LIBOR is a forward-looking rate that represents interbank funding over different maturities. As a result, there can be no assurance that SOFR, however calculated, will perform the same way as LIBOR would have at any time, including, as a result of changes in interest and yield rates in the market, market volatility, or global or regional economic, financial, political, regulatory, judicial or other events.

On March 15, 2022, President Biden signed the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (the “LIBOR Act”) into law. The LIBOR Act offers a federal solution for transitioning legacy instruments that lack sufficient provisions addressing LIBOR’s cessation by outlining a uniform process to govern the transition from LIBOR to a replacement rate. The LIBOR Act also establishes a safe harbor for lenders, shielding lenders from litigation as a result of their choice of a replacement rate (such as SOFR) per FRB recommendations. On December 16, 2022, the FRB issued its final regulations which carry out the terms of the LIBOR Act. These regulations: (i) address the applicability of the LIBOR Act to various LIBOR contracts, (ii) identify the FRB-selected benchmark replacements for various types of LIBOR contracts, (iii) include certain benchmark replacement conforming changes, (iv) address the issue of preemption and (v) provide other clarifications, definitions and information. The regulations will become effective on February 27, 2023, which is thirty (30) days after the regulations were published in the Federal Register.

The Bancorp’s LIBOR transition plan is organized around key work streams, including continued engagement with central banks and industry working groups and regulators, active client engagement, comprehensive review of legacy documentation, internal operational and technological readiness, and risk management, among other things, to facilitate the transition to alternative reference rates.

55 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Although the full impact of LIBOR reforms and actions remains unclear, the Bancorp has discontinued entering into new LIBOR-based contracts in accordance with regulatory guidance, except for permissible limited use, such as part of hedging and risk management programs. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Bancorp expanded its offering of alternative reference rate products, including SOFR. In addition, the Bancorp is continuing its transition of existing LIBOR-based exposures to an appropriate alternative reference rate on or before June 30, 2023. As of December 31, 2022, the Bancorp had substantial exposure to LIBOR-based products throughout several of its lines of business. These exposures included derivative contracts with a total notional value of approximately $96 billion, loans outstanding of approximately $24 billion, preferred stock of approximately $1.4 billion and long-term debt of approximately $237 million. The Bancorp currently estimates that approximately 8% of the existing exposures will mature before June 30, 2023. For the contracts that will not mature prior to June 30, 2023, an additional portion of these contracts is subject to contractual terms specifying alternative reference rates (“fallback provisions”) that would become effective upon cessation of LIBOR’s publication. Existing exposures without fallback provisions are expected to either be amended prior to June 30, 2023 to include such provisions or to transition to an alternative reference rate pursuant to the terms of the LIBOR Act and its related regulations.

For a further discussion of the various risks the Bancorp faces in connection with the replacement of LIBOR on its operations, see “Risk Factors—Market Risks—The replacement of LIBOR could adversely affect Fifth Third’s revenue or expenses and the value of those assets or obligations.” in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Key Performance Indicators

The Bancorp, as a banking institution, utilizes various key indicators of financial condition and operating results in managing and monitoring the performance of the business. In addition to traditional financial metrics, such as revenue and expense trends, the Bancorp monitors other financial measures that assist in evaluating growth trends, capital strength and operational efficiencies. The Bancorp analyzes these key performance indicators against its past performance, its forecasted performance and with the performance of its peer banking institutions. These indicators may change from time to time as the operating environment and businesses change.

The following are some of the key indicators used by management to assess the Bancorp’s business performance, including those which are considered in the Bancorp’s compensation programs:

•CET1 Capital Ratio: CET1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets as defined by the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets

•Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (non-GAAP): Tangible net income available to common shareholders divided by average tangible common equity

•Return on Average Common Equity, Excluding AOCI (non-GAAP): Net income available to common shareholders divided by total equity, excluding AOCI and preferred stock

•Net Interest Margin (non-GAAP): Net interest income on an FTE basis divided by average interest-earning assets

•Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP): Noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income

•Earnings Per Share, Diluted: Net income allocated to common shareholders divided by average common shares outstanding after the effect of dilutive stock-based awards

•Nonperforming Portfolio Assets Ratio: Nonperforming portfolio assets divided by portfolio loans and leases and OREO

•Net Charge-off Ratio: Net losses charged-off divided by average portfolio loans and leases

•Return on Average Assets: Net income divided by average assets

•Loan-to-Deposit Ratio: Total loans divided by total deposits

•Household Growth: Change in the number of consumer households with retail relationship-based checking accounts

The list of indicators above is intended to summarize some of the most important metrics utilized by management in evaluating the Bancorp’s performance and does not represent an all-inclusive list of all performance measures that may be considered relevant or important to management or investors.

56 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 1: Earnings Summary
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data)202220212020
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,6094,7704,782
Net interest income (FTE)(a)(b)5,6254,7824,795
Noninterest income2,7663,1182,830
Total revenue (FTE)(a)(b)8,3917,9007,625
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses563(377)1,097
Noninterest expense4,7194,7484,718
Net income2,4462,7701,427
Net income available to common shareholders2,3302,6591,323
Common Share Data
Earnings per share - basic$3.383.781.84
Earnings per share - diluted3.353.731.83
Cash dividends declared per common share1.261.141.08
Book value per share22.2629.4329.46
Market value per share32.8143.5527.57
Financial Ratios
Return on average assets1.18%1.340.73
Return on average common equity13.712.86.4
Return on average tangible common equity(b)19.716.68.4
Dividend payout37.330.258.7

(a)Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustments were $16, $12 and $13 for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Earnings Summary

The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $2.3 billion, or $3.35 per diluted share, which was net of $116 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $2.7 billion, or $3.73 per diluted share, which was net of $111 million in preferred stock dividends.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $5.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of $843 million compared to the prior year. Net interest income benefited from increases in market interest rates, resulting in increases in yields on average loans and leases and average other short-term investments for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. Net interest income also benefited from increases in average taxable securities and average commercial and industrial loans for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. These positive impacts were partially offset by an increase in rates paid on average interest-bearing core deposits, an increase in the average balance of FHLB advances and an increase in rates paid on average long-term debt as well as a decrease in interest income recognized from PPP loans for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 3.02% for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to 2.59% for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The provision for credit losses was $563 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to a benefit from credit losses of $377 million in the prior year. Provision expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year primarily driven by factors which caused increases in the ACL during the year ended December 31, 2022 including deterioration in forecasted macroeconomic conditions and higher period-end loan and lease balances, primarily driven by commercial and industrial loan growth, originations of point-of-sale solar energy installation loans in the second half of 2022 and loans acquired in a business acquisition completed in the second quarter of 2022. Net losses charged off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases were 0.19% and 0.16% for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. At December 31, 2022, nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO decreased to 0.44% compared to 0.47% at December 31, 2021. For further discussion on credit quality, refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest income decreased $352 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in securities losses as well as decreases in commercial banking revenue, other noninterest income, leasing business revenue and mortgage banking net revenue.

Noninterest expense decreased $29 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in compensation and benefits expense and card and processing expense, partially offset by increases in technology and communications, other noninterest expense and marketing expense.

For more information on net interest income, noninterest income and noninterest expense, refer to the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A.

57 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Capital Summary

The Bancorp calculated its regulatory capital ratios under the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets and pursuant to the five-year transition provision option to phase in the effects of CECL on regulatory capital as of December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2022, the Bancorp’s capital ratios, as defined by the U.S. banking agencies, were:

•CET1 capital ratio: 9.28%;

•Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio: 10.53%;

•Total risk-based capital ratio: 12.79%;

•Leverage ratio: 8.56%

58 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The following are non-GAAP financial measures which provide useful insight to the reader of the Consolidated Financial Statements but should be supplemental to primary U.S. GAAP measures and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for the primary U.S. GAAP measures. The Bancorp encourages readers to consider its Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of net interest income on an FTE basis, interest income on an FTE basis, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 2: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Financial Measures and Ratios on an FTE basis
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,6094,7704,782
Add: FTE adjustment161213
Net interest income on an FTE basis (1)$5,6254,7824,795
Interest income (U.S. GAAP)$6,5875,2115,572
Add: FTE adjustment161213
Interest income on an FTE basis (2)$6,6035,2235,585
Interest expense (3)$978441790
Noninterest income (4)2,7663,1182,830
Noninterest expense (5)4,7194,7484,718
Average interest-earning assets (6)186,326184,378172,688
Average interest-bearing liabilities (7)119,624115,469119,018
Ratios:
Net interest margin on an FTE basis (1) / (6)3.02%2.592.78
Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis ((2) / (6)) - ((3) / (7))2.722.452.57
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis (5) / ((1) + (4))56.260.161.9

Pre-provision net revenue is net interest income plus noninterest income minus noninterest expense. The Bancorp believes this measure is important because it provides a ready view of the Bancorp’s pre-tax earnings before the impact of provision expense.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measure of pre-provision net revenue to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 3: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Pre-Provision Net Revenue
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,6094,7704,782
Add: Noninterest income2,7663,1182,830
Less: Noninterest expense4,7194,7484,718
Pre-provision net revenue$3,6563,1402,894

The Bancorp believes return on average tangible common equity is an important measure for comparative purposes with other financial institutions, but is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and therefore is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. This measure is useful for evaluating the performance of a business as it calculates the return available to common shareholders without the impact of intangible assets and their related amortization.

59 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measure of return on average tangible common equity to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 4: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Net income available to common shareholders (U.S. GAAP)$2,3302,6591,323
Add: Intangible amortization, net of tax373438
Tangible net income available to common shareholders (1)$2,3672,6931,361
Average Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)$19,08022,81222,555
Less: Average preferred stock2,1162,1161,916
Average goodwill4,7794,3664,258
Average intangible assets168142172
Average tangible common equity (2)$12,01716,18816,209
Return on average tangible common equity (1) / (2)19.7%16.68.4

The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the tangible equity ratio and tangible common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies for both absolute and comparative purposes. As U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures.

The following table reconciles non-GAAP capital ratios to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 5: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Capital Ratios
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20222021
Total Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity (U.S. GAAP)$17,32722,210
Less: Preferred stock2,1162,116
Goodwill4,9154,514
Intangible assets169156
AOCI(5,110)1,207
Tangible common equity, excluding AOCI (1)15,23714,217
Add: Preferred stock2,1162,116
Tangible equity (2)$17,35316,333
Total Assets (U.S. GAAP)$207,452211,116
Less: Goodwill4,9154,514
Intangible assets169156
AOCI, before tax(6,468)1,528
Tangible assets, excluding AOCI (3)$208,836204,918
Ratios:
Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets (2) / (3)8.31%7.97
Tangible common equity as a percentage of tangible assets (1) / (3)7.306.94

60 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides a discussion of the significant new accounting standard applicable to the Bancorp during 2022 and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the Bancorp’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp’s critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, valuation of servicing rights, fair value measurements, goodwill and legal contingencies. There have been no material changes to the valuation techniques or models described below during the year ended December 31, 2022.

ALLL

The Bancorp disaggregates its portfolio loans and leases into portfolio segments for purposes of determining the ALLL. The Bancorp’s portfolio segments include commercial, residential mortgage and consumer. The Bancorp further disaggregates its portfolio segments into classes for purposes of monitoring and assessing credit quality based on certain risk characteristics. For an analysis of the Bancorp’s ALLL by portfolio segment and credit quality information by class, refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases. Contractual terms are adjusted for expected prepayments but are not extended for expected extensions, renewals or modifications except in circumstances where the Bancorp reasonably expects to execute a TDR with the borrower or where certain extension or renewal options are embedded in the original contract and not unconditionally cancellable by the Bancorp. Accrued interest receivable on loans is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a component of other assets. When accrued interest is deemed to be uncollectible (typically when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status), interest income is reversed. The Bancorp follows established policies for placing loans on nonaccrual status, so uncollectible accrued interest receivable is reversed in a timely manner. As a result, the Bancorp has elected not to measure a reserve for accrued interest receivable as part of its ALLL. However, the Bancorp does record a reserve for the portion of accrued interest receivable that it expects to be uncollectible. For additional information on the Bancorp’s accounting policies related to nonaccrual loans and leases, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the ALLL. The ALLL is maintained at a level the Bancorp considers to be adequate and is based on ongoing quarterly assessments and evaluations of the collectability of loans and leases, including historical credit loss experience, current and forecasted market and economic conditions and consideration of various qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, deserve consideration in estimating expected credit losses. Provisions for credit losses are recorded for the amounts necessary to adjust the ALLL to the Bancorp’s current estimate of expected credit losses on portfolio loans and leases. The Bancorp’s strategy for credit risk management includes a combination of conservative exposure limits significantly below legal lending limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collections standards. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and quarterly management reviews of large credit exposures and loans experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Refer to the Credit Risk Management section of MD&A for additional information.

The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL requires significant management judgment and includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated.

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, as well as loans that have been modified in a TDR, are individually evaluated for an ALLL. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan or lease structure and other factors when determining the amount of the ALLL. Other factors may include the borrower’s susceptibility to risks presented by the forecasted macroeconomic environment, the industry and geographic region of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Significant management judgment is required when evaluating which of these factors are most relevant in individual circumstances, and when estimating the amount of expected credit losses based on those factors. When loans and leases are individually evaluated, allowances are determined based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan or lease given the availability of collateral and other sources of cash flow, as well as an evaluation of legal options available to the Bancorp. Allowances for individually evaluated loans and leases that are collateral-dependent are measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Individually evaluated loans and leases that are not collateral-dependent are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. The Bancorp evaluates the collectability of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. Specific allowances on individually evaluated commercial loans and leases, including TDRs, are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

Consumer and residential mortgage loans that have been modified in a TDR are individually evaluated for an ALLL. Allowances for individually evaluated loans that are collateral-dependent are typically measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Individually evaluated loans that are not collateral-dependent are measured based on the present value

61 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate and a modeled expected credit loss amount. The Bancorp evaluates the collectability of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. Specific allowances on individually evaluated consumer and residential mortgage loans are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for loans and leases that are not individually evaluated. These include commercial loans and leases that do not meet the criteria for individual evaluation as well as homogeneous loans in the residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers prepayments and, for loans with available credit, expected utilization rates. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models were developed based on historical credit loss experience and observations of migration patterns for various credit risk characteristics (such as internal credit risk grades, external credit ratings or scores, delinquency status, loan-to-value trends, etc.) over time, with those observations evaluated in the context of concurrent macroeconomic conditions. The Bancorp developed its models from historical observations capturing a full economic cycle when possible.

The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable. Generally, the Bancorp considers its forecasts to be reasonable and supportable for a period of up to three years from the estimation date. For periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period, expected credit losses are estimated by reverting to historical loss information without adjustment for changes in economic conditions. This reversion is phased in over a two-year period. The Bancorp evaluates the length of its reasonable and supportable forecast period, its reversion period and reversion methodology at least annually, or more often if warranted by economic conditions or other circumstances.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL. These considerations inherently require significant management judgment to determine the appropriate factors to be considered and the extent of their impact on the ALLL estimate. Qualitative factors are used to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit losses but that are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. These may also include adjustments, when deemed necessary, for specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters and their effects on regional borrowers and changes in product structures. Qualitative factors may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology. When evaluating the adequacy of allowances, consideration is also given to regional geographic concentrations and the closely associated effect that changing economic conditions may have on the Bancorp’s customers.

Overall, the collective evaluation process requires significant management judgment when determining the estimation methodology and inputs into the models, as well as in evaluating the reasonableness of the modeled results and the appropriateness of qualitative adjustments. The Bancorp’s forecasts of market and economic conditions and the internal risk grades assigned to loans and leases in the commercial portfolio segment are examples of inputs to the expected credit loss models that require significant management judgment. These inputs have the potential to drive significant variability in the resulting ALLL.

Refer to the Allowance for Credit Losses subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the Bancorp’s ALLL sensitivity analysis.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated expected credit losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon expected credit losses over the remaining contractual life of the commitments, taking into consideration the current funded balance and estimated exposure over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. This process takes into consideration the same risk elements that are analyzed in the determination of the adequacy of the Bancorp’s ALLL, as previously discussed. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Valuation of Servicing Rights

When the Bancorp sells loans through either securitizations or individual loan sales in accordance with its investment policies, it often obtains servicing rights. The Bancorp may also purchase servicing rights. The Bancorp has elected to measure all existing classes of its residential mortgage servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value of servicing rights reported in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. Servicing rights are valued using internal OAS models. Significant management judgment is necessary to identify key economic assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the servicing rights including the prepayment speeds of the underlying loans, the weighted-average life, the OAS and the weighted-average coupon rate, as applicable. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the servicing rights resides in the potential volatility in the economic assumptions used, particularly the prepayment speeds. In order to assist in the assessment of the fair value of servicing rights, the Bancorp obtains external valuations of the servicing rights portfolio from

62 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

third parties and participates in peer surveys that provide additional confirmation of the reasonableness of the key assumptions utilized in the internal OAS model. For additional information on servicing rights, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Bancorp employs various valuation approaches to measure fair value including the market, income and cost approaches. The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves discounting future amounts to a single present amount and is based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset.

U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. For additional information on the fair value hierarchy and fair value measurements, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp’s fair value measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available. Valuation techniques and parameters used for measuring assets and liabilities are reviewed and validated by the Bancorp on a quarterly basis. Additionally, the Bancorp monitors the fair values of significant assets and liabilities using a variety of methods including the evaluation of pricing runs and exception reports based on certain analytical criteria, comparison to previous trades and overall review and assessments for reasonableness. The level of management judgment necessary to determine fair value varies based upon the methods used in the determination of fair value. Financial instruments that are measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) require minimal judgment. The valuation of financial instruments when quoted market prices are not available (Levels 2 and 3) may require significant management judgment to assess whether quoted prices for similar instruments exist, the impact of changing market conditions including reducing liquidity in the capital markets and the use of estimates surrounding significant unobservable inputs. Table 6 provides a summary of the fair value of financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis and the amounts of financial instruments valued using Level 3 inputs.

TABLE 6: Fair Value Summary
As of ($ in millions)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
BalanceLevel 3BalanceLevel 3
Assets carried at fair value$57,0021,87643,6851,287
As a percent of total assets27%1211
Liabilities carried at fair value$4,1302032,310222
As a percent of total liabilities2%1

Refer to Note 28 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on fair value measurements including a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant financial instruments.

Goodwill

Business combinations entered into by the Bancorp typically include the recognition of goodwill. U.S. GAAP requires goodwill to be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, which the Bancorp performs as of September 30 each year, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment.

Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In testing goodwill for impairment, U.S. GAAP permits the Bancorp to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In this qualitative assessment, the Bancorp evaluates events and circumstances which may include, but are not limited to, the general economic environment, banking industry and market conditions, the overall financial performance of the Bancorp, the performance of the Bancorp’s common stock, the key financial performance metrics of the Bancorp’s reporting units and events affecting the reporting units to determine if it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the quantitative impairment test is required or the decision to bypass the qualitative assessment is elected, the Bancorp performs the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. A recognized impairment loss cannot be reversed in future periods even if the fair value of the reporting unit subsequently recovers.

The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As none of the Bancorp’s reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations cannot be directly correlated to the Bancorp’s stock price. The determination of the fair value of a reporting unit is a

63 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

subjective process that involves the use of estimates and judgments, particularly related to cash flows, the appropriate discount rates and an applicable control premium. The determination of the fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units includes both an income-based approach and a market-based approach. The income-based approach utilizes the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. Significant management judgment is necessary in the preparation of each reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows surrounding expectations for earnings projections, growth and credit loss expectations and actual results may differ from forecasted results. Additionally, the Bancorp determines its market capitalization based on the average of the closing price of the Bancorp’s stock during the month including the measurement date, incorporating an additional control premium, and compares this market-based fair value measurement to the aggregate fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units in order to corroborate the results of the income approach. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s goodwill.

Legal Contingencies

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous claims and lawsuits as well as threatened or potential actions or claims concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities. The outcome of claims or litigation and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict and significant judgment may be required in the determination of both the probability of loss and whether the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. The Bancorp’s estimates are subjective and are based on the status of legal and regulatory proceedings, the merit of the Bancorp’s defenses and consultation with internal and external legal counsel. An accrual for a potential litigation loss is established when information related to the loss contingency indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s legal proceedings.

64 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on loans and leases (including yield-related fees), securities and other short-term investments less the interest incurred on core deposits and wholesale funding. The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by noninterest-bearing liabilities, or free funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity.

Tables 7 and 8 present the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, as well as the relative impact of changes in the average balance sheet and changes in interest rates on net interest income. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans and leases held for sale have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Average outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses included in average other assets.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $5.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of $843 million compared to the prior year. Net interest income benefited from increases in market interest rates, resulting in increases in yields of 54 bps on average loans and leases and 81 bps on average other short-term investments for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. Net interest income also benefited from increases in average taxable securities and average commercial and industrial loans of $16.1 billion and $6.7 billion, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. These positive impacts were partially offset by an increase in rates paid on average interest-bearing core deposits of 35 bps, an increase in the average balance of FHLB advances of $3.7 billion and an increase in rates paid on average long-term debt of 61 bps for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. Interest income recognized from PPP loans decreased to $43 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $189 million for the prior year.

Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 2.72% during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to 2.45% during the year ended December 31, 2021. Yields on average interest-earning assets increased 71 bps, partially offset by a 44 bps increase in rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.

Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 3.02% for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to 2.59% for the year ended December 31, 2021. Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2022 was positively impacted by the previously mentioned increase in the net interest rate spread. Net interest margin results are expected to continue increasing, albeit at a slower pace, driven by the continued repricing of the Bancorp’s fixed-rate assets portfolios into higher rates and the benefits of expected continued growth of the Bancorp’s other consumer loan portfolio, partially offset by the impact of rising rates on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities.

Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from loans and leases increased $876 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 driven by the previously mentioned increases in market interest rates and average commercial and industrial loans, partially offset by lower income from PPP loans. For more information on the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio, refer to the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A. Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from investment securities and other short-term investments increased $504 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to the previously mentioned increases in average taxable securities and yields on average other short-term investments.

Interest expense on average core deposits increased $354 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in the cost of average interest-bearing core deposits to 40 bps for the year ended December 31, 2022 from 5 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021, as a result of increasing short-term interest rates. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s deposits.

Interest expense on average wholesale funding increased $183 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to the previously mentioned increase in the average balance of FHLB advances and increase in rates paid on average long-term debt, partially offset by a decrease in the average balance of long-term debt of $1.2 billion from the prior year. Refer to the Borrowings subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s borrowings. During the year ended December 31, 2022, average wholesale funding represented 15% of average interest-bearing liabilities compared to 13% for the year ended December 31, 2021. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, see the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A.

65 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 7: Consolidated Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income on an FTE Basis
For the years ended December 31202220212020
($ in millions)Average BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceInterest Earned/PaidAverage Yield/ Rate
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:(a)
Commercial and industrial loans$55,6182,4014.32%$48,9661,7353.54%$53,8141,9543.63%
Commercial mortgage loans10,7234153.8710,3963133.0111,0113913.54
Commercial construction loans5,4582394.385,7831813.135,5092013.65
Commercial leases2,828853.023,130922.943,0381043.43
Total commercial loans and leases74,6273,1404.2168,2752,3213.4073,3722,6503.61
Residential mortgage loans19,7316453.2721,3596953.2617,8286223.49
Home equity3,9711774.464,5651643.595,6792223.90
Indirect secured consumer loans16,9145603.3115,1565083.3512,4544903.93
Credit card1,73722112.731,78321912.282,23026011.64
Other consumer loans3,5812206.162,9791806.032,8481926.76
Total consumer loans45,9341,8233.9745,8421,7663.8541,0391,7864.35
Total loans and leases$120,5614,9634.12%$114,1174,0873.58%$114,4114,4363.88%
Securities:
Taxable$52,2181,4932.86%$36,1641,0742.97%$36,1091,1143.08%
Exempt from income taxes(a)1,128312.72854202.3323362.61
Other short-term investments12,4191160.9433,243420.1321,935290.13
Total interest-earning assets$186,3266,6033.54%$184,3785,2232.83%$172,6885,5853.23%
Cash and due from banks3,0933,0552,978
Other assets19,49021,05020,933
Allowance for loan and lease losses(1,980)(2,159)(2,369)
Total assets$206,929$206,324$194,230
Liabilities and Equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$45,8352970.65%$45,850260.06%$46,8901260.27%
Savings deposits23,445320.1420,53140.0216,440100.06
Money market deposits29,326670.2330,631120.0429,879880.29
Foreign office deposits17010.741640.041850.21
CDs $250,000 or less2,34290.403,214100.315,247661.25
Total interest-bearing core deposits101,1184060.40100,390520.0598,6412900.29
CDs over $250,0001,688412.4553071.302,208311.41
Other deposits7110.76
Federal funds purchased38161.693330.1238520.58
Securities sold under repurchase agreements48210.175940.0261020.28
FHLB advances3,733982.6347030.65
Derivative collateral and other borrowed money32992.9451320.3062991.44
Long-term debt11,8934173.5013,1093802.8916,0044522.82
Total interest-bearing liabilities$119,6249780.82%$115,4694410.38%$119,0187900.66%
Demand deposits60,18562,02847,111
Other liabilities8,0406,0155,546
Total liabilities$187,849$183,512$171,675
Total equity$19,080$22,812$22,555
Total liabilities and equity$206,929$206,324$194,230
Net interest income (FTE)(b)$5,625$4,782$4,795
Net interest margin (FTE)(b)3.02%2.59%2.78%
Net interest rate spread (FTE)(b)2.722.452.57
Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets64.2062.6368.92

(a)The FTE adjustments included in the above table were $16, $12 and $13 for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

(b)Net interest income (FTE), net interest margin (FTE) and net interest rate spread (FTE) are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

66 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 8: Changes in Net Interest Income Attributable to Volume and Yield/Rate(a)
For the years ended December 312022 Compared to 20212021 Compared to 2020
($ in millions)VolumeYield/RateTotalVolumeYield/RateTotal
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$255411666(172)(47)(219)
Commercial mortgage loans1092102(22)(56)(78)
Commercial construction loans(11)695810(30)(20)
Commercial leases(9)2(7)3(15)(12)
Total commercial loans and leases245574819(181)(148)(329)
Residential mortgage loans(53)3(50)117(44)73
Home equity(23)3613(41)(17)(58)
Indirect secured consumer loans58(6)5297(79)18
Credit card(6)82(55)14(41)
Other consumer loans373409(21)(12)
Total consumer loans134457127(147)(20)
Total loans and leases$258618876(54)(295)(349)
Securities:
Taxable$461(42)4191(41)(40)
Exempt from income taxes741115(1)14
Other short-term investments(42)1167414(1)13
Total change in interest income$6846961,380(24)(338)(362)
Liabilities:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$271271(3)(97)(100)
Savings deposits127282(8)(6)
Money market deposits(1)56552(78)(76)
Foreign office deposits11
CDs $250,000 or less(3)2(1)(19)(37)(56)
Total interest-bearing core deposits(3)357354(18)(220)(238)
CDs over $250,000241034(22)(2)(24)
Other deposits(1)(1)
Federal funds purchased66(2)(2)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements11(2)(2)
FHLB advances9898(3)(3)
Derivative collateral and other borrowed money(1)87(7)(7)
Long-term debt(37)7437(83)11(72)
Total change in interest expense$81456537(127)(222)(349)
Total change in net interest income$603240843103(116)(13)

(a)Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Bancorp provides, as an expense, an amount for expected credit losses within the loan and lease portfolio and the portfolio of unfunded commitments and letters of credit that is based on factors previously discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section of MD&A. The provision is recorded to bring the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments to a level deemed appropriate by the Bancorp to cover losses expected in the portfolios. Actual credit losses on loans and leases are charged against the ALLL. The amount of loans and leases actually removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets are referred to as charge-offs. Net charge-offs include current period charge-offs less recoveries on previously charged-off loans and leases.

The provision for credit losses was $563 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to a benefit from credit losses of $377 million in the prior year. Provision expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year primarily driven by factors which caused increases in the ACL during the year ended December 31, 2022 including deterioration in forecasted macroeconomic conditions and higher period-end loan and lease balances. The increase in period-end loan and lease balances was primarily driven by commercial and industrial loan growth, originations of point-of-sale solar energy installation loans in the second half of 2022 and loans acquired in a business acquisition completed in the second quarter of 2022. The economic forecasts used to estimate the ACL at December 31, 2022 were generally less favorable than those used at December 31, 2021, reflecting an inflationary environment, rising

67 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

interest rates and higher oil prices. The benefit from credit losses for year ended December 31, 2021 was driven by decreases in the ACL in response to improved economic forecasts and improved commercial and consumer credit quality.

The ALLL increased $302 million from December 31, 2021 to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2022, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases increased to 1.81%, compared to 1.69% at December 31, 2021. The reserve for unfunded commitments increased $34 million from December 31, 2021 to $216 million at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2022, the ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases increased to 1.98%, compared to 1.85% at December 31, 2021.

Refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information on the provision for credit losses, including an analysis of loan and lease portfolio composition, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and determining the level of the ACL.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income decreased $352 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The following table presents the components of noninterest income:

TABLE 9: Components of Noninterest Income
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Service charges on deposits$589600559
Wealth and asset management revenue570586520
Commercial banking revenue565637528
Card and processing revenue409402352
Leasing business revenue237300276
Mortgage banking net revenue215270320
Other noninterest income265332211
Securities (losses) gains, net(82)(7)62
Securities (losses) gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights(2)(2)2
Total noninterest income$2,7663,1182,830

Service charges on deposits

Service charges on deposits decreased $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 due to a decrease in service charges on both commercial and consumer deposits. Service charges on commercial deposits were $434 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a decrease of $3 million from the prior year primarily due to higher treasury management earnings credits driven by market interest rates, partially offset by an increase in commercial treasury management fees. Service charges on consumer deposits were $155 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, a decrease of $8 million from the prior year primarily due to a decrease in consumer deposit fees driven by the elimination of non-sufficient funds fees during 2022.

Wealth and asset management revenue

Wealth and asset management revenue decreased $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in private client service fees and securities income. The Bancorp’s trust and registered investment advisory businesses had approximately $510 billion and $554 billion in total assets under care as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and managed $55 billion and $65 billion in assets for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Commercial banking revenue

Commercial banking revenue decreased $72 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in corporate bond fees, loan syndication fees, merger and acquisition fees and equity capital markets fees, partially offset by an increase in contract revenue from commercial customer derivatives as well as an increase in foreign exchange fees.

Card and processing revenue

Card and processing revenue increased $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in credit card interchange, partially offset by increased reward costs as well as a decrease in other electronic funds transfer income. The increases in credit card interchange and reward costs were primarily driven by an increase in consumer and business card spend volumes.

68 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Leasing business revenue

Leasing business revenue decreased $63 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by decreases in lease syndication fees and leasing business solutions revenue, partially offset by an increase in lease remarketing fees. The decrease in leasing business solutions revenue was related to the disposition of LaSalle Solutions during the second quarter of 2022.

Mortgage banking net revenue

Mortgage banking net revenue decreased $55 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.

The following table presents the components of mortgage banking net revenue:

TABLE 10: Components of Mortgage Banking Net Revenue
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Origination fees and gains on loan sales$91285315
Net mortgage servicing revenue:
Gross mortgage servicing fees310247263
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs(186)(262)(258)
Net mortgage servicing revenue124(15)5
Total mortgage banking net revenue$215270320

Origination fees and gains on loan sales decreased $194 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by decreases in gain on sale margins and lower volumes of residential mortgage loan originations and sales as well as the impact of gains recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021 from sales of government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs. Residential mortgage loan originations decreased to $14.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 from $19.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021 due primarily to the impact of higher market interest rates on refinance activity.

The following table presents the components of net valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio and the impact of the non-qualifying hedging strategy.

TABLE 11: Components of Net Valuation Adjustments on MSRs
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio$(363)(123)307
Changes in fair value:
Due to changes in inputs or assumptions(a)355142(311)
Other changes in fair value(b)(178)(281)(254)
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs$(186)(262)(258)

(a)Primarily reflects changes in prepayment speed and OAS assumptions which are updated based on market interest rates.

(b)Primarily reflects changes due to realized cash flows and the passage of time.

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Bancorp recognized income of $177 million and losses of $139 million, respectively, in mortgage banking net revenue for valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio. The valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio included increases of $355 million and $142 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, due to changes in market rates and other inputs in the valuation model, including future prepayment speeds and OAS assumptions. Mortgage rates increased during the year ended December 31, 2022 which caused a reduction in modeled prepayment speeds. There was also an increase in the modeled OAS assumptions for the year ended December 31, 2022. The fair value of the MSR portfolio also decreased $178 million and $281 million as a result of contractual principal payments and actual prepayment activity for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Further detail on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio. Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio.

In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. The Bancorp recognized net losses of $2 million during both the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 recorded in securities (losses) gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

69 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Bancorp’s total residential mortgage loans serviced at December 31, 2022 and 2021 were $120.2 billion and $106.8 billion, respectively, with $103.2 billion and $89.2 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others.

Other noninterest income

The following table presents the components of other noninterest income:

TABLE 12: Components of Other Noninterest Income
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Private equity investment income$708175
BOLI income646163
Cardholder fees545044
Income from the TRA associated with Worldpay, Inc.464674
Banking center income242320
Equity method investment income223012
Consumer loan fees191720
Gains on contract sales3622
Loss on swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares(84)(86)(103)
Other, net47484
Total other noninterest income$265332211

Other noninterest income decreased $67 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in gains on contract sales and private equity investment income.

Gains on contract sales decreased $59 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 as the prior year included the recognition of a $60 million gain on the sale of the Bancorp’s HSA deposit portfolio which was completed in the third quarter of 2021. Private equity investment income decreased $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year primarily driven by losses recognized on certain private equity investments.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense decreased $29 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.

The following table presents the components of noninterest expense:

TABLE 13: Components of Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Compensation and benefits$2,5542,6262,590
Technology and communications416388362
Net occupancy expense307312350
Equipment expense145138130
Leasing business expense131137140
Marketing expense118107104
Card and processing expense8089121
Other noninterest expense968951921
Total noninterest expense$4,7194,7484,718
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis(a)56.2%60.161.9

(a)This is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Compensation and benefits expense decreased $72 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by decreases in non-qualified deferred compensation expense and performance-based compensation, partially offset by the impact of a special broad-based compensation bonus granted in the first quarter of 2022, the additional personnel costs of an acquired business and the impact of raising the Bancorp’s minimum wage in the third quarter of 2022. Full-time equivalent employees totaled 19,319 at December 31, 2022 compared to 19,112 at December 31, 2021.

Technology and communications expense increased $28 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by increased investment in strategic initiatives and technology.

Marketing expense increased $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in account acquisition programs.

70 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Card and processing expense decreased $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to contract renegotiations with a third-party vendor, partially offset by increased association network charges as a result of increased credit card spend.

The following table presents the components of other noninterest expense:

TABLE 14: Components of Other Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Loan and lease$167217162
FDIC insurance and other taxes132114118
Losses and adjustments9169100
Data processing827975
Travel603427
Professional service fees546349
Intangible amortization474448
Postal and courier403736
Other, net295294306
Total other noninterest expense$968951921

Other noninterest expense increased $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to increases in travel expense, losses and adjustments and FDIC insurance and other taxes, partially offset by a decrease in loan and lease expense.

Travel expense increased $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 due to an increase in travel as a result of the gradual cessation of travel restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Losses and adjustments increased $22 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to a reduction in the net benefit from changes in credit valuation adjustments on customer accommodation derivatives and an increase in operational losses. FDIC insurance and other taxes increased $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of an increase in the FDIC insurance assessment rate. Loan and lease expense decreased $50 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by a decrease in loan servicing expenses related to the Bancorp’s sales of certain government-guaranteed residential mortgage loans that were previously in forbearance programs and serviced by a third party.

Applicable Income Taxes

Applicable income tax expense for all periods presented includes the benefit from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments, certain gains on sales of leveraged leases that are exempt from federal taxation and tax credits (and other related tax benefits), partially offset by the effect of proportional amortization of qualifying LIHTC investments and certain nondeductible expenses. The tax credits are primarily associated with the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program established under Section 42 of the IRC, the New Markets Tax Credit program established under Section 45D of the IRC, the Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit program established under Section 47 of the IRC and the Qualified Zone Academy Bond program established under Section 1397E of the IRC.

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were primarily impacted by $219 million and $193 million, respectively, of low-income housing tax credits and other tax benefits and $26 million and $23 million, respectively, of tax benefits from tax exempt income and were partially offset by $189 million and $163 million, respectively, of proportional amortization related to qualifying LIHTC investments.

The Bancorp’s income before income taxes, applicable income tax expense and effective tax rate are as follows:

TABLE 15: Applicable Income Taxes
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Income before income taxes$3,0933,5171,797
Applicable income tax expense647747370
Effective tax rate21.0%21.220.6

71 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

During the third quarter of 2022, the Bancorp reorganized its management reporting structure and now reports on three business segments: Commercial Banking, Consumer and Small Business Banking and Wealth and Asset Management. Additional information on each business segment is included in Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Prior period results have been adjusted to conform to the new segment presentation. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level. By employing an FTP methodology, the business segments are insulated from most benchmark interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through the origination of loans and acceptance of deposits. The FTP methodology assigns charge and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on the estimated amount and timing of cash flows for each transaction. Assigning the FTP rate based on matching the duration of cash flows allocates interest income and interest expense to each business segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from future changes in benchmark interest rates. The Bancorp’s FTP methodology also allocates the contribution to net interest income of the asset-generating and deposit-providing businesses on a duration-adjusted basis to better attribute the driver of the performance. As the asset and liability durations are not perfectly matched, the residual impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other. The charge and credit rates are determined using the FTP rate curve, which is based on an estimate of Fifth Third’s marginal borrowing cost in the wholesale funding markets. The FTP curve is constructed using the U.S. swap curve, brokered CD pricing and unsecured debt pricing. The Bancorp’s FTP methodology was not adjusted during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of behavioral assumptions, such as prepayment rates on interest-earning assets and the estimated durations for indeterminate-lived deposits. Key assumptions, including the credit rates provided for deposit accounts, are reviewed annually. Credit rates for deposit products and charge rates for loan products may be reset more frequently in response to changes in market conditions. In general, the charge rates on assets have increased since December 31, 2021 as they were affected by the prevailing level of interest rates and by the duration and repricing characteristics of the portfolio. The credit rates for deposit products also increased since December 31, 2021, due to higher interest rates and modified assumptions. Thus, net interest income for asset-generating business segments was negatively impacted by the rates charged on assets while deposit-providing business segments were positively impacted during the year ended December 31, 2022.

The Bancorp’s methodology for allocating provision for credit losses to the business segments includes charges or benefits associated with changes in criticized commercial loan levels in addition to actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans and leases owned by each business segment. Provision for credit losses attributable to loan and lease growth and changes in ALLL factors is captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of relationship depth opportunities and funding operations by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

The following table summarizes net income (loss) by business segment:

TABLE 16: Net Income (Loss) by Business Segment
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Income Statement Data
Commercial Banking$1,6491,554398
Consumer and Small Business Banking1,309220357
Wealth and Asset Management19894102
General Corporate and Other(710)902570
Net income$2,4462,7701,427

72 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers credit intermediation, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment:

TABLE 17: Commercial Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (FTE)(a)$2,5521,6042,022
Provision for (benefit from) credit losses33(597)1,086
Noninterest income:
Commercial banking revenue563633527
Service charges on deposits372385358
Leasing business revenue237300276
Other noninterest income168179172
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits639644606
Leasing business expense131137140
Other noninterest expense1,0539921,063
Income before income taxes (FTE)2,0361,925460
Applicable income tax expense(a)(b)38737162
Net income$1,6491,554398
Average Balance Sheet Data
Commercial loans and leases, including held for sale$70,90462,57168,175
Demand deposits35,14738,22027,724
Interest checking deposits21,34122,45226,058
Savings and money market deposits6,0197,8258,003
Certificates of deposit108117157
Foreign office deposits170164185

(a)Includes FTE adjustments of $10, $8 and $13 for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the tax benefit from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments and tax credits partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. Refer to the Applicable Income Taxes subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for additional information.

Comparison of the year ended 2022 with 2021

Net income was $1.6 billion for both the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 as an increase in net interest income on an FTE basis was partially offset by an increase in provision for credit losses as well as a decrease in noninterest income and an increase in noninterest expense.

Net interest income on an FTE basis increased $948 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by increases in yields on and average balances of commercial loans and leases as well as increases in FTP credit rates on deposits. These positive impacts were partially offset by increases in FTP charges on commercial loans and leases as well as increases in rates paid on interest checking deposits and savings and money market deposits.

The provision for credit losses was $33 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to a benefit from credit losses of $597 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The benefit from credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by a decrease in commercial criticized asset levels during that period. The increase in provision expense for the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily driven by an increase in net charge-offs on commercial and industrial loans. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases increased to 12 bps for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to 9 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Noninterest income decreased $157 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 driven by decreases in commercial banking revenue, leasing business revenue, service charges on deposits and other noninterest income. Commercial banking revenue decreased $70 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in corporate bond fees, loan syndication fees, merger and acquisition fees and equity capital markets fees, partially offset by an increase in contract revenue from commercial customer derivatives as well as an increase in foreign exchange fees. Leasing business revenue decreased $63 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by decreases in lease syndication fees and leasing business solutions revenue, partially offset by an increase in lease remarketing fees. The decrease in leasing business solutions revenue was related to the disposition of LaSalle Solutions during the second quarter of 2022. Service charges on deposits decreased $13 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to a decrease in commercial deposit fees

73 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

driven by higher earnings credit rates. Other noninterest income decreased $11 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by the recognition of securities losses, partially offset by an increase in private equity investment income.

Noninterest expense increased $50 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 driven by an increase in other noninterest expense, partially offset by decreases in leasing business expense and compensation and benefits. Other noninterest expense increased $61 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of increases in allocated expenses related to information technology support services and cash management services, a reduction in the net benefit from changes in credit valuation adjustments on customer accommodation derivatives as well as increases in FDIC insurance and other taxes and travel expenses. Leasing business expense decreased $6 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to a decrease in operating lease equipment depreciation. Compensation and benefits decreased $5 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of a decrease in incentive compensation, partially offset by an increase in base compensation.

Average commercial loans and leases increased $8.3 billion from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in average commercial and industrial loans partially offset by decreases in average commercial construction loans and average commercial leases. Average commercial and industrial loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by increased revolving line of credit utilization and increased production. Average commercial construction loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2021 as payoffs exceeded draws on existing commitments and loan originations. Average commercial leases decreased from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in indirect non-relationship-based lease originations.

Average deposits decreased $6.0 billion from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in average demand deposits, average savings and money market deposits and average interest checking deposits. Average demand deposits decreased $3.1 billion from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of lower average balances per commercial customer account and balance migration into interest checking deposits. Average savings and money market deposits decreased $1.8 billion from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of lower average balances per commercial customer account. Average interest checking deposits decreased $1.1 billion from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of lower average balances per commercial customer account, partially offset by balance migration from demand deposits. Lower average commercial customer account balances in demand deposits, money market deposits and interest checking deposits included the impact of deliberate runoff during the second quarter of 2022 of certain higher cost commercial deposits.

Comparison of the year ended 2021 with 2020

Net income was $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net income of $398 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in net income was primarily driven by a decrease in provision for credit losses as well as an increase in noninterest income and a decrease in noninterest expense, partially offset by a decrease in net interest income on an FTE basis.

Net interest income on an FTE basis decreased $418 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in yields on and average balances of commercial loans and leases as well as decreases in FTP credit rates on interest checking deposits, demand deposits and savings and money market deposits. These negative impacts were partially offset by decreases in FTP charge rates on loans and leases as well as decreases in rates paid on and average balances of interest checking deposits and savings and money market deposits.

The benefit from credit losses was $597 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by a decrease in commercial criticized asset levels as well as decreases in net charge-offs on commercial loans and leases. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 9 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 36 bps for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Noninterest income increased $164 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in commercial banking revenue, service charges on deposits and leasing business revenue. Commercial banking revenue increased $106 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in loan syndication fees, business lending fees and institutional sales partially offset by a decrease in bridge fees. Service charges on deposits increased $27 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in commercial deposit fees primarily due to growth in volume-based service revenues, with continued benefit from lower earnings credit rates. Leasing business revenue increased $24 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in lease syndication fees partially offset by a decrease in lease remarketing fees.

Noninterest expense decreased $36 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by a decrease in other noninterest expense partially offset by an increase in compensation and benefits. Other noninterest expense decreased $71 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of a decline in credit valuation adjustments on derivatives associated with customer accommodation contracts and decreases in allocated expenses related to cash management services. Compensation and benefits increased $38 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of increases in incentive compensation and employee benefits expense driven by strong performance in fees related to business growth and expansion initiatives during the year ended December 31, 2021 as well as an increase in base compensation.

74 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Average commercial loans and leases decreased $5.6 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreases in average commercial and industrial loans and average commercial mortgage loans partially offset by an increase in average commercial construction loans. Average commercial and industrial loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by elevated revolving line of credit utilization during the year ended December 31, 2020 as well as paydowns in excess of loan originations. Average commercial mortgage loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2020 as payoffs exceeded loan originations. Average commercial construction loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2020 as draws on existing commitments exceeded payoffs.

Average deposits increased $6.7 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in average demand deposits, partially offset by decreases in average interest checking deposits and average savings and money market deposits. Average demand deposits increased $10.5 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of commercial customers maintaining increased levels of liquidity driven by the amount of fiscal and monetary stimulus, as well as growth in the number of accounts and migration of balances from interest checking deposits. Average interest checking deposits decreased $3.6 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of the aforementioned balance migration into demand deposits and lower average balances per commercial customer account. Average savings and money market deposits decreased $178 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of a decline in average balances per commercial customer account.

Consumer and Small Business Banking

Consumer and Small Business Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan products to individuals and small businesses through a network of full-service banking centers and relationships with indirect and correspondent loan originators in addition to providing products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services. Consumer and Small Business Banking includes the Bancorp’s residential mortgage, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards, automobile and other indirect lending and other consumer lending activities. Residential mortgage activities include the origination, retention and servicing of residential mortgage loans, sales and securitizations of those loans and all associated hedging activities. Indirect lending activities include extending loans to consumers through automobile dealers, motorcycle dealers, powersport dealers, recreational vehicle dealers and marine dealers. Other consumer lending activities include home improvement and solar energy installation loans originated through a network of contractors and installers.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer and Small Business Banking segment:

TABLE 18: Consumer and Small Business Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$3,1311,6851,942
Provision for credit losses139120229
Noninterest income:
Card and processing revenue308312269
Service charges on deposits216214200
Mortgage banking net revenue214267315
Wealth and asset management revenue204206172
Other noninterest income11110882
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits828833821
Net occupancy and equipment expense234235226
Card and processing expense7285116
Other noninterest expense1,2551,2421,136
Income before income taxes1,656277452
Applicable income tax expense3475795
Net income$1,309220357
Average Balance Sheet Data
Consumer loans, including held for sale$43,04943,07238,424
Commercial loans, including held for sale1,727928645
Demand deposits23,60022,93218,642
Interest checking deposits15,19114,63312,319
Savings and money market deposits43,05440,64735,722
Certificates of deposit2,5433,2925,367

75 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of the year ended 2022 with 2021

Net income was $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to net income of $220 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in net interest income, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest income and an increase in provision for credit losses.

Net interest income increased $1.4 billion from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to increases in FTP credit rates on deposits. This positive impact was partially offset by an increase in FTP charge rates on loans and leases as well as increases in rates paid on and average balances of savings and money market deposits.

Provision for credit losses increased $19 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to increases in net charge-offs on indirect secured consumer loans and other consumer loans, partially offset by a decrease in net charge-offs on credit card. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases increased to 33 bps for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to 32 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Noninterest income decreased $54 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by a decrease in mortgage banking net revenue. Refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the fluctuations in mortgage banking net revenue.

Noninterest expense decreased $6 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in card and processing expense and compensation and benefits, partially offset by an increase in other noninterest expense. Card and processing expense decreased $13 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to contract renegotiations with a third-party vendor, partially offset by increased association network charges as a result of increased credit card spend. Compensation and benefits decreased $5 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by a decrease in incentive compensation related to lower residential mortgage origination volumes, partially offset by the incremental impact of acquired businesses. Other noninterest expense increased $13 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to increases in marketing expense and FDIC insurance and other taxes as well as allocated expenses related to information technology support services. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in loan servicing expenses related to the Bancorp’s sales of certain government-guaranteed residential mortgage loans that were previously in forbearance programs and serviced by a third party.

Average consumer loans decreased $23 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by decreases in average residential mortgage loans and average home equity, partially offset by increases in average indirect secured consumer loans and average other consumer loans. Average residential mortgage loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp sold government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs. Average home equity decreased from the year ended December 31, 2021 as payoffs exceeded loan originations and new advances. Average indirect secured consumer loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by higher demand and other favorable market conditions as well as lower indirect automobile prepayments and increased loan production in non-automobile indirect loans. Average other consumer loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by originations of point-of-sale solar energy installation loans in the second half of 2022, in addition to loans acquired in a business acquisition completed in the second quarter of 2022. Average commercial loans increased $799 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by increases in average commercial and industrial loans and average commercial mortgage loans as loan originations exceeded payoffs.

Average deposits increased $2.9 billion from the year ended December 31, 2021 driven by increases in average savings and money market deposits, average demand deposits and average interest checking deposits, partially offset by a decrease in average certificates of deposit. Average savings and money market deposits increased $2.4 billion, average demand deposits increased $668 million and average interest checking deposits increased $558 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of higher balances per customer account as well as growth in the number of accounts. Average certificates of deposit decreased $749 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to lower offering rates during the first three quarters of 2022, partially offset by higher offering rates during the fourth quarter of 2022.

Comparison of the year ended 2021 with 2020

Net income was $220 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net income of $357 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by a decrease in provision for credit losses and an increase in noninterest income.

Net interest income decreased $257 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreases in FTP credit rates on deposits, partially offset by decreases in FTP charge rates on loans and decreases in rates paid on deposits. Interest income on loans was negatively impacted by decreases in yields, but these impacts were substantially offset by increases in average balances of consumer and commercial loans.

Provision for credit losses decreased $109 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreases in net charge-offs on loans and leases, driven by a decrease in net charge-offs on credit card, for the year ended December 31, 2021. Net charge-offs as a percent of

76 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 32 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 60 bps for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Noninterest income increased $69 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 driven by increases in card and processing revenue, wealth and asset management revenue, other noninterest income and service charges on deposits. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in mortgage banking net revenue. Card and processing revenue increased $43 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of an increase in consumer customer spend volume, partially offset by increased reward costs. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $34 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in broker income and private client service fees. Other noninterest income increased $26 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in net losses on disposition and impairment of bank premises and equipment as well as increases in cardholder fees and banking center income. Service charges on deposits increased $14 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 driven by increases in both consumer deposit fees and commercial deposit fees. Mortgage banking net revenue decreased $48 million from the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily driven by decreases in origination fees and gains on loans sales and gross mortgage servicing fees.

Noninterest expense increased $96 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in other noninterest expense, compensation and benefits and net occupancy and equipment expense, partially offset by a decrease in card and processing expense. Other noninterest expense increased $106 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in loan and lease expense driven by an increase in loan servicing expenses associated with the Bancorp’s purchases of certain government-guaranteed residential mortgage loans in forbearance programs. The increase was also driven by increases in losses and adjustments and marketing expense. Compensation and benefits increased $12 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in incentive compensation resulting from the increased mortgage origination activity for the year ended December 31, 2021. Net occupancy and equipment expense increased $9 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in allocated occupancy costs. Card and processing expense decreased $31 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by contract renegotiations with a third-party vendor.

Average consumer loans increased $4.6 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in average residential mortgage loans and average indirect secured consumer loans, partially offset by decreases in average home equity and average credit card. The increase in average residential mortgage loans was primarily driven by the Bancorp’s purchases of certain government-guaranteed loans in forbearance programs. The increase in average indirect secured consumer loans was primarily driven by higher demand and other favorable market conditions, which contributed to increased loan production. Average home equity decreased as payoffs exceeded loan originations and new advances. The decrease in average credit card was primarily driven by the cumulative impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic, including accelerated paydown activity due to the amount of fiscal stimulus programs and lower consumer demand for credit. Average commercial loans increased $283 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in average commercial and industrial loans and average commercial mortgage loans.

Average deposits increased $9.5 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 driven by increases in average savings and money market deposits, average demand deposits and average interest checking deposits, partially offset by a decrease in average certificates of deposit. Average savings and money market deposits increased $4.9 billion, average demand deposits increased $4.3 billion and average interest checking deposits increased $2.3 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of higher balances per customer account due to the amount of fiscal stimulus, uncertainty regarding the COVID-19 pandemic and decreased consumer outflows. Average certificates of deposits decreased $2.1 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to lower offering rates on certificates.

77 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Wealth and Asset Management

Wealth and Asset Management provides a full range of wealth management services for individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations. Wealth and Asset Management is made up of three main businesses: FTS, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; Fifth Third Private Bank; and Fifth Third Institutional Services. FTS offers full service retail brokerage services to individual clients and broker-dealer services to the institutional marketplace. Fifth Third Private Bank offers wealth management strategies to high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients through wealth planning, investment management, banking, insurance, trust and estate services. Fifth Third Institutional Services provides advisory services for institutional clients including middle market businesses, non-profits, states and municipalities.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Wealth and Asset Management segment:

TABLE 19: Wealth and Asset Management
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$26288139
(Benefit from) provision for credit losses(1)3
Noninterest income:
Wealth and asset management revenue540558498
Other noninterest income51228
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits218205218
Other noninterest expense338335315
Income before income taxes251119129
Applicable income tax expense532527
Net income$19894102
Average Balance Sheet Data
Loans and leases, including held for sale$4,4133,8523,659
Deposits12,72511,48011,085

Comparison of the year ended 2022 with 2021

Net income was $198 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to net income of $94 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in net income was primarily driven by an increase in net interest income partially offset by a decrease in noninterest income and an increase in noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased $174 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by an increase in FTP credits on deposits as well as increases in yields on and average balances of loans and leases. These positive impacts were partially offset by increases in rates paid on average deposits as well as an increase in FTP charges on loans and leases for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year.

Noninterest income decreased $25 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to a decrease in wealth and asset management revenue, which decreased $18 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of decreases in private client service fees and securities income.

Noninterest expense increased $16 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in compensation and benefits. Compensation and benefits increased $13 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of increases in incentive compensation and base compensation.

Average loans and leases increased $561 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by an increase in average commercial and industrial loans as a result of higher loan production.

Average deposits increased $1.2 billion from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by increases in average savings and money market deposits, average interest checking deposits and average demand deposits as a result of higher average balances per customer account.

Comparison of the year ended 2021 with 2020

Net income was $94 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net income of $102 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in net income was primarily driven by a decrease in net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense partially offset by an increase in noninterest income and a decrease in provision for credit losses.

78 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net interest income decreased $51 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in FTP credit rates on deposits as well as decreases in yields on average loans and leases. These negative impacts were partially offset by decreases in rates paid on average interest-bearing deposits as well as decreases in FTP charge rates on loans and leases.

The benefit from credit losses was $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans.

Noninterest income increased $44 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 due to an increase in wealth and asset management revenue partially offset by a decrease in other noninterest income. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $60 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of increases in private client service fees and broker income partially offset by a decrease in institutional fees. Other noninterest income decreased $16 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a decrease in insurance income driven by the sale of the Bancorp’s property and casualty insurance business in the fourth quarter of 2020.

Noninterest expense increased $7 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 due to an increase in other noninterest expense partially offset by a decrease in compensation and benefits. Other noninterest expense increased $20 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in expenses associated with intercompany revenue sharing agreements. Compensation and benefits decreased $13 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of a decrease in base compensation which included a decline due to the sale of the Bancorp’s property and casualty insurance business in the fourth quarter of 2020.

Average loans and leases increased $193 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in average other consumer loans and average residential mortgage loans as a result of higher loan production, partially offset by a decrease in average home equity.

Average deposits increased $395 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in average savings and money market deposits, average interest checking deposits and average demand deposits as a result of higher average balances per customer account due to the amount of fiscal stimulus, uncertainty regarding the COVID-19 pandemic and decreased consumer spending.

General Corporate and Other

General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, unallocated provision for credit losses expense or a benefit from the reduction of the ACL, the payment of preferred stock dividends and certain support activities and other items not attributed to the business segments.

Comparison of the year ended 2022 with 2021

Net interest income on an FTE basis decreased $1.7 billion from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by an increase in FTP credits on deposits allocated to the business segments, a decrease in interest income on PPP loans and an increase in interest expense on other short-term borrowings. These negative impacts were partially offset by an increase in the benefit related to FTP charge rates on loans and leases allocated to the business segments and an increase in interest income on investment securities.

The provision for credit losses increased $290 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by factors which caused increases in the ACL during the year ended December 31, 2022 including deterioration in forecasted macroeconomic conditions and higher period-end loan and lease balances, partially offset by the impact of allocations to the business segments.

Noninterest income decreased $119 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by a $60 million gain on the sale of the Bancorp’s HSA deposit portfolio in the third quarter of 2021, a decrease in private equity investment income and an increase in net securities losses.

Noninterest expense decreased $92 million from the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by a decrease in compensation and benefits due to a decrease in non-qualified deferred compensation expense. The decrease also included the impact of an increase in corporate overhead allocations from General Corporate and Other to the other business segments partially offset by increases in technology and communications expense and travel expense.

Comparison of the year ended 2021 with 2020

Net interest income on an FTE basis increased $709 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in FTP credit rates on deposits allocated to the business segments, an increase in interest income on PPP loans and decreases in interest expense on long-term debt and deposits. These positive impacts were partially offset by a decrease in the benefit related to FTP charge rates on loans and leases allocated to the business segments and a decrease in interest income on investment securities.

The provision for credit losses was $101 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a benefit from credit losses of $221 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by an increase in the benefits provided to the business segments associated with the decline in the level of commercial criticized assets owned by the business segments.

79 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Noninterest income increased $38 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by the recognition of a gain on the sale of the Bancorp’s HSA deposit portfolio in the third quarter of 2021, an increase in private equity investment income, a decrease in the loss on the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares and a decrease in net losses on disposition and impairment of bank premises and equipment. These impacts were partially offset by the recognition of securities losses of $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to securities gains of $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Noninterest expense decreased $10 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by a decrease in net occupancy expense, partially offset by a decrease in corporate overhead allocations from General Corporate and Other to the other business segments and increases in technology and communications expense and equipment expense.

80 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans and Leases

The Bancorp classifies its commercial loans and leases based upon primary purpose and consumer loans based upon product or collateral. Table 20 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale, and Table 21 summarizes average total loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale.

TABLE 20: Components of Total Loans and Leases (including loans and leases held for sale)
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20222021
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans(a)$57,30551,666
Commercial mortgage loans11,02010,329
Commercial construction loans5,4335,241
Commercial leases2,7043,053
Total commercial loans and leases$76,46270,289
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans18,56220,791
Home equity4,0394,084
Indirect secured consumer loans16,55216,783
Credit card1,8741,766
Other consumer loans4,9982,752
Total consumer loans$46,02546,176
Total loans and leases$122,487116,465
Total portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$121,480112,050

(a)Includes $94 million and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, related to the SBA’s Paycheck Protection Program.

Total loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale, increased $6.0 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of a $6.2 billion, or 9%, increase in commercial loans and leases.

Commercial loans and leases increased $6.2 billion from December 31, 2021 due to increases in commercial and industrial loans, commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans, partially offset by a decrease in commercial leases. Commercial and industrial loans increased $5.6 billion, or 11%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of increased revolving line of credit utilization and stronger production, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness and paydowns. Commercial mortgage loans increased $691 million, or 7%, from December 31, 2021 as loan originations exceeded payoffs. Commercial construction loans increased $192 million, or 4%, from December 31, 2021 as draws on existing commitments and loan originations exceeded payoffs. Commercial leases decreased $349 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in indirect non-relationship-based lease originations.

Consumer loans decreased $151 million from December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in residential mortgage loans and indirect secured consumer loans, partially offset by increases in other consumer loans and credit card. Residential mortgage loans decreased $2.2 billion, or 11%, from December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp sold government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs. Indirect secured consumer loans decreased $231 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2021 primarily driven by indirect automobile payoffs exceeding loan production, partially offset by increased loan production in non-automobile indirect loans. Other consumer loans increased $2.2 billion, or 82%, from December 31, 2021 primarily driven by originations of point-of-sale solar energy installation loans in the second half of 2022, in addition to loans acquired in a business acquisition completed in the second quarter of 2022. Credit card increased $108 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2021 primarily due to increases in balance-active customers and average balances per active account.

81 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 21: Components of Average Loans and Leases (including average loans and leases held for sale)
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20222021
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$55,61848,966
Commercial mortgage loans10,72310,396
Commercial construction loans5,4585,783
Commercial leases2,8283,130
Total commercial loans and leases$74,62768,275
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans19,73121,359
Home equity3,9714,565
Indirect secured consumer loans16,91415,156
Credit card1,7371,783
Other consumer loans3,5812,979
Total consumer loans$45,93445,842
Total average loans and leases$120,561114,117
Total average portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$118,069108,737

Average loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale, increased $6.4 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as result of a $6.4 billion, or 9%, increase in average commercial loans and leases.

Average commercial loans and leases increased $6.4 billion from December 31, 2021 due to increases in average commercial and industrial loans and average commercial mortgage loans, partially offset by decreases in average commercial construction loans and average commercial leases. Average commercial and industrial loans increased $6.7 billion, or 14%, from December 31, 2021 primarily driven by increased revolving line of credit utilization and increased production, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness and paydowns. Average commercial mortgage loans increased $327 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2021 as loan originations exceeded payoffs. Average commercial construction loans decreased $325 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2021 as payoffs exceeded draws on existing commitments and loan originations. Average commercial leases decreased $302 million, or 10%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of a planned reduction in indirect non-relationship-based lease originations.

Average consumer loans increased $92 million from December 31, 2021 primarily due to increases in average indirect secured consumer loans and average other consumer loans, partially offset by decreases in average residential mortgage loans and average home equity. Average indirect secured consumer loans increased $1.8 billion, or 12%, from December 31, 2021 primarily driven by higher demand and other favorable market conditions as well as lower indirect automobile prepayments and increased loan production in non-automobile indirect loans. Average other consumer loans increased $602 million, or 20%, from December 31, 2021 primarily driven by originations of point-of-sale solar energy installation loans in the second half of 2022, in addition to loans acquired in a business acquisition completed in the second quarter of 2022. Average residential mortgage loans decreased $1.6 billion, or 8%, from December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp sold government-guaranteed loans that were previously in forbearance programs. Average home equity decreased $594 million, or 13%, from December 31, 2021 as payoffs exceeded loan originations and new advances.

Investment Securities

The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing collateral for pledging purposes and for liquidity risk management. Total investment securities were $52.2 billion and $39.0 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The taxable available-for-sale debt and other investment securities portfolio had an effective duration of 5.4 at December 31, 2022 compared to 4.8 at December 31, 2021.

Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. Debt securities are classified as trading when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. At December 31, 2022, the Bancorp’s investment portfolio consisted primarily of AAA-rated available-for-sale debt and other securities. The Bancorp held an immaterial amount of below-investment grade available-for-sale debt and other securities at both December 31, 2022 and 2021.

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Bancorp recognized $1 million and $19, respectively, of impairment losses on available-for-sale debt and other securities, included in securities (losses) gains, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These losses related to certain securities in unrealized loss positions that the Bancorp intended to sell prior to recovery of their amortized cost bases. The Bancorp did not consider these losses to be credit-related.

82 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

At both December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Bancorp completed its evaluation of the available-for-sale debt and other securities in an unrealized loss position and did not recognize an allowance for credit losses. The Bancorp did not recognize provision expense for both the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 related to available-for-sale debt and other securities in an unrealized loss position.

The following table summarizes the end of period components of investment securities:

TABLE 22: Components of Investment Securities
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20222021
Available-for-sale debt and other securities (amortized cost basis):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$2,68385
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities1818
Mortgage-backed securities:
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities12,6048,432
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities29,82418,236
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities5,2354,364
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities6,2925,287
Other securities(a)874519
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$57,53036,941
Held-to-maturity securities (amortized cost basis):
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities$36
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities22
Total held-to-maturity securities$58
Trading debt securities (fair value):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$4584
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities1432
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities8105
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities347291
Total trading debt securities$414512
Total equity securities (fair value)$317376

(a)Other securities consist of FHLB, FRB and DTCC restricted stock holdings that are carried at cost.

On an amortized cost basis, available-for-sale debt and other securities increased $20.6 billion from December 31, 2021 as a result of the deployment of excess short-term investments into longer duration assets in the investment portfolio.

On an amortized cost basis, available-for-sale debt and other securities were 30% and 20% of total interest-earning assets at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio was 6.8 years and 6.6 years at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. In addition, at December 31, 2022 and 2021, the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 2.97% and 2.77%, respectively.

Information presented in Table 23 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using amortized cost balances and reflects the impact of prepayments. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio exclude other securities that have no stated yield or maturity. Total net unrealized losses on the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio were $6.0 billion at December 31, 2022 compared to net unrealized gains of $1.2 billion at December 31, 2021. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of the Bancorp’s investment securities portfolio generally decreases when interest rates increase or when credit spreads widen.

83 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 23: Characteristics of Available-for-Sale Debt and Other Securities
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)Amortized CostFair ValueWeighted-Average Life (in years)Weighted-Average Yield
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities:
Average life after one year through five years$1,1651,0813.82.12%
Average life after five years through ten years1,5181,4145.92.71
Total$2,6832,4955.02.45%
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities:
Average life within one year17170.21.80
Average life after ten years1113.97.00
Total$18181.02.11%
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year32310.62.35
Average life after one year through five years9508813.52.82
Average life after five years through ten years10,4559,3488.13.03
Average life after ten years1,16797711.93.17
Total$12,60411,2378.13.03%
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:(a)
Average life within one year67660.63.35
Average life after one year through five years7,7147,1433.72.80
Average life after five years through ten years16,67514,7107.52.87
Average life after ten years5,3684,40312.22.89
Total$29,82426,3227.42.86%
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year2672620.83.72
Average life after one year through five years2,8612,6862.93.24
Average life after five years through ten years2,1071,7678.42.75
Total$5,2354,7155.03.07%
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities:
Average life within one year3733510.73.17
Average life after one year through five years3,5283,2773.03.36
Average life after five years through ten years2,3912,2146.73.83
Total$6,2925,8424.33.53%
Other securities874874
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$57,53051,5036.82.97%

(a)Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.15% and 0.03% for securities with an average life greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

Other Short-Term Investments

Other short-term investments primarily include overnight interest-earning investments, including reserves held at the FRB. The Bancorp uses other short-term investments as part of its liquidity risk management tools. Other short-term investments were $8.4 billion and $34.6 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The decrease of $26.2 billion from December 31, 2021 was primarily attributable to purchases of investment securities, a decline in core deposit balances and loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Deposits

The Bancorp’s deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp continues to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building full relationships and offering competitive rates. Average core deposits represented 78% and 79% of average total assets for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

84 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the end of period components of deposits:

TABLE 24: Components of Deposits
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20222021
Demand$53,12565,088
Interest checking51,65348,870
Savings23,46922,227
Money market28,22030,263
Foreign office182121
Total transaction deposits156,649166,569
CDs $250,000 or less3,8092,486
Total core deposits160,458169,055
CDs over $250,000(a)3,232269
Total deposits$163,690169,324

(a)Includes retail brokered certificates of deposit.

Core deposits decreased $8.6 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2021, driven by a decrease in transaction deposits, partially offset by an increase in CDs $250,000 or less. Transaction deposits decreased $9.9 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2021 primarily due to decreases in demand deposits and money market deposits, partially offset by increases in interest checking deposits and savings deposits. Demand deposits decreased $12.0 billion, or 18%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of lower balances per commercial customer account and balance migration into interest checking deposits, partially offset by consumer balance growth. Money market deposits decreased $2.0 billion, or 7%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of lower balances per commercial customer account, balance migration into interest checking deposits and lower balances per consumer customer account due to inflationary pressures. Interest checking deposits increased $2.8 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of balance migration from demand deposits and money market deposits, partially offset by lower balances per customer account. Lower commercial customer account balances in demand deposits, money market deposits and interest checking deposits included the impact of deliberate runoff during the second quarter of 2022 of certain higher cost commercial deposits. Savings deposits increased $1.2 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of consumer balance growth and balance migration from interest checking deposits. CDs $250,000 or less increased $1.3 billion, or 53%, from December 31, 2021 primarily due to higher offering rates.

CDs over $250,000 increased $3.0 billion from December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in retail brokered certificates of deposit issued.

The following table presents the components of average deposits for the years ended December 31:

TABLE 25: Components of Average Deposits
($ in millions)20222021
Demand$60,18562,028
Interest checking45,83545,850
Savings23,44520,531
Money market29,32630,631
Foreign office170164
Total transaction deposits158,961159,204
CDs $250,000 or less2,3423,214
Total core deposits161,303162,418
CDs over $250,000(a)1,688530
Total average deposits$162,991162,948

(a)Includes retail brokered certificates of deposit.

On an average basis, core deposits decreased $1.1 billion, or 1%, from December 31, 2021 due to a decrease in average CDs $250,000 or less and a decrease in average transaction deposits. Average CDs $250,000 or less decreased $872 million, or 27%, primarily due to lower offering rates during the first three quarters of 2022, partially offset by higher offering rates during the fourth quarter of 2022. Average transaction deposits decreased $243 million from December 31, 2021, primarily driven by decreases in average demand deposits and average money market deposits, partially offset by an increase in average savings deposits. Average demand deposits decreased $1.8 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of lower average balances per commercial customer account and balance migration into interest checking deposits, partially offset by higher average balances per consumer customer account. Average money market deposits decreased $1.3 billion, or 4%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of lower average balances per commercial customer account and balance migration into interest checking deposits, partially offset by higher average balances per consumer customer account. Average interest checking deposits decreased $15 million from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of lower average balances per commercial customer

85 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

account, partially offset by balance migration from demand deposits and money market deposits. Lower average commercial customer account balances in demand deposits, money market deposits and interest checking deposits included the impact of deliberate runoff during the second quarter of 2022 of certain higher cost commercial deposits. Average savings deposits increased $2.9 billion, or 14%, from December 31, 2021 primarily as a result of consumer balance growth.

Average CDs over $250,000 increased $1.2 billion from December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in retail brokered certificates of deposit issued.

Contractual maturities

The contractual maturities of CDs as of December 31, 2022 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 26: Contractual Maturities of CDs(a)
($ in millions)
Next 12 months$6,746
13-24 months162
25-36 months77
37-48 months45
49-60 months7
After 60 months4
Total CDs$7,041

(a)Includes CDs $250,000 or less and CDs over $250,000.

Deposit insurance

The FDIC generally provides a standard amount of insurance of $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each account ownership category defined by the FDIC. Depositors may qualify for coverage of accounts over $250,000 if they have funds in different ownership categories and all FDIC requirements are met. All deposits that an account holder has in the same ownership category at the same bank are added together and insured up to the standard insurance amount. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, approximately $69.4 billion and $80.2 billion, respectively, of the Bancorp’s domestic deposits were uninsured. At December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, approximately $727 million and $468 million, respectively, of the Bancorp’s time deposits were not fully insured. The estimated uninsured portions of those time deposits were $306 million and $236 million at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Where information is not readily available to determine the amount of insured deposits, the amount of uninsured deposits is estimated, consistent with the methodologies and assumptions utilized in providing information to the Bank’s regulators.

Borrowings

The Bancorp accesses a variety of short-term and long-term funding sources. Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term and include federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings. Total average borrowings as a percent of average interest-bearing liabilities were 14% at December 31, 2022 compared to 13% at December 31, 2021.

The following table summarizes the end of period components of borrowings:

TABLE 27: Components of Borrowings
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20222021
Federal funds purchased$180281
Other short-term borrowings4,838980
Long-term debt13,71411,821
Total borrowings$18,73213,082

Total borrowings increased $5.7 billion, or 43%, from December 31, 2021 primarily due to increases in other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Other short-term borrowings increased $3.9 billion from December 31, 2021 primarily due to increased funding needs resulting from an increase in investment securities, loan growth and a decline in core deposit balances. The level of other short-term borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and the sources that are used to satisfy those needs. For further information on the components of other short-term borrowings, refer to Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Long-term debt increased $1.9 billion from December 31, 2021 primarily driven by the issuances of senior fixed-rate/floating-rate notes in April, July and October of 2022 totaling $4.0 billion. These increases were partially offset by the early redemptions under the par call options of $1.5 billion of notes, $460 million of fair value adjustments associated with interest rate swaps hedging long-term debt and $182 million of paydowns on long-term debt associated with loan securitizations during the year ended December 31, 2022. For additional information regarding the long-term debt issuances, refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

86 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the components of average borrowings:

TABLE 28: Components of Average Borrowings
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20222021
Federal funds purchased$381333
Other short-term borrowings4,5441,107
Long-term debt11,89313,109
Total average borrowings$16,81814,549

Total average borrowings increased $2.3 billion, or 16%, compared to December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in average other short-term borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in average long-term debt. Average other short-term borrowings increased $3.4 billion compared to December 31, 2021 primarily due to increased funding needs resulting from an increase in investment securities, loan growth and a decline in core deposit balances. Average long-term debt decreased $1.2 billion compared to December 31, 2021 primarily driven by the early redemptions under the par call options of $1.5 billion of notes, $460 million of fair value adjustments associated with interest rate swaps hedging long-term debt and $182 million of paydowns on long-term debt associated with loan securitizations during the year ended December 31, 2022, partially offset by the issuances of senior fixed-rate/floating-rate notes in April, July and October of 2022 totaling $4.0 billion. Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is discussed in the Net Interest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. In addition, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management.

87 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RISK MANAGEMENT – OVERVIEW

Effective risk management is critical to the Bancorp’s ongoing success and ensures that the Bancorp operates in a safe and sound manner, complies with applicable laws and regulations and safeguards the Bancorp’s brand and reputation. Risks are inherent in the Bancorp’s business and are influenced by both internal and external factors. The Bancorp is responsible for managing these risks effectively to deliver through-the-cycle value and performance for the Bancorp’s shareholders, customers, employees and communities.

Fifth Third’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which is approved annually by the Capital Committee, ERMC, RCC and the Board of Directors, includes the following key elements:

•The Bancorp ensures transparency and escalation of risk through defined risk policies and a governance structure that includes the RCC, ERMC and other management-level risk committees and councils.

•The Bancorp establishes a risk appetite in alignment with its strategic, financial and capital plans. The Bancorp’s risk appetite is defined using quantitative metrics and qualitative measures to ensure prudent risk taking and drive balanced decision making. The Bancorp’s goal is to ensure that aggregate residual risks do not exceed the Bancorp’s risk appetite, and that risks taken are supportive of the Bancorp’s portfolio diversification and profitability objectives. The Board and executive management approve the risk appetite, which is considered in the development of business strategies and forms the basis for enterprise risk management.

•The core principles that define the Bancorp’s risk appetite are as follows:

◦Act with integrity in all activities.

◦Understand the risks taken and ensure that they are in alignment with the Bancorp’s business strategies and risk appetite.

◦Avoid risks that cannot be understood, managed or monitored.

◦Provide transparency of risk to the Bancorp’s management and Board by escalating risks and issues as necessary.

◦Ensure Fifth Third’s products and services are aligned to the Bancorp’s core customer base and are designed, delivered and maintained to provide value and benefit to the Bancorp’s customers and to Fifth Third.

◦Only offer products or services that are appropriate or suitable for the Bancorp’s customers.

◦Focus on providing operational excellence by providing reliable, accurate and efficient services to meet the Bancorp’s customers’ needs.

◦Maintain a strong financial position to ensure the Bancorp meets its strategic objectives through all economic cycles and is able to access the capital markets at all times, even under stressed conditions.

◦Protect the Bancorp’s reputation by thoroughly understanding the consequences of business strategies, products and processes.

◦Conduct the Bancorp’s business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and in alignment with internal policies and procedures.

•Fifth Third’s core values and culture provide the foundation for sound risk management practices by establishing expectations for appropriate conduct and accountability across the organization. All employees are expected to conduct themselves in alignment with Fifth Third’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which may be found on www.53.com, while carrying out their responsibilities. Fifth Third’s Corporate Reputation Risk Committee provides oversight of business conduct policies, programs and strategies, and monitors reporting of potential misconduct, trends or themes across the enterprise. Prudent risk management is a responsibility that is expected from all employees and is a foundational element of Fifth Third’s culture.

•The Bancorp manages eight defined risk types to a prescribed appetite. The risk types are credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, price risk, legal and regulatory compliance risk, operational risk, reputation risk and strategic risk.

•The Bancorp identifies and monitors existing and potential risks that may impact the company’s risk profile, including emerging risks that create uncertainties and/or would have broad implications if materialized (e.g. global pandemics, climate change, etc.). Enhanced monitoring and action plans are implemented as necessary to proactively mitigate risk.

•Fifth Third’s Risk Management Process provides a consistent and integrated approach for managing risks. The five components of the Risk Management Process are: identify, assess, manage, monitor and report. The Bancorp has also established processes and programs to manage and report concentration risks, to ensure robust talent, performance and compensation management, and to aggregate risks across the enterprise.

Fifth Third drives accountability for managing risk through its Three Lines of Defense structure:

•The first line of defense is comprised of front-line units (and enterprise-wide functions that support front-line units) that create risk or are involved in risk-taking activities and are accountable for managing risk. These groups are the Bancorp’s primary risk takers and are responsible for implementing effective internal controls and maintaining processes for identifying, assessing, and managing the risks associated with their activities consistent with established risk appetite and limits.

•The second line of defense, or Independent Risk Management, consists of Risk Management, Compliance and Credit Risk Review. The second line is responsible for developing enterprise frameworks and policies to govern risk-taking activities, overseeing risk-taking of the organization, advising on controlling that risk, assessing risks and issues independent of the first line of defense, and providing input on key risk decisions. Risk Management complements the front line’s management of risk-taking activities through its monitoring and reporting responsibilities, including adherence to the Bancorp Risk Appetite. Additionally, the second line of defense is responsible for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting on aggregate risks enterprise-wide.

•The third line of defense is Internal Audit, which provides oversight of the first and second lines of defense, and independent assurance to the Board on the effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal controls.

88 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

The objective of the Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from the failure of a borrower or counterparty to honor its financial or contractual obligations to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices which are described below. These practices include the use of intentional risk-based limits for single name exposures and counterparty selection criteria designed to reduce or eliminate exposure to borrowers who have higher than average default risk and defined weaknesses in financial performance. The Bancorp carefully designs and monitors underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level as well as ongoing portfolio monitoring and timely management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Credit officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority amounts based on risk and exposure amount, the use of which is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and Credit Risk Management manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function provides independent and objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk grades and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp’s credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the ACL is based on quarterly assessments of the estimated losses expected in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to maintain an adequate ACL and record any necessary charge-offs. Additional loans and leases with probable or observed credit weaknesses receive enhanced monitoring and undergo a periodic review. Refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s credit grade categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions. In addition, stress testing is performed on various commercial and consumer portfolios utilizing various models. For certain portfolios, such as real estate and leveraged lending, stress testing is performed at the individual loan level during credit underwriting.

In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk grading systems. The first of these risk grading systems is based on regulatory guidance for credit risk systems. These ratings are used by the Bancorp to monitor and manage its credit risk. The Bancorp also separately maintains a dual risk rating system for credit approval and pricing, portfolio monitoring and capital allocation that includes a “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy for assessing a borrower’s creditworthiness. This “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy uses a grading scale that assigns ratings based on average default rates through an entire business cycle for borrowers with similar financial performance. The dual risk rating system includes thirteen grade categories for estimating probabilities of default and an additional eleven grade categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the regulatory risk rating system.

The Bancorp utilizes internally developed models to estimate expected credit losses for portfolio loans and leases. For loans and leases that are collectively evaluated, the Bancorp utilizes these models to forecast expected credit losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the Bancorp’s processes for developing these models, estimating credit losses for periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period and for estimating credit losses for individually evaluated loans.

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimated probabilities of default are primarily based on the probability of default ratings assigned under the through-the-cycle dual risk rating system and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The Bancorp also utilizes various scoring systems, analytical tools and portfolio performance monitoring processes to assess the credit risk of the consumer and residential mortgage portfolios.

Overview

With nominal growth significantly above trend and inflationary pressures building in 2022, the Federal Reserve engaged in the most aggressive monetary tightening cycle since the early 1980’s. The target federal funds rate increased 425 bps compared to market expectations entering the year of only 75 bps in rate hikes. At the same time the Federal Reserve began the process of reducing their holdings of Treasury

89 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

and Agency MBS securities at a pace of $95 billion per month. Financial markets experienced one of their worst years on record as the tightening in monetary policy resulted in negative returns for both equities and bonds.

Financial market volatility remained high throughout the fourth quarter of 2022 as investors assessed the impact of the FOMC’s aggressive rate hikes on the macroeconomic outlook. As the Federal Reserve continues to tighten monetary policy, investors have become more concerned about a recession and its impact on economic growth and corporate earnings in 2023. Although employment data has remained resilient, other economic reports for consumer spending and business investment along with sentiment surveys have reflected a slowing economy.

With the FOMC moving monetary policy into a restrictive setting, the increase in real yields along with the inversion of the yield curve are signaling increasing risks of a recession. At the December 2022 FOMC meeting, FRB officials indicated monetary policy would need to remain restrictive throughout 2023 to achieve a better balance of supply and demand in the labor market. FRB officials have indicated a positive real federal funds rate will be necessary to return personal consumption expenditures inflation to their long-term target of 2%. The real federal funds rate has been negative since 2007. This adjustment to a positive real federal funds rate may be disruptive to economic activity in 2023.

Commercial Portfolio

The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy seeks to minimize concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment, geography and credit product type. The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting.

The Bancorp is closely monitoring various economic conditions and their impacts on commercial borrowers, including the pace of inflation, rising interest rates, labor and supply chain issues, and changes in consumer discretionary spending patterns, among others. The Bancorp maintains focus on disciplined client selection, adherence to underwriting policy and attention to borrower and industry concentrations.

The Bancorp provides loans to a variety of customers ranging from large multinational firms to middle market businesses, sole proprietors and high net worth individuals. The origination policies for commercial and industrial loans outline the risks and underwriting requirements for loans to businesses in various industries. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, collateral and leverage requirements, cash flow coverage measures and hold limits. The Bancorp aligns credit and sales teams with specific industry expertise to better monitor and manage different industry segments of the portfolio.

90 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides detail on commercial loans and leases by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases:

TABLE 29: Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio (excluding loans and leases held for sale)
20222021
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposureNonaccrualOutstandingExposureNonaccrual
By Industry:
Real estate$11,27517,9382510,37016,06737
Manufacturing11,02421,1748811,13122,08282
Financial services and insurance9,92720,6749,19618,562
Business services5,97110,24045,1499,48123
Healthcare5,5767,838285,0117,6086
Wholesale trade5,53810,62044,7339,2666
Retail trade4,49510,57094,05310,0012
Accommodation and food4,3407,028104,3547,08928
Mining3,6346,8112,5125,02316
Communication and information3,4286,9442,9696,66524
Construction2,9456,265152,9186,1116
Transportation and warehousing2,6214,66422,7744,6288
Utilities1,8624,1721,4463,698
Entertainment and recreation1,7293,053671,4012,94886
Other services1,0881,48491,1401,5018
Agribusiness4566513556161
Public administration34345116068563
Individuals761176193
Other6162189901
Total$76,389140,75626370,268132,385337
By Loan Size:
Less than $1 million4%3175314
$1 million to $5 million76128614
$5 million to $10 million5417658
$10 million to $25 million141228151442
$25 million to $50 million232226242422
Greater than $50 million47534248
Total100%100100100100100
By State:
Illinois9%93011929
Ohio911810124
California983882
Texas999886
Florida776872
Michigan555659
Georgia441348
Indiana33342
Tennessee332333
North Carolina322221
Kentucky221221
South Carolina2221
Other353533343533
Total100%100100100100100

The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner and nonowner-occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable), pro forma analysis requirements and interest rate sensitivity. The Bancorp requires a valuation of real estate collateral, which may include third-party appraisals, be performed at the time of origination and renewal in accordance with regulatory requirements and on an as-needed basis when market conditions justify. The Bancorp maintains an appraisal review department to order and review third-party appraisals in accordance with regulatory requirements. Collateral values on nonaccrual assets with relationships exceeding $1 million are reviewed quarterly to assess the appropriateness of the

91 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

value ascribed in the assessment of charge-offs and specific reserves. Additionally, collateral values are also reviewed at least annually for all criticized assets.

The Bancorp assesses all real estate and non-real estate collateral securing a loan and considers all cross-collateralized loans in the calculation of the LTV ratio. The following tables provide detail on the most recent LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans greater than $1 million, excluding commercial mortgage loans that are individually evaluated for an ACL. The Bancorp does not typically aggregate the LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans less than $1 million.

TABLE 30: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$635333,566
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans4654,510
Total$675988,076
TABLE 31: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$1664163,164
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans461204,197
Total$2125367,361

The Bancorp views nonowner-occupied commercial real estate as a higher credit risk product compared to some other commercial loan portfolios due to the higher volatility of the industry.

The following tables provide an analysis of nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans by state (excluding loans held for sale):

TABLE 32: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2022
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet Charge-offs
By State:
Illinois$1,4011,69522
Florida1,1271,864
Ohio1,0611,462
Michigan8371,1451
Texas7881,356
Georgia382920
North Carolina3445491
Indiana338529
All other states4,0186,2293
Total$10,29615,749243

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

92 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 33: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2021
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Illinois$1,4981,711212
Florida1,1261,753
Ohio1,1651,536
Michigan8441,049
Texas7351,132
Georgia326766
North Carolina2394031
Indiana307563
All other states3,8475,33010(3)
Total$10,08714,24332(1)

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Consumer Portfolio

Consumer credit risk management utilizes a framework that encompasses consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting credit risk. These processes are supported by a credit risk governance structure that includes Board oversight, policies, risk limits and risk committees.

The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of five categories of loans: residential mortgage loans, home equity, indirect secured consumer loans, credit card and other consumer loans. The Bancorp has identified certain credit characteristics within these five categories of loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio. The Bancorp does not update LTVs for the consumer portfolio subsequent to origination except as part of the charge-off process for real estate secured loans. The Bancorp actively manages the consumer portfolio through concentration limits, which mitigate credit risk through limiting the exposure to lower FICO scores, higher LTVs and specific geographic concentration risks.

The Bancorp continues to ensure that underwriting standards and guidelines adequately account for the broader economic conditions that the consumer portfolio faces in a rising-rate environment. Guidelines are designed to ensure that the various consumer products fall within the Bancorp’s risk appetite. These guidelines will be monitored and adjusted as deemed appropriate in response to the prevailing economic conditions while remaining within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance limits.

The payment structures for certain variable rate products (such as residential mortgage loans, home equity and credit card) are susceptible to changes in benchmark interest rates. With continued increases in interest rates, minimum payments on these products also increase, raising the potential for the environment to be disruptive to some borrowers. The Bancorp actively monitors the portion of its consumer portfolio that is susceptible to increases in minimum payments and continues to assess the impact on the overall risk appetite and soundness of the portfolio.

Residential mortgage portfolio

The Bancorp manages credit risk in the residential mortgage portfolio through underwriting guidelines that limit exposure to higher LTVs and lower FICO scores. Additionally, the portfolio is governed by concentration limits that ensure geographic, product and channel diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio.

The Bancorp does not originate residential mortgage loans that permit customers to defer principal payments or make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed-rate and ARM loans. Within the ARM portfolio, approximately $514 million of ARM loans will have rate resets during the next twelve months. Of these resets, substantially all are expected to experience an increase in rate, with an average increase of approximately 1.97%. Underlying characteristics of these borrowers are relatively strong with a weighted-average origination DTI of 35% and weighted-average origination LTV of 72%.

Certain residential mortgage products have characteristics that may increase the Bancorp’s credit loss rates in the event of a decline in housing values. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTVs, multiple loans secured by the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% and interest-only loans. The Bancorp has deemed residential mortgage loans with greater than 80% LTVs and no mortgage insurance as loans that represent a higher level of risk.

93 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination as of:

TABLE 34: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans by LTV at Origination
20222021
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 80%$12,39561.9%$12,20762.5%
LTV 80%, with mortgage insurance(a)3,09294.72,22794.9
LTV 80%, no mortgage insurance2,14190.51,96390.8
Total$17,62871.3%$16,39770.9%

(a)Includes loans with either borrower or lender paid mortgage insurance.

The following tables provide an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by state with a greater than 80% LTV at origination and no mortgage insurance:

TABLE 35: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2022
Outstanding90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$50019
Illinois4305
Florida3473
Michigan1632
Indiana1572
North Carolina147
Kentucky1121
All other states2857
Total$2,141129
TABLE 36: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2021
Outstanding90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$46054
Illinois39832(1)
Florida30521
Michigan1532
Indiana1352
North Carolina134
Kentucky1041
All other states27431
Total$1,963188(1)

Home equity portfolio

The Bancorp’s home equity portfolio is primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s newly originated home equity lines of credit have a 10-year interest-only draw period followed by a 20-year amortization period. The home equity line of credit previously offered by the Bancorp was a revolving facility with a 20-year term, minimum payments of interest-only and a balloon payment of principal at maturity. Approximately 37% of the outstanding balances of the Bancorp’s portfolio of home equity lines of credit have a balloon structure at maturity. Peak maturity years for the balloon home equity lines of credit are 2025 to 2028 and approximately 15% of the balances mature before 2025.

The ALLL provides coverage for expected losses in the home equity portfolio. The allowance attributable to the portion of the home equity portfolio that has not been restructured in a TDR is determined on a pooled basis using a probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default model framework to generate expected losses. The expected losses for the home equity portfolio are dependent upon loan delinquency, FICO scores, LTV, loan age and their historical correlation with macroeconomic variables including unemployment and the home price index. The expected losses generated from models are adjusted by certain qualitative adjustment factors to reflect risks associated

94 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

with current conditions and trends. The qualitative factors include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, economic conditions, portfolio mix, lending and risk management personnel, results of internal audit and quality control reviews, collateral values and geographic concentrations.

The home equity portfolio is managed in two primary groups: loans outstanding with a combined LTV greater than 80% and those loans with an LTV of 80% or less based upon appraisals at origination. For additional information on these loans, refer to Table 38 and Table 39. Of the total $4.0 billion of outstanding home equity loans:

•78% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana and Kentucky as of December 31, 2022;

•39% are in senior lien positions and 61% are in junior lien positions at December 31, 2022;

•78% of non-delinquent borrowers made at least one payment greater than the minimum payment during the year ended December 31, 2022; and

•The portfolio had a weighted-average refreshed FICO score of 751 at December 31, 2022.

The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes adjustments in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp does not routinely obtain appraisals on performing loans to update LTVs after origination. However, the Bancorp monitors the local housing markets by reviewing various home price indices and incorporates the impact of the changing market conditions in its ongoing credit monitoring processes. For junior lien home equity loans which become 60 days or more past due, the Bancorp tracks the performance of the senior lien loans in which the Bancorp is the servicer and utilizes consumer credit bureau attributes to monitor the status of the senior lien loans that the Bancorp does not service. If the senior lien loan is found to be 120 days or more past due, the junior lien home equity loan is placed on nonaccrual status unless both loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, if the junior lien home equity loan becomes 120 days or more past due and the senior lien loan is also 120 days or more past due, the junior lien home equity loan is assessed for charge-off. Refer to the Analysis of Nonperforming Assets subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A and Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

The following table provides an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon refreshed FICO score:

TABLE 37: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Refreshed FICO Score
20222021
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Senior Liens:
FICO ≤ 659$1223%$1433%
FICO 660-71920552286
FICO ≥ 7201,262311,33333
Total senior liens$1,58939%$1,70442%
Junior Liens:
FICO ≤ 65921152456
FICO 660-7194331143010
FICO ≥ 7201,806451,70542
Total junior liens$2,45061%$2,38058%
Total$4,039100%$4,084100%

The Bancorp believes that home equity portfolio loans with a greater than 80% LTV (including senior liens, if applicable) present a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the home equity portfolio loans outstanding in a senior and junior lien position by LTV at origination:

TABLE 38: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20222021
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
Senior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%$1,39552.1%$1,48553.5%
LTV 80%19488.821988.8
Total senior liens$1,58956.8%$1,70458.3%
Junior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%1,62865.61,47966.4
LTV 80%82289.290189.7
Total junior liens$2,45074.1%$2,38076.0%
Total$4,03967.2%$4,08468.4%

95 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding by state with a LTV greater than 80% (including senior liens, if applicable) at origination:

TABLE 39: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2022
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$3158598(1)
Illinois16536714(1)
Michigan1604323(1)
Indiana992602
Kentucky842191
Florida771912
All other states1162953(1)
Total$1,0162,623123(4)
TABLE 40: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2021
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$3518948
Illinois18137315(1)
Michigan1904684(1)
Indiana1082563
Kentucky892232
Florida791701(1)
All other states1222754(1)
Total$1,1202,659127(4)

Indirect secured consumer portfolio

The indirect secured consumer portfolio is comprised of $14.0 billion of automobile loans and $2.6 billion of indirect motorcycle, powersport, recreational vehicle and marine loans as of December 31, 2022. All concentration and guideline changes are monitored monthly to ensure alignment with original credit performance and return projections.

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon FICO score at

origination:

TABLE 41: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20222021
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$2481%$3122%
FICO 660-7193,564223,74522
FICO ≥ 72012,7407712,72676
Total$16,552100%$16,783100%

It is a common industry practice to advance on these types of loans an amount in excess of the collateral value due to the inclusion of negative equity trade-in, maintenance/warranty products, taxes, title and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk loans.

96 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 42: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20222021
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 100%$12,08779.6%$12,32779.5%
LTV 100%4,465110.54,456111.1
Total$16,55287.9%$16,78388.1%

The following table provides an analysis of the Bancorp’s indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding with an LTV greater than 100% at origination as of and for the years ended:

TABLE 43: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 100% at Origination
($ in millions)Outstanding90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrualNet Charge-offs
December 31, 2022$4,4651623
December 31, 20214,45661611

Credit card portfolio

The credit card portfolio consists of predominantly prime accounts with 98% of balances existing within the Bancorp’s footprint at both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. At both December 31, 2022 and 2021, 72% of the outstanding balances were originated through branch-based relationships with the remainder coming from direct mail campaigns and online acquisitions.

The following table provides an analysis of the Bancorp’s outstanding credit card portfolio disaggregated based upon FICO score at origination:

TABLE 44: Credit Card Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20222021
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$804%$825%
FICO 660-7195282851829
FICO ≥ 7201,266681,16666
Total$1,874100%$1,766100%

Other consumer portfolio loans

Other consumer portfolio loans are comprised of secured and unsecured loans originated through the Bancorp’s branch network, home improvement and solar energy installation loans originated through a network of contractors and installers, and other point-of-sale loans originated or purchased in connection with third-party companies. The Bancorp closely monitors the credit performance of point-of-sale loans. Loans originated in connection with one third-party company are impacted by certain credit loss protection coverage provided by that company. The Bancorp discontinued origination of new loans with this third-party company in September 2022.

The following table provides an analysis of other consumer portfolio loans outstanding by product type:

TABLE 45: Other Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Product Type
20222021
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Point-of-sale$2,29746%$%
Third-party point-of-sale1,262251,46453
Other secured9091879729
Unsecured5301149118
Total$4,998100%$2,752100%

97 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Analysis of Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain; restructured commercial, credit card and consumer loans which do not meet the requirements to be classified as a performing asset; and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 46. For further information on the Bancorp’s policies related to accounting for delinquent and nonperforming loans and leases, refer to the Nonaccrual Loans and Leases section of Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Nonperforming assets were $539 million at December 31, 2022 compared to $542 million at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022, an immaterial amount of nonaccrual loans were held for sale, compared to $15 million at December 31, 2021.

Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO were 0.44% and 0.47% at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Nonaccrual loans and leases secured by real estate were 42% of nonaccrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2022 compared to 33% as of December 31, 2021.

Portfolio commercial nonaccrual loans and leases were $263 million at December 31, 2022, a decrease of $74 million from December 31, 2021. Portfolio consumer nonaccrual loans were $252 million at December 31, 2022, an increase of $91 million from December 31, 2021. Refer to Table 47 for a rollforward of the portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases.

OREO and other repossessed property was $24 million and $29 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Bancorp recognized an immaterial amount and $6 million in losses on the transfer, sale or write-down of OREO properties during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, approximately $34 million and $33 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized if the nonaccrual and restructured loans and leases on nonaccrual status had been current in accordance with their contractual terms. Although these values help demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest as nonaccrual loans and leases are generally carried below their principal balance.

98 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 46: Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Delinquent Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20222021
Nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$90116
Commercial mortgage loans1042
Commercial construction loans16
Commercial leases4
Residential mortgage loans(c)5310
Home equity4347
Indirect secured consumer loans195
Other consumer loans51
Nonaccrual portfolio restructured loans:
Commercial and industrial loans125163
Commercial mortgage loans306
Commercial construction loans7
Residential mortgage loans(c)7123
Home equity2430
Indirect secured consumer loans1022
Credit card2723
Total nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases(b)515498
OREO and other repossessed property2429
Total nonperforming portfolio loans and leases and OREO539527
Nonaccrual loans held for sale15
Total nonperforming assets$539542
Total portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing:
Commercial and industrial loans$1117
Commercial mortgage loans1
Commercial construction loans1
Commercial leases2
Residential mortgage loans(a)(c)772
Home equity11
Indirect secured consumer loans9
Credit card1815
Other consumer loans11
Total portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing$40117
Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO0.44%0.47
Nonperforming portfolio loans and leases as a percent of portfolio loans and leases0.420.44
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio loans and leases468416
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio assets447394

(a)Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. These advances were $212 and $349 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Bancorp recognized losses of $2 for both the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these insured or guaranteed loans.

(b)Includes $15 and $26 of nonaccrual government insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, of which $11 are restructured nonaccrual government insured commercial loans as of both December 31, 2022 and 2021.

(c)During the first quarter of 2022, the Bancorp amended its definition of nonperforming loans to include residential mortgage loans that are past due 150 days or more and not fully or partially guaranteed by government agencies.

99 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide a rollforward of portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases, by portfolio segment:

TABLE 47: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential Mortgage(a)ConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$33733128498
Transfers to nonaccrual status262146154562
Transfers to accrual status(7)(28)(65)(100)
Transfers to held for sale(23)(23)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(180)(23)(52)(255)
Transfers to OREO(6)(6)
Charge-offs(131)(1)(37)(169)
Draws/other extensions of credit538
Balance, end of period$263124128515

(a)During the first quarter of 2022, the Bancorp amended its definition of nonperforming loans to include residential mortgage loans that are past due 150 days or more and not fully or partially guaranteed by government agencies.

TABLE 48: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential MortgageConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$63860136834
Transfers to nonaccrual status23943163445
Transfers to accrual status(27)(68)(88)(183)
Transfers to held for sale(90)(90)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(333)(1)(54)(388)
Transfers to OREO(1)(2)(3)
Charge-offs(119)(30)(149)
Draws/other extensions of credit301132
Balance, end of period$33733128498

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A loan is accounted for as a TDR if the Bancorp, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. TDRs include concessions granted under reorganization, arrangement or other provisions of the Federal Bankruptcy Act. A TDR typically involves a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or remaining principal amount of the loan, a reduction of accrued interest or an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s accounting for TDRs.

Consumer restructured loans on accrual status totaled $725 million and $675 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the percentages of restructured residential mortgage loans, home equity and credit card that were past due 30 days or more from their modified terms were 29%, 19% and 33%, respectively.

The following tables summarize portfolio TDRs by loan type and delinquency status:

TABLE 49: Accruing and Nonaccruing Portfolio TDRs
Accruing
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)Current30-89 Days Past Due90 Days or More Past DueNonaccruingTotal
Commercial loans(a)$254162416
Residential mortgage loans(b)396286571560
Home equity126624156
Indirect secured consumer loans77101097
Credit card1522744
Total$86846652941,273

(a)Excludes restructured nonaccrual loans held for sale.

(b)Information includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA or USDA. As of December 31, 2022, these advances represented $199 of current loans, $21 of 30-89 days past due loans, $65 of 90 days or more past due loans and $22 of nonaccrual loans.

100 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 50: Accruing and Nonaccruing Portfolio TDRs
Accruing
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)Current30-89 Days Past Due90 Days or More Past DueNonaccruingTotal
Commercial loans(a)$1561169326
Residential mortgage loans(b)328179223460
Home equity1415130177
Indirect secured consumer loans6642292
Credit card1832344
Total$70929942671,099

(a)Excludes restructured nonaccrual loans held for sale.

(b)Information includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. As of December 31, 2021, these advances represented $144 of current loans, $14 of 30-89 days past due loans and $69 of 90 days or more past due loans.

Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs

Net charge-offs were 19 bps and 16 bps of average portfolio loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Table 51 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percentage of average portfolio loans and leases outstanding by loan category.

The ratio of commercial loan and lease net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio commercial loans and leases increased to 13 bps during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to 10 bps during the same period in the prior year primarily due to an increase in net charge-offs on commercial and industrial loans of $36 million, partially offset by a decrease in net charge-offs on commercial mortgage loans of $9 million.

The ratio of consumer loan net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio consumer loans increased to 29 bps during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to 26 bps during the same period in the prior year primarily due to increases in net charge-offs on indirect secured consumer loans and other consumer loans of $22 million and $11 million, respectively, partially offset by a decrease in net charge-offs on credit card of $18 million.

101 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 51: Summary of Credit Loss Experience
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
Losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(121)(103)(210)
Commercial mortgage loans(13)(46)
Commercial construction loans(3)
Commercial leases(7)(3)(26)
Residential mortgage loans(3)(3)(9)
Home equity(9)(7)(14)
Indirect secured consumer loans(68)(51)(67)
Credit card(68)(91)(147)
Other consumer loans(a)(83)(73)(92)
Total losses charged-off$(362)(344)(611)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$254312
Commercial mortgage loans151
Commercial construction loans1
Commercial leases343
Residential mortgage loans577
Home equity11119
Indirect secured consumer loans323735
Credit card162121
Other consumer loans(a)414252
Total recoveries of losses previously charged-off$135170140
Net losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(96)(60)(198)
Commercial mortgage loans1(8)(45)
Commercial construction loans(2)
Commercial leases(4)1(23)
Residential mortgage loans24(2)
Home equity24(5)
Indirect secured consumer loans(36)(14)(32)
Credit card(52)(70)(126)
Other consumer loans(42)(31)(40)
Total net losses charged-off$(227)(174)(471)
Net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans0.17%0.120.37
Commercial mortgage loans(0.01)0.080.41
Commercial construction loans0.04
Commercial leases0.13(0.02)0.76
Total commercial loans and leases0.13%0.100.36
Residential mortgage loans(0.01)(0.03)0.02
Home equity(0.05)(0.09)0.08
Indirect secured consumer loans0.210.090.26
Credit card2.983.935.63
Other consumer loans1.151.061.39
Total consumer loans0.29%0.260.52
Total net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases0.19%0.160.42

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Bancorp recorded $32, $33 and $42, respectively, in both losses charged off and recoveries of losses previously charged off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. As described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases (as adjusted for prepayments and reasonably expected TDRs). The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and

102 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses quantitative models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL. Qualitative adjustments are used to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit losses which are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These factors include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. In addition, the qualitative adjustment framework can be utilized to address specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters or changes in current economic conditions that are not reflected in the quantitative credit loss models, and their effects on regional borrowers and changes in product structures. Qualitative factors may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology.

In addition to the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for unfunded commitments is included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimates for probability of default are primarily based on internal ratings assigned to each commercial borrower on a 13-point scale and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions.

At both December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Bancorp used three forward-looking economic scenarios during the reasonable and supportable forecast period in its expected credit loss models to address the inherent imprecision in macroeconomic forecasting. Each of the three scenarios was developed by a third party that is subject to the Bancorp’s Third-Party Risk Management program including oversight by the Bancorp’s independent model risk management group. The scenarios included a most likely outcome (Baseline) and two less probable scenarios with one being more favorable than the Baseline and the other being less favorable. The more favorable alternative scenario (Upside) depicted a stronger near-term growth outlook while the less favorable outlook (Downside) depicted a moderate recession.

The Baseline scenario was developed such that the expectation is that the economy will perform better than the projection 50% of the time and worse than the projection 50% of the time. The Upside scenario was developed such that there is a 10% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 90% probability that it will perform worse. The Downside scenario was developed such that there is a 90% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 10% probability that it will perform worse.

December 31, 2022 ACL

The ACL as of December 31, 2022 was impacted by several factors, including growth in portfolio loan and lease balances, primarily concentrated in the commercial and industrial loan and other consumer loan portfolios and deterioration in the forecasted macroeconomic conditions in each of the three forecast scenarios. As a result of these factors, the Bancorp incorporated a combination of quantitative model-based estimates and qualitative adjustments. As of December 31, 2022, the Bancorp’s economic scenarios included estimates of the expected impacts of the changes in economic conditions caused by inflationary and rising interest rate pressures and the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict. At December 31, 2022, the Bancorp assigned an 80% probability weighting to the Baseline scenario and 10% to each the Upside and Downside scenarios.

The Baseline scenario assumed real GDP growth for the year ended 2022 at 1.8% with the forecast decreasing to 0.7% in 2023, and then increasing to 2.1% in 2024 and 2.7% in 2025. The Baseline scenario also assumed an average unemployment rate of 3.7% for the year ended 2022, increasing to an average of 4.0% in the forecast for both 2023 and 2024, modestly decreasing to an average of 3.8% in 2025. Lastly, the Baseline scenario assumed continued increases to the target federal funds rate, peaking at an average of 4.6% in 2023, and decreasing to an average of 3.9% and 3.0% in 2024 and 2025, respectively. The Upside scenario assumed a faster than anticipated resolution to the Russia-

103 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Ukraine conflict with related improvement to economic measures. The Upside scenario assumed that on an average annual basis, the change in real GDP is 3.4% in 2023, decreasing to 2.9% and 2.0% in 2024 and 2025, respectively. The Upside scenario also assumed an unemployment rate at an annual average of 3.4% in both 2023 and 2024, slightly declining to 3.3% in 2025. In the Upside scenario, the forecast for the federal funds rate was consistent with the Baseline scenario but with slightly lower increases resulting from an improving inflation outlook. The Downside scenario included significant worsening of the Russia-Ukraine conflict resulting in continued inflation, causing the U.S. economy to fall into a recession in the first quarter of 2023. The Downside scenario assumed that real GDP will decline throughout 2023, at an average of (1.5%), recovering to an average growth rate of 0.2% and 3.2% in 2024 and 2025, respectively. The Downside scenario unemployment rate peaks at 7.8% in the first quarter of 2024 and decreases to an average of 5.9% in 2025. In the Downside scenario, the forecast for the federal funds rate included higher increases than the Baseline scenario through the fourth quarter of 2023, followed by rapid decreases through 2025.

The Bancorp’s quantitative credit loss models are sensitive to changes in economic forecast assumptions over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. Applying a 100% probability weighting to the Downside scenario rather than using the probability-weighted three scenario approach would result in an increase in the quantitative ACL of approximately $2.2 billion. This sensitivity calculation only reflects the impact of changing the probability weighting of the scenarios in the quantitative credit loss models and excludes any additional considerations associated with the qualitative component of the ACL that might be warranted if probability weights were adjusted.

The following table provides a rollforward of the Bancorp’s ACL:

TABLE 52: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202220212020
ALLL:
Balance, beginning of period$1,8922,4531,202
Losses charged-off(a)(362)(344)(611)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off(a)135170140
Provision for (benefit from) loan and lease losses529(387)1,079
Impact of adoption of ASU 2016-13643
Balance, end of period$2,1941,8922,453
Reserve for unfunded commitments:
Balance, beginning of period$182172144
Provision for the reserve for unfunded commitments341018
Impact of adoption of ASU 2016-1310
Balance, end of period$216182172

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Bancorp recorded $32, $33 and $42, respectively, in both losses charged-off and recoveries of losses previously charged-off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

104 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an attribution of the Bancorp’s ALLL to portfolio loans and leases:

TABLE 53: Attribution of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Portfolio Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20222021
Attributed ALLL:
Commercial and industrial loans$776711
Commercial mortgage loans246304
Commercial construction loans9072
Commercial leases1515
Residential mortgage loans245235
Home equity133123
Indirect secured consumer loans187119
Credit card254209
Other consumer loans248104
Total ALLL$2,1941,892
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$57,23251,659
Commercial mortgage loans11,02010,316
Commercial construction loans5,4335,241
Commercial leases2,7043,052
Residential mortgage loans(a)17,62816,397
Home equity4,0394,084
Indirect secured consumer loans16,55216,783
Credit card1,8741,766
Other consumer loans4,9982,752
Total portfolio loans and leases$121,480112,050
Attributed ALLL as a percent of respective portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans1.36%1.38
Commercial mortgage loans2.232.95
Commercial construction loans1.661.37
Commercial leases0.550.49
Residential mortgage loans1.391.43
Home equity3.293.01
Indirect secured consumer loans1.130.71
Credit card13.5511.83
Other consumer loans4.963.78
Total ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.81%1.69
Total ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.981.85

(a) Includes $123 and $154 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The Bancorp’s ALLL may vary significantly from period to period based on changes in economic conditions, economic forecasts and the composition and credit quality of the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio. For additional information on the Bancorp’s methodology for measuring the ACL, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

105 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTEREST RATE AND PRICE RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from movement of interest rates. This risk primarily impacts the Bancorp’s income categories through changes in interest income on earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and through fee items that are related to interest sensitive activities such as mortgage origination and servicing income and through earnings credits earned on commercial deposits that offset commercial deposit fees. Price risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from changes in the value of financial instruments and portfolios due to movements in interest rates, volatilities, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk may occur for any one or more of the following reasons:

•Assets and liabilities mature or reprice at different times;

•Short-term and long-term market interest rates change by different amounts; or

•The expected maturities of various assets or liabilities shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on NII and interest-sensitive fees, interest rates can impact earnings through their effect on loan and deposit demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volumes, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Changes in interest rates and other market factors can impact earnings through changes in the value of portfolios, if not appropriately hedged. Stability of the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk and to a lesser extent price risk. Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s on- and off-balance sheet composition, earnings flows, and hedging strategies and models interest rate risk and price risk exposures, and possible actions to manage these risks, given numerous possible future interest rate and market factor scenarios. A series of policy limits and key risk indicators are employed to ensure that risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance for interest rate risk and price risk.

In addition to the traditional forms of interest rate risk discussed in this section, the Bancorp is exposed to interest rate risk associated with the retirement and replacement of LIBOR. For more information on the LIBOR transition, refer to the Overview section of MD&A.

The Commercial Banking and Wealth and Asset Management lines of business manage price risk for capital markets sales and trading activities related to their respective businesses. The Consumer and Small Business Banking line of business manages price risk for the origination and sale of conforming residential mortgage loans to government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises. The Bancorp’s Treasury department manages interest rate risk and price risk for all other activities. Independent oversight is provided by ERM, and key risk indicators and Board-approved policy limits are used to ensure risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance.

The Bancorp’s Market Risk Management Committee, which includes senior management representatives and reports to the Corporate Credit Committee (accountable to the ERMC), provides oversight and monitors price risk for the capital markets sales and trading activities. The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERMC, provides oversight and monitors interest rate and price risks for Mortgage and Treasury activities.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity

The Bancorp employs a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of NII to changes in interest rates. The model is based on contractual and estimated cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and attrition rates of certain liabilities. The model also includes senior management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. The NII simulation model does not represent a forecast of the Bancorp’s net interest income but is a tool utilized to assess the risk of the impact of changing market interest rates across a range of market interest rate environments. As a result, actual results will differ from simulated results for multiple reasons, which may include actual balance sheet composition differences, timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, deviations from projected customer behavioral assumptions as well as from changes in market conditions and management strategies.

As of December 31, 2022, the Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is governed by a risk framework that utilizes the change in NII over 12-month and 24-month horizons under parallel ramped increases and decreases in interest rates. Policy limits are utilized for scenarios assuming a 200 bps increase and a 200 bps decrease in interest rates over twelve months. The Bancorp routinely analyzes various potential and extreme scenarios, including parallel ramps and shocks as well as steepening and other non-parallel shifts in rates, to assess where risks to net interest income persist or develop as changes in the balance sheet and market rates evolve. Additionally, the Bancorp routinely evaluates its exposures to changes in the bases between interest rates.

In order to recognize the risk of noninterest-bearing demand deposit balance run-off in a rising interest rate environment, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes that approximately $1 billion of additional demand deposit balances run-off over 24 months for each 100 bps increase in short-term market interest rates. Similarly, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling incorporates approximately $1 billion of incremental growth in noninterest-bearing deposit balances over 24 months for each 100 bps decrease in short-term market interest rates. The incremental balance run-off and growth are modeled to flow into and out of funding products that reprice in conjunction with short-term market rate changes.

106 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Another important deposit modeling assumption is the amount by which interest-bearing deposit rates will increase or decrease when market interest rates increase or decrease. This deposit repricing sensitivity is known as the beta, and it represents the expected amount by which the Bancorp’s interest-bearing deposit rates will change for a given change in short-term market rates. The Bancorp utilizes dynamic deposit beta models to adjust assumed repricing sensitivity depending on market rate levels. The dynamic beta models were developed utilizing the Bancorp’s performance during prior interest rate cycles. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Bancorp’s actual deposit repricing has been slower than what was experienced in prior interest rate cycles, and as a result, the Bancorp has outperformed previous NII simulation expectations. Using the dynamic beta models, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes weighted-average rising-rate interest-bearing deposit betas at the end of the ramped parallel scenarios of 68% and 70%, for a 100 bps and 200 bps increase in rates, respectively. In the event of rate cuts, this approach assumes a weighted-average falling-rate interest-bearing deposit beta at the end of the ramped 200 bps decrease in rates of 60% at December 31, 2022, while also maintaining that deposit rates themselves will not become negative. The modeling assumes no lag between the timing of changes in market rates and the timing of deposit repricing despite such timing lags having occurred in prior rate cycles. In addition, assumed deposit migration from low-beta deposit products to more rate-sensitive deposit products contribute additional beta of 5%-10% across the rising-rate ramps, resulting in an effective beta of approximately 75-80% in our baseline NII sensitivity profile. Given the performance during the year ended December 31, 2022, the Bancorp may continue to exceed the NII simulation expectations. However, the actual performance will be dependent on market conditions, the level of competition for deposits and the magnitude of continued interest rate increases. The Bancorp provides sensitivity analysis in Tables 55 and 56 for key assumptions related to its deposit modeling, including beta and DDA balance performance.

The Bancorp continually evaluates the sensitivity of its interest rate risk measures to these important deposit modeling assumptions. The Bancorp also regularly monitors the sensitivity of other important modeling assumptions, such as loan and security prepayments and early withdrawals on fixed-rate customer liabilities.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile and ALCO policy limits as of December 31:

TABLE 54: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile and ALCO Policy Limits
20222021
% Change in NII (FTE)ALCO Policy Limit% Change in NII (FTE)ALCO Policy Limit
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(2.93)%(3.17)(4.00)(6.00)10.68%20.60(4.00)(6.00)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(1.31)(1.14)N/AN/A6.1312.66N/AN/A
-25 Ramp over 3 monthsN/AN/AN/AN/A(2.12)(2.99)N/AN/A
-200 Ramp over 12 months(0.68)(4.69)(8.00)(12.00)N/AN/AN/AN/A

At December 31, 2022, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity is liability sensitive in years one and two due to the previously discussed deposit dynamic beta and balance migration assumptions. The Bancorp’s NII simulation projects a decrease in both year one and year two NII under the parallel 200 bps ramp decrease in interest rates. Reductions in the yield of the commercial loan portfolio would be expected to be only partially offset by a decline in the cost of interest-bearing deposits in certain falling-rate scenarios. However, continued re-positioning into securities with less near-term principal cash flows and the execution of additional receive-fixed hedges have added significant protection from declining rates. The changes in the estimated NII sensitivity profile compared to December 31, 2021 were primarily attributable to significant deployment of cash and other short-term investments into long-term fixed-rate securities and higher market interest rates driving higher expected betas.

Tables 55 and 56 provide the sensitivity of the Bancorp’s estimated NII profile at December 31, 2022 to changes to certain deposit balance and deposit repricing sensitivity (betas) assumptions.

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with an immediate $2 billion decrease and an immediate $2 billion increase in demand deposit balances as of December 31, 2022:

TABLE 55: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2022 with a $2 Billion Change in Demand Deposit Assumption
% Change in NII (FTE)
Immediate $2 Billion Balance DecreaseImmediate $2 Billion Balance Increase
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(4.63)%(4.95)(1.24)(1.39)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(2.84)(2.36)0.220.08
-200 Ramp over 12 months(1.70)(5.36)0.35(4.03)

107 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with a 10% increase and a 10% decrease to the corresponding deposit beta assumptions as of December 31, 2022:

TABLE 56: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2022 with Deposit Beta Assumptions Changes
% Change in NII (FTE)
Betas 10% Higher(a)Betas 10% Lower(a)
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+200 Ramp over 12 months(4.23)%(5.44)(1.64)(0.90)
+100 Ramp over 12 months(1.94)(2.24)(0.67)(0.04)
-200 Ramp over 12 months0.19(3.39)(1.56)(6.03)

(a)Applies a +/- 10% multiple on assumed betas and includes deposit migration assumptions based on the changes in rates.

Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity

The Bancorp also uses EVE as a measurement tool in managing interest rate risk. Whereas the NII sensitivity analysis highlights the impact on forecasted NII on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) over one- and two-year time horizons, EVE is a point-in-time analysis of the economic sensitivity of current positions that incorporates all cash flows over their estimated remaining lives. The EVE of the balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of all asset and net derivative cash flows less the discounted value of all liability cash flows. Due to this longer horizon, the sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate the balance growth assumptions used in the NII sensitivity analysis. As with the NII simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of existing balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving loan and security prepayments and the expected balance attrition and pricing of indeterminate-lived deposits.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated EVE sensitivity profile as of December 31:

TABLE 57: Estimated EVE Sensitivity Profile
20222021
Change in Interest Rates (bps)% Change in EVEALCO Policy Limit% Change in EVEALCO Policy Limit
+200 Shock(7.53)%(12.00)4.51(12.00)
+100 Shock(2.72)N/A3.16N/A
-25 ShockN/AN/A(1.24)N/A
-200 Shock1.24(12.00)N/AN/A

The EVE sensitivity is negative in a +200 bps rising-rate scenario and positive in a -200 bps falling-rate scenario at December 31, 2022. The changes in the estimated EVE sensitivity profile from December 31, 2021 were primarily related to the significant deployment of cash and other short-term investments into long-term fixed-rate securities, the execution of new forward-starting receive-fixed hedging transactions and increased deposit repricing betas.

While an instantaneous shift in spot interest rates followed by forward projections is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not account for factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate or exacerbate the impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulations and EVE analyses do not necessarily include certain actions that management may undertake to manage risk in response to actual changes in interest rates.

The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to a static balance sheet forecast, LIBOR, SOFR, Prime Rate and other basis risks, yield curve twist risks and embedded options risks. In addition, the impacts on NII on an FTE basis and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates are modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment-specific scenarios.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, forward starting interest rate swaps, options, swaptions and TBA securities.

Tables 58 and 59 show all swap and floor positions that are utilized for purposes of managing the Bancorp’s exposures to the variability of interest rates. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index, to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognized asset attributable to changes in

108 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

the benchmark interest rate or to hedge forecasted transactions for the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate. The volume, maturity and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently as the Bancorp adjusts its broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following tables present additional information about the interest rate swaps and floors used in Fifth Third’s asset and liability management activities:

TABLE 58: Weighted-Average Maturity, Receive Rate and Pay Rate on Qualifying Hedging Instruments
As of December 31, 2022 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining (years)Fixed RateIndex
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$8,000(76)1.03.02%1 ML
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)11,000228.33.051 ML
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed4,000(25)2.10.991 ML
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed – forward starting(a)4,00059.13.501 ML
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed5,955(69)5.95.181 ML / 3 ML / SOFR
Total interest rate swaps$32,955(143)
Interest rate floors related to C&I loans– cash flow – receive-fixed$3,00042.02.251 ML

(a)Forward starting swaps will become effective on various dates between February 2023 and February 2025.

TABLE 59: Weighted-Average Maturity, Receive Rate and Pay Rate on Qualifying Hedging Instruments
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining (years)Fixed RateIndex
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$8,000(1)2.03.02%1 ML
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed4,0003.10.991 ML
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed1,9553918.44.931 ML / 3 ML
Interest rate swaps related to available-for-sale debt and other securities – fair value – receive-floating / pay-fixed44577.42.401 ML
Total interest rate swaps$14,400397
Interest rate floors related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$3,0001223.02.251 ML

Additionally, as part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its residential mortgage banking activities, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted for as free-standing derivatives to economically hedge IRLCs that are also considered free-standing derivatives. The Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to residential mortgage loans held for sale through the use of forward contracts and mortgage options as well. See the Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk section for the discussion of the use of derivatives to economically hedge this exposure.

The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge market risks assumed in interest rate derivative contracts with commercial customers. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of the counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of interest rate volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk

Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established.

109 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases, excluding interest receivable, disaggregated by scheduled principal repayment, as of December 31, 2022:

TABLE 60: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases
($ in millions)Due in 1 year or lessDue after 1 year through 5 yearsDue after 5 years through 15 yearsDue after 15 yearsTotal
Commercial and industrial loans$12,11641,6333,4592457,232
Commercial mortgage loans3,1096,3211,5306011,020
Commercial construction loans1,7233,426251335,433
Commercial leases6391,595393772,704
Total commercial loans and leases17,58752,9755,63319476,389
Residential mortgage loans7563,1157,0426,71517,628
Home equity1798516592,3504,039
Indirect secured consumer loans3,41810,5552,16641316,552
Credit card1,8741,874
Other consumer loans1,0362,2171,5292164,998
Total consumer loans7,26316,73811,3969,69445,091
Total portfolio loans and leases$24,85069,71317,0299,888121,480

The following table displays a summary of cash flows, excluding interest receivable, occurring after one year for both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate loans and leases as of December 31, 2022:

TABLE 61: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases Occurring After One Year
Interest Rate
($ in millions)FixedFloating or Adjustable
Commercial and industrial loans$5,16539,951
Commercial mortgage loans1,5956,316
Commercial construction loans823,628
Commercial leases2,065
Total commercial loans and leases8,90749,895
Residential mortgage loans13,9712,901
Home equity1833,677
Indirect secured consumer loans13,12014
Other consumer loans3,674288
Total consumer loans30,9486,880
Total portfolio loans and leases$39,85556,775

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk

The fair value of the residential MSR portfolio was $1.7 billion and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. For further information on the significant drivers and components of the valuation adjustments on MSRs, refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates. The Bancorp may adjust its hedging strategy to reflect its assessment of the composition of its MSR portfolio, the cost of hedging and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedges given the economic environment. Refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on servicing rights and the instruments used to hedge price risk on MSRs.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Bancorp may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $1.0 billion and $995 million, respectively. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of price risk from interest rate derivative contracts entered into with commercial customers, the Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven foreign exchange activity. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of currency volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits performed by independent risk management.

110 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Commodity Risk

The Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure to commodity price fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of foreign exchange and price risk from interest rate derivative contracts, the Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven commodity activity. The Bancorp may also offset this risk with exchange-traded commodity contracts. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of commodity volatility and potential future exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management.

111 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals and other contractual obligations. Mitigating liquidity risk is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of cash and investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the debt markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp’s Treasury department manages funding and liquidity based on point-in-time metrics as well as forward-looking projections, which incorporate different sources and uses of funds under base and stress scenarios. Liquidity risk is monitored and managed by the Treasury department with independent oversight provided by ERM, and a series of Policy Limits and Key Risk Indicators are established to ensure risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance. The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan that provides for liquidity stress testing, which assesses the liquidity needs under varying market conditions, time horizons, asset growth rates and other events. The contingency plan provides for ongoing monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. The contingency plan also outlines the Bancorp’s response to various levels of liquidity stress and actions that should be taken during various scenarios.

Liquidity risk is monitored and managed for both Fifth Third Bancorp and its subsidiaries. The Bancorp receives substantially all of its liquidity from dividends from its subsidiaries, primarily Fifth Third Bank, National Association. Subsidiary dividends are supplemented with term debt to enable the Bancorp to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet its cash obligations, including debt service and scheduled maturities, common and preferred dividends, unfunded commitments to subsidiaries and other planned capital actions in the form of share repurchases. Liquidity resources are more limited at the Bancorp, making its liquidity position more susceptible to market disruptions. Bancorp liquidity is assessed using a cash coverage horizon, ensuring the entity maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a period of sustained market disruption while meeting its anticipated obligations over an extended stressed horizon.

The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERMC, monitors and manages liquidity and funding risk within Board-approved policy limits. In addition to the risk management activities of ALCO, the Bancorp has a liquidity risk management function as part of ERM that provides independent oversight of liquidity risk management.

Sources of Funds

The Bancorp’s primary sources of funds relate to cash flows from loan and lease repayments, payments from securities related to sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases and funds generated by core deposits, in addition to the use of public and private debt offerings.

Table 60 of the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A presents information about the timing of cash flows from loan and lease repayments. Of the $51.5 billion of securities in the Bancorp’s available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio at December 31, 2022, $4.6 billion in principal and interest is expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $4.9 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the Bancorp’s securities portfolio, refer to the Investment Securities subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the Bancorp’s ability to sell or securitize loans and leases. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long-term, fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to FHLMC or FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as certain other residential mortgage loans, certain commercial loans and leases, home equity loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans are also capable of being securitized or sold. The Bancorp sold loans and leases totaling $13.5 billion during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $17.5 billion during the year ended December 31, 2021. For further information, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Core deposits have historically provided the Bancorp with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. The Bancorp’s average core deposits and average shareholders’ equity funded 87% and 90% of its average total assets for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs.

In June of 2022, the Board of Directors authorized $5.0 billion of debt or other securities for issuance, of which $3.0 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance as of December 31, 2022. The Bancorp is authorized to file any necessary registration statements with the SEC to permit ready access to the public securities markets; however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions. The Bancorp issued and sold fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes of $1 billion in April of 2022, $1 billion in July of 2022 and $1 billion in October of 2022 as further discussed in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2022, the Bank’s global bank note program had a borrowing capacity of $25.0 billion, of which $20.3 billion was available for issuance. The Bank issued and sold fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes of $1 billion in October of 2022 as further discussed in

112 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, at December 31, 2022, the Bank had approximately $51.0 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources, including the FRB and FHLB.

Current Liquidity Position

The Bancorp maintains a strong liquidity profile driven by strong core deposit funding and over $100 billion in current available liquidity. The Bancorp is managing liquidity prudently in the current environment and maintains a liquidity profile focused on core deposit and stable long-term funding sources, while supplementing with a variety of secured and unsecured wholesale funding sources across the maturity spectrum, which allows for the effective management of concentration and rollover risk. A significant portion of the Bancorp’s excess cash and other short-term investments have been invested in long-term fixed-rate securities since the start of 2022. The Bancorp’s investment portfolio remains highly concentrated in liquid and readily marketable instruments and is a significant source of secured borrowing capacity.

As of December 31, 2022, the Bancorp (parent company) has sufficient liquidity to meet contractual obligations and all preferred and common dividends without accessing the capital markets or receiving upstream dividends from the Bank subsidiary for 24 months.

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under various types of contracts. In addition to commitments to extend credit and letters of credit (which are further discussed in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements), these include deposits, lease obligations, partnership investment commitments, derivative contracts, borrowings, and pension benefit payments. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A and Notes 9, 12, 14, 16, 17 and 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these contractual obligations.

Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp and Bank are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the Bancorp’s or Bank’s credit ratings could affect its ability to access the credit markets and increase its borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting the Bancorp’s or Bank’s financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s and Bank’s credit ratings are summarized in Table 62. The ratings reflect the ratings agency’s view on the Bancorp’s and Bank’s capacity to meet financial commitments.*

*As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

TABLE 62: Agency Ratings
As of February 24, 2023Moody’sStandard and Poor’sFitchDBRS Morningstar
Fifth Third Bancorp:
Short-term borrowingsNo ratingA-2F1R-1L
Senior debtBaa1BBB+A-A
Subordinated debtBaa1BBBBBB+AL
Fifth Third Bank, National Association:
Short-term borrowingsP-2A-2F1R-1M
Short-term depositP-1No ratingF1No rating
Long-term depositA1No ratingAAH
Senior debtA3A-A-AH
Subordinated debtA3BBB+BBB+A
Rating Agency Outlook for Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association:StableStableStableStable

113 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events that are neither market- nor credit-related. Operational risk is inherent in the Bancorp’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, poor design or delivery of products and services, cyber-security or physical security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of third parties to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other damage to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of its businesses, the markets in which it operates and the competitive and regulatory environment to which it is subject.

To control, monitor and govern operational risk, the Bancorp maintains an overall Enterprise Risk Management Framework which comprises governance oversight, risk assessment, capital measurement, monitoring and reporting as well as a formal three lines of defense approach. ERM is responsible for prescribing the framework to the lines of business and corporate functions and providing independent oversight of its implementation (second line of defense). Business Controls groups are in place in each of the lines of business to ensure consistent implementation and execution of managing day-to-day operational risk (first line of defense).

The Bancorp’s enterprise risk management framework consists of five integrated components, including identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and independent governance reporting of risk. The corporate Operational Risk Management function within Enterprise Risk is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of the Bancorp’s approach to managing operational risk. This includes providing governance, awareness and training, tools, guidance and oversight to support implementation of key risk programs and systems as they relate to operational risk management. These include programs, such as risk and control self-assessments, product delivery risk assessments, scenario analysis, new product/initiative risk reviews, key risk indicators, Third-Party Risk Management, cyber-security risk management, review of operational losses and monitoring of significant organizational or process changes. The function is also responsible for developing reports that support the proactive management of operational risk across the enterprise. The lines of business and corporate functions are responsible for managing the operational risks associated with their areas in accordance with the enterprise risk management framework. The framework is intended to enable the Bancorp to function with a sound and well-controlled operational environment. These processes support the Bancorp’s goals to minimize future operational losses and strengthen the Bancorp’s performance by maintaining sufficient capital to absorb operational losses that are incurred.

The Bancorp also maintains a robust information security program to support the management of cyber-security risk within the organization with a focus on prevention, detection and recovery processes. Fifth Third utilizes a wide array of techniques to secure its operations and proprietary information such as Board-approved policies and programs, network monitoring and testing, access controls and dedicated security personnel. Fifth Third has adopted the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework for the management and deployment of cyber-security controls and is an active participant in the financial sector information sharing organization structure, known as the Financial Services Information Sharing and Analysis Center. To ensure resiliency of key Bancorp functions, Fifth Third also employs redundancy protocols that include a robust business continuity function that works to mitigate any potential impacts to Fifth Third customers and its systems.

Fifth Third also focuses on the reporting and escalation of operational control issues to senior management and the Board of Directors. The Operational Risk Committee is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of operational risk across the enterprise. The Information Security Governance Committee and Model Risk Committee report to the Operational Risk Committee and are responsible for governance of information security and model risks. The Operational Risk Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

Increased external threats have elevated fraud and cyber-security risks. The Bancorp’s strategic initiatives also have the potential to increase operational risk as changes to process and technology are implemented. Additionally, to the extent utilized in executing these changes, other factors such as increased reliance on third parties and increased use of emerging and cloud-based technologies may also introduce additional operational risk considerations. These risks continue to be carefully managed and monitored to ensure effective controls are in place, with appropriate oversight and governance by the second line of defense.

The Bancorp is aware of and actively monitoring climate-related risks. Climate-related risks could impact the Bancorp in the form of physical risks due to acute or chronic weather related events that could disrupt the operations of the Bancorp, or could impair the ability of clients to meet financial obligations. The Bancorp also faces transition risk resulting from economic transition towards a lower-carbon future which may negatively impact some clients or present credit, strategic or reputational risks to the Bancorp.

Climate risk is a priority for management and accordingly the Board oversees both the RCC and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The RCC is responsible for overseeing the development and implementation of Fifth Third’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework including climate risks. In the course of business, the Bancorp’s Environmental Risk Group works with partners to manage or mitigate environmental risks including climate-related risks. As part of its larger environmental, social and governance responsibilities the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing climate strategy and climate-related issues in the context of stakeholder concerns.

114 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LEGAL AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal and regulatory compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss or damage to reputation as a result of noncompliance with (i) applicable laws, regulations, rules and other regulatory requirements (including but not limited to the risk of consumers experiencing economic loss or other legal harm as a result of noncompliance with consumer protection laws, regulations and requirements); (ii) internal policies and procedures, standards of best practice or codes of conduct; and (iii) principles of integrity and fair dealing applicable to Fifth Third’s activities and functions. Legal risks include the risk of actions against the institution that result in unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, legal sanctions, or adverse judgments, which disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of the institution. Failure to effectively manage such risks can elevate the risk level or manifest itself as other types of key risks, including reputational or operational risk. Fifth Third focuses on managing legal and regulatory compliance risk in accordance with the Bancorp’s integrated enterprise risk management framework, which ensures consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep compliance risk at appropriate levels, consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite.

To mitigate such risks, Compliance Risk Management provides independent oversight to foster consistency and sufficiency in the execution of the program, and ensures that lines of business and support functions are adequately identifying, assessing and monitoring legal and regulatory compliance risks and adopting proper mitigation strategies. Moreover, such strategies are modified from time to time to respond to new or emerging risks in the environment. Compliance Risk Management and the Legal Division provide guidance to the lines of business and enterprise functions, which are ultimately responsible for managing such risks associated with their areas. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for formulating and directing the strategy, development, implementation, communication and maintenance of the Compliance Risk Management program, which implements key compliance processes, including but not limited to, executive- and board-level governance and reporting routines, compliance-related policies, risk assessments, key risk indicators, issues tracking, regulatory change management and regulatory compliance testing and monitoring. As part of Compliance Risk Management, the Financial Crimes Division conducts and oversees anti-money laundering and economic sanctions processes. Compliance Risk Management partners with the Community and Economic Development team to oversee the Bancorp’s compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act.

Fifth Third also reports and escalates legal and regulatory compliance issues to senior management and the Board of Directors. The Management Compliance Committee, which is chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of compliance risk across the enterprise. The Management Compliance Committee oversees Bancorp-wide compliance issues, industry best practices, legislative developments, regulatory concerns and other leading indicators of legal and regulatory compliance risk. The Management Compliance Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

115 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Management regularly reviews the Bancorp’s capital levels to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. The Bancorp has established a Capital Committee which is responsible for making capital plan recommendations to management. These recommendations are reviewed by the ERMC and the annual capital plan is approved by the Board of Directors. The Capital Committee is responsible for execution and oversight of the capital actions of the capital plan.

Regulatory Capital Ratios

The Basel III Final Rule sets minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as defines the measure of “well-capitalized” for insured depository institutions. For additional information regarding the prescribed capital ratios, refer to Note 29 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp is subject to the stress capital buffer requirement and must maintain capital ratios above its buffered minimum (regulatory minimum plus stress capital buffer) in order to avoid certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The FRB uses the supervisory stress test to determine the Bancorp’s stress capital buffer, subject to a floor of 2.5%. The Bancorp’s stress capital buffer requirement has been 2.5% since the introduction of this framework and was most recently affirmed as part of the FRB’s 2022 supervisory stress test with an effective date of October 1, 2022. The Bancorp’s capital ratios have exceeded the stress capital buffer requirement for all periods presented.

The Bancorp adopted ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020 and elected the five-year transition phase-in option for the impact of CECL on regulatory capital with its regulatory filings as of March 31, 2020. The Bancorp’s modified CECL transition amount became subject to the phase-out provisions of the final rule on January 1, 2022, and will be fully phased-out by January 1, 2025. The impact of the modified CECL transition amount on the Bancorp’s regulatory capital at December 31, 2022 was an increase in capital of approximately $373 million. On a fully phased-in basis, the Bancorp’s CET1 ratio would be reduced by 21 bps as of December 31, 2022.

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s capital ratios as of December 31:

TABLE 63: Capital Ratios
($ in millions)202220212020
Average total Bancorp shareholders’ equity as a percent of average assets9.22%11.0611.61
Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)8.317.978.18
Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)7.306.947.11
Regulatory capital:(c)
CET1 capital$15,67014,78114,682
Tier 1 capital17,78616,89716,797
Total regulatory capital21,60620,78921,412
Risk-weighted assets168,909154,860141,974
Regulatory capital ratios:(c)
CET1 capital9.28%9.5410.34
Tier 1 risk-based capital10.5310.9111.83
Total risk-based capital12.7913.4215.08
Leverage8.568.278.49

(a)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

(b)Excludes AOCI.

(c)Regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2022 are calculated pursuant to the five-year transition provision option to phase in the effects of CECL on regulatory capital.

Capital Planning

In 2011, the FRB adopted the capital plan rule, which requires BHCs with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more to submit annual capital plans to the FRB for review. Under the rule, these capital plans must include detailed descriptions of the following: the BHC’s internal processes for assessing capital adequacy; the policies governing capital actions such as common stock issuances, dividends and share repurchases; and all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon. Furthermore, each BHC must report to the FRB the results of stress tests conducted by the BHC under a number of scenarios that assess the sources and uses of capital under baseline and stressed economic conditions.

Under the Enhanced Prudential Standards tailoring rules, the Bancorp is subject to Category IV standards, under which the Bancorp is no longer required to file semi-annual, company-run stress tests with the FRB and publicly disclose the results. However, the Bancorp is required to develop and maintain a capital plan approved by the Board of Directors on an annual basis. As an institution subject to Category IV standards, the Bancorp is subject to the FRB’s supervisory stress tests every two years, the Board capital plan rule and certain FR Y-14 reporting requirements. The supervisory stress tests are forward-looking quantitative evaluations of the impact of stressful economic and financial market conditions on the Bancorp’s capital. The Bancorp became subject to Category IV standards on December 31, 2019, and the requirements outlined above apply to the stress test cycle that started on January 1, 2020. The Bancorp was subject to the 2022 supervisory

116 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

stress test conducted by the FRB and submitted the Board-approved capital plan and information contained in Schedule C - Regulatory Capital Instruments as required.

Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program

The Bancorp’s common stock dividend policy and stock repurchase program reflect its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory requirements and expectations. The Bancorp declared dividends per common share of $1.26 and $1.14 during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

In June of 2019, the Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions. Under this authorization, the Bancorp entered into and settled one accelerated share repurchase transaction during the year ended December 31, 2022. Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the accelerated share repurchase activity.

The following table summarizes shares authorized for repurchase as part of publicly announced plans or programs:

TABLE 64: Share Repurchases
For the years ended December 3120222021
Shares authorized for repurchase at January 140,785,26976,437,348
Additional authorizations
Share repurchases(a)(3,079,462)(35,652,079)
Shares authorized for repurchase at December 3137,705,80740,785,269
Average price paid per share(a)$32.4739.07

(a)Excludes 1,891,160 and 2,793,463 shares repurchased during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, in connection with various employee compensation plans. These purchases are not included in the calculation for average price paid per share and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be repurchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000035527-22-000119.

Extracted from Item 7 to the first post-MD&A boundary after HTML sanitization. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-25. Report date: 2021-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries. The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is referred to as the Bank.

OVERVIEW

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, refer to the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms in this report for a list of terms included as a tool for the reader of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The abbreviations and acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net interest income, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts. The FTE basis for presenting net interest income is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2021, net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income provided 61% and 39% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the U.S. from customers domiciled in the U.S. Revenue from foreign countries and external customers domiciled in foreign countries was immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section of MD&A, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of loss on its loan and lease portfolio as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by borrower credit events, such as loan defaults and inadequate collateral.

Noninterest income is derived from commercial banking revenue, service charges on deposits, wealth and asset management revenue, card and processing revenue, leasing business revenue, mortgage banking net revenue, other noninterest income and net securities gains or losses. Noninterest expense includes compensation and benefits, technology and communications, net occupancy expense, equipment expense, leasing business expense, marketing expense, card and processing expense and other noninterest expense.

COVID-19 Global Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic created significant economic uncertainty and financial disruptions during the year ended December 31, 2020, which continued during 2021. Government and public responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, including temporary closures of businesses and the implementation of social distancing protocols, caused reductions and instability in economic activity that resulted in increased unemployment levels in certain industries and volatility in the financial markets. Markets continue to remain volatile as a result of the pandemic and its evolving impacts, including inflationary concerns as well as stresses in labor markets and supply chains. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, low interest rates, reduced economic activity and market volatility have had the most immediate negative impacts on the Bancorp’s performance. The Bancorp is unable to estimate the extent of the impact that these factors have had on its operating results since the pandemic began and these factors may adversely impact its future operating results.

Although the increased availability of COVID-19 vaccinations has begun to mitigate the public health effects of the pandemic, there has been a rise of certain variants of COVID-19 and slowing progress on vaccination rates. The recovery from the related economic crisis continues to disproportionately affect certain industries, geographies and demographics more than others, and when combined with the unprecedented nature of the government response to the pandemic, it becomes difficult to predict the extent to which the pandemic will continue to adversely impact the Bancorp and its customers. Furthermore, resurgence risk remains as new virus variants are identified. The Bancorp continues to closely monitor the pandemic and its effects on customers, employees, communities and markets.

56 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Bancorp has provided a variety of relief options for both commercial and consumer customers that were affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, including loan covenant relief, loan maturity extensions, payment deferrals, forbearances and fee waivers. For further information about these programs, refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A included herein, and also Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Government Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic

Congress, the FRB and the other U.S. state and federal financial regulatory agencies have taken actions to mitigate disruptions to economic activity and financial stability resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. The descriptions below summarize certain significant government actions taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions or government programs summarized.

The CARES Act

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was signed into law on March 27, 2020 and has subsequently been amended several times, including by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021. Among other provisions, the CARES Act included funding for the SBA to expand lending, relief from certain U.S. GAAP requirements to allow COVID-19-related loan modifications to not be categorized as TDRs, direct stimulus payments and a range of incentives to encourage deferment, forbearance or modification of consumer credit and mortgage contracts. One of the key CARES Act programs is the Paycheck Protection Program, discussed further below, which temporarily expanded the SBA’s business loan guarantee program.

The CARES Act contained additional protections for homeowners and renters of properties with federally-backed mortgages, including a 60-day moratorium on the initiation of foreclosure proceedings beginning on March 18, 2020 and a 120-day moratorium on initiating eviction proceedings effective March 27, 2020. Borrowers of federally-backed mortgages had the right under the CARES Act to request up to 360 days of forbearance on their mortgage payments if they experienced financial hardship directly or indirectly due to the COVID-19 public health emergency.

The foreclosure moratorium and forbearance provisions of the CARES Act expired in 2020 but the FHA and Federal Housing Finance Agency independently extended these assistance programs. The extended foreclosure moratorium expired in the third quarter of 2021. COVID-19 related forbearance opportunities for new enrollees were set to expire on September 30, 2021, though this has been revised and currently the program has no set end date. The provisions set forth in Section 4013 of the CARES Act related to TDRs expired on January 1, 2022. Future loan modifications will be assessed based on existing TDR evaluation policies as appropriate.

Also pursuant to the CARES Act, the U.S. Treasury had authority to provide loans, guarantees and other investments in support of eligible businesses, states and municipalities affected by the economic effects of COVID-19. Some of these funds have been used to support several FRB programs and facilities described below or additional programs or facilities that are established by its authority under Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act that meet certain criteria.

FRB Actions

The FRB has taken a range of actions to support the flow of credit to households and businesses, offset forced liquidations and restore liquidity in the financial markets due to the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, on March 15, 2020, the FRB reduced the target range for the federal funds rate to 0 to 0.25% and announced that it would increase its holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and agency mortgage-backed securities and begin purchasing agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. The FRB has also encouraged depository institutions to borrow from the discount window and has lowered the primary credit rate for such borrowings by 150 basis points while extending the term of such loans up to 90 days. Reserve requirement ratios were reduced to zero effective March 26, 2020. During late 2021, the FRB stated that it will begin to reduce some of the monetary stimulus put in place in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which could include raising the target range for the federal funds rate and reducing the size of its holdings of securities. The FRB has indicated that it has no plans to re-impose reserve requirements but may do so in the future if conditions warrant.

In addition, the FRB established a range of facilities and programs to support the U.S. economy and U.S. marketplace participants in response to economic disruptions associated with COVID-19. Through these facilities and programs, the FRB, relying on its authority under Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act, has taken steps to directly or indirectly purchase assets from, or make loans to, U.S. companies, financial institutions, municipalities and other market participants.

Paycheck Protection Program

The Bancorp is a participating lender in the PPP, which is a program administered by the SBA to provide forgivable, guaranteed loans to eligible borrowers that have been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. As of December 31, 2021, the Bancorp held PPP loans with a carrying amount of $1.3 billion under the program. PPP loans are available to a broader range of entities than ordinary SBA loans, require deferral of principal and interest repayment, and may be forgiven if the borrower demonstrates that the loan proceeds were used for qualified payroll costs and certain other expenses. The PPP was expanded to permit second and third rounds of funding, including for certain borrowers who have already received a PPP loan, subject to certain conditions. The PPP was closed to new originations during the second quarter of 2021.

57 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

American Rescue Plan Act

The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, which was signed into law on March 11, 2021, provided additional relief for businesses, states, municipalities and individuals by, among other things, allocating additional funds for the PPP, providing a third round of economic impact payments to individuals, extending supplemental federal unemployment benefits and providing advance payments of an expanded child tax credit. The impacts of the stimulus on the Bancorp’s business, results of operations and financial condition are highly uncertain and will depend on future developments, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and its impact on the economy in general.

CFPB Final Rule for COVID-19 Mortgage Servicing

The CFPB issued a final rule, effective August 31, 2021, that amended Regulation X to provide foreclosure protections to borrowers as the federally-backed COVID-19 foreclosure protections expire. The CFPB’s final rule effectively prohibited new foreclosure filings through December 31, 2021, unless certain procedural safeguards were met or an exception applied. Mortgage servicing rules generally prohibit servicers from offering a borrower a loss mitigation option based on the evaluation of an incomplete loss mitigation application; however, the final rule created a new exception that permits servicers to offer certain streamlined loan modifications to borrowers with COVID-19 related hardships based on the evaluation of an incomplete application. The final rule also made temporary changes to certain required servicer communications that borrowers receive regarding their loss mitigation options.

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transactions

The Bancorp entered into and settled a number of accelerated share repurchase transactions during the year ended December 31, 2021. As part of these transactions, the Bancorp entered into forward contracts in which the final number of shares delivered at settlement was based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of these repurchase agreements. Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on share repurchase activity.

The following table presents a summary of the Bancorp’s accelerated share repurchase transactions that were entered into and settled during the year ended December 31, 2021:

TABLE 1: Summary of Accelerated Share Repurchase Transactions
Repurchase DateAmount ($ in millions)Shares Repurchased on Repurchase DateShares Received from Forward Contract SettlementTotal Shares RepurchasedFinal Settlement Date
January 26, 2021$1804,951,456366,9395,318,395March 31, 2021
April 23, 20213477,894,807675,2958,570,102June 11, 2021
July 27, 2021(a)55013,065,9581,413,21114,479,169September 29, 2021
October 29, 20213166,211,8411,072,5727,284,413December 2, 2021

(a)This accelerated share repurchase transaction consisted of two supplemental confirmations each with a notional amount of $275 million.

Senior Notes Offering

On November 1, 2021, the Bancorp issued and sold $500 million of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes which will mature on November 1, 2027. The senior notes bear a fixed rate of interest of 1.707% per annum to, but excluding, November 1, 2026. From, and including, November 1, 2026 until, but excluding, November 1, 2027, the senior notes will have an interest rate of compounded SOFR plus 0.685%.

For more information, refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

LIBOR Transition

In July 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that the FCA will stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. Since then, central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned working groups of market participants and official sector representatives with the goal of finding suitable replacements for LIBOR.

On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, Limited announced that the publication of the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR maturities and non-USD LIBOR maturities would cease immediately after December 31, 2021, with the remaining USD LIBOR maturities ceasing immediately after June 30, 2023. In the United States, the Alternative Rates Reference Committee (the “ARRC”), a group of market participants convened in 2014 to help ensure a successful transition away from USD LIBOR, identified SOFR as its preferred alternative rate. SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on directly observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions. The composition and characteristics of SOFR are not the same as those of LIBOR, and SOFR is fundamentally different from LIBOR for two key reasons: (1) SOFR is a secured rate, while LIBOR is an unsecured rate, and (2) SOFR is an overnight rate, while LIBOR is a forward-looking rate that represents interbank funding over different maturities. As a result, there can be no assurance that SOFR, however calculated, will perform the same way as LIBOR would have at any time, including, as a result of changes in interest and yield rates in the market, market volatility, or global or regional economic, financial, political, regulatory, judicial or other events.

58 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

At this time, it is not possible to predict the effect of these changes, any establishment of alternative reference rates or other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted in the United States, United Kingdom or elsewhere or, whether the COVID-19 pandemic will have further effect on LIBOR transition plans.

The Bancorp’s LIBOR transition plan is organized around key work streams, including continued engagement with central banks and industry working groups and regulators, active client engagement, comprehensive review of legacy documentation, internal operational and technological readiness, and risk management, among other things, to facilitate the transition to alternative reference rates.

Although the full impact of LIBOR reforms and actions remains unclear, as of December 31, 2021, the Bancorp has substantially discontinued entering into new LIBOR-based contracts in accordance with regulatory guidance, except for permissible limited use as part of hedging and risk management programs. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Bancorp expanded its offering of alternative reference rate products, including SOFR. In addition, the Bancorp is continuing its transition of existing LIBOR-based exposures to an appropriate alternative reference rate on or before June 30, 2023. As of December 31, 2021, the Bancorp had substantial exposure to LIBOR-based products throughout several of its lines of business. These exposures included derivative contracts with a total notional value of approximately $110 billion, loans outstanding of approximately $53 billion, preferred stock of approximately $1.4 billion and long-term debt of approximately $535 million. The Bancorp currently estimates that approximately 20% of the existing exposures will mature before June 30, 2023. For the contracts that will not mature prior to June 30, 2023, an additional portion of these contracts is subject to contractual terms specifying alternative reference rates (“fallback provisions”) that would become effective upon cessation of LIBOR’s publication. Existing exposures without fallback provisions are expected to be amended prior to June 30, 2023 to include such terms or transition to an alternative reference rate.

For a further discussion of the various risks the Bancorp faces in connection with the replacement of LIBOR on its operations, see “Risk Factors—Market Risks—The replacement of LIBOR could adversely affect Fifth Third’s revenue or expenses and the value of those assets or obligations.” in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Key Performance Indicators

The Bancorp, as a banking institution, utilizes various key indicators of financial condition and operating results in managing and monitoring the performance of the business. In addition to traditional financial metrics, such as revenue and expense trends, the Bancorp monitors other financial measures that assist in evaluating growth trends, capital strength and operational efficiencies. The Bancorp analyzes these key performance indicators against its past performance, its forecasted performance and with the performance of its peer banking institutions. These indicators may change from time to time as the operating environment and businesses change.

The following are some of the key indicators used by management to assess the Bancorp’s business performance, including those which are considered in the Bancorp’s compensation programs:

•CET1 Capital Ratio: CET1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets as defined by the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets

•Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (non-GAAP): Tangible net income available to common shareholders divided by average tangible common equity

•Net Interest Margin (non-GAAP): Net interest income on an FTE basis divided by average interest-earning assets

•Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP): Noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income

•Earnings Per Share, Diluted: Net income allocated to common shareholders divided by average common shares outstanding after the effect of dilutive stock-based awards

•Nonperforming Portfolio Assets Ratio: Nonperforming portfolio assets divided by portfolio loans and leases and OREO

•Net Charge-off Ratio: Net losses charged-off divided by average portfolio loans and leases

•Return on Average Assets: Net income divided by average assets

•Loan-to-Deposit Ratio: Total loans divided by total deposits

The list of indicators above is intended to summarize some of the most important metrics utilized by management in evaluating the Bancorp’s performance and does not represent an all-inclusive list of all performance measures that may be considered relevant or important to management or investors.

59 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 2: Earnings Summary
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data)202120202019
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$4,7704,7824,797
Net interest income (FTE)(a)(b)4,7824,7954,814
Noninterest income3,1182,8303,536
Total revenue (FTE)(a)(b)7,9007,6258,350
(Benefit from) provision for credit losses(377)1,097471
Noninterest expense4,7484,7184,660
Net income2,7701,4272,512
Net income available to common shareholders2,6591,3232,419
Common Share Data
Earnings per share - basic$3.781.843.38
Earnings per share - diluted3.731.833.33
Cash dividends declared per common share1.141.080.94
Book value per share29.4329.4627.41
Market value per share43.5527.5730.74
Financial Ratios
Return on average assets1.34%0.731.53
Return on average common equity12.86.413.1
Return on average tangible common equity(b)16.68.417.1
Dividend payout30.258.727.8

(a)Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustments were $12, $13 and $17 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(b)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Earnings Summary

The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $2.7 billion, or $3.73 per diluted share, which was net of $111 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $1.3 billion, or $1.83 per diluted share, which was net of $104 million in preferred stock dividends.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $4.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $13 million compared to the same period in the prior year primarily due to the impact of lower market rates. In addition to market rate impacts on interest-earning assets, net interest income was also negatively impacted by decreases in average commercial and industrial loans, average credit card and average home equity. These negative impacts were partially offset by a decrease in rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities, primarily driven by decreases in rates paid on average interest checking deposits and average money market deposits. Net interest income also benefited from increases in average residential mortgage loans and average indirect secured consumer loans as well as a decrease in average long-term debt. Interest income recognized from PPP loans also positively impacted net interest income. Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 2.59% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2.78% for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The benefit from credit losses was $377 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $1.1 billion in the prior year. Provision expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the prior year primarily due to factors that caused decreases in the ACL during the year ended December 31, 2021, including improved economic forecasts, improved credit quality and changes in product mix. Net losses charged off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases were 0.16% and 0.42% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. At December 31, 2021, nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO decreased to 0.47% compared to 0.79% at December 31, 2020. For further discussion on credit quality refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest income increased $288 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in other noninterest income, commercial banking revenue, wealth and asset management revenue, card and processing revenue, service charges on deposits and leasing business revenue, partially offset by a decrease in mortgage banking net revenue.

Noninterest expense increased $30 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in compensation and benefits expense, other noninterest expense and technology and communications expense, partially offset by decreases in net occupancy expense and card and processing expense.

For more information on net interest income, noninterest income and noninterest expense, refer to the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A.

60 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Capital Summary

The Bancorp calculated its regulatory capital ratios under the Basel III standardized approach to risk-weighting of assets and pursuant to the five-year transition provision option to phase in the effects of CECL on regulatory capital as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, the Bancorp’s capital ratios, as defined by the U.S. banking agencies, were:

•CET1 capital ratio: 9.54%;

•Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio: 10.91%;

•Total risk-based capital ratio: 13.42%;

•Leverage ratio: 8.27%

61 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The following are non-GAAP financial measures which provide useful insight to the reader of the Consolidated Financial Statements but should be supplemental to primary U.S. GAAP measures and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for the primary U.S. GAAP measures.

The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and leases and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of net interest income on an FTE basis, interest income on an FTE basis, net interest margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 3: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Financial Measures and Ratios on an FTE basis
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Net interest income (U.S. GAAP)$4,7704,7824,797
Add: FTE adjustment121317
Net interest income on an FTE basis (1)$4,7824,7954,814
Interest income (U.S. GAAP)$5,2115,5726,254
Add: FTE adjustment121317
Interest income on an FTE basis (2)$5,2235,5856,271
Interest expense (3)$4417901,457
Noninterest income (4)3,1182,8303,536
Noninterest expense (5)4,7484,7184,660
Average interest-earning assets (6)184,378172,688145,404
Average interest-bearing liabilities (7)115,469119,018104,708
Ratios:
Net interest margin on an FTE basis (1) / (6)2.59%2.783.31
Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis ((2) / (6)) - ((3) / (7))2.452.572.92
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis (5) / ((1) + (4))60.161.955.8

The Bancorp believes return on average tangible common equity is an important measure for comparative purposes with other financial institutions, but is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and therefore is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. This measure is useful for evaluating the performance of a business as it calculates the return available to common shareholders without the impact of intangible assets and their related amortization.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measure of return on average tangible common equity to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 4: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Net income available to common shareholders (U.S. GAAP)$2,6591,3232,419
Add: Intangible amortization, net of tax343835
Tangible net income available to common shareholders (1)$2,6931,3612,454
Average Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)$22,81222,55519,902
Less: Average preferred stock2,1161,9161,470
Average goodwill4,3664,2583,888
Average intangible assets142172169
Average tangible common equity (2)$16,18816,20914,375
Return on average tangible common equity (1) / (2)16.6%8.417.1

The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the tangible equity ratio and tangible common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by the U.S. banking agencies for both absolute and comparative purposes. As U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined

62 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures. The Bancorp encourages readers to consider its Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

The following table reconciles non-GAAP capital ratios to U.S. GAAP:

TABLE 5: Non-GAAP Financial Measures - Capital Ratios
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20212020
Total Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity (U.S. GAAP)$22,21023,111
Less: Preferred stock2,1162,116
Goodwill4,5144,258
Intangible assets156139
AOCI1,2072,601
Tangible common equity, excluding AOCI (1)14,21713,997
Add: Preferred stock2,1162,116
Tangible equity (2)$16,33316,113
Total Assets (U.S. GAAP)$211,116204,680
Less: Goodwill4,5144,258
Intangible assets156139
AOCI, before tax1,5283,292
Tangible assets, excluding AOCI (3)$204,918196,991
Ratios:
Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets (2) / (3)7.97%8.18
Tangible common equity as a percentage of tangible assets (1) / (3)6.947.11

63 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides a discussion of the significant new accounting standard applicable to the Bancorp during 2021 and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Bancorp’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the Bancorp’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp’s critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, valuation of servicing rights, fair value measurements, goodwill and legal contingencies. There have been no material changes to the valuation techniques or models described below during the year ended December 31, 2021.

On January 1, 2020, the Bancorp adopted ASU 2016-13 (“Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”) and its related subsequent amendments, along with ASU 2017-04 (“Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”). As a result of the adoption of these ASUs, the accounting policies for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments and goodwill were updated as of January 1, 2020, and the related policies that were in effect for periods prior to January 1, 2020 are provided in the Critical Accounting Policies Applicable Prior to January 1, 2020 section below.

ALLL

The Bancorp disaggregates its portfolio loans and leases into portfolio segments for purposes of determining the ALLL. The Bancorp’s portfolio segments include commercial, residential mortgage and consumer. The Bancorp further disaggregates its portfolio segments into classes for purposes of monitoring and assessing credit quality based on certain risk characteristics. For an analysis of the Bancorp’s ALLL by portfolio segment and credit quality information by class, refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases. Contractual terms are adjusted for expected prepayments but are not extended for expected extensions, renewals or modifications except in circumstances where the Bancorp reasonably expects to execute a TDR with the borrower or where certain extension or renewal options are embedded in the original contract and not unconditionally cancellable by the Bancorp. Accrued interest receivable on loans is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a component of other assets. When accrued interest is deemed to be uncollectible (typically when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status), interest income is reversed. The Bancorp follows established policies for placing loans on nonaccrual status, so uncollectible accrued interest receivable is reversed in a timely manner. As a result, the Bancorp has elected not to measure an allowance for credit losses for accrued interest receivable. For additional information on the Bancorp’s accounting policies related to nonaccrual loans and leases, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the ALLL. The ALLL is maintained at a level the Bancorp considers to be adequate and is based on ongoing quarterly assessments and evaluations of the collectability of loans and leases, including historical credit loss experience, current and forecasted market and economic conditions and consideration of various qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, deserve consideration in estimating expected credit losses. Provisions for credit losses are recorded for the amounts necessary to adjust the ALLL to the Bancorp’s current estimate of expected credit losses on portfolio loans and leases. The Bancorp’s strategy for credit risk management includes a combination of conservative exposure limits significantly below legal lending limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collections standards. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and quarterly management reviews of large credit exposures and loans experiencing deterioration of credit quality.

The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL requires significant management judgment and includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated.

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, as well as loans that have been modified in a TDR, are individually evaluated for an ALLL. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan or lease structure and other factors when determining the amount of the ALLL. Other factors may include the borrower’s susceptibility to risks presented by the forecasted macroeconomic environment, the industry and geographic region of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Significant management judgment is required when evaluating which of these factors are most relevant in individual circumstances, and when estimating the amount of expected credit losses based on those factors. When loans and leases are individually evaluated, allowances are determined based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan or lease given the availability of collateral and other sources of cash flow, as well as an evaluation of legal options available to the Bancorp. Allowances for individually evaluated loans and leases that are collateral-dependent are typically measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Individually evaluated loans and leases that are not collateral-dependent are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. The Bancorp evaluates the collectability of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. Specific allowances on individually evaluated commercial loans and leases, including TDRs, are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

64 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Consumer and residential mortgage loans that have been modified in a TDR are individually evaluated for an ALLL. Allowances for individually evaluated loans that are collateral-dependent are typically measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, less expected costs to sell where applicable. Individually evaluated loans that are not collateral-dependent are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate and a modeled expected credit loss amount. The Bancorp evaluates the collectability of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. Specific allowances on individually evaluated consumer and residential mortgage loans are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for loans and leases that are not individually evaluated. These include commercial loans and leases that do not meet the criteria for individual evaluation as well as homogeneous loans in the residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers prepayments and, for loans with available credit, expected utilization rates. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models were developed based on historical credit loss experience and observations of migration patterns for various credit risk characteristics (such as internal credit risk grades, external credit ratings or scores, delinquency status, loan-to-value trends, etc.) over time, with those observations evaluated in the context of concurrent macroeconomic conditions. The Bancorp developed its models from historical observations capturing a full economic cycle when possible.

The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable. Generally, the Bancorp considers its forecasts to be reasonable and supportable for a period of up to three years from the estimation date. For periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period, expected credit losses are estimated by reverting to historical loss information without adjustment for changes in economic conditions. This reversion is phased in over a two-year period. The Bancorp evaluates the length of its reasonable and supportable forecast period, its reversion period and reversion methodology at least annually, or more often if warranted by economic conditions or other circumstances.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL. These considerations inherently require significant management judgment to determine the appropriate factors to be considered and the extent of their impact on the ALLL estimate. Qualitative factors are used to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit losses but that are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. These may also include adjustments, when deemed necessary, for specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters and their effects on regional borrowers and changes in product structures. Qualitative factors may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology. When evaluating the adequacy of allowances, consideration is also given to regional geographic concentrations and the closely associated effect that changing economic conditions may have on the Bancorp’s customers.

Overall, the collective evaluation process requires significant management judgment when determining the estimation methodology and inputs into the models, as well as in evaluating the reasonableness of the modeled results and the appropriateness of qualitative adjustments. The Bancorp’s forecasts of market and economic conditions and the internal risk grades assigned to loans and leases in the commercial portfolio segment are examples of inputs to the expected credit loss models that require significant management judgment. These inputs have the potential to drive significant variability in the resulting ALLL.

Refer to the Allowance for Credit Losses subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the Bancorp’s ALLL sensitivity analysis.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated expected credit losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon expected credit losses over the remaining contractual life of the commitments, taking into consideration the current funded balance and estimated exposure over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. This process takes into consideration the same risk elements that are analyzed in the determination of the adequacy of the Bancorp’s ALLL, as previously discussed. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Valuation of Servicing Rights

When the Bancorp sells loans through either securitizations or individual loan sales in accordance with its investment policies, it often obtains servicing rights. The Bancorp may also purchase servicing rights. The Bancorp has elected to measure all existing classes of its residential mortgage servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value of servicing rights reported in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. Servicing rights are valued using internal OAS models. Significant management judgment is necessary to

65 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

identify key economic assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the servicing rights including the prepayment speeds of the underlying loans, the weighted-average life, the OAS and the weighted-average coupon rate, as applicable. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the servicing rights resides in the potential volatility in the economic assumptions used, particularly the prepayment speeds. In order to assist in the assessment of the fair value of servicing rights, the Bancorp obtains external valuations of the servicing rights portfolio from third parties and participates in peer surveys that provide additional confirmation of the reasonableness of key assumptions utilized in the internal OAS model. For additional information on servicing rights, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Bancorp employs various valuation approaches to measure fair value including the market, income and cost approaches. The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves discounting future amounts to a single present amount and is based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset.

U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. For additional information on the fair value hierarchy and fair value measurements, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp’s fair value measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available. Valuation techniques and parameters used for measuring assets and liabilities are reviewed and validated by the Bancorp on a quarterly basis. Additionally, the Bancorp monitors the fair values of significant assets and liabilities using a variety of methods including the evaluation of pricing runs and exception reports based on certain analytical criteria, comparison to previous trades and overall review and assessments for reasonableness. The level of management judgment necessary to determine fair value varies based upon the methods used in the determination of fair value. Financial instruments that are measured at fair value using quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) require minimal judgment. The valuation of financial instruments when quoted market prices are not available (Levels 2 and 3) may require significant management judgment to assess whether quoted prices for similar instruments exist, the impact of changing market conditions including reducing liquidity in the capital markets and the use of estimates surrounding significant unobservable inputs. Table 6 provides a summary of the fair value of financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis and the amounts of financial instruments valued using Level 3 inputs.

TABLE 6: Fair Value Summary
As of ($ in millions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
BalanceLevel 3BalanceLevel 3
Assets carried at fair value$43,6851,28743,079878
As a percent of total assets21%121
Liabilities carried at fair value$2,3102221,527209
As a percent of total liabilities1%1

Refer to Note 28 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on fair value measurements including a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant financial instruments.

Goodwill

Business combinations entered into by the Bancorp typically include the recognition of goodwill. U.S. GAAP requires goodwill to be tested for impairment at the Bancorp’s reporting unit level on an annual basis, which for the Bancorp is September 30, and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion on the methodology used by the Bancorp to assess goodwill for impairment.

Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In testing goodwill for impairment, U.S. GAAP permits the Bancorp to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In this qualitative assessment, the Bancorp evaluates events and circumstances which may include, but are not limited to, the general economic environment, banking industry and market conditions, the overall financial performance of the Bancorp, the performance of the Bancorp’s common stock, the key financial performance metrics of the Bancorp’s reporting units and events affecting the reporting units to determine if it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the quantitative impairment test is required or the decision to bypass the qualitative assessment is elected, the Bancorp performs the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total

66 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. A recognized impairment loss cannot be reversed in future periods even if the fair value of the reporting unit subsequently recovers.

The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As none of the Bancorp’s reporting units are publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations cannot be directly correlated to the Bancorp’s stock price. The determination of the fair value of a reporting unit is a subjective process that involves the use of estimates and judgments, particularly related to cash flows, the appropriate discount rates and an applicable control premium. The Bancorp employs an income-based approach, utilizing the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. Significant management judgment is necessary in the preparation of each reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows surrounding expectations for earnings projections, growth and credit loss expectations and actual results may differ from forecasted results. Additionally, the Bancorp determines its market capitalization based on the average of the closing price of the Bancorp’s stock during the month including the measurement date, incorporating an additional control premium, and compares this market-based fair value measurement to the aggregate fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units in order to corroborate the results of the income approach. Refer to Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s goodwill.

Legal Contingencies

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous claims and lawsuits as well as threatened or potential actions or claims concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities. The outcome of claims or litigation and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict and significant judgment may be required in the determination of both the probability of loss and whether the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. The Bancorp’s estimates are subjective and are based on the status of legal and regulatory proceedings, the merit of the Bancorp’s defenses and consultation with internal and external legal counsel. An accrual for a potential litigation loss is established when information related to the loss contingency indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Bancorp’s legal proceedings.

Critical Accounting Policies Applicable Prior to January 1, 2020

The following paragraphs describe the portions of the Bancorp’s critical accounting policies that were applicable prior to January 1, 2020 but were updated in conjunction with the prospective adoption of ASU 2016-13 and ASU 2017-04 on January 1, 2020. The following paragraphs do not include the portions of the respective policies that were not affected by the adoption of these new accounting standards. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

ALLL

The Bancorp maintained the ALLL to absorb probable loan and lease losses inherent in its portfolio segments. The ALLL was maintained at a level the Bancorp considered to be adequate and was based on ongoing quarterly assessments and evaluations of the collectability and historical loss experience of loans and leases. Credit losses were charged and recoveries were credited to the ALLL. Provisions for loan and lease losses were based on the Bancorp’s review of the historical credit loss experience and such factors that, in management’s judgment, deserved consideration under existing economic conditions in estimating probable credit losses.

The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL required significant management judgment and was based on historical loss rates, current credit grades, specific allocation on loans modified in a TDR and impaired commercial credits above specified thresholds and other qualitative adjustments. Allowances on individual commercial loans and leases, TDRs and historical loss rates were reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience. An unallocated allowance was maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring losses when evaluating allowances for pools of loans and leases.

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibited probable or observed credit weaknesses, as well as loans that had been modified in a TDR, were subject to individual review for impairment. The Bancorp considered the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan or lease structure and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan or lease was impaired. Other factors might include the industry and geographic region of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. When individual loans and leases were impaired, allowances were determined based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan or lease given the availability of collateral and other sources of cash flow, as well as an evaluation of legal options available to the Bancorp. Allowances for impaired loans and leases were measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, fair value of the underlying collateral or readily observable secondary market values. The Bancorp evaluated the collectability of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual.

Historical credit loss rates were applied to commercial loans and leases that were not impaired or were impaired, but smaller than the established threshold of $1 million and thus not subject to specific allowance allocations. The loss rates were derived from migration analyses for several portfolio stratifications, which tracked the historical net charge-off experience sustained on loans and leases according to their

67 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

internal risk grade. The risk grading system utilized for allowance analysis purposes encompassed ten categories, which were based on regulatory guidance for credit risk systems.

Homogenous loans in the residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments were not individually risk graded. Rather, standard credit scoring systems and delinquency monitoring were used to assess credit risks and allowances were established based on the expected net charge-offs. Loss rates were based on the trailing twelve-month net charge-off history by loan category. Historical loss rates were adjusted for certain prescriptive and qualitative factors that, in management’s judgment, were necessary to reflect losses inherent in the portfolio. The prescriptive loss rate factors included adjustments for delinquency trends, LTV trends, refreshed FICO score trends and product mix.

The Bancorp also considered qualitative factors in determining the ALLL. These included adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, economic conditions, portfolio mix, lending and risk management personnel, results of internal audit and quality control reviews, collateral values, geographic concentrations, estimated loss emergence period and specific portfolio loans backed by enterprise valuations and private equity sponsors. The Bancorp considered home price index trends in its footprint and the volatility of collateral valuation trends when determining the collateral value qualitative factor.

Reserve for unfunded commitments

The reserve for unfunded commitments was maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities and was included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve was based upon an evaluation of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of historical commitment utilization experience, credit risk grading and historical loss rates based on credit grade migration. This process took into consideration the same risk elements that were analyzed in the determination of the adequacy of the Bancorp’s ALLL, as previously discussed. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments were included in provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Goodwill

Impairment existed when a reporting unit’s carrying amount of goodwill exceeded its implied fair value. In testing goodwill for impairment, U.S. GAAP permitted the Bancorp to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. In this qualitative assessment, the Bancorp evaluated events and circumstances which might include, but were not limited to, the general economic environment, banking industry and market conditions, the overall financial performance of the Bancorp, the performance of the Bancorp’s common stock, the key financial performance metrics of the Bancorp’s reporting units and events affecting the reporting units. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Bancorp determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test would be unnecessary. However, if the Bancorp concluded otherwise or elected to bypass the qualitative assessment, it would then be required to perform the first step (Step 1) of the goodwill impairment test, and continue to the second step (Step 2), if necessary. Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test compared the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value, Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test was necessary to measure the amount of impairment loss, which was equal to any excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its implied fair value with such loss limited to the carrying amount of goodwill.

The fair value of a reporting unit was the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As none of the Bancorp’s reporting units were publicly traded, individual reporting unit fair value determinations could not be directly correlated to the Bancorp’s stock price. To determine the fair value of a reporting unit, the Bancorp employed an income-based approach, utilizing the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate. Significant management judgment was necessary in the preparation of each reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows surrounding expectations for earnings projections, growth and credit loss expectations. Additionally, the Bancorp determined its market capitalization based on the average of the closing price of the Bancorp’s stock during the month including the measurement date, incorporating an additional control premium, and compared this market-based fair value measurement to the aggregate fair value of the Bancorp’s reporting units in order to corroborate the results of the income approach.

68 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on loans and leases (including yield-related fees), securities and other short-term investments less the interest incurred on core deposits (including transaction deposits and CDs $250,000 or less) and wholesale funding (including CDs over $250,000, other deposits, federal funds purchased, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt). The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by noninterest-bearing liabilities, or free funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity.

Tables 7 and 8 present the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, as well as the relative impact of changes in the average balance sheet and changes in interest rates on net interest income. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans and leases held for sale have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Average outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses included in average other assets.

Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was $4.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $13 million compared to the same period in the prior year primarily due to the impact of lower market rates. Monetary policy actions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including lowering the target range of the federal funds rate and the FRB’s bond purchase programs, have continued to adversely impact market rates since March of 2020. Yields on total average loans and leases decreased 30 bps from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of decreases in yields on average commercial loans and leases and average consumer loans of 21 bps and 50 bps, respectively. The Bancorp has significant portfolios of floating interest rate loans (primarily LIBOR- or Prime-based) that have been impacted by decreases in benchmark interest rates. The Bancorp’s portfolios of fixed interest rate loans also decreased in yield as a result of increased refinance activity and lower yields on new originations due to lower overall market rates. In addition to market rate impacts on interest-earning assets, net interest income was also negatively impacted by decreases in average commercial and industrial loans, average credit card and average home equity of $4.8 billion, $447 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, from the year ended December 31, 2020. These negative impacts were partially offset by a decrease in rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities, primarily driven by decreases in rates paid on average interest checking deposits and average money market deposits of 21 bps and 25 bps, respectively, from the year ended December 31, 2020. Net interest income also benefited from increases in average residential mortgage loans and average indirect secured consumer loans of $3.5 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively, and a decrease in average long-term debt of $2.9 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020. Interest income recognized from PPP loans also positively impacted net interest income by $189 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $97 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Net interest rate spread on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 2.45% during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2.57% during the year ended December 31, 2020. Yields on average interest-earning assets decreased 40 bps partially offset by a 28 bps decrease in rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.

Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) was 2.59% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2.78% for the year ended December 31, 2020. Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 was negatively impacted by increases in low-yielding reserves held at the FRB reported in other short-term investments, which were primarily driven by increased levels in average demand deposits and average savings deposits for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Net interest margin results are expected to increase as excess cash balances begin to normalize with COVID-19 related government relief programs ending and the central bank expected to begin shrinking their balance sheet.

Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from loans and leases decreased $349 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 driven by the previously mentioned decreases in yields and changes in the composition of average balances of loans and leases. For more information on the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio, refer to the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A. Interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) from investment securities and other short-term investments decreased $13 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a decrease in yields on average taxable securities partially offset by increases in the average balances of securities exempt from income taxes and other short-term investments.

Interest expense on core deposits decreased $238 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a decrease in the cost of average interest-bearing core deposits to 5 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 29 bps for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in the cost of average interest-bearing core deposits was primarily due to decreases in rates paid on average interest checking deposits and average money market deposits. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s deposits.

Interest expense on average wholesale funding decreased $111 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreases in average balances of long-term debt and CDs over $250,000. Refer to the Borrowings subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s borrowings. During the year ended December 31, 2021, average wholesale funding represented 13% of average interest-bearing liabilities compared to 17% for the year ended December 31, 2020. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, see the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A.

69 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 7: Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Analysis of Net Interest Income on an FTE Basis
For the years ended December 31202120202019
($ in millions)Average BalanceRevenue/ CostAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceRevenue/ CostAverage Yield/ RateAverage BalanceRevenue/ CostAverage Yield/ Rate
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:(a)
Commercial and industrial loans$48,9661,7353.54%$53,8141,9543.63%$50,1682,3134.61%
Commercial mortgage loans10,3963133.0111,0113913.549,9054764.81
Commercial construction loans5,7831813.135,5092013.655,1742785.37
Commercial leases3,130922.943,0381043.433,5781193.31
Total commercial loans and leases68,2752,3213.4073,3722,6503.6168,8253,1864.63
Residential mortgage loans21,3596953.2617,8286223.4917,3376353.66
Home equity4,5651643.595,6792223.906,2863245.16
Indirect secured consumer loans15,1565083.3512,4544903.9310,3454234.08
Credit card1,78321912.282,23026011.642,43730412.49
Other consumer loans2,9791806.032,8481926.762,5641967.63
Total consumer loans45,8421,7663.8541,0391,7864.3538,9691,8824.83
Total loans and leases$114,1174,0873.58%$114,4114,4363.88%$107,7945,0684.70%
Securities:
Taxable$36,1641,0742.97%$36,1091,1143.08%$35,4291,1603.28%
Exempt from income taxes(a)854202.3323362.614123.97
Other short-term investments33,243420.1321,935290.132,140411.91
Total interest-earning assets$184,3785,2232.83%$172,6885,5853.23%$145,4046,2714.31%
Cash and due from banks3,0552,9782,748
Other assets21,05020,93316,903
Allowance for loan and lease losses(2,159)(2,369)(1,119)
Total assets$206,324$194,230$163,936
Liabilities and Equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$45,850260.06%$46,8901260.27%$36,6583961.08%
Savings deposits20,53140.0216,440100.0614,041220.16
Money market deposits30,631120.0429,879880.2925,8792721.05
Foreign office deposits1640.041850.2120910.63
CDs $250,000 or less(c)3,214100.315,247661.257,3901371.85
Total interest-bearing core deposits100,390520.0598,6412900.2984,1778280.98
CDs over $250,000(c)53071.302,208311.412,584582.26
Other deposits7110.7626562.27
Federal funds purchased3330.1238520.581,267292.26
Securities sold under repurchase agreements5940.0261050.7950391.74
Derivative collateral and other secured borrowings51320.301,09990.82543193.54
Long-term debt13,1093802.8916,0044522.8215,3695083.30
Total interest-bearing liabilities$115,4694410.38%$119,0187900.66%$104,7081,4571.39%
Demand deposits62,02847,11134,343
Other liabilities6,0155,5464,897
Total liabilities$183,512$171,675$143,948
Total equity$22,812$22,555$19,988
Total liabilities and equity$206,324$194,230$163,936
Net interest income (FTE)(b)$4,782$4,795$4,814
Net interest margin (FTE)(b)2.59%2.78%3.31%
Net interest rate spread (FTE)(b)2.452.572.92
Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets62.6368.9272.01

(a)The FTE adjustments included in the above table were $12, $13 and $17 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

(b)Net interest income (FTE), net interest margin (FTE) and net interest rate spread (FTE) are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

(c)Fifth Third has elected to record CDs $250,000 or less within core deposits, consistent with minimum FDIC insurance coverage. Fifth Third had previously recorded certificates $100,000 or less as “other time” within core deposits. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to current period presentation.

70 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 8: Changes in Net Interest Income Attributable to Volume and Yield/Rate(a)
For the years ended December 312021 Compared to 20202020 Compared to 2019
($ in millions)VolumeYield/RateTotalVolumeYield/RateTotal
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$(172)(47)(219)159(518)(359)
Commercial mortgage loans(22)(56)(78)50(135)(85)
Commercial construction loans10(30)(20)17(94)(77)
Commercial leases3(15)(12)(19)4(15)
Total commercial loans and leases(181)(148)(329)207(743)(536)
Residential mortgage loans117(44)7317(30)(13)
Home equity(41)(17)(58)(28)(74)(102)
Indirect secured consumer loans97(79)1883(16)67
Credit card(55)14(41)(24)(20)(44)
Other consumer loans9(21)(12)20(24)(4)
Total consumer loans127(147)(20)68(164)(96)
Total loans and leases$(54)(295)(349)275(907)(632)
Securities:
Taxable$1(41)(40)23(69)(46)
Exempt from income taxes15(1)145(1)4
Other short-term investments14(1)1358(70)(12)
Total change in interest income$(24)(338)(362)361(1,047)(686)
Liabilities:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest checking deposits$(3)(97)(100)88(358)(270)
Savings deposits2(8)(6)3(15)(12)
Money market deposits2(78)(76)37(221)(184)
Foreign office deposits(1)(1)
CDs $250,000 or less(b)(19)(37)(56)(34)(37)(71)
Total interest-bearing core deposits(18)(220)(238)94(632)(538)
CDs over $250,000(b)(22)(2)(24)(8)(19)(27)
Other deposits(1)(1)(2)(3)(5)
Federal funds purchased(2)(2)(13)(14)(27)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements(5)(5)1(5)(4)
Derivative collateral and other secured borrowings(3)(4)(7)11(21)(10)
Long-term debt(83)11(72)20(76)(56)
Total change in interest expense$(127)(222)(349)103(770)(667)
Total change in net interest income$103(116)(13)258(277)(19)

(a)Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.

(b)Fifth Third has elected to record CDs $250,000 or less within core deposits, consistent with minimum FDIC insurance coverage. Fifth Third had previously recorded certificates $100,000 or less as “other time” within core deposits. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to current period presentation.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Bancorp provides, as an expense, an amount for expected credit losses within the loan and lease portfolio and the portfolio of unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit that is based on factors discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section of MD&A. The provision is recorded to bring the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments to a level deemed appropriate by the Bancorp to cover losses expected in the portfolios. Actual credit losses on loans and leases are charged against the ALLL. The amount of loans and leases actually removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets are referred to as charge-offs. Net charge-offs include current period charge-offs less recoveries on previously charged-off loans and leases.

The benefit from credit losses was $377 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $1.1 billion in the prior year. Provision expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the prior year primarily due to factors that caused decreases in the ACL during the year ended December 31, 2021, including improved economic forecasts, improved credit quality and changes in product mix. The economic forecasts used to estimate the ACL at December 31, 2021 were generally more favorable than those used at December 31, 2020, reflecting improvements in the macroeconomic environment and diminishing negative impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic. Asset quality improved during the year ended December 31, 2021 when compared to the prior year with lower levels of net charge-offs, commercial criticized assets and consumer delinquencies. Changes in product mix also resulted in a decrease to the ACL during the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily driven by a shift in consumer behavior toward lower-risk products.

71 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Provision expense was elevated in 2020 as the Bancorp increased its ACL in response to deterioration and uncertainty in the forecasted macroeconomic environment as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, continued pressure on energy prices and the resulting impact of these factors on commercial asset quality, which was reflected in increased levels of commercial criticized assets.

The ALLL decreased $561 million from December 31, 2020 to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2021, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases decreased to 1.69%, compared to 2.25% at December 31, 2020. The reserve for unfunded commitments increased $10 million from December 31, 2020 to $182 million at December 31, 2021. The ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases decreased to 1.85% at December 31, 2021, compared to 2.41% at December 31, 2020.

Refer to the Credit Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information on the provision for credit losses, including an analysis of loan and lease portfolio composition, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and determining the level of the ACL.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased $288 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. The following table presents the components of noninterest income:

TABLE 9: Components of Noninterest Income
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Commercial banking revenue$637528460
Service charges on deposits600559565
Wealth and asset management revenue586520487
Card and processing revenue402352360
Leasing business revenue300276270
Mortgage banking net revenue270320287
Other noninterest income3322111,064
Securities (losses) gains, net(7)6240
Securities (losses) gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights(2)23
Total noninterest income$3,1182,8303,536

Commercial banking revenue

Commercial banking revenue increased $109 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in loan syndication fees and business lending fees as well as an increase in institutional sales, which was primarily driven by an increase in merger and acquisition advisory revenue.

Service charges on deposits

Service charges on deposits increased $41 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due primarily to increases in both commercial treasury management fees and consumer deposit fees.

Wealth and asset management revenue

Wealth and asset management revenue increased $66 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in private client service fees and broker income, partially offset by a decrease in institutional fees, which was primarily driven by the sale of the Bancorp’s 401(k) recordkeeping business in the fourth quarter of 2020. The Bancorp’s trust and registered investment advisory businesses had approximately $554 billion and $434 billion in total assets under care as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and managed $65 billion and $54 billion in assets for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Card and processing revenue

Card and processing revenue increased $50 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in debit and credit card interchange, partially offset by increased reward costs, all of which were driven by an increase in consumer and business card spend volumes.

Leasing business revenue

Leasing business revenue increased $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by an increase in lease syndication fees, partially offset by a decrease in lease remarketing fees.

Mortgage banking net revenue

Mortgage banking net revenue decreased $50 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.

72 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the components of mortgage banking net revenue:

TABLE 10: Components of Mortgage Banking Net Revenue
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Origination fees and gains on loan sales$285315175
Net mortgage servicing revenue:
Gross mortgage servicing fees247263267
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs(262)(258)(155)
Net mortgage servicing revenue(15)5112
Total mortgage banking net revenue$270320287

Origination fees and gains on loan sales decreased $30 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in gain on sale margins partially offset by gains from sales of forbearance loans that were repurchased from GNMA. Residential mortgage loan originations increased to $19.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $15.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Net mortgage servicing revenue decreased $20 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a decrease in gross mortgage servicing fees as well as an increase in net negative valuation adjustments. Refer to Table 11 for the components of net valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio and the impact of the non-qualifying hedging strategy.

TABLE 11: Components of Net Valuation Adjustments on MSRs
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio$(123)307221
Changes in fair value:
Due to changes in inputs or assumptions(a)142(311)(203)
Other changes in fair value(b)(281)(254)(173)
Net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge MSRs$(262)(258)(155)

(a)Primarily reflects changes in prepayment speed and OAS assumptions which are updated based on market interest rates.

(b)Primarily reflects changes due to realized cash flows and the passage of time.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bancorp recognized losses of $139 million and $565 million respectively, in mortgage banking net revenue for valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio. The valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio included an increase of $142 million and a decrease of $311 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, due to changes in market rates and other inputs in the valuation model, including future prepayment speeds and OAS assumptions. Mortgage rates increased during the year ended December 31, 2021 which caused a reduction in modeled prepayment speeds. Additionally, mortgage swap spreads narrowed during the year ended December 31, 2021 which caused modeled OAS assumptions to decrease. The fair value of the MSR portfolio also decreased $281 million and $254 million as a result of contractual principal payments and actual prepayment activity for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Further detail on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio. Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio.

In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. The Bancorp recognized net losses of $2 million and net gains of $2 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, recorded in securities (losses) gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights in the Bancorp’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Bancorp’s total residential mortgage loans serviced at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $106.8 billion and $86.6 billion, respectively, with $89.2 billion and $68.8 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others.

73 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Other noninterest income

The following table presents the components of other noninterest income:

TABLE 12: Components of Other Noninterest Income
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Private equity investment income$817565
Gains on contract sales622
BOLI income616360
Cardholder fees504458
Income from the TRA associated with Worldpay, Inc.4674346
Equity method investment income301212
Banking center income232022
Consumer loan fees172023
Insurance income72019
Loss on swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares(86)(103)(107)
Net losses on disposition and impairment of bank premises and equipment(4)(31)(23)
Gain on sale of Worldpay, Inc. shares562
Other, net451527
Total other noninterest income$3322111,064

Other noninterest income increased $121 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to the recognition of gains on contract sales, a decrease in net losses on disposition and impairment of bank premises and equipment, an increase in equity method investment income and a decrease in losses recognized on the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares. These increases were partially offset by decreases in income from the TRA associated with Worldpay, Inc. and insurance income.

Gains on contract sales for the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily included the recognition of a $60 million gain on the sale of the Bancorp’s HSA deposit portfolio, which was completed in the third quarter of 2021. Net losses on disposition and impairment of bank premises and equipment decreased $27 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by the impact of lower impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. For additional information, refer to Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Equity method investment income increased $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to gains and proportional earnings recognized on certain equity method investments. The Bancorp recognized negative valuation adjustments of $86 million related to the Visa total return swap during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to negative valuation adjustments of $103 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. For additional information on the valuation of the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B Shares, refer to Note 28 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Income from the TRA associated with Worldpay Inc. was $46 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $74 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. For additional information, refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Insurance income decreased $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the prior year primarily driven by the sale of the Bancorp’s property and casualty insurance business in the fourth quarter of 2020.

74 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense increased $30 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in compensation and benefits expense, other noninterest expense and technology and communications expense, partially offset by decreases in net occupancy expense and card and processing expense.

The following table presents the components of noninterest expense:

TABLE 13: Components of Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Compensation and benefits$2,6262,5902,418
Technology and communications388362422
Net occupancy expense312350332
Equipment expense138130129
Leasing business expense137140133
Marketing expense107104162
Card and processing expense89121130
Other noninterest expense951921934
Total noninterest expense$4,7484,7184,660
Efficiency ratio on an FTE basis(a)60.1%61.955.8

(a)This is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Compensation and benefits expense increased $36 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in performance-based compensation as well as an increase in medical expenses, partially offset by a decrease in base compensation due to a decline in full-time equivalent employees. Full-time equivalent employees totaled 19,112 at December 31, 2021 compared to 19,872 at December 31, 2020. Technology and communications expense increased $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increased investment in strategic initiatives and technology.

Net occupancy expense decreased $38 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a reduction of leased square footage. Card and processing expense decreased $32 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to contract renegotiations with a third-party vendor.

The following table presents the components of other noninterest expense:

TABLE 14: Components of Other Noninterest Expense
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Loan and lease$217162142
FDIC insurance and other taxes11411881
Data processing797570
Losses and adjustments69100102
Professional service fees634970
Intangible amortization444845
Postal and courier373638
Travel342768
Donations263630
Recruitment and education212128
Insurance171514
Supplies121314
Other, net218221232
Total other noninterest expense$951921934

Other noninterest expense increased $30 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in loan and lease expense and professional service fees, partially offset by a decrease in losses and adjustments.

Loan and lease expense increased $55 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in loan servicing expenses associated with the Bancorp’s purchases of certain government-guaranteed residential mortgage loans in forbearance programs. Professional service fees increased $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in consulting fees and legal fees. Losses and adjustments decreased $31 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a decline in credit valuation adjustments on derivatives associated with customer accommodation contracts, partially offset by an increase in legal settlements.

75 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Applicable Income Taxes

Applicable income tax expense for all periods presented includes the benefit from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments, certain gains on sales of leveraged leases that are exempt from federal taxation and tax credits (and other related tax benefits), partially offset by the effect of proportional amortization of qualifying LIHTC investments and certain nondeductible expenses. The tax credits are primarily associated with the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program established under Section 42 of the IRC, the New Markets Tax Credit program established under Section 45D of the IRC, the Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit program established under Section 47 of the IRC and the Qualified Zone Academy Bond program established under Section 1397E of the IRC.

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were primarily impacted by $193 million and $175 million, respectively, of low-income housing tax credits and other tax benefits and $23 million and $27 million, respectively, of tax benefits from tax exempt income and were partially offset by $163 million and $150 million, respectively, of proportional amortization related to qualifying LIHTC investments. The increase in the effective tax rate from the year ended December 31, 2020 was attributable to an increase in state income taxes.

The Bancorp’s income before income taxes, applicable income tax expense and effective tax rate are as follows:

TABLE 15: Applicable Income Taxes
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Income before income taxes$3,5171,7973,202
Applicable income tax expense747370690
Effective tax rate21.2%20.621.6

76 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Wealth and Asset Management. Additional information on each business segment is included in Note 31 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level. By employing an FTP methodology, the business segments are insulated from most benchmark interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through the origination of loans and acceptance of deposits. The FTP methodology assigns charge and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on the estimated amount and timing of cash flows for each transaction. Assigning the FTP rate based on matching the duration of cash flows allocates interest income and interest expense to each business segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from future changes in benchmark interest rates. The Bancorp’s FTP methodology also allocates the contribution to net interest income of the asset-generating and deposit-providing businesses on a duration-adjusted basis to better attribute the driver of the performance. As the asset and liability durations are not perfectly matched, the residual impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other. The charge and credit rates are determined using the FTP rate curve, which is based on an estimate of Fifth Third’s marginal borrowing cost in the wholesale funding markets. The FTP curve is constructed using the U.S. swap curve, brokered CD pricing and unsecured debt pricing.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of behavioral assumptions, such as prepayment rates on interest-earning assets and the estimated durations for indeterminate-lived deposits. Key assumptions, including the credit rates provided for deposit accounts, are reviewed annually. Credit rates for deposit products and charge rates for loan products may be reset more frequently in response to changes in market conditions. In general, the charge rates on assets have declined since December 31, 2020 as they were affected by the prevailing level of interest rates and by the duration and repricing characteristics of the portfolio. The credit rates for deposit products also modestly declined due to lower interest rates and modified assumptions. Thus, net interest income for asset-generating business segments improved while deposit-providing business segments were negatively impacted during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Bancorp’s methodology for allocating provision for credit losses expense to the business segments includes charges or benefits associated with changes in criticized commercial loan levels in addition to actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans and leases owned by each business segment. Provision for credit losses expense attributable to loan and lease growth and changes in ALLL factors is captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of relationship depth opportunities and funding operations by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

The following table summarizes net income by business segment:

TABLE 16: Net Income by Business Segment
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Income Statement Data
Commercial Banking$1,5193871,424
Branch Banking114251860
Consumer Lending14111792
Wealth and Asset Management94102112
General Corporate and Other90257024
Net income$2,7701,4272,512

77 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers credit intermediation, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment:

TABLE 17: Commercial Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Income Statement Data
Net interest income (FTE)(a)$1,5061,9162,377
(Benefit from) provision for credit losses(583)1,050183
Noninterest income:
Commercial banking revenue626524455
Service charges on deposits363343308
Leasing business revenue300276270
Other noninterest income158158154
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits586557466
Leasing business expense137140133
Other noninterest expense9321,0241,022
Income before income taxes (FTE)1,8814461,760
Applicable income tax expense(a)(b)36259336
Net income$1,5193871,424
Average Balance Sheet Data
Commercial loans and leases, including held for sale$60,45266,55265,475
Demand deposits33,06324,35216,424
Interest checking deposits21,28525,76918,259
Savings and money market deposits6,0946,6954,904
Certificates of deposit94154332
Foreign office deposits163184209

(a)Includes FTE adjustments of $8, $13 and $17 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(b)Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the tax benefit from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments and tax credits partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. Refer to the Applicable Income Taxes subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for additional information.

Net income was $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net income of $387 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in net income was primarily driven by a decrease in provision for credit losses as well as an increase in noninterest income and a decrease in noninterest expense, partially offset by a decrease in net interest income on an FTE basis.

Net interest income on an FTE basis decreased $410 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in yields on and average balances of commercial loans and leases as well as decreases in FTP credit rates on interest checking deposits, demand deposits and savings and money market deposits. These negative impacts were partially offset by decreases in FTP charge rates on loans and leases as well as decreases in rates paid on and average balances of interest checking deposits and savings and money market deposits.

The benefit from credit losses was $583 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by a decrease in commercial criticized asset levels as well as decreases in net charge-offs on commercial loans and leases. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 7 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 35 bps for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Noninterest income increased $146 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 driven by increases in commercial banking revenue, leasing business revenue and service charges on deposits. Commercial banking revenue increased $102 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in loan syndication fees, business lending fees and institutional sales partially offset by a decrease in bridge fees. Leasing business revenue increased $24 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in lease syndication fees partially offset by a decrease in lease remarketing fees. Service charges on deposits increased $20 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in commercial deposit fees primarily due to growth in volume-based service revenues, with continued benefit from lower earnings credit rates.

78 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Noninterest expense decreased $66 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by a decrease in other noninterest expense partially offset by an increase in compensation and benefits. Other noninterest expense decreased $92 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of decreases in allocated expenses related to cash management services and a decline in credit valuation adjustments on derivatives associated with customer accommodation contracts. Compensation and benefits increased $29 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of increases in incentive compensation and employee benefits expense driven by strong performance in fees related to business growth and expansion initiatives during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Average commercial loans and leases decreased $6.1 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreases in average commercial and industrial loans and average commercial mortgage loans partially offset by an increase in average commercial construction loans. Average commercial and industrial loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by elevated revolving line of credit utilization during the year ended December 31, 2020 as well as paydowns in excess of loan originations. Average commercial mortgage loans decreased from the year ended December 31, 2020 as payoffs exceeded loan originations. Average commercial construction loans increased from the year ended December 31, 2020 as draws on existing commitments exceeded payoffs.

Average deposits increased $3.5 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in average demand deposits, partially offset by decreases in average interest checking deposits and average savings and money market deposits. Average demand deposits increased $8.7 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of commercial customers maintaining increased levels of liquidity driven by the amount of fiscal and monetary stimulus, as well as growth in the number of accounts and migration of balances from interest checking deposits. Average interest checking deposits decreased $4.5 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of the aforementioned balance migration into demand deposits and lower average balances per commercial customer account. Average savings and money market deposits decreased $601 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of a decline in average balances per commercial customer account.

Branch Banking

Branch Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan products to individuals and small businesses through 1,117 full-service banking centers. Branch Banking offers depository and loan products, such as checking and savings accounts, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards and loans for automobiles and other personal financing needs, as well as products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Branch Banking segment:

TABLE 18: Branch Banking
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$1,2211,6672,371
Provision for credit losses97231224
Noninterest income:
Card and processing revenue329283285
Service charges on deposits236215260
Wealth and asset management revenue206172158
Other noninterest income1228199
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits646649601
Net occupancy and equipment expense229217221
Card and processing expense86116123
Other noninterest expense913887915
Income before income taxes1433181,089
Applicable income tax expense2967229
Net income$114251860
Average Balance Sheet Data
Consumer loans$11,87812,77713,200
Commercial loans, including held for sale3,0502,2682,170
Demand deposits26,00219,75515,802
Interest checking deposits15,80012,60810,716
Savings and money market deposits42,37937,03033,173
Certificates of deposit3,3165,3707,532

79 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net income was $114 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net income of $251 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in net interest income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest income and a decrease in provision for credit losses.

Net interest income decreased $446 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreases in FTP credit rates on deposits, decreases in average balances of credit card and home equity and decreases in yields on average home equity and average other consumer loans. These negative impacts were partially offset by decreases in the rates paid on average interest-bearing deposits and a decrease in FTP charge rates on loans and leases.

Provision for credit losses decreased $134 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreases in net charge-offs on credit card, other consumer loans, commercial and industrial loans and home equity as well as a decrease in commercial criticized asset levels for the year ended December 31, 2021. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 83 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 135 bps for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Noninterest income increased $142 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in card and processing revenue, other noninterest income, wealth and asset management revenue and service charges on deposits. Card and processing revenue increased $46 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of an increase in consumer customer spend volume, partially offset by increased reward costs. Other noninterest income increased $41 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in net losses on disposition and impairment of bank premises and equipment as well as increases in cardholder fees and banking center income. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $34 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in broker income and private client service fees. Service charges on deposits increased $21 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 driven by increases in both commercial deposit fees and consumer deposit fees.

Noninterest expense increased $5 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in other noninterest expense and net occupancy and equipment expense, partially offset by a decrease in card and processing expense. Other noninterest expense increased $26 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in losses and adjustments, loan and lease expense and marketing expense. These increases were partially offset by decreases in allocated expenses primarily related to cash management services. Net occupancy and equipment expense increased $12 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in allocated occupancy costs. Card and processing expense decreased $30 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by contract renegotiations with a third-party vendor.

Average consumer loans decreased $899 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by a decrease in average home equity as payoffs exceeded loan originations, as well as a decrease in average credit card primarily driven by the cumulative impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic, including accelerated paydown activity due to the amount of fiscal stimulus programs and lower consumer demand for credit. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in average residential mortgage loans primarily as a result of an increase in loan originations. Average commercial loans increased $782 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in average commercial mortgage loans and average commercial and industrial loans.

Average deposits increased $12.7 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in average demand deposits, average savings and money market deposits and average interest checking deposits, partially offset by a decrease in average CDs. Average demand deposits increased $6.2 billion, average savings and money market deposits increased $5.3 billion and average interest checking deposits increased $3.2 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of higher balances per customer account due to the amount of fiscal stimulus, uncertainty regarding the COVID-19 pandemic as well as decreased consumer outflows. Average CDs decreased $2.1 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to lower offering rates on certificates.

80 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Consumer Lending

Consumer Lending includes the Bancorp’s residential mortgage, automobile and other indirect lending activities. Residential mortgage activities within Consumer Lending include the origination, retention and servicing of residential mortgage loans, sales and securitizations of those loans and all associated hedging activities. Residential mortgages are primarily originated through a dedicated sales force and through third-party correspondent lenders. Automobile and other indirect lending activities include extending loans to consumers through automobile dealers, motorcycle dealers, powersport dealers, recreational vehicle dealers and marine dealers.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer Lending segment:

TABLE 19: Consumer Lending
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$562381325
Provision for credit losses93449
Noninterest income:
Mortgage banking net revenue257307279
Other noninterest income71217
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits245221196
Other noninterest expense394297259
Income before income taxes178148117
Applicable income tax expense373125
Net income$14111792
Average Balance Sheet Data
Residential mortgage loans, including held for sale$16,01213,18213,027
Home equity147192220
Indirect secured consumer loans15,03612,27310,109

Net income was $141 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net income of $117 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in net interest income and a decrease in provision for credit losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense and a decrease in noninterest income.

Net interest income increased $181 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by a decrease in FTP charge rates on loans and leases and increases in the average balances of residential mortgage loans and indirect secured consumer loans. These increases were partially offset by decreases in yields on average indirect secured consumer loans and average residential mortgage loans.

Provision for credit losses decreased $25 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in net charge-offs on indirect secured consumer loans and residential mortgage loans. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 4 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 14 bps for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Noninterest income decreased $55 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in mortgage banking net revenue and other noninterest income. Refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the fluctuations in mortgage banking net revenue. Other noninterest income decreased $5 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of net losses recognized on securities related to non-qualifying hedges on MSRs for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net gains recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Noninterest expense increased $121 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 due to increases in other noninterest expense and compensation and benefits. Other noninterest expense increased $97 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in loan and lease expense driven by an increase in loan servicing expenses associated with the Bancorp’s purchases of certain government-guaranteed residential mortgage loans in forbearance programs and corporate overhead allocations. Compensation and benefits increased $24 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in base compensation and incentive compensation resulting from the increased mortgage origination activity for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Average consumer loans increased $5.5 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in average residential mortgage loans and average indirect secured consumer loans. Average residential mortgage loans increased $2.8 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to an increase in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp purchased government-guaranteed loans in forbearance programs, partially offset by higher runoff in residential mortgage portfolio loans due to payoffs exceeding loan originations. Average indirect secured consumer loans increased $2.8 billion from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by higher demand and other favorable market conditions, which contributed to increased loan production.

81 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Wealth and Asset Management

Wealth and Asset Management provides a full range of wealth management services for individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations. Wealth and Asset Management is made up of three main businesses: FTS, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; Fifth Third Private Bank; and Fifth Third Institutional Services. FTS offers full service retail brokerage services to individual clients and broker-dealer services to the institutional marketplace. Fifth Third Private Bank offers wealth management strategies to high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients through wealth planning, investment management, banking, insurance, trust and estate services. Fifth Third Institutional Services provides advisory services for institutional clients including middle market businesses, non-profits, states and municipalities.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Wealth and Asset Management segment:

TABLE 20: Wealth and Asset Management
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Income Statement Data
Net interest income$88139182
(Benefit from) provision for credit losses(1)3
Noninterest income:
Wealth and asset management revenue558498469
Other noninterest income122820
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits205218217
Other noninterest expense335315312
Income before income taxes119129142
Applicable income tax expense252730
Net income$94102112
Average Balance Sheet Data
Loans and leases, including held for sale$3,8523,6593,580
Deposits11,48011,0859,972

Net income was $94 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net income of $102 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in net income was primarily driven by a decrease in net interest income and an increase in noninterest expense partially offset by an increase in noninterest income and a decrease in provision for credit losses.

Net interest income decreased $51 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in FTP credit rates on deposits as well as decreases in yields on average loans and leases. These negative impacts were partially offset by decreases in rates paid on average interest-bearing deposits as well as decreases in FTP charge rates on loans and leases.

The benefit from credit losses was $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans.

Noninterest income increased $44 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 due to an increase in wealth and asset management revenue partially offset by a decrease in other noninterest income. Wealth and asset management revenue increased $60 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of increases in private client service fees and broker income partially offset by a decrease in institutional fees. Other noninterest income decreased $16 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a decrease in insurance income driven by the sale of the Bancorp’s property and casualty insurance business in the fourth quarter of 2020.

Noninterest expense increased $7 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 due to an increase in other noninterest expense partially offset by a decrease in compensation and benefits. Other noninterest expense increased $20 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in expenses associated with intercompany revenue sharing agreements. Compensation and benefits decreased $13 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of a decrease in base compensation which included a decline due to the sale of the Bancorp’s property and casualty insurance business in the fourth quarter of 2020.

Average loans and leases increased $193 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in average other consumer loans and average residential mortgage loans as a result of higher loan production, partially offset by a decrease in average home equity.

Average deposits increased $395 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by increases in average savings and money market deposits, average interest checking deposits and average demand deposits as a result of higher average balances per customer account due to the amount of fiscal stimulus, uncertainty regarding the COVID-19 pandemic and decreased consumer spending.

82 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General Corporate and Other

General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, unallocated provision for credit losses expense or a benefit from the reduction of the ACL, the payment of preferred stock dividends and certain support activities and other items not attributed to the business segments.

Net interest income on an FTE basis increased $709 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by decreases in FTP credit rates on deposits allocated to the business segments, an increase in interest income on loans and leases and decreases in interest expense on long-term debt and deposits. These positive impacts were partially offset by a decrease in the benefit related to FTP charge rates on loans and leases allocated to the business segments and a decrease in interest income on investment securities.

The provision for credit losses was $101 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a benefit from credit losses of $221 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by an increase in the benefits provided to the business segments associated with the decline in the level of commercial criticized assets owned by the business segments.

Noninterest income increased $38 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by the recognition of a gain on the sale of the Bancorp’s HSA deposit portfolio in the third quarter of 2021, an increase in private equity investment income, a decrease in the loss on the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares and a decrease in net losses on disposition and impairment of bank premises and equipment. These impacts were partially offset by the recognition of securities losses of $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to securities gains of $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Noninterest expense decreased $10 million from the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily driven by a decrease in net occupancy expense, partially offset by a decrease in corporate overhead allocations from General Corporate and Other to the other business segments and increases in technology and communications expense and equipment expense.

83 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans and Leases

The Bancorp classifies its commercial loans and leases based upon primary purpose and consumer loans based upon product or collateral. Table 21 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale and Table 22 summarizes average total loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale.

TABLE 21: Components of Total Loans and Leases (including loans and leases held for sale)
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20212020
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans(a)$51,66649,895
Commercial mortgage loans10,32910,609
Commercial construction loans5,2415,815
Commercial leases3,0532,954
Total commercial loans and leases70,28969,273
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans(b)20,79120,393
Home equity4,0845,183
Indirect secured consumer loans16,78313,653
Credit card1,7662,007
Other consumer loans2,7523,014
Total consumer loans46,17644,250
Total loans and leases$116,465113,523
Total portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$112,050108,782

(a)Includes $1.3 billion and $4.8 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, related to the SBA’s Paycheck Protection Program.

(b)Includes $39, as of December 31, 2020, of residential mortgage loans previously sold to GNMA for which the Bancorp was deemed to have regained effective control over under ASC Topic 860, but did not exercise its option to repurchase. Refer to Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Total loans and leases, including loans and leases held for sale, increased $2.9 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2020. The increase from December 31, 2020 was the result of increases of $1.9 billion, or 4%, in consumer loans and $1.0 billion, or 1%, in commercial loans and leases.

Commercial loans and leases increased $1.0 billion from December 31, 2020 due to increases in commercial and industrial loans and commercial leases, partially offset by decreases in commercial construction loans and commercial mortgage loans. Commercial and industrial loans increased $1.8 billion, or 4%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of strong production and increased revolving line of credit utilization, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness and paydowns. Commercial leases increased $99 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of an increase in lease originations. Commercial construction loans decreased $574 million, or 10%, from December 31, 2020 as payoffs exceeded draws on existing commitments and loan originations. Commercial mortgage loans decreased $280 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2020 as payoffs exceeded loan originations.

Consumer loans increased $1.9 billion from December 31, 2020 due to increases in indirect secured consumer loans and residential mortgage loans, partially offset by decreases in home equity, other consumer loans and credit card. Indirect secured consumer loans increased $3.1 billion, or 23%, from December 31, 2020 primarily driven by higher demand and other favorable market conditions, which contributed to increased loan production. Residential mortgage loans increased $398 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp purchased government-guaranteed loans in forbearance programs. Home equity decreased $1.1 billion, or 21%, from December 31, 2020 as payoffs exceeded loan originations. Other consumer loans decreased $262 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of payoffs exceeding loan originations. Credit card decreased $241 million, or 12%, from December 31, 2020 primarily due to the cumulative impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic, including accelerated paydown activity driven by the amount of fiscal stimulus programs and lower consumer demand for credit.

84 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 22: Components of Average Loans and Leases (including average loans and leases held for sale)
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20212020
Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$48,96653,814
Commercial mortgage loans10,39611,011
Commercial construction loans5,7835,509
Commercial leases3,1303,038
Total commercial loans and leases68,27573,372
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgage loans21,35917,828
Home equity4,5655,679
Indirect secured consumer loans15,15612,454
Credit card1,7832,230
Other consumer loans2,9792,848
Total consumer loans45,84241,039
Total average loans and leases$114,117114,411
Total average portfolio loans and leases (excluding loans and leases held for sale)$108,737112,993

Average loans and leases, including average loans and leases held for sale, decreased $294 million from December 31, 2020 as the result of a $5.1 billion, or 7%, decrease in average commercial loans and leases, partially offset by a $4.8 billion, or 12%, increase in average consumer loans.

Average commercial loans and leases decreased $5.1 billion from December 31, 2020 due to decreases in average commercial and industrial loans and average commercial mortgage loans, partially offset by increases in average commercial construction loans and average commercial leases. Average commercial and industrial loans decreased $4.8 billion, or 9%, from December 31, 2020 primarily driven by elevated revolving line of credit utilization during the year ended December 31, 2020 as well as paydowns in excess of loan originations. Average commercial mortgage loans decreased $615 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2020 as payoffs exceeded loan originations. Average commercial construction loans increased $274 million, or 5%, from December 31, 2020 as draws on existing commitments exceeded payoffs. Average commercial leases increased $92 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of an increase in lease originations.

Average consumer loans increased $4.8 billion from December 31, 2020 due to increases in average residential mortgage loans, average indirect secured consumer loans and average other consumer loans, partially offset by decreases in average home equity and average credit card. Average residential mortgage loans increased $3.5 billion, or 20%, from December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in residential mortgage loans held for sale as the Bancorp purchased government-guaranteed loans in forbearance programs. Average indirect secured consumer loans increased $2.7 billion, or 22%, from December 31, 2020 primarily driven by higher demand and other favorable market conditions, which contributed to increased loan production. Average other consumer loans increased $131 million, or 5%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of purchases of portfolios of point-of-sale loans. Average home equity decreased $1.1 billion, or 20%, from December 31, 2020 as payoffs exceeded loan originations. Average credit card decreased $447 million, or 20%, from December 31, 2020 primarily due to the cumulative impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic, including accelerated paydown activity driven by the amount of fiscal stimulus programs and lower consumer demand for credit.

Investment Securities

The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing collateral for pledging purposes and for liquidity risk management. Total investment securities were $39.0 billion and $38.4 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The taxable available-for-sale debt and other investment securities portfolio had an effective duration of 4.8 at December 31, 2021 compared to 4.4 at December 31, 2020.

Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. Debt securities are classified as trading when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. At December 31, 2021, the Bancorp’s investment portfolio consisted primarily of AAA-rated available-for-sale debt and other securities. The Bancorp held an immaterial amount of below-investment grade available-for-sale debt and other securities at both December 31, 2021 and 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Bancorp recognized $19 million of impairment losses on available-for-sale debt and other securities, included in securities (losses) gains, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These losses related to certain securities in unrealized loss positions that the Bancorp intended to sell prior to recovery of their amortized cost bases. The Bancorp did not consider these losses to be credit-related.

85 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

At both December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bancorp completed its evaluation of the available-for-sale debt and other securities in an unrealized loss position and did not recognize an allowance for credit losses. The Bancorp did not recognize provision expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 related to available-for-sale debt and other securities in an unrealized loss position.

Prior to adoption of ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020, investment securities were evaluated for OTTI with any identified OTTI recognized as a charge to income and a direct reduction of the amortized cost basis of the securities. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Bancorp recognized $1 million of OTTI on its available-for-sale debt and other securities, included in securities (losses) gains, net, in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

The following table summarizes the end of period components of investment securities:

TABLE 23: Components of Investment Securities
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20212020
Available-for-sale debt and other securities (amortized cost basis):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$8574
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities1817
Mortgage-backed securities:
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities8,43211,147
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities18,23616,745
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities4,3643,323
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities5,2873,152
Other securities(a)519524
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$36,94134,982
Held-to-maturity securities (amortized cost basis):
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities$69
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities22
Total held-to-maturity securities$811
Trading debt securities (fair value):
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities$8481
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities3210
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities10530
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities291439
Total trading debt securities$512560
Total equity securities (fair value)$376313

(a)Other securities consist of FHLB, FRB and DTCC restricted stock holdings that are carried at cost.

On an amortized cost basis, available-for-sale debt and other securities increased $2.0 billion from December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in asset-backed securities and other debt securities and agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by a decrease in agency residential mortgage-backed securities.

On an amortized cost basis, available-for-sale debt and other securities were 20% and 19% of total interest-earning assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio was 6.6 years and 5.7 years at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In addition, at December 31, 2021 and 2020 the debt securities in the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 2.77% and 3.05%, respectively.

Information presented in Table 24 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using amortized cost balances and reflects the impact of prepayments. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio exclude other securities that have no stated yield or maturity. Total net unrealized gains on the available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio were $1.2 billion at December 31, 2021 compared to $2.5 billion at December 31, 2020. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of the Bancorp’s investment securities portfolio generally increases when interest rates decrease or when credit spreads contract.

86 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 24: Characteristics of Available-for-Sale Debt and Other Securities
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)Amortized CostFair ValueWeighted-Average Life (in years)Weighted-Average Yield
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies securities:
Average life within one year$10100.10.01%
Average life after one year through five years75761.12.12
Total$85861.01.87%
Obligations of states and political subdivisions securities:
Average life after one year through five years17171.21.80
Average life after ten years1114.97.00
Total$18182.02.12%
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year3843890.63.53
Average life after one year through five years3,1483,2453.43.01
Average life after five years through ten years4,1414,3436.62.98
Average life after ten years75980512.72.93
Total$8,4328,7825.73.01%
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:(a)
Average life within one year5555690.54.16
Average life after one year through five years6,4996,7703.03.36
Average life after five years through ten years5,9936,3157.02.80
Average life after ten years5,1895,29713.52.43
Total$18,23618,9517.22.93%
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities:
Average life within one year35350.72.94
Average life after one year through five years3,1173,2373.13.17
Average life after five years through ten years1,2121,2079.02.19
Total$4,3644,4794.72.90%
Asset-backed securities and other debt securities:
Average life within one year4064040.52.69
Average life after one year through five years2,1912,1903.51.73
Average life after five years through ten years1,1461,1406.41.69
Average life after ten years1,5441,54116.01.47
Total$5,2875,2757.51.72%
Other securities519519
Total available-for-sale debt and other securities$36,94138,1106.62.77%

(a)Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.09% and 0.03% for securities with an average life greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

Other Short-Term Investments

Other short-term investments primarily include overnight interest-earning investments, including reserves held at the FRB. The Bancorp uses other short-term investments as part of its liquidity risk management tools. Other short-term investments were $34.6 billion and $33.4 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase of $1.2 billion from December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to core deposit growth, which was partially offset by loan growth and paydowns of long-term debt during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Deposits

The Bancorp’s deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp continues to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building full relationships and offering competitive rates. Average core deposits represented 79% and 75% of the Bancorp’s average asset funding base for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

87 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the end of period components of deposits:

TABLE 25: Components of Deposits
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20212020
Demand$65,08857,711
Interest checking48,87047,270
Savings22,22718,258
Money market30,26330,650
Foreign office121143
Total transaction deposits166,569154,032
CDs $250,000 or less(a)2,4863,740
Total core deposits169,055157,772
CDs over $250,000(a)2691,309
Total deposits$169,324159,081

(a)Fifth Third has elected to record CDs $250,000 or less within core deposits, consistent with minimum FDIC insurance coverage. Fifth Third had previously recorded certificates $100,000 or less as “other time” within core deposits. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to current period presentation.

Core deposits increased $11.3 billion, or 7%, from December 31, 2020, driven by an increase in transaction deposits, partially offset by a decrease in CDs $250,000 or less. Transaction deposits increased $12.5 billion, or 8%, from December 31, 2020 primarily due to increases in demand deposits, savings deposits and interest checking deposits, partially offset by a decrease in money market deposits. Demand deposits increased $7.4 billion, or 13%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of customers maintaining increased levels of liquidity driven by the amount of fiscal and monetary stimulus, as well as growth in the number of accounts and migration of balances from interest checking deposits during the year ended December 31, 2021. Savings deposits increased $4.0 billion, or 22%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of higher balances per customer account due to the amount of fiscal stimulus as well as decreased consumer outflows. Interest checking deposits increased $1.6 billion, or 3%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of higher balances per consumer customer account due to the amount of fiscal stimulus as well as decreased consumer outflows, partially offset by lower balances per commercial customer account as well as the aforementioned balance migration into demand deposits. Money market deposits decreased $387 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of lower balances per commercial customer account, partially offset by higher balances per consumer customer account due to the amount of fiscal stimulus and decreased consumer outflows. CDs $250,000 or less decreased $1.3 billion, or 34%, from December 31, 2020 primarily due to lower offering rates.

CDs over $250,000 decreased $1.0 billion, or 79%, from December 31, 2020 primarily due to maturities which were not replaced with new issuances given current market conditions and liquidity levels.

The following table presents the components of average deposits for the years ended December 31:

TABLE 26: Components of Average Deposits
($ in millions)20212020
Demand$62,02847,111
Interest checking45,85046,890
Savings20,53116,440
Money market30,63129,879
Foreign office164185
Total transaction deposits159,204140,505
CDs $250,000 or less(a)3,2145,247
Total core deposits162,418145,752
CDs over $250,000(a)5302,208
Other deposits71
Total average deposits$162,948148,031

(a)Fifth Third has elected to record CDs $250,000 or less within core deposits, consistent with minimum FDIC insurance coverage. Fifth Third had previously recorded certificates $100,000 or less as “other time” within core deposits. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to current period presentation.

On an average basis, core deposits increased $16.7 billion, or 11%, from December 31, 2020 due to an increase of $18.7 billion, or 13%, in average transaction deposits, partially offset by a decrease of $2.0 billion, or 39%, in average CDs $250,000 or less. The increase in average transaction deposits was primarily driven by increases in average demand deposits, average savings deposits and average money market deposits, partially offset by a decrease in average interest checking deposits. Average demand deposits increased $14.9 billion, or 32%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of customers maintaining increased levels of liquidity driven by the amount of fiscal and monetary stimulus, as well as growth in the number of accounts and migration of balances from interest checking deposits. Average savings deposits increased $4.1 billion, or 25%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of higher average balances per customer account due to the

88 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

amount of fiscal stimulus as well as decreased consumer outflows. Average money market deposits increased $752 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of higher average balances per consumer customer account due to the amount of fiscal stimulus and decreased consumer outflows. Average interest checking deposits decreased $1.0 billion, or 2%, from December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of the aforementioned balance migration into demand deposits and lower average balances per commercial customer account, partially offset by higher average balances per consumer customer account due to the previously mentioned impacts of fiscal stimulus. Average CDs $250,000 or less decreased $2.0 billion, or 39%, primarily due to lower offering rates.

Average CDs over $250,000 decreased $1.7 billion, or 76%, from December 31, 2020 primarily due to maturities which were not replaced with new issuances given current market conditions and liquidity levels.

Contractual maturities

The contractual maturities of CDs as of December 31, 2021 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 27: Contractual Maturities of CDs(a)
($ in millions)
Next 12 months$2,267
13-24 months272
25-36 months100
37-48 months68
49-60 months44
After 60 months4
Total CDs$2,755

(a)Includes CDs $250,000 or less and CDs over $250,000.

Deposit insurance

The FDIC generally provides a standard amount of insurance of $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each account ownership category defined by the FDIC. Depositors may qualify for coverage of accounts over $250,000 if they have funds in different ownership categories and all FDIC requirements are met. All deposits that an account holder has in the same ownership category at the same bank are added together and insured up to the standard insurance amount. As of December 31, 2021, approximately $80.2 billion of the Bancorp’s domestic deposits were uninsured, including $468 million of time deposits. Where information is not readily available to determine the amount of insured deposits, the amount of uninsured deposits is estimated, consistent with the methodologies and assumptions utilized in providing information to the Bank’s regulators.

Borrowings

The Bancorp accesses a variety of short-term and long-term funding sources. Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term and include federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings. Total average borrowings as a percent of average interest-bearing liabilities were 13% at December 31, 2021 compared to 15% at December 31, 2020.

The following table summarizes the end of period components of borrowings:

TABLE 28: Components of Borrowings
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20212020
Federal funds purchased$281300
Other short-term borrowings9801,192
Long-term debt11,82114,973
Total borrowings$13,08216,465

Total borrowings decreased $3.4 billion, or 21%, from December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreases in long-term debt and other short-term borrowings. Long-term debt decreased $3.2 billion from December 31, 2020 primarily driven by the early redemptions under the par call options of $3.2 billion of notes and $374 million of paydowns on long-term debt associated with automobile loan securitizations during the year ended December 31, 2021. These increases were partially offset by the issuance of $500 million of senior fixed-rate/floating-rate notes in November of 2021. For additional information regarding the long-term debt issuances, refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Other short-term borrowings decreased $212 million from December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreased short-term funding needs resulting from core deposit growth. The level of other short-term borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and the sources that are used to satisfy those needs. For further information on the components of other short-term borrowings, refer to Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

89 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the components of average borrowings:

TABLE 29: Components of Average Borrowings
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)20212020
Federal funds purchased$333385
Other short-term borrowings1,1071,709
Long-term debt13,10916,004
Total average borrowings$14,54918,098

Total average borrowings decreased $3.5 billion, or 20%, compared to December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreases in average long-term debt and average other short-term borrowings. Average long-term debt decreased $2.9 billion compared to December 31, 2020 primarily driven by the early redemptions under the par call options of $3.2 billion of notes and $374 million of paydowns on long-term debt associated with automobile loan securitizations during the year ended December 31, 2021. These increases were partially offset by the issuance of $500 million of senior fixed-rate/floating-rate notes in November of 2021. Average other short-term borrowings decreased $602 million compared to December 31, 2020 primarily due to decreased short-term funding needs resulting from core deposit growth as well as the Bancorp exercising repurchase options on certain loans previously sold to GNMA for which an obligation had been recognized under ASC Topic 860. Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is discussed in the Net Interest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. In addition, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management.

90 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RISK MANAGEMENT – OVERVIEW

Effective risk management is critical to the Bancorp’s ongoing success and ensures that the Bancorp operates in a safe and sound manner, complies with applicable laws and regulations and safeguards the Bancorp’s brand and reputation. Risks are inherent in the Bancorp’s business and are influenced by both internal and external factors. The Bancorp is responsible for managing these risks effectively to deliver through-the-cycle value and performance for the Bancorp’s shareholders, customers, employees and communities.

Fifth Third’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which is approved annually by the Capital Committee, ERMC, RCC and the Board of Directors, includes the following key elements:

•The Bancorp ensures transparency and escalation of risk through defined risk policies and a governance structure that includes the RCC, ERMC and other management-level risk committees and councils.

•The Bancorp establishes a risk appetite in alignment with its strategic, financial and capital plans. The Bancorp’s risk appetite is defined using quantitative metrics and qualitative measures to ensure prudent risk taking and drive balanced decision making. The Bancorp’s goal is to ensure that aggregate residual risks do not exceed the Bancorp’s risk appetite, and that risks taken are supportive of the Bancorp’s portfolio diversification and profitability objectives. The Board and executive management approve the risk appetite, which is considered in the development of business strategies and forms the basis for enterprise risk management.

•The core principles that define the Bancorp’s risk appetite are as follows:

◦Act with integrity in all activities.

◦Understand the risks taken and ensure that they are in alignment with the Bancorp’s business strategies and risk appetite.

◦Avoid risks that cannot be understood, managed or monitored.

◦Provide transparency of risk to the Bancorp’s management and Board by escalating risks and issues as necessary.

◦Ensure Fifth Third’s products and services are aligned to the Bancorp’s core customer base and are designed, delivered and maintained to provide value and benefit to the Bancorp’s customers and to Fifth Third.

◦Only offer products or services that are appropriate or suitable for the Bancorp’s customers.

◦Focus on providing operational excellence by providing reliable, accurate and efficient services to meet the Bancorp’s customers’ needs.

◦Maintain a strong financial position to ensure the Bancorp meets its strategic objectives through all economic cycles and is able to access the capital markets at all times, even under stressed conditions.

◦Protect the Bancorp’s reputation by thoroughly understanding the consequences of business strategies, products and processes.

◦Conduct the Bancorp’s business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and in alignment with internal policies and procedures.

•Fifth Third’s core values and culture provide the foundation for sound risk management practices by establishing expectations for appropriate conduct and accountability across the organization. All employees are expected to conduct themselves in alignment with Fifth Third’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which may be found on www.53.com, while carrying out their responsibilities. Fifth Third’s Corporate Responsibility and Reputation Committee provides oversight of business conduct policies, programs and strategies, and monitors reporting of potential misconduct, trends or themes across the enterprise. Prudent risk management is a responsibility that is expected from all employees and is a foundational element of Fifth Third’s culture.

•The Bancorp manages eight defined risk types to a prescribed appetite. The risk types are credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, price risk, legal and regulatory compliance risk, operational risk, reputation risk and strategic risk.

•The Bancorp identifies and monitors existing and potential risks that may impact the company’s risk profile, including emerging risks that create uncertainties and/or would have broad implications if materialized (e.g. global pandemics, climate change, etc.). Enhanced monitoring and action plans are implemented as necessary to proactively mitigate risk.

•Fifth Third’s Risk Management Process provides a consistent and integrated approach for managing risks. The five components of the Risk Management Process are: identify, assess, manage, monitor and report. The Bancorp has also established processes and programs to manage and report concentration risks, to ensure robust talent, performance and compensation management, and to aggregate risks across the enterprise.

Fifth Third drives accountability for managing risk through its Three Lines of Defense structure:

•The first line of defense is comprised of front-line units (and enterprise-wide functions that support front-line units) that create risk or are involved in risk-taking activities and are accountable for managing risk. These groups are the Bancorp’s primary risk takers and are responsible for implementing effective internal controls and maintaining processes for identifying, assessing, and managing the risks associated with their activities consistent with established risk appetite and limits.

•The second line of defense, or Independent Risk Management, consists of Risk Management, Compliance and Credit Risk Review. The second line is responsible for developing frameworks and policies to govern risk-taking activities, overseeing risk-taking of the organization, advising on controlling that risk and providing input on key risk decisions. Risk Management complements the front line’s management of risk-taking activities through its monitoring and reporting responsibilities, including adherence to the risk appetite. Additionally, Risk Management is responsible for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting on aggregate risks enterprise-wide.

•The third line of defense is Internal Audit, which provides oversight of the first and second lines of defense, and independent assurance to the Board on the effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal controls.

91 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

The objective of the Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from the failure of a borrower or counterparty to honor its financial or contractual obligations to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices which are described below. These practices include the use of intentional risk-based limits for single name exposures and counterparty selection criteria designed to reduce or eliminate exposure to borrowers who have higher than average default risk and defined weaknesses in financial performance. The Bancorp carefully designs and monitors underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level as well as ongoing portfolio monitoring and timely management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Credit officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority amounts, the utilization of which is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and ERM manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function provides independent and objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk grades and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp’s credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is based on quarterly assessments of the estimated losses expected in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to promptly identify potential problem loans or leases within the portfolio, maintain an adequate allowance for credit losses and record any necessary charge-offs. The Bancorp defines potential problem loans and leases as those rated substandard that do not meet the definition of a nonaccrual loan or a restructured loan. Refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s credit grade categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions. In addition, stress testing is performed on various commercial and consumer portfolios utilizing various models. For certain portfolios, such as real estate and leveraged lending, stress testing is performed by Credit department personnel at the individual loan level during credit underwriting.

The following tables provide a summary of potential problem portfolio loans and leases:

TABLE 30: Potential Problem Portfolio Loans and Leases
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)Carrying ValueUnpaid Principal BalanceExposure
Commercial and industrial loans$1,5871,5892,842
Commercial mortgage loans783787791
Commercial construction loans339339357
Commercial leases595960
Total potential problem portfolio loans and leases$2,7682,7744,050
TABLE 31: Potential Problem Portfolio Loans and Leases
As of December 31, 2020 ($ in millions)Carrying ValueUnpaid Principal BalanceExposure
Commercial and industrial loans$2,6412,6513,687
Commercial mortgage loans784798792
Commercial construction loans240240252
Commercial leases727272
Total potential problem portfolio loans and leases$3,7373,7614,803

In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk grading systems. The first of these risk grading systems encompasses ten categories, which are based on regulatory guidance for credit risk systems. These ratings are used by the Bancorp to monitor and manage its credit risk. The Bancorp also maintains a dual risk rating system for credit approval and pricing, portfolio monitoring and capital allocation that includes a “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy for assessing a borrower’s creditworthiness. A “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy uses a grading scale that assigns ratings based on average default rates through an entire business cycle for borrowers with similar financial performance. The dual risk rating system includes thirteen probabilities of default grade categories and an additional eleven grade categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the ten-category regulatory risk rating system.

The Bancorp utilizes internally developed models to estimate expected credit losses for portfolio loans and leases. For loans and leases that are collectively evaluated, the Bancorp utilizes these models to forecast expected credit losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the Bancorp’s processes for developing these models, estimating credit losses for periods beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast period and for estimating credit losses for individually evaluated loans.

92 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimated probabilities of default are primarily based on the probability of default ratings assigned under the through-the-cycle dual risk rating system and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The Bancorp also utilizes various scoring systems, analytical tools and portfolio performance monitoring processes to assess the credit risk of the consumer and residential mortgage portfolios.

Overview

Although the rise of Omicron and other variants of COVID-19 may present some downside risk to the economic outlook, the underlying fundamentals of the economy continue to strengthen as consumers and businesses return to more normal levels of activity. The consensus outlook expects strong economic growth in 2022 as the benefits from the extraordinary fiscal and monetary policy to fight COVID-19 continue to support strong consumer and business spending. Meanwhile, an easing of supply chain constraints is expected to alleviate some inflationary pressures and allow the Federal Reserve to tighten monetary policy at a measured pace.

Consumer demand remained robust throughout 2021 as stimulative fiscal policies, along with a strong job market and record high asset prices, helped retail sales rise 19.3% compared to 2020. Although the pace of retail sales is expected to slow from 2021, the tightness of the labor market, along with the availability of credit, is expected to continue supporting strong consumer spending in 2022.

With the economy gaining momentum, the unemployment rate declined to 3.9% as of December 2021, down from 5.9% in June 2021, and average hourly earnings increased 4.7% year-over-year. Labor supply constraints are more binding than anticipated, slowing job growth and boosting wages along with inflation. Robust demand, combined with labor shortages and supply chain constraints, is leading to more persistent inflationary pressures throughout the economy.

Monetary policy remained highly accommodative throughout 2021 with the federal funds rate at the zero lower bound and the Federal Reserve continuing its asset purchase program. With unemployment and wages continuing to improve and inflationary trends becoming more persistent, Federal Reserve officials pivoted to a tighter monetary policy in December. In addition to the potential for aggressive rate hikes, FOMC officials indicated a plan for reducing the balance sheet would be announced during 2022. Although FOMC members are concerned about the persistence of inflationary pressures in the economy, Federal Reserve officials continue to expect the factors causing the elevated inflation readings to ease in 2022 as supply chain constraints and labor markets improve.

COVID-19 Hardship Relief Programs

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Bancorp began providing financial hardship relief in March 2020 to borrowers that were negatively impacted by the pandemic and its related economic impacts. For retail borrowers, these relief programs included three-month payment deferrals for non-real estate secured and unsecured portfolios, six-month payment deferrals for home equity loans and lines of credit and six-month forbearances for residential mortgages. The Bancorp also temporarily waived fees for certain products and services, suspended initiating any new repossession actions on vehicles and suspended all residential foreclosure activity. The fee waiver, repossession suspension and payment deferral programs for non-real estate secured and unsecured and home equity loans and lines of credit were discontinued early in the third quarter of 2020. However, new programs to assist consumer customers have been offered in response to the uniqueness of the economic environment. These primarily include a short-term hardship program which allows for a reduced payment amount for six months with full payments resuming thereafter or placement into a loan modification program that could include permanent rate reductions or maturity extensions. In most cases, these offers were not classified as TDRs if qualified for the TDR relief provisions provided by the CARES Act. The provisions set forth in Section 4013 of the CARES Act related to TDRs expired on January 1, 2022. Future loan modifications will be assessed based on existing TDR evaluation policies as appropriate. For further discussion on COVID-19 hardship relief programs and the Bancorp’s policies related to accounting for restructured loans, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2021, substantially all of these borrowers have resumed making payments except for certain residential mortgage loans which continue to be in forbearance.

The Bancorp currently plans to continue to offer a forbearance program for its residential mortgage borrowers in alignment with the forbearances offered for federally-backed mortgage loans under the provisions of the CARES Act and GSE servicing guidance. Under the provisions of the CARES Act, borrowers with federally-backed residential mortgage loans were able to request a six-month forbearance with

93 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

an option to extend the forbearance period for an additional period of up to six months. The GSEs have also permitted certain forbearances to be extended for an additional six months for a total of up to 18 months. Additionally, the Bancorp will continue to follow the specific GSE guidance for other non-forbearance COVID-19 pandemic relief programs when servicing its residential mortgage portfolio.

The Bancorp offered a variety of relief options to its commercial borrowers that had been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. While these offers were individually negotiated and tailored to each borrower’s specific facts and circumstances, the most commonly offered relief measures included temporary covenant waivers and/or deferrals of principal and/or interest payments for up to 90 days. After the deferral program, a customer had the option to resume normal payments, enter into a formal loan modification program or restructure the loan arrangement. These relief options were discontinued in 2021.

The following table provides a summary of residential mortgage and consumer portfolio loans as of December 31, 2021, by class, that have received payment deferrals or forbearances as part of the Bancorp’s COVID-19 pandemic hardship relief programs:

TABLE 32: Residential Mortgage and Consumer Portfolio Loans Enrolled In Hardship Relief Programs
Amortized Cost Basis of Loans and LeasesPast Due(c)
Completed Relief PeriodIn Active Relief Period(a)Total that Have Received Payment Relief(b)
December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)Current(c)30-89 Days90 Days or MoreTotal Past Due
Residential mortgage loans(b)$966631,02984919161180
Consumer loans:
Home equity15511561444812
Indirect secured consumer loans(d)6555871366840545
Credit card74983716612
Other consumer loans873908733
Total residential mortgage and consumer portfolio loans$1,9371342,0711,81972180252

(a)Includes loans that are still in the initial payment relief period and loans that have requested additional relief.

(b)Excludes $490 of loans previously sold to GNMA that the Bancorp had the option to repurchase as a result of forbearance, all of which were repurchased and are classified as held for sale.

(c)For loans which are still in an active relief period, past due status is based on the borrower’s status as of March 1, 2020, as adjusted based on the borrower’s compliance with modified loan terms.

(d)Indirect secured consumer loans which are still in an active relief period as of December 31, 2021 are required to make payments but at a reduced amount from original contractual terms.

As of December 31, 2021, $1.0 billion of the Bancorp’s residential mortgage portfolio loans had been enrolled in a COVID-19 forbearance program (either active or completed). These loans had a weighted-average FICO score of approximately 687 and a weighted-average origination LTV of approximately 81%. Approximately 75% of these borrowers made at least one payment since entering forbearance and 82% of balances are reported as current as of December 31, 2021. The Bancorp had $63 million of these loans in an active relief period as of December 31, 2021 and these loans had a weighted-average FICO score of approximately 632 and a weighted-average origination LTV of approximately 84%. Approximately one third of borrowers in an active forbearance period have made at least one payment since entering forbearance and approximately 62% of the residential mortgage loans still in an active relief period have completed the initial six-month forbearance period and have requested an extended forbearance.

94 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Commercial Portfolio

The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy seeks to minimize concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment, geography and credit product type. The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting.

The Bancorp provides loans to a variety of customers ranging from large multinational firms to middle market businesses, sole proprietors and high net worth individuals. The origination policies for commercial and industrial loans outline the risks and underwriting requirements for loans to businesses in various industries. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, collateral and leverage requirements, cash flow coverage measures and hold limits. The Bancorp aligns credit and sales teams with specific industry expertise to better monitor and manage different industry segments of the portfolio.

Certain industries have experienced increased stress due to the COVID-19 pandemic. These include consumer-driven industries that require gathering or congregation such as leisure and recreation (including casinos, restaurants, sports, fitness, hotels and other industries), non-essential retail and leisure travel (primarily including airlines and cruise lines). Certain segments of the healthcare industry (including skilled nursing, physician offices and surgery/outpatient centers, among others) have also been impacted by the pandemic given delays and restrictions on in-person visits and elective procedures. Many affected businesses that have reopened are experiencing labor shortages, which create wide-ranging effects on several industries, including decreased hours of service and increased labor costs.

The following table presents industries impacted the most severely within the Bancorp’s commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loan portfolios as of December 31, 2021:

TABLE 33: Industries Impacted the Most Severely by the COVID-19 Pandemic
($ in millions)BalanceExposureIndustry Classification(b)
Commercial and industrial loans:(a)
Leisure and recreation(c)$3,4647,518Accommodation and food / Entertainment and recreation
Retail - non-essential7603,415Retail trade
Healthcare1,2952,051Healthcare
Leisure travel360544Transportation and warehousing
Total commercial and industrial loans5,87913,528
Commercial real estate owner-occupied loans:
Leisure and recreation(c)350399Accommodation and food / Entertainment and recreation
Retail - non-essential93103Real estate
Healthcare1,5011,713Healthcare
Total commercial real estate owner-occupied loans1,9442,215
Commercial real estate nonowner-occupied loans:
Leisure and recreation(c)1,7941,993Accommodation and food / Entertainment and recreation
Retail - non-essential814841Real estate
Healthcare125143Healthcare
Total commercial real estate nonowner-occupied loans:2,7332,977
Total$10,55618,720

(a)Excludes loans related to the SBA’s Paycheck Protection Program.

(b)As defined by the North American Industry Classification System.

(c)Balances include exposures to casinos, restaurants, sports, fitness, hotels and other.

95 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides detail on commercial loans and leases by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases:

TABLE 34: Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio (excluding loans and leases held for sale)
20212020
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingExposureNonaccrualOutstandingExposureNonaccrual
By Industry:
Manufacturing$11,13122,0828210,69921,98668
Real estate10,37016,0673711,41616,865143
Financial services and insurance9,19618,5626,86815,113
Business services5,1499,481235,3449,11466
Healthcare5,0117,60865,1687,87441
Wholesale trade4,7339,26664,2047,99025
Accommodation and food4,3547,089284,1666,60035
Retail trade4,05310,00123,6518,8716
Communication and information2,9696,665243,1285,80239
Construction2,9186,11162,6316,0534
Transportation and warehousing2,7744,62882,8464,59613
Mining2,5125,023162,6264,17194
Utilities1,4463,6981,1623,011
Entertainment and recreation1,4012,948862,2483,53784
Other services1,1401,50181,3621,7707
Public administration60685638801,428
Agribusiness355616139461610
Other899011271292
Individuals6193771231
Total$70,268132,38533768,997125,649638
By Loan Size:
Less than $1 million5%3147510
$1 million to $5 million86149718
$5 million to $10 million6587614
$10 million to $25 million151442181627
$25 million to $50 million242422242331
Greater than $50 million42483543
Total100%100100100100100
By State:
Illinois11%929141228
Ohio1012411124
Florida872871
California882771
Texas8867710
Michigan659667
Indiana342441
Georgia348347
Tennessee333231
North Carolina221323
Kentucky221224
South Carolina2121
Other343533313333
Total100%100100100100100

The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner and nonowner-occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable), pro forma analysis requirements and interest rate sensitivity. The Bancorp requires a valuation of real estate collateral, which may include third-party appraisals, be performed at the time of origination and renewal in accordance with regulatory requirements and on an as-needed basis when market conditions justify. Although the Bancorp does not back test these collateral value assumptions, the Bancorp maintains an appraisal review department to order and review third-party appraisals in accordance with regulatory requirements. Collateral values on criticized assets with relationships

96 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

exceeding $1 million are reviewed quarterly to assess the appropriateness of the value ascribed in the assessment of charge-offs and specific reserves.

The Bancorp assesses all real estate and non-real estate collateral securing a loan and considers all cross-collateralized loans in the calculation of the LTV ratio. The following tables provide detail on the most recent LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans greater than $1 million, excluding commercial mortgage loans that are individually evaluated. The Bancorp does not typically aggregate the LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans less than $1 million.

TABLE 35: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$1664163,164
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans461204,197
Total$2125367,361
TABLE 36: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million
As of December 31, 2020 ($ in millions)LTV 100%LTV 80-100%LTV 80%
Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans$1213103,209
Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans51724,757
Total$1723827,966

The Bancorp views non-owner-occupied commercial real estate as a higher credit risk product compared to some other commercial loan portfolios due to the higher volatility of the industry.

The following tables provide an analysis of nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans by state (excluding loans held for sale):

TABLE 37: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2021
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Illinois$1,4981,711212
Ohio1,1651,536
Florida1,1261,753
Michigan8441,049
Texas7351,132
Georgia326766
Indiana307563
North Carolina2394031
All other states3,8475,33010(3)
Total$10,08714,24332(1)

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

97 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 38: Nonowner-Occupied Commercial Real Estate (excluding loans held for sale)(a)
As of December 31, 2020 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2020
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet Charge-offs
By State:
Illinois$2,0992,4641455
Ohio1,0721,5974
Florida1,2721,844
Michigan8031,0051
Texas556930
Georgia3757981
Indiana264544
North Carolina4235442
All other states4,1665,8492536
Total$11,03015,57517841

(a)Included in commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans in the Loans and Leases subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Consumer Portfolio

Consumer credit risk management utilizes a framework that encompasses consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting credit risk. These processes are supported by a credit risk governance structure that includes Board oversight, policies, risk limits and risk committees.

The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of five categories of loans: residential mortgage loans, home equity, indirect secured consumer loans, credit card and other consumer loans. The Bancorp has identified certain credit characteristics within these five categories of loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio. The Bancorp does not update LTVs for the consumer portfolio subsequent to origination except as part of the charge-off process for real estate secured loans. The Bancorp actively manages the consumer portfolio through concentration limits, which mitigate credit risk through limiting the exposure to lower FICO scores, higher LTVs and specific geographic concentration risks.

The Bancorp enhanced its credit underwriting guidelines across the entire consumer portfolio in response to the economic stress created by the COVID-19 pandemic. The current set of credit guidelines have generally returned to pre-pandemic levels as the Bancorp continues to ensure that underwriting standards reflect forward-looking outlooks on both risks and market opportunities, support strategic objectives, provide value to consumers and ensure adherence to risk appetite. These guidelines will be monitored and adjusted as deemed appropriate in response to the prevailing economic conditions while remaining within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance limits.

Residential mortgage portfolio

The Bancorp manages credit risk in the residential mortgage portfolio through underwriting guidelines that limit exposure to higher LTVs and lower FICO scores. Additionally, the portfolio is governed by concentration limits that ensure geographic, product and channel diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio.

The Bancorp does not originate residential mortgage loans that permit customers to defer principal payments or make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed-rate and ARM loans. Within the ARM portfolio, approximately $520 million of ARM loans will have rate resets during the next twelve months. Of these resets, 75% are expected to experience an increase in rate, with an average increase of approximately 0.25%. Underlying characteristics of these borrowers are relatively strong with a weighted-average origination DTI of 36% and weighted-average origination LTV of 74%.

Certain residential mortgage products have characteristics that may increase the Bancorp’s credit loss rates in the event of a decline in housing values. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTVs, multiple loans secured by the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% and interest-only loans. The Bancorp has deemed residential mortgage loans with greater than 80% LTVs and no mortgage insurance as loans that represent a higher level of risk.

The Bancorp continues to work with borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulties by utilizing GSE-defined loss mitigation programs which include modifications, payment deferrals and forbearance programs. Additionally, the Bancorp follows GSE guidance related to foreclosure activities which have resumed since October 2021.

98 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 39: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans by LTV at Origination
20212020
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 80%$12,20762.5%$11,33665.2%
LTV 80%, with mortgage insurance(a)2,22794.92,53595.5
LTV 80%, no mortgage insurance1,96390.82,05791.1
Total$16,39770.9%$15,92873.9%

(a)Includes loans with either borrower or lender paid mortgage insurance.

The following tables provide an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by state with a greater than 80% LTV at origination and no mortgage insurance:

TABLE 40: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2021
Outstanding90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$46054
Illinois39832(1)
Florida30521
Michigan1532
Indiana1352
North Carolina134
Kentucky1041
All other states27431
Total$1,963188(1)
TABLE 41: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80% at Origination, No Mortgage Insurance
As of December 31, 2020 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2020
Outstanding90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$459442
Illinois41031
Florida30612
Michigan18021
Indiana14711
North Carolina1392
Kentucky921
All other states32432
Total$2,05717112

Home equity portfolio

The Bancorp’s home equity portfolio is primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s newly originated home equity lines of credit have a 10-year interest-only draw period followed by a 20-year amortization period. The home equity line of credit previously offered by the Bancorp was a revolving facility with a 20-year term, minimum payments of interest-only and a balloon payment of principal at maturity. Approximately 48% of the outstanding balances of the Bancorp’s portfolio of home equity lines of credit have a balloon structure at maturity. Peak maturity years for the balloon home equity lines of credit are 2025 to 2028 and approximately 20% of the balances mature before 2025.

The ALLL provides coverage for expected losses in the home equity portfolio. The allowance attributable to the portion of the home equity portfolio that has not been restructured in a TDR is determined on a pooled basis using a probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default model framework to generate expected losses. The expected losses for the home equity portfolio are dependent upon loan delinquency, FICO scores, LTV, loan age and their historical correlation with macroeconomic variables including unemployment and the home price index. The expected losses generated from models are adjusted by certain qualitative adjustment factors to reflect risks associated

99 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

with current conditions and trends. The qualitative factors include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, economic conditions, portfolio mix, lending and risk management personnel, results of internal audit and quality control reviews, collateral values and geographic concentrations.

The home equity portfolio is managed in two primary groups: loans outstanding with a combined LTV greater than 80% and those loans with an LTV of 80% or less based upon appraisals at origination. For additional information on these loans, refer to Table 43 and Table 44. Of the total $4.1 billion of outstanding home equity loans:

•80% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana and Illinois as of December 31, 2021;

•42% are in senior lien positions and 58% are in junior lien positions at December 31, 2021;

•78% of non-delinquent borrowers made at least one payment greater than the minimum payment during the year ended December 31, 2021; and

•The portfolio had a weighted-average refreshed FICO score of 742 at December 31, 2021.

The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes adjustments in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp does not routinely obtain appraisals on performing loans to update LTVs after origination. However, the Bancorp monitors the local housing markets by reviewing various home price indices and incorporates the impact of the changing market conditions in its ongoing credit monitoring processes. For junior lien home equity loans which become 60 days or more past due, the Bancorp tracks the performance of the senior lien loans in which the Bancorp is the servicer and utilizes consumer credit bureau attributes to monitor the status of the senior lien loans that the Bancorp does not service. If the senior lien loan is found to be 120 days or more past due, the junior lien home equity loan is placed on nonaccrual status unless both loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, if the junior lien home equity loan becomes 120 days or more past due and the senior lien loan is also 120 days or more past due, the junior lien home equity loan is assessed for charge-off. Refer to the Analysis of Nonperforming Assets subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A and Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

The following table provides an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon refreshed FICO score:

TABLE 42: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Refreshed FICO Score
20212020
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Senior Liens:
FICO ≤ 659$1433%$1743%
FICO 660-71922862846
FICO ≥ 7201,333331,54630
Total senior liens1,704422,00439
Junior Liens:
FICO ≤ 65924563396
FICO 660-7194301061012
FICO ≥ 7201,705422,23043
Total junior liens2,380583,17961
Total$4,084100%$5,183100%

The Bancorp believes that home equity portfolio loans with a greater than 80% combined LTV present a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the home equity portfolio loans outstanding in a senior and junior lien position by LTV at origination:

TABLE 43: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20212020
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
Senior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%$1,48553.5%$1,72853.8%
LTV 80%21988.827689.1
Total senior liens1,70458.32,00458.8
Junior Liens:
LTV ≤ 80%1,47966.41,86466.5
LTV 80%90189.71,31589.8
Total junior liens2,38076.03,17977.1
Total$4,08468.4%$5,18369.8%

100 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide an analysis of home equity portfolio loans outstanding by state with a combined LTV greater than 80% at origination:

TABLE 44: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2021
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet (Recoveries) Charge-offs
By State:
Ohio$3518948
Michigan1904684(1)
Illinois18137315(1)
Indiana1082563
Kentucky892232
Florida791701(1)
All other states1222754(1)
Total$1,1202,659127(4)
TABLE 45: Home Equity Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 80% at Origination
As of December 31, 2020 ($ in millions)For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2020
OutstandingExposure90 Days Past DueNonaccrualNet Charge-offs (Recoveries)
By State:
Ohio$4931,10991
Michigan2835904(1)
Illinois25146827
Indiana1483183
Kentucky1262801
Florida1132203
All other states1773474
Total$1,5913,332231

Indirect secured consumer portfolio

The indirect secured consumer portfolio is comprised of $15.4 billion of automobile loans and $1.3 billion of indirect motorcycle, powersport, recreational vehicle and marine loans as of December 31, 2021. All concentration and guideline changes are monitored monthly to ensure alignment with original credit performance and return projections.

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding disaggregated based upon FICO score at

origination:

TABLE 46: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20212020
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$3122%$4173%
FICO 660-7193,745223,56826
FICO ≥ 72012,726769,66871
Total$16,783100%$13,653100%

As of December 31, 2021, 93% of the indirect secured consumer loan portfolio is comprised of automobile loans, powersport loans and motorcycle loans. It is a common industry practice to advance on these types of loans an amount in excess of the collateral value due to the inclusion of negative equity trade-in, maintenance/warranty products, taxes, title and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk loans. The remainder of the indirect secured consumer loan portfolio is comprised of marine and recreational vehicle loans. The Bancorp’s credit policies limit the maximum advance rate on these to 100% of collateral value.

101 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an analysis of indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 47: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination
20212020
As of December 31 ($ in millions)OutstandingWeighted-Average LTVOutstandingWeighted-Average LTV
LTV ≤ 100%$12,32779.5%$9,37180.3%
LTV 100%4,456111.14,282112.7
Total$16,78388.1%$13,65390.8%

The following table provides an analysis of the Bancorp’s indirect secured consumer portfolio loans outstanding with an LTV greater than 100% at origination as of and for the years ended:

TABLE 48: Indirect Secured Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding with an LTV Greater than 100% at Origination
($ in millions)Outstanding90 Days Past Due and AccruingNonaccrualNet Charge-offs
December 31, 2021$4,45661611
December 31, 20204,28261026

Credit card portfolio

The credit card portfolio consists of predominantly prime accounts with 98% and 97% of balances existing within the Bancorp’s footprint at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, 72% and 69%, respectively, of the outstanding balances were originated through branch-based relationships with the remainder coming from direct mail campaigns and online acquisitions.

The following table provides an analysis of outstanding credit card portfolio disaggregated based upon FICO score at origination:

TABLE 49: Credit Card Portfolio Loans Outstanding by FICO Score at Origination
20212020
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
FICO ≤ 659$825%$945%
FICO 660-7195182965432
FICO ≥ 7201,166661,25963
Total$1,766100%$2,007100%

Other consumer portfolio loans

Other consumer portfolio loans are comprised of secured and unsecured loans originated through the Bancorp’s branch network as well as point-of-sale loans originated or purchased in connection with third-party financial technology companies. The Bancorp had $226 million in unfunded commitments associated with loans originated in connection with third-party financial technology companies as of December 31, 2021. The Bancorp closely monitors the credit performance of point-of-sale loans. Loans originated in connection with one third-party financial technology company are impacted by certain credit loss protection coverage provided by that company. In the event that the origination agreement with this third-party technology company is terminated, loans with an outstanding balance of $1.3 billion at December 31, 2021 would become subject to a 90-day call option that gives the third-party technology company the right, but not the obligation, to purchase loans from the Bancorp at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest less service fees.

The following table provides an analysis of other consumer portfolio loans outstanding by product type:

TABLE 50: Other Consumer Portfolio Loans Outstanding by Product Type
20212020
As of December 31 ($ in millions)Outstanding% of TotalOutstanding% of Total
Unsecured$49118%$68323%
Other secured7972977426
Point-of-sale1,464531,55751
Total$2,752100%$3,014100%

102 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Analysis of Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain; restructured commercial, credit card and certain consumer loans which have not yet met the requirements to be classified as a performing asset; restructured consumer loans which are 90 days past due based on the restructured terms unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection; and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 51. For further information on the Bancorp’s policies related to accounting for delinquent and nonperforming loans and leases, refer to the Nonaccrual Loans and Leases section of Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Nonperforming assets were $542 million at December 31, 2021 compared to $870 million at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, $15 million of nonaccrual loans were held for sale, compared to $6 million at December 31, 2020.

Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO were 0.47% as of December 31, 2021 compared to 0.79% as of December 31, 2020. Nonaccrual loans and leases secured by real estate were 33% of nonaccrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2021 compared to 36% as of December 31, 2020.

Portfolio commercial nonaccrual loans and leases were $337 million at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $301 million from December 31, 2020. Portfolio consumer nonaccrual loans were $161 million at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $35 million from December 31, 2020. Refer to Table 52 for a rollforward of the portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases.

OREO and other repossessed property was $29 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $30 million at December 31, 2020. The Bancorp recognized $6 million and $7 million in losses on the transfer, sale or write-down of OREO properties during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, approximately $33 million and $38 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized if the nonaccrual and renegotiated loans and leases on nonaccrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms. Although these values help demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest as nonaccrual loans and leases are generally carried below their principal balance.

103 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 51: Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Delinquent Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20212020
Nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$116230
Commercial mortgage loans4282
Commercial construction loans6
Commercial leases47
Residential mortgage loans(a)1025
Home equity4752
Indirect secured consumer loans59
Other consumer loans12
Nonaccrual portfolio restructured loans:
Commercial and industrial loans163243
Commercial mortgage loans675
Commercial construction loans1
Residential mortgage loans(a)2335
Home equity3034
Indirect secured consumer loans227
Credit card2332
Total nonaccrual portfolio loans and leases(b)498834
OREO and other repossessed property2930
Total nonperforming portfolio loans and leases and OREO527864
Nonaccrual loans held for sale155
Nonaccrual restructured loans held for sale1
Total nonperforming assets$542870
Portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing:
Commercial and industrial loans$1739
Commercial mortgage loans18
Commercial construction loans1
Commercial leases1
Residential mortgage loans(a)7270
Home equity12
Indirect secured consumer loans910
Credit card1531
Other consumer loans12
Total portfolio loans and leases 90 days past due and still accruing$117163
Nonperforming portfolio assets as a percent of portfolio loans and leases and OREO0.47%0.79
Nonperforming portfolio loans and leases as a percent of portfolio loans and leases0.440.77
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio loans and leases416315
ACL as a percent of nonperforming portfolio assets394304

(a)Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. These advances were $349 and $317 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Bancorp recognized losses of $2 and $3 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these insured or guaranteed loans.

(b)Includes $26 and $29 of nonaccrual government insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, of which $11 and $17 were restructured nonaccrual government insured commercial loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

104 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables provide a rollforward of portfolio nonaccrual loans and leases, by portfolio segment:

TABLE 52: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential MortgageConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$63860136834
Transfers to nonaccrual status23943163445
Transfers to accrual status(27)(68)(88)(183)
Transfers to held for sale(90)(90)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(333)(1)(54)(388)
Transfers to OREO(1)(2)(3)
Charge-offs(119)(30)(149)
Draws/other extensions of credit301132
Balance, end of period$33733128498
TABLE 53: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
For the year ended December 31, 2020 ($ in millions)CommercialResidential MortgageConsumerTotal
Balance, beginning of period$39791130618
Transfers to nonaccrual status7941361701,100
Transfers to accrual status(34)(149)(85)(268)
Transfers to held for sale(46)(46)
Loan paydowns/payoffs(216)(8)(47)(271)
Transfers to OREO(1)(7)(8)
Charge-offs(282)(3)(34)(319)
Draws/other extensions of credit26228
Balance, end of period$63860136834

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A loan is accounted for as a TDR if the Bancorp, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. TDRs include concessions granted under reorganization, arrangement or other provisions of the Federal Bankruptcy Act. A TDR typically involves a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or remaining principal amount of the loan, a reduction of accrued interest or an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk.

At the time of modification, the Bancorp maintains certain consumer loan TDRs (including certain residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and other consumer loans) on accrual status, provided there is reasonable assurance of repayment and performance according to the modified terms based upon a current, well-documented credit evaluation. Loans discharged in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower are classified as collateral-dependent TDRs and placed on nonaccrual status regardless of the borrower’s payment history or capacity to repay in the future. These loans are returned to accrual status provided there is a sustained payment history of twelve months after bankruptcy and collectability is reasonably assured for all remaining contractual payments. Commercial loans modified as part of a TDR are maintained on accrual status provided there is a sustained payment history of six months or greater prior to the modification in accordance with the modified terms and all remaining contractual payments under the modified terms are reasonably assured of collection. TDRs of commercial loans and credit card loans that do not have a sustained payment history of six months or greater in accordance with the modified terms remain on nonaccrual status until a six-month payment history is sustained. Refer to the Regulatory Developments Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic section of Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on loans that were modified related to the COVID-19 pandemic but not classified as TDRs.

Consumer restructured loans on accrual status totaled $675 million and $796 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the percentages of restructured residential mortgage loans, home equity and credit card that are past due 30 days or more from their modified terms were 29%, 20% and 27%, respectively.

105 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables summarize portfolio TDRs by loan type and delinquency status:

TABLE 54: Accruing and Nonaccruing Portfolio TDRs
Accruing
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)Current30-89 Days Past Due90 Days or More Past DueNonaccruingTotal
Commercial loans(a)$1561169326
Residential mortgage loans(b)328179223460
Home equity1415130177
Indirect secured consumer loans6642292
Credit card1832344
Total$70929942671,099

(a)Excludes restructured nonaccrual loans held for sale.

(b)Information includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. As of December 31, 2021, these advances represented $144 of current loans, $14 of 30-89 days past due loans and $69 of 90 days or more past due loans.

TABLE 55: Accruing and Nonaccruing Portfolio TDRs
Accruing
As of December 31, 2020 ($ in millions)Current30-89 Days Past Due90 Days or More Past DueNonaccruingTotal
Commercial loans(a)$92319411
Residential mortgage loans(b)4623210235631
Home equity171734212
Indirect secured consumer loans5712
Credit card1523249
Total$745411024271,315

(a)Excludes restructured nonaccrual loans held for sale.

(b)Information includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. As of December 31, 2020, these advances represented $276 of current loans, $28 of 30-89 days past due loans and $78 of 90 days or more past due loans.

Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs

Net charge-offs were 16 bps and 42 bps of average portfolio loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Table 56 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percentage of average portfolio loans and leases outstanding by loan category.

The ratio of commercial loan and lease net charge-offs to average portfolio commercial loans and leases decreased to 10 bps during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 36 bps during the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in net charge-offs on commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage loans of $138 million and $37 million, respectively, compared to the same period in the prior year.

The ratio of consumer loan net charge-offs to average portfolio consumer loans decreased to 26 bps for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 52 bps for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in net charge-offs on credit card and indirect secured consumer loans of $56 million and $18 million, respectively, compared to the same period in the prior year. The decreases for the year ended December 31, 2021 included the impact of government stimulus programs and the Bancorp’s hardship programs. Additionally, the Bancorp continued to see increased used car values which has directly impacted loss severity during 2021.

106 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 56: Summary of Credit Loss Experience
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019
Losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(103)(210)(120)
Commercial mortgage loans(13)(46)
Commercial leases(3)(26)(7)
Residential mortgage loans(3)(9)(9)
Home equity(7)(14)(28)
Indirect secured consumer loans(51)(67)(81)
Credit card(91)(147)(156)
Other consumer loans(a)(73)(92)(109)
Total losses charged-off$(344)(611)(510)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$431217
Commercial mortgage loans512
Commercial leases43
Residential mortgage loans775
Home equity11910
Indirect secured consumer loans373531
Credit card212122
Other consumer loans(a)425254
Total recoveries of losses previously charged-off$170140141
Net losses charged-off:
Commercial and industrial loans$(60)(198)(103)
Commercial mortgage loans(8)(45)2
Commercial leases1(23)(7)
Residential mortgage loans4(2)(4)
Home equity4(5)(18)
Indirect secured consumer loans(14)(32)(50)
Credit card(70)(126)(134)
Other consumer loans(31)(40)(55)
Total net losses charged-off$(174)(471)(369)
Net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans0.12%0.370.20
Commercial mortgage loans0.080.41(0.02)
Commercial leases(0.02)0.760.21
Total commercial loans and leases0.10%0.360.16
Residential mortgage loans(0.03)0.020.03
Home equity(0.09)0.080.28
Indirect secured consumer loans0.090.260.48
Credit card3.935.635.49
Other consumer loans1.061.392.16
Total consumer loans0.26%0.520.68
Total net losses charged-off as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases0.16%0.420.35

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Bancorp recorded $33, $42 and $48, respectively, in both losses charged off and recoveries of losses charged off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. The Bancorp adopted ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020 which established a new approach for estimating credit losses on certain types of financial instruments. After adoption of this amended guidance, the Bancorp maintains the ALLL to absorb the amount of credit losses that are expected to be incurred over the remaining contractual terms of the related loans and leases (as adjusted for prepayments and reasonably expected TDRs). The Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL includes an estimate of expected credit losses on a collective basis for groups of loans and leases with similar risk characteristics and specific allowances for loans and leases which are individually evaluated. For collectively evaluated loans and leases, the Bancorp uses quantitative models to forecast expected credit losses based on the probability of a loan or lease defaulting, the expected balance at the estimated date of default and the expected loss percentage given a default. The Bancorp’s expected credit loss models consider

107 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

historical credit loss experience, current market and economic conditions, and forecasted changes in market and economic conditions if such forecasts are considered reasonable and supportable.

The Bancorp also considers qualitative factors in determining the ALLL. Qualitative adjustments are used to capture characteristics in the portfolio that impact expected credit losses which are not fully captured within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models. These factors include adjustments for changes in policies or procedures in underwriting, monitoring or collections, lending and risk management personnel and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. In addition, the qualitative adjustment framework can be utilized to address specific idiosyncratic risks such as geopolitical events, natural disasters or changes in current economic conditions that are not reflected in the quantitative credit loss models, and their effects on regional borrowers and changes in product structures. Qualitative factors may also be used to address the impacts of unforeseen events on key inputs and assumptions within the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models, such as the reasonable and supportable forecast period, changes to historical loss information or changes to the reversion period or methodology.

Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the accounting policies for the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments for periods prior to January 1, 2020.

In addition to the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for unfunded commitments is included in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

For the commercial portfolio segment, the estimates for probability of default are primarily based on internal ratings assigned to each commercial borrower on a 13-point scale and historical observations of how those ratings migrate to a default over time in the context of macroeconomic conditions. For loans with available credit, the estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected utilization rates, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions.

For collectively evaluated loans in the consumer and residential mortgage portfolio segments, the Bancorp’s expected credit loss models primarily utilize the borrower’s FICO score and delinquency history in combination with macroeconomic conditions when estimating the probability of default. The estimates for loss severity are primarily based on collateral type and coverage levels and the susceptibility of those characteristics to changes in macroeconomic conditions. The expected balance at the estimated date of default is also especially impactful in the expected credit loss models for portfolio classes which generally have longer terms (such as residential mortgage loans and home equity) and portfolio classes containing a high concentration of loans with revolving privileges (such as home equity). The estimate of the expected balance at the time of default considers expected prepayment and utilization rates where applicable, which are primarily based on macroeconomic conditions and the utilization history of similar borrowers under those economic conditions.

Day 1 Adoption Impact

Upon adoption of ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020, the Bancorp used three forward-looking economic scenarios during the reasonable and supportable forecast period in its expected credit loss models to address the inherent imprecision in macroeconomic forecasting. Each of the three scenarios was developed by a third party that is subject to the Bancorp’s Third-Party Risk Management program including oversight by the Bancorp’s independent model risk management group. The scenarios included a most likely outcome (Baseline) and two less probable scenarios with one being more favorable than the Baseline and the other being less favorable. The more favorable alternative scenario (Upside) depicted a stronger near-term growth outlook while the less favorable outlook (Downside) depicted a moderate recession. The Baseline scenario was assigned a probability weighting of 80% with each of the Upside and Downside scenarios being assigned a 10% weighting.

The Baseline scenario was developed such that the expectation is that the economy will perform better than the projection 50% of the time and worse than the projection 50% of the time. The Upside scenario was developed such that there is a 10% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 90% probability that it will perform worse. The Downside scenario was developed such that there is a 90% probability that the economy will perform better than the projection and a 10% probability that it will perform worse.

108 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

December 31, 2021 ACL

The ACL as of December 31, 2021 was impacted by several factors, including continued improvement in credit quality, a relatively stable Baseline and Upside economic outlook, and some deterioration observed in the forecast for the Downside scenario. As a result of these factors, the Bancorp incorporated a combination of quantitative model-based estimates and qualitative adjustments. For the quantitative estimates, the Bancorp incorporated three scenarios developed by the third party in November 2021 that included estimates of the expected impacts of the changes in economic conditions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The Baseline scenario was assigned a probability weighting of 60%, with a more favorable scenario (Upside) assigned a probability weighting of 20% and a less favorable scenario (Downside) assigned a probability of 20%. The Baseline scenario assumed that the worst of the Delta variant of COVID-19 had passed and that a $1.75 trillion Build Back Better deal would be approved by the U.S. Congress. In the fourth quarter of 2021, the real GDP growth forecast in the Baseline scenario is now expected to be 6.6% at an annualized rate versus 6.3% in the prior quarter. The Baseline scenario also assumes an average unemployment rate of 4.5% in the fourth quarter of 2021, increasing to 5.4% in 2022. The Upside scenario assumes that additional stimulus will boost the economy more than expected, resulting in improved consumer sentiment and increased spending. The Upside scenario also assumes that on an average annual basis, the change in real GDP is 6.2% in 2022 and 2.7% in 2023, and a full-employment rate is expected to be achieved by the second quarter of 2022. The Downside scenario includes increasing cases of COVID-19 as a result of the emergence of vaccine-resistant virus variants along with resultant government restrictions. This results in a reduction in consumer spending on travel, retail, and hotels, rising unemployment rates, and the economy dropping into recession in the first quarter of 2022. The Downside scenario assumes that real GDP will decline through the third quarter of 2022, with the change in real GDP on an average annual basis at 5.1% in 2021 and (0.9%) in 2022. The Downside scenario unemployment rate peaks at 9.0% in the first quarter of 2023.

The Bancorp’s quantitative credit loss models are sensitive to changes in economic forecast assumptions over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. Applying a 100% probability weighting to the Downside scenario rather than using the probability-weighted three scenario approach would result in an increase in the quantitative ACL of approximately $960 million. This sensitivity calculation only reflects the impact of changing the probability weighting of the scenarios in the quantitative credit loss models and excludes any additional considerations associated with the qualitative component of the ACL that might be warranted if probability weights were adjusted.

At December 31, 2021, the qualitative component of the ACL included consideration of certain factors that represent emerging risks specifically associated with the current economic environment and the COVID-19 pandemic. These considerations resulted in qualitative adjustments to increase the ACL, primarily related to commercial borrowers experiencing prolonged distress and commercial borrowers in certain industries which have been severely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The following table provides a rollforward of the Bancorp’s ACL:

TABLE 57: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses
For the years ended December 31 ($ in millions)202120202019(b)
ALLL:
Balance, beginning of period$2,4531,2021,103
Losses charged-off(a)(344)(611)(510)
Recoveries of losses previously charged-off(a)170140141
(Benefit from) provision for loan and lease losses(387)1,079468
Impact of adoption of ASU 2016-13643
Balance, end of period$1,8922,4531,202
Reserve for unfunded commitments:
Balance, beginning of period$172144131
Provision for the reserve for unfunded commitments10185
Impact of adoption of ASU 2016-1310
Reserve for acquired unfunded commitments8
Balance, end of period$182172144

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Bancorp recorded $33, $42 and $48, respectively, in both losses charged-off and recoveries of losses charged-off related to customer defaults on point-of-sale consumer loans for which the Bancorp obtained recoveries under third-party credit enhancements.

(b)The ALLL and Reserve for unfunded commitments were calculated under the incurred loss methodology for periods ending prior to January 1, 2020.

109 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table provides an attribution of the Bancorp’s ALLL to portfolio loans and leases:

TABLE 58: Attribution of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Portfolio Loans and Leases
As of December 31 ($ in millions)20212020
Attributed ALLL:
Commercial and industrial loans$711901
Commercial mortgage loans304402
Commercial construction loans72124
Commercial leases1529
Residential mortgage loans235294
Home equity123201
Indirect secured consumer loans119131
Credit card209252
Other consumer loans104119
Total ALLL$1,8922,453
Portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans$51,65949,665
Commercial mortgage loans10,31610,602
Commercial construction loans5,2415,815
Commercial leases3,0522,915
Residential mortgage loans16,39715,928
Home equity4,0845,183
Indirect secured consumer loans16,78313,653
Credit card1,7662,007
Other consumer loans2,7523,014
Total portfolio loans and leases$112,050108,782
Attributed ALLL as a percent of respective portfolio loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial loans1.38%1.81
Commercial mortgage loans2.953.79
Commercial construction loans1.372.13
Commercial leases0.490.99
Residential mortgage loans1.431.85
Home equity3.013.88
Indirect secured consumer loans0.710.96
Credit card11.8312.56
Other consumer loans3.783.95
Total ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.69%2.25
Total ACL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases1.852.41

The Bancorp’s ALLL may vary significantly from period to period based on changes in economic conditions, economic forecasts and the composition and credit quality of the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio. For additional information on the Bancorp’s methodology for measuring the ACL, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

110 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTEREST RATE AND PRICE RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from movement of interest rates. This risk primarily impacts the Bancorp’s income categories through changes in interest income on earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and through fee items that are related to interest sensitive activities such as mortgage origination and servicing income and through earnings credits earned on commercial deposits that offset commercial deposit fees. Price risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from changes in the value of financial instruments and portfolios due to movements in interest rates, volatilities, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk may occur for any one or more of the following reasons:

•Assets and liabilities mature or reprice at different times;

•Short-term and long-term market interest rates change by different amounts; or

•The expected maturities of various assets or liabilities shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on NII and interest-sensitive fees, interest rates can impact earnings through their effect on loan and deposit demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volumes, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Changes in interest rates and other market factors can impact earnings through changes in the value of portfolios, if not appropriately hedged. Stability of the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk and to a lesser extent price risk. Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s on- and off-balance sheet composition, earnings flows, and hedging strategies and models interest rate risk and price risk exposures, and possible actions to manage these risks, given numerous possible future interest rate and market factor scenarios. A series of Policy Limits and Key Risk Indicators are employed to ensure that risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance for interest rate risk and price risk.

In addition to the traditional forms of interest rate risk discussed in this section, the Bancorp is exposed to interest rate risk associated with the retirement and replacement of LIBOR. For more information on the LIBOR transition, refer to the Overview section of MD&A.

The Commercial and Wealth and Asset Management lines of business manage price risk for capital markets sales and trading activities related to their respective businesses. The Mortgage line of business manages price risk for the origination and sale of conforming residential mortgage loans to government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises. The Bancorp’s Treasury department manages interest rate risk and price risk for all other activities. Independent oversight is provided by ERM, and key risk indicators and Board-approved policy limits are used to ensure risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance.

The Bancorp’s Market Risk Management Committee, which includes senior management representatives, is accountable to the ERMC, provides oversight and monitors price risk for the capital markets sales and trading activities. The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERMC, provides oversight and monitors interest rate and price risks for Mortgage and Treasury activities.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity

The Bancorp employs a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of NII to changes in interest rates. The model is based on contractual and estimated cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and attrition rates of certain liabilities. The model also includes senior management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. Actual results may differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, deviations from projected assumptions as well as from changes in market conditions and management strategies.

As of December 31, 2021, the Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is governed by a risk framework that utilizes the change in NII over 12-month and 24-month horizons assuming a 200 bps parallel ramped increase in interest rates. Given the unlikely probability associated with a potential negative rate environment, the Bancorp does not have a policy limit for scenarios that include negative rates. Therefore, the Bancorp has no policy limit for a scenario with a decrease in interest rates currently in effect as the Federal Funds target range is currently between zero and 25 basis points. However, the Bancorp routinely analyzes various potential and extreme scenarios, including parallel ramps and shocks as well as steepening and other non-parallel shifts in rates, including negative rate scenarios, to assess where risks to net interest income persist or develop as changes in the balance sheet and market rates evolve. Additionally, the Bancorp routinely evaluates its exposures to changes in the bases between interest rates. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant changes to interest rates, volatilities and the composition of the Bancorp’s balance sheet, including significant increases in deposit funding related to stimulus programs, which has resulted in an excess liquidity position. The excess liquidity is likely to continue negatively impacting net interest margin if short-term interest rates hold steady or move lower but these negative impacts may be partially offset by the amortization of fees related to PPP loans and investment opportunities should the yield curve steepen.

In order to recognize the risk of noninterest-bearing demand deposit balance run-off in a rising interest rate environment, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes that approximately $5 billion of additional demand deposit balances run-off over 24 months above what is included in senior management’s baseline projections for each 100 bps increase in short-term market interest rates. Similarly, the Bancorp’s

111 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NII sensitivity modeling incorporates approximately $5 billion of incremental growth in noninterest-bearing deposit balances over 24 months above senior management’s baseline projections for each 100 bps decrease in short-term market interest rates. The incremental balance run-off and growth are modeled to flow into and out of funding products that reprice in conjunction with short-term market rate changes and reflect the Bank’s excess liquidity position.

Another important deposit modeling assumption is the amount by which interest-bearing deposit rates will increase or decrease when market interest rates increase or decrease. This deposit repricing sensitivity is known as the beta, and it represents the expected amount by which Bancorp deposit rates will change for a given change in short-term market rates. At December 31, 2021, dynamic deposit beta models were implemented and utilized to adjust assumed pricing sensitivity depending on market rate levels. This change preserves alignment to prior rate hike cycles and adjusts expectations for a wide range of scenarios. Using this approach, the Bancorp’s NII sensitivity modeling assumes weighted-average rising-rate interest-bearing deposit betas at the end of the ramped parallel scenarios of 30% and 36%, for a 100 bps and 200 bps increase in rates, respectively. In the event of further rate cuts by the FRB into negative territory, this approach assumes a weighted-average falling-rate interest-bearing deposit beta at the end of the ramped 25 bps decrease in rates of 13% at December 31, 2021, while maintaining that deposit rates themselves will not become negative. In addition, the modeling assumes there is no lag between the timing of changes in market rates and the timing of deposit repricing despite such timing lags having occurred in prior rate cycles.

The Bancorp continually evaluates the sensitivity of its interest rate risk measures to these important deposit modeling assumptions. The Bancorp also regularly monitors the sensitivity of other important modeling assumptions, such as loan and security prepayments and early withdrawals on fixed-rate customer liabilities.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile and ALCO policy limits as of December 31:

TABLE 59: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile and ALCO Policy Limits
20212020
% Change in NII (FTE)ALCO Policy Limits% Change in NII (FTE)ALCO Policy Limits
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+ 200 Ramp over 12 months10.68 %20.60(4.00)(6.00)2.93 %7.73(4.00)(6.00)
+ 100 Ramp over 12 months6.1312.66N/AN/A1.694.95N/AN/A
–25 Ramp over 3 months(2.12)(2.99)N/AN/A(1.93)(2.88)N/AN/A

At December 31, 2021, the Bancorp’s NII would benefit significantly in both year one and year two under the parallel rate ramp increases. The Bancorp maintains an asymmetric NII sensitivity profile, which is attributable to the level of floating-rate assets, including the predominantly floating-rate commercial loan portfolio, exceeding the level of floating-rate liabilities due to the increased amount of deposit rates near zero in this low interest rate environment and other fixed-rate borrowings. Reductions in the yield of the commercial loan portfolio would be expected to be only partially offset by a decline in the cost of interest-bearing deposits in a falling-rate scenario. However, proactive management of the securities and derivatives portfolios has reduced the ongoing near-term risk to declining market rates and provided significant protection from the decline in rates experienced as the COVID-19 pandemic unfolded. The changes in the estimated NII sensitivity profile compared to December 31, 2020 were primarily attributable to a revision of the static deposit beta assumptions in the first quarter of 2021, which were further refined during the fourth quarter of 2021 with the dynamic beta implementation mentioned previously. Continued increases in noninterest-bearing and low-cost interest-bearing deposits were also large contributors.

Tables 60 and 61 provide the sensitivity of the Bancorp’s estimated NII profile at December 31, 2021 to changes to certain deposit balance and deposit repricing sensitivity (betas) assumptions.

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with an immediate $5 billion decrease and an immediate $5 billion increase in demand deposit balances as of December 31, 2021:

TABLE 60: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2021 with a $5 Billion Change in Demand Deposit Assumption
% Change in NII (FTE)
Immediate $5 Billion Balance DecreaseImmediate $5 Billion Balance Increase
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+ 200 Ramp over 12 months9.61%18.4811.7422.72
+ 100 Ramp over 12 months5.6011.606.6613.72
–25 Ramp over 3 months(2.37)(3.26)(1.88)(2.73)

112 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table includes the Bancorp’s estimated NII sensitivity profile with a 25% increase and a 25% decrease to the corresponding deposit beta assumptions as of December 31, 2021:

TABLE 61: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile at December 31, 2021 with Deposit Beta Assumptions Changes
% Change in NII (FTE)
Betas 25% Higher(a)Betas 25% Lower(b)
Change in Interest Rates (bps)12 Months13-24 Months12 Months13-24 Months
+ 200 Ramp over 12 months8.79%16.8512.5624.36
+ 100 Ramp over 12 months5.3411.146.9314.18
–25 Ramp over 3 months(2.08)(2.95)(2.16)(3.03)

(a)Includes weighted-average dynamic interest-bearing deposit betas of 45%, 37%, and 17% in the order of scenarios shown top to bottom.

(b)Includes weighted-average dynamic interest-bearing deposit betas of 27%, 22%, and 10% in the order of scenarios shown top to bottom.

Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity

The Bancorp also uses EVE as a measurement tool in managing interest rate risk. Whereas the NII sensitivity analysis highlights the impact on forecasted NII on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) over one- and two-year time horizons, EVE is a point-in-time analysis of the economic sensitivity of current positions that incorporates all cash flows over their estimated remaining lives. The EVE of the balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of all asset and net derivative cash flows less the discounted value of all liability cash flows. Due to this longer horizon, the sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate the balance growth assumptions used in the NII sensitivity analysis. As with the NII simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of existing balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving loan and security prepayments and the expected balance attrition and pricing of indeterminate-lived deposits.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated EVE sensitivity profile as of December 31:

TABLE 62: Estimated EVE Sensitivity Profile
20212020
Change in Interest Rates (bps)% Change in EVEALCO Policy Limit% Change in EVEALCO Policy Limit
+ 200 Shock4.51%(12.00)(0.05)%(12.00)
+ 100 Shock3.16N/A0.64N/A
–25 Shock(1.24)N/A(0.92)N/A

The EVE sensitivity is significantly positive in a +200 bps rising-rate scenario at December 31, 2021. The changes in the estimated EVE sensitivity profile from December 31, 2020 were primarily related to a revision of the static deposit beta assumptions in the first quarter of 2021, which were further refined during the fourth quarter of 2021 with the dynamic beta implementation mentioned previously. Continued growth in noninterest-bearing and low-cost interest-bearing deposits were also large contributors. These items were partially offset by continued repositioning of the investment portfolio into securities with less principal cash flows in the near term.

While an instantaneous shift in interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not account for factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate or exacerbate the impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulations and EVE analyses do not necessarily include certain actions that management may undertake to manage risk in response to actual changes in interest rates.

The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to a static balance sheet forecast, LIBOR, SOFR, Prime Rate and other basis risks, yield curve twist risks and embedded options risks. In addition, the impacts on NII on an FTE basis and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates are modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment-specific scenarios.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, forward starting interest rate swaps, options, swaptions and TBA securities.

Tables 63 and 64 show all swap and floor positions that are utilized for purposes of managing the Bancorp’s exposures to the variability of interest rates. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index, to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognized asset attributable to changes in

113 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

the benchmark interest rate or to hedge forecasted transactions for the variability in cash flows attributable to the contractually specified interest rate. The volume, maturity and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently as the Bancorp adjusts its broader interest rate risk management objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following tables present additional information about the interest rate swaps and floors used in Fifth Third’s asset and liability management activities:

TABLE 63: Weighted-Average Maturity, Receive Rate and Pay Rate on Qualifying Hedging Instruments
As of December 31, 2021 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining (years)Fixed RateIndex
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$8,000(1)2.03.02%1 ML
Interest rate swaps related to commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans – cash flow – receive-fixed4,0003.10.991 ML
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed1,9553918.44.931 ML / 3 ML
Interest rate swaps related to available-for-sale debt and other securities – fair value – receive-floating / pay-fixed44577.42.401 ML
Total interest rate swaps$14,400$397
Interest rate floors – cash flow – receive-fixed$3,0001223.02.251 ML
TABLE 64: Weighted-Average Maturity, Receive Rate and Pay Rate on Qualifying Hedging Instruments
As of December 31, 2020 ($ in millions)Notional AmountFair ValueRemaining (years)Fixed RateIndex
Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans – cash flow – receive-fixed$8,000143.03.02%1 ML
Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt – fair value – receive-fixed1,9555288.15.351 ML / 3 ML
Total interest rate swaps$9,955542
Interest rate floors – cash flow – receive-fixed$3,0002444.02.251 ML

Additionally, as part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its residential mortgage banking activities, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted for as free-standing derivatives to economically hedge IRLCs that are also considered free-standing derivatives. The Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to residential mortgage loans held for sale through the use of forward contracts and mortgage options as well. See the Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk section for the discussion of the use of derivatives to economically hedge this exposure.

The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge market risks assumed in interest rate derivative contracts with commercial customers. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of the counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of interest rate volatility and credit equivalent exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management. For further information, including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk

Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established.

114 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases, excluding interest receivable, disaggregated by scheduled principal repayment, as of December 31, 2021:

TABLE 65: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases
($ in millions)Due in 1 year or lessDue after 1 year through 5 yearsDue after 5 years through 15 yearsDue after 15 yearsTotal
Commercial and industrial loans$10,54239,3711,745151,659
Commercial mortgage loans2,7706,3961,1014910,316
Commercial construction loans1,5243,366323285,241
Commercial leases8491,862263783,052
Total commercial loans and leases15,68550,9953,43215670,268
Residential mortgage loans7112,8926,5326,26216,397
Home equity729969992,0174,084
Indirect secured consumer loans3,47711,3901,81510116,783
Credit card1,7661,766
Other consumer loans1,0311,047575992,752
Total consumer loans7,05716,3259,9218,47941,782
Total portfolio loans and leases$22,74267,32013,3538,635112,050

The following table displays a summary of cash flows, excluding interest receivable, occurring after one year for both fixed and floating/adjustable-rate loans and leases as of December 31, 2021:

TABLE 66: Cash Flows from Portfolio Loans and Leases Occurring After One Year
Interest Rate
($ in millions)FixedFloating or Adjustable
Commercial and industrial loans$4,24936,868
Commercial mortgage loans1,3166,230
Commercial construction loans483,669
Commercial leases2,203
Total commercial loans and leases7,81646,767
Residential mortgage loans13,4212,265
Home equity1933,819
Indirect secured consumer loans13,28818
Credit card
Other consumer loans1,459262
Total consumer loans28,3616,364
Total portfolio loans and leases$36,17753,131

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Price Risk

The fair value of the residential MSR portfolio was $1.1 billion and $656 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. For further information on the significant drivers and components of the valuation adjustments on MSRs, refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates. The Bancorp recognized net losses of $125 million and net gains of $309 million on its non-qualifying hedging strategy during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These amounts included net losses of $2 million and net gains of $2 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, on securities related to the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy. The Bancorp may adjust its hedging strategy to reflect its assessment of the composition of its MSR portfolio, the cost of hedging and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedges given the economic environment. Refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on servicing rights and the instruments used to hedge price risk on MSRs.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Bancorp may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $995 million and $655 million, respectively. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of price risk from interest rate derivative contracts entered into with commercial customers, the Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven foreign exchange activity. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to

115 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of currency volatility and credit equivalent exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits performed by independent risk management.

Commodity Risk

The Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts for the benefit of commercial customers to hedge their exposure to commodity price fluctuations. Similar to the hedging of foreign exchange and price risk from interest rate derivative contracts, the Bancorp also enters into commodity contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge a substantial portion of the exposure from client driven commodity activity. The Bancorp may also offset this risk with exchange-traded commodity contracts. The Bancorp has risk limits and internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of commodity volatility and credit equivalent exposure on these contracts and counterparty credit approvals performed by independent risk management.

116 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals and other contractual obligations. Mitigating liquidity risk is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of cash and investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the debt markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp’s Treasury department manages funding and liquidity based on point-in-time metrics as well as forward-looking projections, which incorporate different sources and uses of funds under base and stress scenarios. Liquidity risk is monitored and managed by the Treasury department with independent oversight provided by ERM, and a series of Policy Limits and Key Risk Indicators are established to ensure risks are managed within the Bancorp’s risk tolerance. The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan that provides for liquidity stress testing, which assesses the liquidity needs under varying market conditions, time horizons, asset growth rates and other events. The contingency plan provides for ongoing monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity. The contingency plan also outlines the Bancorp’s response to various levels of liquidity stress and actions that should be taken during various scenarios.

Liquidity risk is monitored and managed for both Fifth Third Bancorp and its subsidiaries. The Bancorp receives substantially all of its liquidity from dividends from its subsidiaries, primarily Fifth Third Bank, National Association. Subsidiary dividends are supplemented with term debt to enable the Bancorp to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet its cash obligations, including debt service and scheduled maturities, common and preferred dividends, unfunded commitments to subsidiaries and other planned capital actions in the form of share repurchases. Liquidity resources are more limited at the Bancorp, making its liquidity position more susceptible to market disruptions. Bancorp liquidity is assessed using a cash coverage horizon, ensuring the entity maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a period of sustained market disruption while meeting its anticipated obligations over an extended stressed horizon.

The Bancorp’s ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERMC, monitors and manages liquidity and funding risk within Board-approved policy limits. In addition to the risk management activities of ALCO, the Bancorp has a liquidity risk management function as part of ERM that provides independent oversight of liquidity risk management.

Sources of Funds

The Bancorp’s primary sources of funds relate to cash flows from loan and lease repayments, payments from securities related to sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases and funds generated by core deposits, in addition to the use of public and private debt offerings.

Table 65 of the Interest Rate and Price Risk Management subsection of the Risk Management section of MD&A presents information about the timing of cash flows from loan and lease repayments. Of the $38.1 billion of securities in the Bancorp’s available-for-sale debt and other securities portfolio at December 31, 2021, $4.6 billion in principal and interest is expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $4.2 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the Bancorp’s securities portfolio, refer to the Investment Securities subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the Bancorp’s ability to sell or securitize loans and leases. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long-term, fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to FHLMC or FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as certain other residential mortgage loans, certain commercial loans and leases, home equity loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans are also capable of being securitized or sold. The Bancorp sold loans and leases totaling $17.5 billion during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $12.3 billion during the year ended December 31, 2020. For further information, refer to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Core deposits have historically provided the Bancorp with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. The Bancorp’s average core deposits and average shareholders’ equity funded 90% and 87% of its average total assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs.

As of December 31, 2021, $4.2 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance under the current Bancorp’s Board of Directors’ authorizations and the Bancorp is authorized to file any necessary registration statements with the SEC to permit ready access to the public securities markets; however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions. On November 1, 2021 the Bancorp issued and sold $500 million of fixed-rate/floating-rate senior notes. For further information, refer to Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

117 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

As of December 31, 2021, the Bank’s global bank note program had a borrowing capacity of $25.0 billion, of which $22.0 billion was available for issuance. Additionally, at December 31, 2021, the Bank had approximately $49.5 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources, including the FRB and FHLB.

Current Liquidity Position

The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted the economic environment, although financial markets, initially supported by Federal Reserve programs, have been stable and well-functioning following the onset of the crisis aided by significant monetary and fiscal policy support. The Bancorp maintains a strong liquidity profile driven by strong core deposit funding and over $100 billion in current available liquidity. The Bancorp is managing liquidity prudently in the current environment and maintains a liquidity profile focused on core deposit and stable long-term funding sources which allows for the effective management of concentration and rollover risk.

As of December 31, 2021, the Bancorp (parent company) has sufficient liquidity to meet contractual obligations and all preferred and common dividends without accessing the capital markets or receiving upstream dividends from the Bank subsidiary for 24 months.

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under various types of contracts. In addition to commitments to extend credit and letters of credit (which are further discussed in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements), these include deposits, lease obligations, partnership investment commitments, derivative contracts, borrowings, and pension benefit payments. Refer to the Deposits subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A and Notes 9, 12, 14, 16, 17 and 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these contractual obligations.

Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp and Bank are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the Bancorp’s or Bank’s credit ratings could affect its ability to access the credit markets and increase its borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting the Bancorp’s or Bank’s financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s and Bank’s credit ratings are summarized in Table 67. The ratings reflect the ratings agency’s view on the Bancorp’s and Bank’s capacity to meet financial commitments.*

*As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

TABLE 67: Agency Ratings
As of February 25, 2022Moody’sStandard and Poor’sFitchDBRS Morningstar
Fifth Third Bancorp:
Short-term borrowingsNo ratingA-2F1R-1L
Senior debtBaa1BBB+A-A
Subordinated debtBaa1BBBBBB+AL
Fifth Third Bank, National Association:
Short-term borrowingsP-2A-2F1R-1M
Short-term depositP-1No ratingF1No rating
Long-term depositA1No ratingAAH
Senior debtA3A-A-AH
Subordinated debtA3BBB+BBB+A
Rating Agency Outlook for Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association:StableStableStableStable

118 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events that are neither market- nor credit-related. Operational risk is inherent in the Bancorp’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, poor design or delivery of products and services, cyber-security or physical security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of third parties to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other damage to the Bancorp. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of its businesses, the markets in which it operates and the competitive and regulatory environment to which it is subject.

To control, monitor and govern operational risk, the Bancorp maintains an overall Enterprise Risk Management Framework which comprises governance oversight, risk assessment, capital measurement, monitoring and reporting as well as a formal three lines of defense approach. ERM is responsible for prescribing the framework to the lines of business and corporate functions and providing independent oversight of its implementation (second line of defense). Business Controls groups are in place in each of the lines of business to ensure consistent implementation and execution of managing day-to-day operational risk (first line of defense).

The Bancorp’s enterprise risk management framework consists of five integrated components, including identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and independent governance reporting of risk. The corporate Operational Risk Management function within Enterprise Risk is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of the Bancorp’s approach to managing operational risk. This includes providing governance, awareness and training, tools, guidance and oversight to support implementation of key risk programs and systems as they relate to operational risk management, such as risk and control self-assessments, product delivery risk assessment, scenario analysis, new product/initiative risk reviews, key risk indicators, Third-Party Risk Management, cyber-security risk management and review of operational losses. The function is also responsible for developing reports that support the proactive management of operational risk across the enterprise. The lines of business and corporate functions are responsible for managing the operational risks associated with their areas in accordance with the enterprise risk management framework. The framework is intended to enable the Bancorp to function with a sound and well-controlled operational environment. These processes support the Bancorp’s goals to minimize future operational losses and strengthen the Bancorp’s performance by maintaining sufficient capital to absorb operational losses that are incurred.

The Bancorp also maintains a robust information security program to support the management of cyber-security risk within the organization with a focus on prevention, detection and recovery processes. Fifth Third utilizes a wide array of techniques to secure its operations and proprietary information such as Board-approved policies and programs, network monitoring and testing, access controls and dedicated security personnel. Fifth Third has adopted the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework for the management and deployment of cyber-security controls and is an active participant in the financial sector information sharing organization structure, known as the Financial Services Information Sharing and Analysis Center. To ensure resiliency of key Bancorp functions, Fifth Third also employs redundancy protocols that include a robust business continuity function that works to mitigate any potential impacts to Fifth Third customers and its systems.

Fifth Third also focuses on the reporting and escalation of operational control issues to senior management and the Board of Directors. The Operational Risk Committee is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of operational risk across the enterprise. The Information Security Governance Committee and Model Risk Committee report to the Operational Risk Committee and are responsible for governance of information security and model risks. The Operational Risk Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to put pressure on operational risk including cyber, fraud and third-party risks driven by factors such as remote work strategies, relief programs and outsourced service providers. Additionally, increased external threats have elevated fraud and cyber-security risks. These risks continue to be carefully managed and monitored to ensure effective controls are in place, with appropriate oversight and governance by the second line of defense. Fifth Third has a defined pandemic plan and a robust business continuity management process, which have been leveraged to support the continuity of processes across the Bank.

The Bancorp is aware of and actively monitoring climate-related risks. Climate-related risks could impact the Bancorp in the form of physical risks due to acute or chronic weather related events that could disrupt the operations of the Bancorp, or could impair the ability of clients to meet financial obligations. The Bancorp also faces transition risk resulting from economic transition towards a lower-carbon future which may negatively impact some clients or present credit, strategic or reputational risks to the Bancorp.

Climate risk is a priority for management and accordingly the Board oversees both the RCC and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The RCC is responsible for overseeing the development and implementation of Fifth Third’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework including climate risks. In the course of business, the Bancorp’s Environmental Risk Group works with partners to manage or mitigate environmental risks including climate-related risks. As part of its larger environmental, social and governance responsibilities the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing climate strategy and climate-related issues in the context of stakeholder concerns.

119 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LEGAL AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal and regulatory compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss or damage to reputation as a result of noncompliance with (i) applicable laws, regulations, rules and other regulatory requirements (including but not limited to the risk of consumers experiencing economic loss or other legal harm as a result of noncompliance with consumer protection laws, regulations and requirements); (ii) internal policies and procedures, standards of best practice or codes of conduct; and (iii) principles of integrity and fair dealing applicable to Fifth Third’s activities and functions. Legal risks include the risk of actions against the institution that result in unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, legal sanctions, or adverse judgments, which disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of the institution. Failure to effectively manage such risks can elevate the risk level or manifest itself as other types of key risks, including reputational or operational risk. Fifth Third focuses on managing legal and regulatory compliance risk in accordance with the Bancorp’s integrated enterprise risk management framework, which ensures consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The Bancorp’s risk management goal is to keep compliance risk at appropriate levels, consistent with the Bancorp’s risk appetite.

To mitigate such risks, Compliance Risk Management provides independent oversight to foster consistency and sufficiency in the execution of the program, and ensures that lines of business and support functions are adequately identifying, assessing and monitoring legal and regulatory compliance risks and adopting proper mitigation strategies. Moreover, such strategies are modified from time to time to respond to new or emerging risks in the environment. Compliance Risk Management and the Legal Division provide guidance to the lines of business and enterprise functions, which are ultimately responsible for managing such risks associated with their areas. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for formulating and directing the strategy, development, implementation, communication and maintenance of the Compliance Risk Management program, which implements key compliance processes, including but not limited to, executive- and board-level governance and reporting routines, compliance-related policies, risk assessments, key risk indicators, issues tracking, regulatory change management and regulatory compliance testing and monitoring. As part of Compliance Risk Management, the Financial Crimes Division conducts and oversees anti-money laundering and economic sanctions processes. Compliance Risk Management partners with the Community and Economic Development team to oversee the Bancorp’s compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act.

Fifth Third also reports and escalates legal and regulatory compliance issues to senior management and the Board of Directors. The Management Compliance Committee, which is chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is the key committee that oversees and supports Fifth Third in the management of compliance risk across the enterprise. The Management Compliance Committee oversees Bancorp-wide compliance issues, industry best practices, legislative developments, regulatory concerns and other leading indicators of legal and regulatory compliance risk. The Management Compliance Committee reports to the ERMC, which reports to the RCC of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp and Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

120 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Management regularly reviews the Bancorp’s capital levels to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. The Bancorp has established a Capital Committee which is responsible for making capital plan recommendations to management. These recommendations are reviewed by the ERMC and the annual capital plan is approved by the Board of Directors. The Capital Committee is responsible for execution and oversight of the capital actions of the capital plan.

Regulatory Capital Ratios

The Basel III Final Rule sets minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as defines the measure of “well-capitalized” for insured depository institutions.

TABLE 68: Prescribed Capital Ratios
MinimumWell-Capitalized
CET1 capital:
Fifth Third Bancorp4.50%N/A
Fifth Third Bank, National Association4.506.50
Tier 1 risk-based capital:
Fifth Third Bancorp6.006.00
Fifth Third Bank, National Association6.008.00
Total risk-based capital:
Fifth Third Bancorp8.0010.00
Fifth Third Bank, National Association8.0010.00
Leverage:
Fifth Third Bancorp4.00N/A
Fifth Third Bank, National Association4.005.00

On October 1, 2020, the Bancorp became subject to the stress capital buffer requirement. Institutions subject to the stress capital buffer requirement must maintain capital ratios above their respective buffered minimum (regulatory minimum plus stress capital buffer) in order to avoid certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The FRB uses the supervisory stress test to determine the Bancorp’s stress capital buffer, subject to a floor of 2.5%. The Bancorp’s stress capital buffer requirement has been 2.5% since the introduction of this framework and was most recently affirmed on June 24, 2021. The Bancorp’s capital ratios have exceeded the stress capital buffer requirement for all periods presented.

As part of a final rule effective July 1, 2019, the federal banking regulators have provided transitional arrangements to permit banking organizations to phase in the day-one impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13, referred to as CECL, on regulatory capital over a period of three years. The phase-in provisions of the final rule are optional for a banking organization that experiences a reduction in retained earnings due to CECL adoption as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which the banking organization adopts CECL. A banking organization that elects the phase-in provisions of the final rule for regulatory capital purposes must phase in 25% of the transitional amounts impacting regulatory capital in the first year of adoption of CECL, 50% in the second year, 75% in the third year, with full impact beginning in the fourth year.

In March 2020, the banking agencies issued an interim final rule for additional transitional relief to regulatory capital related to the impact of the adoption of CECL given the disruption in economic activity caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The interim final rule provided banking organizations that adopt CECL in the 2020 calendar year with the option to delay for two years the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital, followed by the aforementioned three-year transition period to phase out the aggregate amount of benefit during the initial two-year delay for a total five-year transition. The estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital (modified CECL transitional amount) is calculated as the sum of the day-one impact on retained earnings upon adoption of CECL (CECL transitional amount) and the calculated change in the ACL relative to the day-one ACL upon adoption of CECL multiplied by a scaling factor of 25%. The scaling factor is used to approximate the difference in the ACL under CECL relative to the incurred loss methodology. The modified CECL transitional amount was calculated each quarter for the first two years of the five-year transition. The amount of the modified CECL transition amount was then fixed as of December 31, 2021 and that amount will be subject to the three-year phase out.

The Bancorp adopted ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020 and elected the five-year transition phase-in option for the impact of CECL on regulatory capital with its regulatory filings as of March 31, 2020. The impact of the modified CECL transition amount on the Bancorp’s regulatory capital at December 31, 2021 was an increase in capital of approximately $498 million. On a fully phased-in basis, the Bancorp’s CET1 ratio would be reduced by 31 basis points as of December 31, 2021. The CECL transition amount will begin to phase in during the fiscal year starting January 1, 2022 and will be fully phased in by January 1, 2025.

121 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s capital ratios as of December 31:

TABLE 69: Capital Ratios
($ in millions)202120202019
Average total Bancorp shareholders’ equity as a percent of average assets11.06%11.6112.14
Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)7.978.189.52
Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets(a)(b)6.947.118.44
Regulatory capital:(c)
CET1 capital$14,78114,68213,847
Tier 1 capital16,89716,79715,616
Total regulatory capital20,78921,41219,661
Risk-weighted assets154,860141,974142,065
Regulatory capital ratios:(c)
CET1 capital9.54%10.349.75
Tier 1 risk-based capital10.9111.8310.99
Total risk-based capital13.4215.0813.84
Leverage8.278.499.54

(a)These are non-GAAP measures. For further information, refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

(b)Excludes AOCI.

(c)Regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2021 are calculated pursuant to the five-year transition provision option to phase in the effects of CECL on regulatory capital.

Capital Planning

In 2011, the FRB adopted the capital plan rule, which requires BHCs with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more to submit annual capital plans to the FRB for review. Under the rule, these capital plans must include detailed descriptions of the following: the BHC’s internal processes for assessing capital adequacy; the policies governing capital actions such as common stock issuances, dividends and share repurchases; and all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon. Furthermore, each BHC must report to the FRB the results of stress tests conducted by the BHC under a number of scenarios that assess the sources and uses of capital under baseline and stressed economic conditions.

On October 10, 2019, the Federal Reserve Board adopted final rules to tailor certain prudential standards for large domestic and foreign banking organizations. As a result of the EPS Tailoring Rule, the Bancorp is subject to Category IV standards, under which the Bancorp is no longer required to file semi-annual, company-run stress tests with the FRB and publicly disclose the results. However, the Bancorp is required to develop and maintain a capital plan approved by the Board of Directors on an annual basis. As an institution subject to Category IV standards, the Bancorp is subject to the FRB’s supervisory stress tests every two years, the Board capital plan rule and certain FR Y-14 reporting requirements. The supervisory stress tests are forward-looking quantitative evaluations of the impact of stressful economic and financial market conditions on the Bancorp’s capital. The Bancorp became subject to Category IV standards on December 31, 2019, and the requirements outlined above apply to the stress test cycle that started on January 1, 2020. The Bancorp was not subject to the 2021 supervisory stress test conducted by the FRB but submitted its Board-approved capital plan as required.

In June 2020, the FRB took several actions in connection with its announcement of stress test results in light of the uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Specifically, for the third quarter of 2020, the FRB required large banking organizations, including the Bancorp, to suspend share repurchases, cap dividend payments to the amount paid during the second quarter of 2020, and further limit dividends according to a formula based on recent income. These restrictions were extended, quarterly, with certain modifications, throughout the remainder of 2020.

The FRB extended these restrictions into the first and second quarters of 2021, with certain modifications to permit a limited amount of share repurchases. During the first and second quarters of 2021, the Bancorp was authorized to pay dividends and execute share repurchases according to a formula based on recent income provided the Bancorp did not increase the amount of its common dividend.

In June 2021, the FRB lifted the COVID-19 pandemic induced capital distribution limitations, which prohibited increases to the common dividend and placed limitations on share repurchases, and authorized the Bancorp, beginning July 1, 2021, to make capital distributions that are consistent with the requirements in the Board’s capital plan rule, inclusive of the Bancorp’s stress capital buffer requirement. The Bancorp maintains a comprehensive process for managing capital and expects the stress capital buffer framework to provide greater flexibility for the Bancorp to assess and deploy capital.

Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program

The Bancorp’s common stock dividend policy and stock repurchase program reflect its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory requirements and expectations. The Bancorp declared dividends per common share of $1.14 and $1.08 during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

122 Fifth Third Bancorp

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In June of 2019, the Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions. Under this authorization, the Bancorp entered into and settled a number of accelerated share repurchase transactions during the year ended December 31, 2021. Refer to Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the accelerated share repurchase activity.

The following table summarizes shares authorized for repurchase as part of publicly announced plans or programs:

TABLE 70: Share Repurchases
For the years ended December 3120212020
Shares authorized for repurchase at January 176,437,34876,437,348
Additional authorizations
Share repurchases(a)(35,652,079)
Shares authorized for repurchase at December 3140,785,26976,437,348
Average price paid per share(a)$39.07

(a)Excludes 2,793,463 and 1,915,872 shares repurchased during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, in connection with various employee compensation plans. These purchases are not included in the calculation for average price paid per share and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be repurchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization.